Western Social Science Association (WSSA) Conference

The 58th Annual Western Social Science Association (WSSA) Conference Reno, NV

Conference Abstracts

1 2AFRICAN AND AFRICAN AMERICAN STUDIES

AFRICAN AND AFRICAN AMERICAN STUDIES Stephen Brown, California Baptist University

Nicholas Alozie, Arizona State University

Kathy Thomas, Arizona State University

“Public Attitudes Toward Homosexuality in Africa”

The ease with which African nations that are supposed to be liberal democracies are enacting national legislation criminalizing homosexuality prompts an underlying question: Is there a reservoir of mass support for homosexuality in Africa, and what explains that reservoir of support? This research investigates this question using the 201 Spring Pew Global Attitudes Survey. A measure of support for homosexuality is used to weigh the level of support and then to estimate factors that are associated with such support. We find both sparse and ungendered support for homosexuality in Africa. Moreover, while religion casts a particularly negative influence on willingness to support homosexuality, behavior liberalizing agents such as education, cohort replacement, and urbanization have independent positive effects. The African supporter of homosexuality is an educated, young-adult, middle-class urbanite who is conscious of civil rights and personal liberties and is less encumbered by the religious and morality dogma. Africa’s conservative outlook on homosexuality is not immutable as positions most likely will soften over time. Two parallel social forces will facilitate this softening: The continuing expansion of liberalizing agents such as education, urbanization, and cohort replacement, and realignment of Africans away from communitarianism and traditionalism toward modernism emphasizing individualism, civil rights and personal liberties.

Donovan Branche, Mary Baldwin College

“Transformational Leadership And Resilience, African-American Female Nonprofit Leaders”

African-American women represent an untapped resource and bring with them transformational characteristics and resilience that are vital to the increasingly complex world of nonprofit leadership. The black feminist standpoint argues that black women have experienced years of oppression via sexism, racism, and classism. Despite this, many have endured and exceled. The nonprofit sector operates for the public good and accounts for about 5.5% of the United States gross domestic product. This important sector will lose about 75% of its leaders in the next few years due to the retirement of baby boomers. It is crucial that nonprofits consider the next chapter in leadership. This is a mixed-methods study on the leadership styles and resilience of African-American women leaders in nonprofit organizations. Including these women in the leadership pool not only makes sense to nonprofits but also to increasing the social and human capital of the United States.

R.A. Drew, University of Nevada, Reno

“Revolting Mathematics - How the Mathematics Education Crisis Disproportionately Affects African Diaspora Students and Composite of Solutions to this Crisis”

It is nationally recognized that there is a mathematics education crisis and that it disproportionately affects certain demographics along, but not limited to, race and gender lines. This affects the ability of certain demographics including African Diasporan and female, from completing school at every level, and therefore adversely impacts 2 3AFRICAN AND AFRICAN AMERICAN STUDIES economic opportunities, motivation, sense of self-worth, and the contributions a diverse graduate population can make to the world. “The Mad Mathematics Student” addresses this crisis from numerous angles including defining the crisis specific to the African Diasporan community, and offering the only controversial composite solution while discussing why it is that such a relatively-simple solution -- which includes naming the three priorities of mathematics education, changing the way mathematics is presented in the classroom, recognizing that mathematics is one of the Fine Arts in a category with sculpting and painting and music and theatre, as well as creating “support group”; type recovery interventions -- has never been recognized or implemented.

Lauren Harris, New Mexico Highlands University

“Black Women Do Breastfeed?”

Women’s health while pregnant is very important, as well as the education of breast feeding. Both of these are missing as we continue to fund programs like WIC which should be curing this problem. This research will examine prenatal care and breastfeeding education in the Black community among women of color. To explore the care they were given while pregnant and after in the frame work of women in America in general. The goal of this research is to bring to light the discrepancies of treatment that women of color face that plays a key role in the lack of breastfeeding presents in the black community This project will interview women of color who have at least one child and explore their prenatal care and if they were given the proper information on the benefits to breastfeeding. As well as the limits to which women of color face in the arena of breastfeeding such as having to return back to work early. The idea behind this choice of research is it can be a t ool to later educate women of color in the black community to be more aware of the health benefits of breastfeeding as well as the importance of staying healthy (even on low incomes) while pregnant. In the end to hopefully be a stepping stool for further on women of color to help build better programing that can help rebuild breastfeeding for women of color. As this can bring about better health of our women which in turn will provide better health for our children.

George Junne, Jr., University of Northern Colorado

“A Cut Above: Chief Black Eunuchs Of The Ottoman Empire”

Africans have lived in the Ottoman Empire, now Turkey, since Roman times. Beginning when Muslims defeated the Byzantines in the battle of Constantinople in 1452, Africans began to be incorporated into one of the greatest empires in history that included North Africa, the current Middle East, areas of the Mediterranean and vast areas of Europe. From 1574 until 1909 AD, the African Chief Black Eunuchs (CBE) of the sultans were the third most powerful people in the Ottoman Empire. This talk will provide biographical information on some of those who ruled as Chief Black Eunuchs for Ottoman sultans plus their contributions. Although many think of the CBE's as only supervising the harems, many of them had fountains erected for travelers, mosques built for worshipers, assisted in running governments and in some cases, helped to depose sultans.

Barbara Randle, Arkansas State University

“African American Women and Mentorship: On The Road to Tenure”

With the increasing enrollment and graduation rate of African American females, there are a number of opportunities for higher education institutions to create mentoring programs for women of color. Mentorship programs are needed to assist with advancement in higher education positions of leadership. A large percentage of the women enrolling and graduating are entering into assistant professor positions and will soon be on the road to tenure. For African American faculty the intersectionality of race coupled with gender issues creates an even more

3 4AFRICAN AND AFRICAN AMERICAN STUDIES challenging experience. It is found that mentorship provides psycho-social and career support and role modeling. This research examines the importance of mentorship for African American women on the road to tenure. .

4 5AMERICAN INDIAN STUDIES

AMERICAN INDIAN STUDIES Karen Jarratt-Snider, Northern Arizona University

Alisse Ali-Joseph, Northern Arizona University Alisse Ali-Joseph, Northern Arizona University

“American Indian Collegiate Athletes: Accessing Education through Sport”

As aired at the 2007 Sports Industry Awards in London, Nelson Mandela is quoted as saying that “sport speaks a language which is understood by everyone in the world.” Although sport may be understood by everyone in the world, it is interpreted very differently, given place and context. For American Indian people, sports are grounded in culture and community and mirror a unique connection with the assertion of sovereignty and American Indian identity. The fluidity and prevalence of sports played by American Indian people and communities reflects the plausibility of sport enhancing health and access to education. Historically in American Indian societies, physical activity and sports held a prominent role in daily life. Sports have emerged from a traditional source of strength to a means to improve health and foster education for American Indian communities. This paper will explore the impact of sports on American Indian collegiate athletes to determine factors that both inspired them and inhibited them from the pursuit of athletics in college and will provide the first in depth look at several American Indian collegiate athletes who can document how sports helped or failed to help them reach their educational aspirations.

Patricia Bancroft, Northern Arizona University

Daniel Barazza, Northern Arizona University

Darrien Benally, Coconino Community College

Andria Begay, Northern Arizona University

Allison Melo, Coconino Community College

Ulalli Philip, Northern Arizona Universiity

Athena Talk, Northern Arizona University

“Student Experiences of Learning in an Indigenous Problem and Place-Based Curriculum”

Former students from the Southwest Native Lands Semester project at Northern Arizona University and Coconino Community College will engage in a roundtable discussion of the impacts of place-based and problem-based learning focusing on environmental issuea affecting lands of Indigenous peoples in the southwestern United States.

Amoneeta Beckstein, Arizona State University 5 6AMERICAN INDIAN STUDIES

“Self-Contrual's Influence on the Subjective Happiness of Native Americans”

Philosophers and mankind in general have been interested in the topic of happiness for millennia. In recent years, positive psychologists have taken a keen interest in the topic, however they tend to overlook the happiness of people of color. This is problematic as a much as 95% of the world's population is comprised of people who are different from the average person studied by American psychologists. Literature about Native Americans is lacking, particularly research that examines their strengths and what is going well for them rather than what is not. This study addresses this gap in the literature by looking at the influence of self-construal, a commonly studied cultural construct, on the subjective happiness of 179 urban Native Americans. As part of a larger study, the participants took the Self-Construal Scale and the Subjective Happiness Scale among others. Contrary to prediction, participants with greater interdependent self-construal were not happier whereas those with more independent self-construal were happier. The influence of intergenerational trauma, colonization, mainstream culture, and assimilation are explored as an attempt to make sense of these results.

Baligh Ben Taleb,

“Reckoning with the Legacies of American Settler Colonialism in the Great Plains: the Indian Claims Commission; as a Failure of Truth & Reconciliation”

My doctoral research examines the impact of the Indian Claims Commission (August 1946- September 1978) on the Plains Indians and places it within the dialectic between settler colonialism and truth and reconciliation in the United States. I ask whether the ICC effectively redressed past injustices of the United States against eastern tribes of Nebraska or whether it merely terminated native title to the land and ended white-Indian legal confrontation. Just what motivated the ICC endeavor to resolve tribal claims of title forms an integral part of this research. This paper draws from a body of primary and secondary resources. For instance, I examine the Final Report of the Indian Claims Commission and its Materials at the Oklahoma State University Library to look at moments when eastern nations of Nebraska, like other indigenous tribes, demanded justice. I also place the ICC awards within the recent historiography of truth and reconciliation commissions in settler colonial societies, such as Canada, Australia, and New Zealand, and to ask what extent these awards have settled old grievances of American settler colonialism.

April M. Bond, University of Arizona

“Situating the Writings of Vine Deloria, Jr. within the Discourse of Critical Theory”

Sociological theory has a long history of taking stock of itself. It is with this in mind that critical theory in the twenty-first century must address theorists writing from the margins. Just as W.E.B. Du Bois and Franz Fanon gave voice to a silenced and oppressed people, Vine Deloria, Jr. articulated the Native American experience throughout his long and prolific career. While his writings enlightened and inspired a generation of Native Peoples and informed the discipline of American Indian Studies, Deloria has not been considered a social theorist within the discourse of Critical Sociological Theory. This study seeks to answer the question of whether Deloria can or should be considered a philosopher and social theorist. Using, the critical hermeneutic process, of the writings of Vine Deloria Jr. vis-à-vis intersections of philosophy, sociology, and critical theory. In its ability to render the personal political, critical hermeneutics provides a methodology for arousing a critical consciousness through the analysis of the generative themes of the present era. For Deloria the themes of ontology, epistemology, identity, authenticity, and sovereignty are all viewed through the critical lens of federal Indian policy and the inherent power imbalance created by it.

Patrick Burtt, Fort Lewis College

“Violence against Native Women: A Washíw Perspective”

The Federal Indian policies of the 19th and 20th centuries promoted the assimilation of Native Peoples into the dominant society; this process has contributed to both a social and cultural disruption within all Indigenous communities. The negative effects of assimilation contribute to historical trauma and continue to effect Native Peoples to this day. This paper examines, in part, the cultural attack on Native communities, the impact this has had upon community health and well-being, and the spiritual and emotional damage done to both individual and community. In particular, I focus on the erosion of Indigenous lifeways and the impact this has had one of our most precious resources—Indigenous women. Violence against Native women is one present-day manifestation of colonialism. By offering a Washíw perspective, the complex issue of violence against Indigenous women can be investigated and meaningful solutions and recommendations made grounded in the Washíw worldview.

Samuel Villarreal Catanach, Arizona State University

“Inquiries into and an Argument for the Tewa Language at P’osuwaegeh Owingeh”

The process of colonization has largely taken the people of P'osuwaegeh Owingeh (the Pueblo of Pojoaque) away from our traditional ways. Modern day obligations and distractions are often contradictory to traditional ways and therefore continue this trend and exacerbate the problem. As a result, cultural knowledge gaps have formed between generations and the majority of the community cannot speak the Tewa language, leaving us without the ability to pass this gift on to future generations. Without regaining the ability to speak, cultural knowledge gaps will only continue to grow and worsen. While the Pueblo has taken admirable steps to revitalize such knowledge, grassroots efforts must take place as well. All aspects of Pueblo life are interconnected, and so it is not only the language that is at risk. The peoplehood model helps to demonstrate this. However, in order for the issue of language revitalization to take top priority, language and its connection to other cultural factors in indigenous life must be fully recognized and appreciated. Who will we be if our language dies out? Will we still be P’osuwaegeh t’owa (Pojoaque people)? The importance of examining difficult questions to retain indigeneity is discussed in this paper.

Roger J. Chin, Claremont Graduate University

Jean Schroedel, Claremont Graduate University

Lily Rowen, Claremont Graduate University

“Whose Lives Matter? The Media’s Failure to Cover Police Shootings of Native Americans”

Recent police shootings have invigorated a passionate debate about police-community relations and whether proactive policing strategies have unfairly targeted African Americans. While the national media has focused a great deal of attention on these deaths and the Black Lives Matter movement, there has been almost a complete lack of media scrutiny on the large number of Native Americans who are being shot by the police or dying while in police custody. In this research, we track and compare the numbers of police shootings of African Americans and Native Americans from May 1, 2014 through October 2015. This year and a half period was chosen because it allows us to examine the three months prior to Michael Brown’s killing, and then a substantial period after the killing and the development of the Black Lives Matter movement. Then we will use content analysis methodology to trace and compare the extent of print media coverage generated by these shootings. We expect to find that the deaths of Native Americans have garnered at best minimal attention within their own communities, and no national coverage, aside from possibly within Native American outlets.

Traci L. Friedel, University of British Columbia

“Sustainability innovations in education: Teaching and learning in Indigenous land-based contexts”

The socio-economic ramifications of restoring Indigenous systems of learning on the land cannot be overstated (Friedel, 2011). Foundational to the idea of land-based learning (Tuck, McKenzie & McCoy, 2014) is the notion of reciprocity—the land and waterways are givers of life, and also of sovereignty—their wellbeing is intricately linked to human health and safety (Alfred & Corntassel, 2005; Coulthard, 2014). Premised upon this fundamental relationship, there are now many inspiring efforts to improve teaching and learning in Indigenous land-based contexts, all which can be considered activist in nature. Having access to opportunities to learn on the land in the manner of their Ancestors is central for advancing sustainability education and is an important form of decolonial healing (Simpson, 2011). The story of historical conquest (e.g. settler colonialism) compounded by the scope of industrial development in recent decades has reduced Indigenous peoples’ access to traditional territories and threatened certain wildlife plant species, fisheries, etc. that are fundamental to maintaining cultural knowledges and ways of life. In narratives told by Indigenous Elders, land or place is the lens through which all relationships are understood.

Michelle L. Hale, Arizona State University

“Can we all just get along? A Case for Interdisciplinary Research and Pedagogy: A Partnership between Urban Planning and American Indian Studies on issues of Indian Community Development”

All too often planning work is done for Indian communities by the BIA or by consultants hired by tribal government. Missing from this approach to community planning is participation and large scale buy-in from the locals who live there. As more Indian nations grow internal capacity for planning the hope is that one day such work will be done by Indian people in a culturally relevant manner. In 2014, Arizona State University’s Urban Design and Planning and American Indian Studies (AIS) came together to create a course in Tribal Planning that provides students in both majors the opportunity to learn the basics of planning along with the legal, political and cultural challenges of doing such work in tribal communities. This paper argues that such interdisciplinary endeavors are a realistic and relevant way to teach Indian Community and Economic Development. I will share lessons from the course and discuss strategies for including practitioners from the community who do the work of development.

Gavin A. Healey, University of Arizona

“Unmasking the Acrylic Mist: Demystifying Graffiti Muralism and American Indian Semiotic Signatures on the Modern Landscape”

American Indian graffiti muralism is a terminology that embodies the contemporary art form of mural production by American Indian artists using spray paints to express Indigeneity in different public spaces and on different objects. Using both qualitative analysis and artist collaboration this portion of my dissertation research provides new scholarship on the functionality of American Indian graffiti murals as markers of sovereignty, self-determination and identity in urban American settings. This paper investigates the functionality of different American Indian graffiti mural installations produced by an Artist Advisory Committee using the Indigenous theory of survivance and the social science theory of geosemiotics. The theory of survivance provides analysis on how American Indian graffiti muralist’s infuse iconography and visual semiotic elements in their public art installations that (re)claim public spaces while expressing the ontological aspects of sovereignty, self-determination and identity. Geosemiotics theory provides analysis on how different American Indian graffiti murals interact with the physical landscape to create ideals of place and place perceptions. The narratives of the Artist Advisory Committee regarding their mural installations offer intimate knowledge on the function of this art form and first-person accounts of how artists approach public art differently than other artistic mediums. The tandem relationship of qualitative analysis and artist

8 9AMERICAN INDIAN STUDIES narratives illuminate how American Indian graffiti muralism is a means to influence a more informed social consciousness regarding the Indigenous peoples of our world.

Karen Jarratt-Snider

Alisee Ali-Joseph

Bryan Bates

Marianne Nielsen

Octaviana Trujillo

“Lessons Learned from an Indigenous Land-Based Curriculum: The Southwest Native Lands Semester”

The Southwest Native Lands Semester is an integrated curriculum using an Indigenous problem-based, place-based pedagogy to deliver courses in mathematics, environmental science and Indigenous studies together during a single semester, supported by a college-based learning community. Instructors and program leaders will discuss lessons learned from this cross-institutional curriculum.

Leo Killsback, Arizona State University

“’Ve'ho'o Tells the Best Lies’: The Cheyenne Perspective of Colonization”

Unlike popular belief, which reinforces an idea that the first settlers of the “Wild West” were sophisticated white Americans from the east; the first whites that entered into the so-called “wilderness” of untamed Indian country were neither cultured, wealthy families, nor honorable educated, explorers. Instead, according to historical records and the oral tradition of the Northern Cheyenne, the first white settlers that the Indians encountered, the Cheyenne in particular, were described as strange beings, men crazed by the lust for gold, who were on the brink of insanity. In this first of its kind study, which relies on previously unexplored concepts and ideas, I intend to incorporate the Indian perspective (modern and historical) into the written record to reveal the culture of the first settlers of Cheyenne country. Although the Cheyenne Nation attempted to secure peace through treaty establish relationships through trade, and even establish friendship into perpetuity through storytelling, the strange aliens, through violence and deception, forced the Cheyennes to change their views and base their judgments on whites on actual experiences, not assumptions. The Cheyennes remained distrustful and weary of the whites and this culture remained until the second wave of colonization, during the early reservation era.

John Kilwein, West Virginia University

“Native American Tribal Sovereignty in the U.S. State Courts of Last Resort”

This paper will examine litigation where Native American tribal sovereignty is contested in the U.S. State courts of last resort. Tribal sovereignty raises significant federalism issues, especially conflicts over the power to govern between the national, state and tribal governments. The data will be drawn from cases decided between 1965 and 2015.

Tracey Lee, Northern Arizona University

Deann Nishimura-Thornton, Northern Arizona University

Shine Salt, Northern Arizona University

Jonathan Yellowhair, Northern Arizona University

“Applied Indigenous Studies: Establishing a Broad Foundation for Native-Nation Building”

Northern Arizona University undergraduate Applied Indigenous Studies students are exploring the challenges of the 21st century and are generating new modes of nation building through their obligation of earning an education and providing for their communities. The themes of the undergraduate student panel range from cultural revitalization through natural resource management, tribal elder programs, substance abuse programs, Native American foster care programs, as well as the state of federal recognition for Native Hawaiians. These topics are essential to native nation building, generating action towards cultural revitalization and economic sustainability and emphasizing the importance of community based participatory research.

Kathy Lewis, North Idaho College

Chris Norden, Lewis-Clark State College

Christopher Riggs, Lewis-Clark State College

Philip Stevens, University of Idaho

“Why You Can’t Teach without American Indians: Integrating North American Tribal History, Knowledge, Methodologies, and Ethics into the College/University General Education Curriculum”

This discussion panel takes its title from the 2015 book _Why You Can’t Teach United States History without American Indians_. That work identifies ways to redesign introductory United States history courses – which have often been taught in a manner that marginalized Native Americans -- to be more inclusive of the experiences of indigenous peoples. We propose to broaden that discussion to include the humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences courses typically found in the General Education Core. At the micro-level, the roundtable will consider specific ideas about how to incorporate American Indian topics into such classes and the benefits of that incorporation. For example, including tribal governments in an American National Government course would provide an opportunity for a comparative examination with federal and state governments that would allow for valuable insights into all three forms of government. The panel will also examine larger theoretical and practical issues.

Tenille Marley, Arizona State University

“History and Historical Trauma: Determinants of American Indian Health”

American Indians (AI) experience disparities in many areas, especially in health. Many of these health disparities are associated with colonization, including land loss and destruction, and forced changes in lifestyles. Many of these experiences can be characterized as historical trauma, the “cumulative emotional and psychological wounding, over

10 11AMERICAN INDIAN STUDIES the lifespan and across generations, emanating from massive group trauma experiences” (Brave Heart & DeBruyn, 1998, p. 7). Across “Indian County” and AI health literature, historical trauma is the most widely recognized and/or accepted explanation for poor health outcomes. This purpose of this study is to examine the relationship between history and/or historical trauma and health using semi-structured interviews of key informants from an American Indian community. Findings suggest that history—particularly place-based history—is an overarching determinant of health for this community. This research gives prominence to the premise that for a tribe residing in its ancestral homeland, disruptions and cultural losses do impact health.

Saundra Mitrovich, University of Nevada, Reno

Kari Emm, University of Nevado, Reno

Fredina Drye Romero, Nevada Department of Education

Marissa Weaselboy, University of Nevada, Reno

Panel Presentation

The Indian Education Advisory Committee in the state of Nevada is comprised of early head start to post-secondary teachers, administrative professionals, and tribal education departments. Committee members are key stakeholders in providing crucial programs in higher education preparation for k-12 and post-secondary students. Programs include but are not limited to the following: curriculum and instruction and sociocultural development. Panel members will discuss how they identified key stakeholders in their area/regions for early childhood, K-12, and post-secondary focused on American Indian/Alaska Native education initiatives. Additionally, they will identify crucial pieces of statewide legislation that affects education initiatives in areas of literacy, core standards, and post-secondary persistence and graduation rates. At the end of the session, participants will gain a sense of how they can build their statewide education advisory committee by identifying cradelboard to college stakeholders.

Mahlia Newmark, Arizona State University

“Reclaiming Dene Womanhood in Our Stories”

Aboriginal women challenge the settler colonial narrative. We threaten the idea that we are inferior based on our race, gender and sexuality when we live within our own worldviews, cultures, histories and stories. In the act of telling our own stories we have the opportunity to disrupt structures embedded in settler colonialism. Thus, our stories are critical to ourselves and others. There are remarkable stories about Dene women that deserve to be acknowledged. Harriet Gladue, my Small Granny’s story is one of them. Not only was she the embodiment of Dene womanhood, she was a recognized midwife for over forty years. Her story is important because she provides insight on being Dene that are important for contemporary Dene women like myself who want to reclaim Dene identity. Her life provides an alternative model for living. To share my Small Granny’s story I obtained written texts on her life, conducted interviews with family and close friends, reviewed literature on the Dene, Native feminist theory, and Indigenous studies scholarship. This paper explores the Dene First Nation worldview, embodiment of Dene womanhood, and rejection of settler colonialism.

Marianne O. Nielsen, Northern Arizona University

“The First Hate Crime Against American Indians”

Hate crimes are the most severe form of ethnoviolence, and a form of social control aimed at putting the group the victims represent “in their place” and sending a political message to those in power that the perpetrators are unhappy with the “leniency” shown by the authority. These acts are not only perpetrated in the modern day, but have been occurring throughout American colonial history. The first hate crime against American Indians may have been the murder of Christian Conestoga Indians by the Paxton Boys in 1763 in Pennsylvania. The Paxton Boys were settlers angry that the Pennsylvania legislature, influenced by Quaker ideals of equality and peace, continued diplomatic relations with Indian Peoples despite “Pontiac’s War.” Also, the legislature honored the treaties with Indians and would not allow the settlers to drive the Indians from the coveted land. The Paxton Boys were never arrested for their crime, but their “political message” to the government was heard

Marianne O. Nielsen, Northern Arizona University

Cheryl Redhorse Bennett, Fort Lewis College

Karen Jarratt-Snider, Northern Arizona University

Anne Luna-Gordinier, Susquehanna University

Eileen Luna-Firebaugh, University of Arizona

“Research Updates: American Indian/Native American Justice”

Participants will discuss their latest research and scholarly projects on: crime at boarding schools, hate crimes/Native Lives Matter, Indian Country data collection, mining spills and environmental justice, and VAWA and sexual assault.

Nick Peroff, University of Missouri-Kansas City

Gary Besaw, Chairman Menominee Indian Tribe of Wisconsin

“The Possible Return of Indian Termination Policy: A Menominee Perspective” In one form or another, Indian Termination Policy reappears in cycles. The Dawes General Allotment Act in late 1880's was followed by the Indian Reorganization Act in the 1930's, then Indian Termination Policy in the 1950's was trailed by Indian Self-determination in the 1970's. Today, calls in Congress to “free the Indian” indicate a reemergence of Indian Termination Policy. This paper will review the termination of the Menominee Tribe in the 1950's/1960's, their successful fight for restoration in the 1970’s, and the lasting impacts of Termination Policy today. We conclude with some likely consequences of another round of Indian Termination Policy for the Menominee Nation and Indian Country generally.

Stephen Sachs, Professor Emeritus, IUPUI

Christina A.Clamp, Southern New Hampshire College

Donna Kay Dial, Professor Emeritus, IUPUI

“Returning to Reciprocity: Re-conceptualizing Economics and Development, An Indigenous Economics for the Twenty-First Century”

The current economics of the world are terribly out of balance and unsustainable, and have brought us to growing environmental and human crisis that will soon reach unprecedented proportions, Moving to economic theory and practice based upon Indigenous values, as exemplified by the ways of traditional North American Indians offers a way to return relations among human beings and with the Earth and all beings to harmony and balance. This means applying Indigenous values appropriately for the conditions of the Twenty-first Century.

Matthew David Schwoebel, University of Arizona

“Theory In Action and Through Story: Dominant Themes of American Indian Studies through the Lens of Vine Deloria, Jr.’s text, Singing for a Spirit.”

As an interdisciplinary field, the methods of American Indian Studies are varied and there is no central theory. While a cursory look may conclude that American Indian Studies contains no theory, I think the discipline has developed a set of rich conceptual frameworks. Vine Deloria, Jr.’s work, particularly the book, Singing for a Spirit: A Portrait of the Dakota Sioux, illuminates and engages the dominant themes of the discipline. The text describes the family history of the Deloria family and the band of the Yanktonais of the Dakota nation, while placing this history and identity into conversation with such themes as change and continuity and the privileging of Indigenous knowledge as a hermeneutic frame. These dominant themes act similar to a theoretical framework in that they offer a means to make sense of the complex world around us. My paper discusses the book (referencing other relevant texts from the Deloria family, particularly Philip J. Deloria’s 2013 article in AIQ and Vine Deloria, Sr.’s "The Establishment of Christianity among the Sioux.") as part of the Vine Deloria, Jr. legacy, while drawing out and defining some of the dominant themes from the book that offers useful guidance for research in the discipline.

Margaret Urie, University of Nevada Reno

“Boarding School Blues: Crossing Borders in the Narratives of Zitkala-Sa and Sherman Alexie”

From their earliest encounters with Native Americans, Europeans attempted to remove them from the land—through pacts, treaties, warfare, resettlement, and extermination. By the late 1870s, however, Indian reformers, who were often Quakers and missionaries, became uncomfortable with these extermination policies and sought ways to “civilize” and Christianize the natives while assimilating them into the larger American culture. They found their man in Col. Richard Henry Pratt, an officer in the Indian Territories and now the head of an Indian prison in St. Augustine, Florida. There, he cut off the Indians’ hair, issued them military uniforms, organized them into companies, and instructed them in military drill, all in an attempt at assimilation. (“Kill the Indian, not the man” was his motto.) Further, Pratt thought he would have equal success with Indian children, if they were removed from their reservations at a young age. Then far from tribal life, they too could be transformed into white people—God- fearing, soil-tilling Americans. Pratt opened Carlisle Indian Industrial School (a former army barracks) in 1878 with 82 children. This became the model for subsequent Indian Schools

Moana Vercoe, TURN Research

“Three Strikes, You’re Incarcerated: How Law Enforcement Detection, Classification and Sentencing Results in the Disproportionate Incarceration of American Indians in Montana” Although American Indians make up 7 percent of the Montana population, they account for 17 percent of criminal offenders under the jurisdiction of the Montana Department of Corrections. This disparity becomes even more extreme when Montana’s prison population is brought into focus – with American Indians accounting for 20 percent of incarcerated men and one third of all women in prison. I examine the three point of contact with the criminal justice system – arrest, charging and sentencing – to show a greater severity in the treatment received by American Indians. While these processes result in harsher sentencing for a greater number of first time offenders, the functioning of the Department of Corrections itself contributes to the higher recidivism rates of American Indians. This paper provides an analysis of American Indians at various points within Montana’s criminal justice system in highlighting the need for reforms that pay more than lip service to the needs of Montana’s largest minority population.

Rick Wheelock, Fort Lewis College

“Experiences in Indian Self-Determination: Nativizing concepts of Journalism to help empower Indigenous Communities”

This paper will focus upon the use of journalistic principles intended to meet communications challenges Native people have faced as Indian Self-Determination has developed into a viable public policy. The "nativization" of mass society's journalistic concepts has had great impact, raising hopes that useful understandings of the very human process of effective communications can be found as Native communities continue the struggle to maintain and strengthen tribal sovereignty into the future.

14 15AMERICAN STUDIES

AMERICAN STUDIES Darrin L. Grinder, Northwest Nazarene University

Jasmine Hankey, University of Nevada, Reno

“‘You Wanna Humanize the Homeless? Then Humanize the Homeless’: Transferring the Biopolitics of Homelessness in Karen Tei Yamashita’s Tropic of Orange to Reno’s Homelessness Discourse”

In Karen Tei Yamashita’s Tropic of Orange, disparate lives of the consumerist upper class and the homeless population collide in the Los Angeles Harbor Freeway traffic jam. At this clash of homeless invisibility and capitalist consumerism, my essay seeks to link biopolitical ideals of the individual’s use-value to society as a laborer to the novel’s capitalist framework to illustrate the problematic correlation between homeless visibility and their use-value to the upper class. Drawing from Foucault’s The Birth of Biopolitics, I argue that the brief visibility the homeless of Yamashita’s novel receive during the Harbor Freeway traffic jam directly stems from the upper class’s perceived usefulness of their actions (or labor) during the crisis. As a result, the homeless are problematically granted contingent, provisional visibility in the biopolitical scheme of the novel’s capitalism. Further, I draw connections between this labor-contingent visibility of Yamashita’s homeless to similar discussions in Reno’s homelessness discourse and response to homelessness. My essay cautions conflating labor with value in homelessness rhetoric, lest the biopolitical capitalist discourse of Yamashita’s novel be reified in the valuation of Reno’s homeless population based solely upon their ability to labor, rather than through a recognition of their intrinsic humanity.

15 16ANTHROPOLOGY

ANTHROPOLOGY Lynda Dickson, University of Colorado Colorado Springs

Foster Amey, Middle Tennessee State University

Linxin Xie, Middle Tennessee State University

Ami R. Moore, University of North Texas

“Trends in Polygynous Marriages in West Africa: Cohort Differences and Education Effects in Ghana”

Polygyny has been described as a “common” feature of marital life in African societies with West Africa in particular reporting the highest levels of polygyny (Bove & Valeggia 2008). As an enduring system of social life, polygyny has also been shown to be “highly resistant to the competition of the imported ideology of monogamy and to the impacts of various structural changes” (Hayase & Liaw 1997). The phenomenon is deeply associated with low levels of education and rural life although it is recognized that well-educated urban dwellers are not completely uninvolved in the practice. Some researchers have surmised that the passage of time will reduce the incidence of polygyny in this region of the world given the expansions in education and increased urbanization. This expectation is based on the idea that increased educational attainment will create new opportunities for women outside the home and that urban life will impose constraints on the desire of men to take multiple wives. In this study, we analyze pooled data from six rounds of the Demographic and Health Surveys for Ghana to understand differences in levels of polygyny among respondents from different birth cohorts. We also examine the factors that influence these differences with special attention to educational attainment and rural-urban residence.

Berch Berberoglu, University of Nevada, Reno

“The Nature, Extent, and Sources of Income and Wealth Inequality in the United States”

This paper examines the nature, extent, and sources of inequality in the United States, focusing of the distribution of income and wealth over the past few decades. After an analysis of the maldistribution of income and wealth in American society, the paper argues that to understand the source(s) of wealth and income inequality, one must turn to an analysis of class relations in society, in particular relations between labor and capital under our current capitalist mode of production. And this would take us to the study of the labor theory of value. Focusing on the polarization of classes in the United States through the ever-widening gap in wealth and income, the paper argues that the private ownership of means of production and the accumulation of capital through the exploitation of wage labor, it has become possible for the owners (capitalists) to amass vast amounts of wealth, while the working class is barely able to hold on to their jobs and continue to generate high rates of surplus value (profits) for the capitalists. The resulting disparity in earnings and wealth has led to the uneven and unequal distribution income and wealth that has reached unprecedented levels in recent history. In addressing these issues, the paper provides a set of solutions to end inequality and to build an equitable and egalitarian society.

Ana Araceli Navarro Becerra, Universidad de Guadalajara

“Ser investigador hoy. El perfil de los Jovenes Investigadores del Conseio Nacional de Ciencia y Tecnologia en las instituciones de educacion superior” 16 17ANTHROPOLOGY

The academic labor market has shown changes in relation to the admission of new members to the academic staff. Mexico is no exception, universities and some research centers have difficulties to integrate new members, including the reasons they are apparent freeze seats and low retirement of academics, caused in part by the worn pension system. Also, it is big number of graduates of doctoral programs seeking to join on Higher Education Institutions (HEI), ie, research centers or universities. This problem has transcended of the public policy. In Mexico acquired important in a context where it moves toward a society and a knowledge economy. Hence the call Chairs called Young Investigator by the National Council of Science and Technology (CONACYT acronym in Spanish). The dynamic is to summon academic groups to propose a research project and to researchers to develop it in conjunction with the group. The employer of young researchers is CONACYT and the workplace is the HEI. In this context, the paper develops the following thesis: young researchers of the need to adhere to organizational and institutional guidelines CONACYT and the HEI, are required to have high qualification, extensive capital and with the support of their trainers to meet with the activities imposed. The document is an ongoing investigation that aims to inquire into the practices of young researchers from the professional socialization in the process of inserting the HEI. It is a qualitative study. The data presented correspond to 12 in- depth interviews with young researchers.

Michael Briscoe, The University of Colorado Colorado Springs

“Microaggressions, Microinequities, and Vegetarians: A Quantitative Study”

Microaggressions and Microinequities are usually discussed when talking about race or gender issues, but they can be seen among any marginalized group. There are numerous qualitative studies discussing vegetarians’ experience with microaggressions and microinequities, but a quantitative analysis of the issue has not yet been conducted. The aim of this study was to understand quantitatively how frequently these microaggressions and microinequities among vegetarians occur. A survey of 34 questions was distributed by various vegetarian blog administrators, and taken by vegetarians. The overwhelming majority of respondents were white and female. More dogmatic vegetarians experienced higher rates of microaggressions and microinequities. Vegetarians with higher numbers of friends and family who were vegetarian experienced less microinequities, but similar levels of microaggressions. Vegetarians whose motivation to become vegetarian was health reasons experienced microaggressions much less frequently than vegetarians who became vegetarian for ethical reasons. More dogmatic vegetarians, and vegetarians who became vegetarian for ethical reasons may experience these higher levels of microaggression and microinequities because they may be more aggressive in their stance on vegetarianism. Vegetarians who became vegetarian for health reasons may be less concerned with others’ diet, and therefore engage in less altercations about vegetarianism.

Stefanie Cole, University of Missouri Kansas City

“Answering Economic Imperialism with Progressive Anthropology”

Methods of evolutionary analysis are applied to the problem of economic imperialism within the academy; a cause of much social harm. The setting for this examination focuses on research areas that succinctly illustrate the origin of economic imperialism, the extent of the problem, and the existing body of theory that is inherently opposed to such encroachment. This is accomplished by revealing the institutional overlaps between the physical sciences, anthropology, and economics. First, a terse explanation of the underlying social, political, cultural and scientific issues which shaped the rise of modern geosciences and social sciences. The paper begins with the world systems approach and shows how the emergence of the geosciences and archaeology are the outcome of the enlightenment project and the backlash against socialism in the academy. The narrative is followed-up by the story of how economic imperialism first dominated social sciences and eventually encroached into the physical sciences: the outcome of a dynamic struggle for ideological supremacy among conservatives, liberals, socialists and radicals with the academy. The progressive wing of Anthropology is both an existing theoretical counterpoint to the

17 18ANTHROPOLOGY philosophical, moral, and logical basis of economic imperialism; and a source for allies in the ongoing struggle against it.

Lynda Dickson, University of Colorado Colorado Springs

“Pro-Birth vs. Pro-Life?: Time to Flip the Switch on Labels and Their Meanings in the Abortion Debate, or Suffer the Consequences”

The commonly used label “Pro Life” movement has widespread, even growing appeal in 21st century America—to the extent that it is conceivable that Roe v Wade might be overturned. It might be argued that this seemingly increasing appeal stems from the apparent “battle” between unequally weighted opponents: the innocent life of the unborn (Pro-Life advocates) and adult women who want the right the ‘choose’ not the bear a child (Pro-Choice advocates). It seems important to flip the switch so that we are examining and labeling the two sides more accurately: those who advocate for the right of the fetus to be born and those who are more concerned about the potential quality of life of the unborn. Perhaps we need to move beyond the traditional terms of “pro Life” v “Pro Choice” to the more accurately termed “Pro-Birth” v “Pro-Life” -- This paper will also discuss the far larger context in which this “debate” is occurring.

Richard L Dukes, University of Colorado Colorado Springs

Shelby Shively, University of Colorado, Colorado Springs

“Gang Membership and Trouble with the Police”

Literature on gangs contains surprisingly little attention to trouble with police. We analyze data from the population of students in a Colorado School district (N = 2651) to examine whether police profile gang members (differential selection, a direct effect) or police react to delinquency of gang members (differential involvement, indirect effect). Results support the idea of indirect effects. Results are discussed using a framework of differential involvement.

Brielle Giesemann, Northern Arizona University

“Perceptions of Exported Race Identities of the United States and Understanding Their Macro-scale Consequences”

Perpetuated throughout history, the standard, patriotic narrative of racial and ethnic identity in the United States proudly boasts that we are a “melting pot nation”, a rainbow of diversity, and a peaceful co-existence amongst the myriad groups. At the same time, our media, political institutions, and culture, on the whole, deny the superficiality and insincerity of this tale; while they refuse to participate in anti-racist solutions to confront inequality, they simultaneously support the international exportation of a highly homogenized and inaccurately euro-centric image of the “average American”. By means of a survey, Colombians’ perceptions of racial and ethnic identities of the “average American” will be measured to piece together a reflection of the narrative that our media, government, and other institutions are constructing and exporting internationally, and how it consequently engenders and preserves a single-story of white supremacy on a macro and global scale.

Keith Hullenaar, Northern Arizona University

18 19ANTHROPOLOGY

“Investigating Student Opinions on Proposed Affirmative Consent Policies Regarding Sexual Relationships in Arizona Colleges”

United States' universities have adopted a wide array of policies and programs aimed at reducing the prevalence of sexual assault victimization on college campuses. Some of the legalistic solutions have been focused on changing sexual consent policies to reflect the affirmative consent standard, but the voice and opinions of college students, regarding these changes, often goes unheard. The current study utilizes college student focus groups to explore what sexual consent means on college campuses. By analyzing college students' attitudes towards sexual consent, this paper hopes to discover how sexual consent is interpreted in the college setting. University policy implications and future directions for research are discussed.

Eugenia Kwon, Western University

“For Passion of for a Future Family?: Exploring Factors influencing career and Family Choices of Female Medical Students and Residents”

A significant change in the gender composition of medical school has been witnessed over the last decade, with more than 50% of applicants being female. However, although the number of women entering the medical profession has significantly increased, there is evidence that a gendered hierarchy still exists in the contemporary medical profession. Female medical students are more likely than their male colleagues to enter and practice in less prestigious medical specializations and are less likely to enter more prestigious fields such as in surgery. This study assesses competing explanations for female medical students’ and residents’ specialty choices. Do female students’ choices appear to reflect their preference for family and their gender role socialization, or rather do they reflect the structural barriers and constraints that women still experience in male- dominant organizations? This paper sheds more light on gender differences in specialty choices by drawing on qualitative data gathered from in-depth interviews collected from 15 female medical students and residents in Ontario, Canada. It explores whether female students anticipate having a difficult time combining career and family life; and how their expectations shape their plans concerning specialty choice and their anticipated family decision-making around marriage and children.

Scott David Parker, Sierra College

“It’s Not Society, It’s You: The Davis-Moore Hypothesis, The Bell curve, and Structural Functionalists Interpretations of Social Stratification”

Structuralist hypotheses are a useful heuristic for interpreting social phenomena. However, the twentieth century heyday of structural functionalism witnessed a reification of theory which served to justify social inequality. For although structural functionalism afforded a paradigm for identifying social problems and potential strategies for alleviation it often served as justification for inequality via coded victim blaming. This tendency is illustrated in two representative case studies: the Davis-Moore Hypothesis and the controversy surrounding the publication of The Bell Curve. The first addresses motivation as the main prerequisite for social mobility, while the second holds that social position is correlated with measured intelligence. In each instance structural functionalism serves as an ideological prism through which social inequality is justified as a necessary outcome of individual life. chances.

Joel Trujillo Pérez, Escuela Nacional de Antropología e Historia

“Between Opposition and the Right: An Anthropological Approach to the “highly demanding” Middle Classes and the National Action Party (PAN) in Mexico City”

19 20ANTHROPOLOGY

The aim of this text is to present a different point of view on the cultural transformations faced by the right party, the National Action Party (Partido Acción Nacional/PAN), since its foundation and the middle classes of the capital of Mexico. In fact, both of them have changed their Political habits to give place to a further diversity, although within the civil society it is easy to track authoritarian expressions coexisting in the capitalist democracy. This transformations are considered Institutional-only, excluding another possible explanations where the culture is the center of the Political practices. For that reason the Political field in the middle classes is linked in the history and the everyday practices with the right party in Mexico that is considered as opposition in Mexico City –governed by the Left party (PRD) since 1997 and it is also considered a territory of the Left in Mexico. We have such a minor middle class localized in a «blue lake» -as the colors of the PAN, and the party struggled by a series of corporative practices embedded in a Left Political culture. So, my questions are “How does the opposition work in the middle of a Leftist policy”; “How do People imagine the Political system in the capital from their right point of view?”; “Is the middle class opposition in the opposition, is there a Political culture of the opposition?”; Finally, “How do they face a corporative system from their relative well-off position inside Mexico City?”

Jebadiha E. Potter, Colorado State University

“CPS enforcement in an era of legalized marijuana”

In 2012 two states, Colorado and Washington, voted to legalize the recreational use of marijuana; Oregon and Alaska followed suit in 2014 and Nevada currently has a similar referendum on the ballot for 2016. While this new policy has created many new questions for various agencies in these states in adapting their procedures related to marijuana, one where this may be especially important is Child Protective Services (CPS). This paper addresses the question of whether policies regarding substance use and abuse followed by CPS in Colorado are in conflict with legalized marijuana. Further, I examine the extent to which CPS has adapted its enforcement procedures to reflect the change in legal status of marijuana.

Shelby Shively, University of Colorado Colorado Springs

“The Effect of Child Abuse on Future Romantic Relationship Quality”

The aim of this study is to determine the overall effect of child abuse and neglect experiences on later satisfaction in intimate romantic relationships through the use of meta-analysis. I also determine which form of abuse (emotional/psychological, physical, or sexual) has the strongest effect on relationship satisfaction. Analyses were conducted using Comprehensive Meta Analysis software; all effect sizes were converted to a Cohen’s d measure. Experiences of abuse and neglect in childhood do adversely affect later relationship satisfactions, although many studies found strong mediating variables. If therapy efforts were to address these mediating variables, the effects of abuse and neglect may be mitigated.

David Throgmorton, Carbon County Higher Education Center

“Ballin’ the Jack: The Rise of Public Funding for Entrepreneurial Activity in the West”

The mythology of the west is replete with tales of entrepreneurs risking everything to bring their enterprise to life. More often than not, they lost everything but when they succeeded, they became the stuff of legends. “Ballin’ the Jack,” risking everything on one long-shot, was a significant player in the development of mines, ranches, early oil exploration and more. In the late 19th Century entrepreneurs began using other people’s money to finance high-risk enterprises and it wasn’t long before the “entrepreneur” had little of his own skin in the game. The risk was transferred to investors, many of who had been seduced to invest by the very mythology of the high-flying Western

20 21ANTHROPOLOGY entrepreneur. By the late 20th Century, private money was replaced by public money with states and the federal government providing either direct funding or loan guarantees to support expensive projects that were deemed part of the “common good” or, more often, the “common defense.” Today, nearly every large-scale western development and an astonishing number of smaller, local developments include significant public funding as part of the plan. In some cases, these developers have gained access to public monies and use it to leverage additional investments from private investors. This paper examines the transition from the use of personal resources to investor resources to public resources as the conventional model for project development. It looks at how the concept of “entrepreneur,” formerly reserved for people using their own resources to chase an economic dream, is used today to describe any developer, including those using other people’s money for their projects. Finally, it explores the implications of having most large scale projects (and many small-scale projects) rise or fall in step with access to public funding.

Maria de los Angeles Aguilera Velasco, Universidad de Guadalajara

“Educational Preparation of Older Adults and Their Families for Retirement”

The purpose of this qualitative case study, carried out in two phases, is to systematize the learning experiences and expectations of older adults and their families as they face approaching retirement, in Guadalajara, Mexico, 2012. The strategy implemented was an educational preparation for retirement. Six adults had already retired, two were soon to be retired and eight family members were chosen for this study. Data were collected using semi-structured interviews and a SQA-E format. The educational strategy was an interactive conference. A phenomenological analysis was made of the experiences recorded. The naturalistic criterial evaluation of learning experiences and expectations was applied before and after the educational intervention. Through this intervention, participants were made conscious of their problems, expressed the desire to improve certain aspects of their lives and continued educational preparation.

Audie Daniel Wood, Idaho State University

“Athletics Programs, Structure of Time & It’s Negative Effects on Football Players Social and Academic Lives”

In this study we utilized ten qualitative interviews of FCS football players to gain an understanding of what structural barriers prevented them from connecting to the non-football community, and how these structures affected their motivation to perform academically. How time was structured had a negative effect on their ability to connect to anyone outside of football, as well as affecting their academic motivations. The athletic programs main focus was on their football skills, and not whether or not they had time to prepare for academics. This football focused structure is what has led to the stereotypes of dumb jocks and having other negative labels placed on them. All of which negatively affected their motivation to connect to the community or focus on school. If universities care about collegiate football player’s lives post their football careers; then as academics we must begin to suggest change to the structure of athletic programs so that these young men are set up for success and not failure.

21 22ARID LANDS STUDIES AND GEOGRAPHY

ARID LANDS STUDIES AND GEOGRAPHY Mark Melichar, Tennessee Tech University

Joseph Early, Loyola Marymount University

Archie Calise, City University of New York

Eduardo Santillan, Orange County Children’s Foundation

Sara Earley, Los Angeles County Department of Mental Health

“A Spectral Analysis of El Nino Activity in California”

On November 23, 2015, the Los Angeles Times science writers reported that one of the most powerful El Ninos on record was likely to bring heavy rains to Northern California for January through March of 2016. Also a 95% chance that El Nino would persist through the spring was predicted. This paper uses the technique of spectral analysis to investigate the history of El Nino forecasting using the Multivariate Enso Index(MEI) as the predicting variable.

Mark E. Hall, Bureau of Land Management

“Changepoints and Climate Change: A Re-Evaluation of Pie Creek Shelter”

Cave and rock shelters of the Great Basin provide an excellent archaeological record of human adaptation and response to climate change. The purpose of this presentation is to re-evaluate the the faunal and lithic records found at the well stratified Pie Creek Shelter in Elko County, Nevada. Bayesian radiocarbon calibration methods, generally not used in Great Basin archaeology, are used to create an age-depth model for each of the stratified layers. Bayesian changepoint analyses are done to look for statistically significant changes in fauna and lithics in the stratified sequence. Given that each stratagraphic layer is dated by the age-depth model, correlations between changes in subsistence or lithic procurement and the climatic record can be examined. Initial results indicate that the site was in use from ca. 5600 BP until the Contact period, with a potential hiatus in occupation ca. 2500 BP which coincides with a warm, dry period in the northern Great Basin. The medium game (including artiodactyls) to small game including leporids) index has a significant change at circa 3000 BP, which coincides with the Neopluvial/Neoglacial.

Derek Kauneckis, Ohio University

YiJyun Lin, University of Nevada, Reno

“Climate Induced Conflict and Cooperation: Assessing the State of the Literature and Directions Forward”

As regions begin to experience what are thought to be the early impacts of climate change there is a growing literature on climate induced conflict. While the potential for increased human conflict associated with climate 22 23ARID LANDS STUDIES AND GEOGRAPHY change has profound implications for public policy, there has been little interaction across the two fields. This has impacted both the public discourse around climate change, as well as research on the mechanisms that might link climate impacts to human behavior. This presentation take a constructively critical review of the extant empirical literature, with a particular focus on how climate change is linked, or not, to current theory about the mechanisms of conflict. Policy studies literature is drawn upon to understand what conflict reduction mechanisms may be in place that serve to buffer populations from impacts to the natural system, and how change can induce cooperation as well. It then provides a theoretical framework of the conditions through which climate conflict might be expected to manifest itself. Lastly, it outlines directions forward for research on the topic with specific attention on disaggregating causal mechanisms and better understanding of climate change impacts and their direct linkages to the societal processes that underlying cooperation and conflict.

Markus Kemmelmeier, University of Nevada, Reno

“Climate Change’s Effect on Crime”

There is compelling evidence that heat precipitates greater violence and aggression. Many studies have documented that higher ambient temperatures are associated with increasing levels of violent crime. But whereas increasing annual temperatures in the U.S. lead to the expectation of growing levels of crime, rates of violent crime have declined precipitously over time. The present research seeks to mitigate this apparent contradiction by exploring the social conditions under which climatic anomalies are associated with the prevalence of criminal activity in the United States. The most comprehensive study to date by Ranson (2014, J of Envir. Econ. & Manag.) shows that warmer weather will trigger more violent crimes. Yet, by excluding key variables, Ranson may not have accounted for known predictors for crime, including critical cultural. In addition, Ranson’s conclusions are based on fixed- effect estimation, which are of little use in explaining longitudinal changes and cross-regional variability in crime, nor do they account for dependencies due to spatial proximity and shared political structures. Our research uses data from more than 3000 U.S. counties which reported 6 different crimes for each of 12 months for a period of 30 years, and makes use of mixed-effects and spatial models. By assuming that the social effects of climate change are contingent on social, economic, political, cultural and climatic conditions, our work documents how the interaction between climatic and non-climatic conditions shapes how changes in crime unfold over time and space.

Daniel D. Kuester, Kansas State University

“Studying the Importance of Student Involvement in Large Lecture Courses: Do Engaged Students Perform Better?”

It is a challenge for most instructors to engage students on an individual level in a large lecture course with 200 or more students. I have added to my use of social media and polling software in my Principles of Macroeconomics courses in an attempt to create an interactive environment in a traditional sense with some of my students. Each week, ten students are selected at random and asked to sit in the front of the lecture where they are called upon more frequently than other students and answer some questions about the class. At the end of the week the students in the focus group are surveyed and asked if they liked being in the group. This paper studies how these students perform on examinations relative to the control group and their impressions of being selected for this group.

“Diseases, Crops, Institutions, and Culture: How Climate Variability Influences the Likelihood of Conflict”

Does climate variability indirectly affect the likelihood of social conflict via ecological conditions influencing diseases and crops? Does the strength of this relationship change as a function of the interaction between a country’s environmental conditions and institutional arrangements? Does the institutional arrangement further shape political culture in a way that increases the likelihood of social conflict? This topic is situated in the growing literature on the climate-conflict linkage, which has arrived at contradictory conclusions concerning these issues. Part of the problem is the insufficient modeling of the spatiotemporal effects of climate on conflict. The present study tests the joint effects of climate, geographic conditions, institutions, and culture on the likelihood of social conflict. My research uses a global data set combining country-level aggregate data with high-resolution gridded data on local climatic and geographic conditions. An instrumental variable (IV) approach is used to account for the problem of simultaneity between institutional arrangements and social conflict. Then, a three-level mixed-effect logit model is employed to examine the connection between climate and likelihood of social conflict.

Peter J. Longo, University of Nebraska Kearney

“Federalism and the Flow of Water for an Arid West: Cases and Cooperative Models”

The Ogallala Aquifer covers an expansive and sparsely populated Great Plains. The arid West stressed by climate change, drought, and increasing population would appreciate access to water from the Ogallala Aquifer and other water sources on the Great Plains. While each state might view water in possessive terms, the workings of federalism suggest a different construct. Indeed, federalism potentially places water into a stream of commerce, thereby reducing parochial claims. In this paper, the water resources of the Great Plains will be assessed with the demands from the arid West; major Supreme Court water cases will be analyzed for potential allocation schemes; and models of cooperation will be offered to mitigate the potentially harsh dictates of federalism.

Mark Melichar, Tennessee Tech University

“Do Droughts Stunt Economic Growth? Evidence from Arid States”

Water is essential for life. However, is water essential for economic activity? This question is explored by using the Palmer Drought Severity Index (PDSI) and the Coincident Economic Activity Index for arid states from October 1979 to October 2015. In addition, the effects of drought on economic activity in California is also examined even though the state is not classified as arid. The analysis is conducted using vector autoregression (VAR) and impulse response functions (IRF).

Nicholas Seltzer, University of Nevada, Reno

“An Evolutionary Selection Model of Climate Change and Pastoralist Conflict in East Africa”

This multi-agent simulation tests an individual-level, evolutionary model of intergroup conflict. Design elements are abstracted from the arid and semi-arid regions of east Africa with potential implications for climate-change induced conflict. Agents were more likely to cooperate when resources were found in dense clusters, rather than widely dispersed. Conflict was more likely when inequities in land quality existed. These effects were further enhanced when agents possessed the ability to tactically coordinate their individual efforts, though in some cases dominant groups could prolong both peace and exclusive access to the best land through a primitive form of strategic deterrence. These results affirm the hypothesis that in-group cooperation and intergroup competition in humans are integrally related. Further, the degree to which they are related appeared to be dynamically responsive to environmental conditions. If true, this conclusion suggests environmental change this century could increase the risk of intergroup of conflict.

Karen Simpson, University of Nevada, Reno

Azamat Tashev, Ohio University

Loretta Singletary, University of Nevada, Reno

“Exploring the Role of Local Governance System in Mitigating Climate Stress in the Truckee/Carson River Systems”

Multiple regions across are experiencing shifts in vegetation season, precipitation patterns, hydrological variability, and frequent occurrence of weather extremes. Expectation are that they will intensify due to global climate change. The negative effects of these climate induced fluctuations in local natural-climatic conditions are referred to as a climate stress. One potential aspect of climate stress is increase conflict over the allocation of increasingly scarce water resources. In this context, the impact of institutions and the interaction among organizations tasked with water resource management are key to understanding the environment in which conflict occurs, and how it might be reduced. This paper will present an analysis of the impact of variation in governance arrangements on local conflict- reduction and cooperation in response to climate stress on water resources. The analysis will focus primarily on the Truckee-Carson River System (TCRS), in Northern Nevada, using data derived from extensive fieldwork with local stakeholders and water managers. The high degree of climate vulnerability in this area, combined with diversity of local water uses, communities, and water management organizations, creates an ideal environment for the examination of how institutional environment impacts climate-driven conflict, the role of various forms of interaction, and methods for stimulating social learning in complex systems. In turn, variations in level and type of local governance between the Truckee and Carson Rivers allow for a useful comparison between the two systems to highlight the costs and benefits of differing levels of local control on conflict-reduction and cooperation in response to climate stress.

25 26ASIAN STUDIES

ASIAN STUDIES Meghna Sabharwal, University of Texas – Dallas NO ABSTRACTS

26 27CANADIA

ASSOCIATION FOR BORDERLANDS STUDIES Martha Patricia Barraza De Anda, Universidad Autónoma de Ciudad Juárez Adriana Dorfman, Universidade Federal de Ciências da Saúde de Porto Alegre

“Marginal, Situated and Emergent: Border Studies in Brazil”

This paper resorts to quantitative and qualitative methods to analyze researchers and researches dealing with contemporary (since the 1990’s) border studies in Brazil. The information was collected while building the database “Unbral Fronteiras - Open Access Portal of the Brazilian Universities on Borders and Limits”. In the process, border researchers were listed and answered a questionnaire. Through these, we drew the spatial distribution of scholars and studies (in Southern in Central borders, mostly) and identified the main topics (integration; cross-border culture; infrastructure and its limits; fronts) and emerging themes (non-state and non-administrative borders). We conclude that there is no consensual methodology or theory. Still, this is a growing field of research, with a defined community and a solid understanding of its object (the international borders). There are paradigmatic concepts (border, limit, twin-city) and regionalization (border strip, 3 arches, dyads). We conclude that, in Brazil, border studies are a marginal field of research, much like its object. In addition, we found a strong link between researches and public policies aimed at borderlands, more frequently as comments than as formulation. Finally, we conclude that border scholars tend to be politically engaged with the object, which is expressed in situated research.

Agustín Sandez Perez, Universidad Autónoma de Baja California

“Around the level of economic activity in the State of Baja California. Current situation”/”En torno al nivel de la actividad económica en el estado de Baja California. Coyuntura actual”.

Regional productive activities are facing an uncertain phase with an insufficient level of recovery due to the difficult circumstances brought about by the global crisis of the last decade. During this crisis, a considerable contraction surged in regard to the employment and the performance of the economic income derived by the main industries generating foreign currency and surplus for the regional economy. The levels of production in Baja California have been characterized by its high sensitivity associated to changes in variables from external sectors. Currency exchange rates, foreign investment, imports and exports, foreign remittances, as wells as the displacement of the cross-border population, have been high influence factors in the behavior of regional macroeconomics. The taxing impact derived by the increase of the sales tax has had visible effect on the economic activity, which has been gradual but cumulative in the course of the following months.

Akihiro Iwashita, Hokkaido University

“Featuring a Functional Tool as a Compass for Comparative Border Studies: From the Experiences of Asian and Eurasian Cases”

Asian border seas recently have attracted a lot of attention following a series of maritime conflicts over the East China Sea, the Sea of Japan, and the Sea of Okhotsk while Eurasian cases have shed light on continental border confrontation and cooperation. The author identifies three functional tools for comparative studies of borders. First, the concept of a timeline relates closely to the four-stage border transformation as proposed by Oscar Martinez: fortress, coexistence, interdependence and integration. The realities on the space over Europe and Russia mixed the four-stage phenomena in various ways in successive timelines. Factually, the Crimean case is a good example of an “interdependence” suddenly turning into a “fortress.” The author conceptualizes these examples as a timeline setting and could be compared with many border phenomena in a similar framework. The second concept is border permeability, namely, a filtering function of a border (for example, compare the US-Mexico, the Finish-Russian, the 27 28CANADIA

India-Pakistan, the Pakistan-Afghan borders and so on), and the third concept of the construction degrees on disputed territory (for example, compare the level of social construction among the Northern Territories/Southern Kurils, Takeshima/Dokdo and Senkaku/Diaoyu) could also provide a new horizon for comparative studies.

Alejandro Iván Bustos Cortés, Universidad de Antofagasta (Chile)

“Inmigración latinoamericana en el Norte de Chile”

A partir de los datos que arroja esta investigación se puede desprender que los inmigrantes latinoamericanos, que forman parte de flujos migratorios intensos en Sudamérica, enfrentan una difícil situación social, propia de aquellas personas que deciden emigrar de sus países de origen hacia Chile el cual, no obstante ser un país de extensas fronteras, presenta distintas características como sociedad que dificulta el proceso de inclusión de los inmigrantes en los ámbitos como: su inserción laboral, la educación de los hijos, la seguridad social, el sistema de salud, entre otros. Los inmigrantes representan alrededor de un 2 % de la población del país, pero en las regiones del Norte de Chile que limita con tres países fronterizos (Argentina, Bolivia y Perú), su incidencia y visibilización es mayor que en otras zonas de Chile. Los temas que son abordados en la investigación incluye una caracterización de la inmigración latinoamericana: según sexo, edad; distribución de la residencia; condicionantes laborales, de salud, educación y socioeconómicas, así como una identificación de factores de exclusión o integración de los inmigrantes. Finalmente, se abordan antecedentes de discusión sobre recientes propuestas de política inmigratoria en Chile.

Alex H. Chung, University of Sydney

“Sovereignty’s Silent New Challenger: Questioning the Legitimacy of Drone Warfare”

According to the Bureau of Investigative Journalism, since President Barack Obama took office in July 2009, there have been a total of 370 drone strikes with a casualty rate of 2,066-3,394, whereby as many as 633 could be children. This paper aims to address how the increasingly common (and seemingly normalised) military use of UAVs is affecting notions of sovereignty, democratic legitimacy, and global liberal norms. It seeks to engage in discourses surrounding the post-national and narratives of democratic legitimacy within the domestic context of the United States and also on the international stage. The intersection of drones with international human rights and humanitarian norms are of particular concern, in addition to exploring how drone warfare and its supporters will contest for legitimacy among the backdrop of liberal states and stakeholders. Ultimately, this paper seeks to answer the question of how has the perceived normalisation of drone warfare challenged the legitimacy of democratic sovereignty and liberal norms within the liberal world order?

Alex H. Chung, University of Sydney

“Religion, Pluralism and the Secular State: Striving for a Post-Secular Middling”

The basis of rights-based liberal societies in the Global North is individual spiritual autonomy. As described by Diana Eck, pluralism is the engagement that creates a common (liberal) society from plurality. John Rees presents a theistic-secular middling on claims to legitimacy and the national ‘centre’, where religious institutions are subordinated by certain state (and interstate) norms inherent in the social contract (i.e. basic human rights necessary for the function of a liberal democracy), while providing for the free exercise (i.e. negative right) and freedom from state intervention of the manifestation of religious customs and identities. In light of the recent Australian controversies, tensions and conflation of Islamic identities with the emergence and security response to the Islamic State (IS), this paper seeks to engage discourses of liberal secularism, pluralism, and postsecular logics. Throughout the paper, the story of mentally ill individual is recounted to demonstrate instances of state-perpetuated suppression of personhood. Responding to and using Connolly and Rees’ postsecular and liberal 28 29CANADIA pluralistic narratives, this paper examines marriage equality and the state of LGBTQ equality in the United States, Canada, and Australia.

Alex Steenstra, Northern Arizona University

Rakesh Pangasa, Northern Arizona University

“The NAU Yuma Business Innovation Accelerator - Challenges and Opportunities in the Lower Colorado River Region”

This paper examines the challenges and opportunities for workforce development, entrepreneurship, economic development in the lower Colorado River region. The binational agreements between Mexicali, Baja California, Mexico and the Imperial Valley, California, USA and between San Luis Rio Colorado, Sonora, Mexico and Yuma County, Arizona will be examined. In addition, the opportunities and challenges of existing and potential business incubators in the region will be analyzed. A proposal for a regional international incubator will be reviewed.

Alibay Mammadov, Hokkaido University

“Understanding IDPs and Intellectuals of Azerbaijan on the Nagorno-Karabakh issue”

Research conducted in the past on the Nagorno-Karabakh conflict is an ethnic conflict between the Republic of Armenia and Azerbaijan did not take into consideration enough the views of internally displaced persons (IDPs). Based on this shortcoming, my research aimed to fill this gap by gathering data from IDPs of Azerbaijan. Data was collected in September 2015 mainly through public surveys from 200 IDPs, and some intellectuals and politicians of Azerbaijan. The results showed that the majority of IDPs (65%) prefer peace, but there are some intellectuals noticed that there is only one way to solve this problem. That is war. Most of them (intellectuals) denied the cultural exchanges by saying that “it will make us forget the problem and as the result of this Armenia will get our territory”. 87% of IDPs answered that “first of all, Armenia’s soldiers has to leave Nagorno-Karabakh and the surrounding areas”. These findings indicate that at the present time there is no way to solve this problem by peace. It can be concluded that people want peace, but they do not believe in peace.

Ana Rodriguez Camargo, University of Texas at El Paso

“Border Economy Case: Small Business Access to Capital in El Paso”

This paper examines small businesses’ access to capital from commercial banks and other state and federal sponsors in the border region of El Paso. Based on previous research (Schauer 2001, 2002), finding that access to capital tends to be low in metropolitan areas with relatively low population, such as El Paso border region, and conducting a series of interviews with key stakeholders from financial institutions in the border region, we identify some of the opportunities and challenges faced by small businesses seeking to bolster their economic growth. The application of an econometric model allows us to determine different factors that may affect the deposit-loan relationship during the 2005 – 2015 time frame. Our findings provide the necessary evidence base for a series of policy recommendations designed to improve economic governance in the border region of El Paso.

April Rumgay, University of Texas at El Paso

29 30CANADIA

“US medical mandates for access to contraceptives: What is the impact of El Paso women’s strategic border crossing on their information levels about oral contraceptive pills?”

The state's control of women's access to oral contraceptive pills is distinctive on both sides of the El Paso-Juárez border. However, borders are not containers that trap ideas and politics inside their boundaries. These fronterizas, who take advantage of their unique ability to cross the border and return home, display different levels of knowledge about oral contraceptive pills. This analysis compares such knowledge levels among crossers and non-crossers, drawing on a sample of 500 women.

Beata Halicka, Universidad Europea Viadrina

“How to write a history of borderland? East Central Europe in transnational perspective”

Radical nationalism was officially banished from European politics after 1945. Although an important goal in process of European integration was to weaken the nationalism, the postwar “master narratives” of history in various country of Europe were still written from a national perspective. Especially in East Central Europe historian constructed a linear chronological narrative of a society or nation and located it on an imagined or already acquired territory presenting a continuity in terms of time, space and ethnicity. Borders in East Central Europe were in 20th century drawn by force and as a result appeared new borderlands like Polish-German, Polish-Ukrainian or between Czechoslovak and Hungary after 1945. Dealing with the history of those regions, certain persons or places were claimed for the history of a nation, although their allegiance was debatable. It took long time until it has been generally accepted that for example cities like Wroclaw and Lviv were shaped by various cultures and nations. Those borderlands were ruled by different empires for long time and because of this their history cannot be written within a national framework. An alternative serves the transnational history which studies the ways in which cultures use and appropriate cultural goods of foreign origins.

Bianca Szytniewski University Nijmegen & University Utrecht

“Practices, networks and experiences of Ukrainian daily border crossers at Medyka”

This contribution will examine border work at the external EU border between Poland and Ukraine, with a particular focus on circular trade and shopping mobilities and daily life experiences of Ukrainian border crossers at Medyka. These border crossers explore differences and opportunities that result from the state border, something that may be found in the Polish-Ukrainian border context for decades (Byrska-Szklarczyk 2012, Egbert 2006, Wolczuk 2002). What is more, this form of cross-border mobility “often goes against the intentions of planners and policymakers, and may include creative subversions of existing conditions: bending rules and identifying loopholes“ (Löfgren 2008). Although current petty trade and shopping mobilities are officially recognised as leisure or tourism. It contains mostly creative and functional practices, of which many are not only a part of everyday life, but are also a way to survive (Wolczuk 2002). Not only is it interesting to find out in what way people experience and make use of opportunities for cross-border trade and shopping practices provided by the state border, but also to understand the role of these practices in reshaping the border? How ‘closed’ is the external border of the EU for everyday border work?

Carine De Sy Idaho State University

“Linguistic Borders in Louisiana”

30 31CANADIA

At the time Louisiana joined the Union in 1812, the majority of the population spoke French due to three reasons: first, the numerous European plantation owners who spoke standard French, second, the Acadians (Cajuns) who were deported from Acadia (what is now Nova Scotia, Canada) by the British after they won the French-Indian War, and last, the Creoles who were imported from Africa as slaves to work on the plantations. Louisiana is de facto bilingual (French/English). Using the “Narrative Policy Framework” (NPF), this research project tries to answer the research questions “Are French-speakers treated differently than English-speakers in Louisiana?” and “Are Creole- French-speakers treated differently than Cajun-French-speakers?” Data are collected from Government sources, i.e. the Louisiana Constitution, traditional media sources, i.e. the New York Times, electronic sources, i.e. Google News, and social media, i.e. YouTube. This paper is a work-in-progress, so the research findings are still unknown at this point in time.

Christian Leuprecht, Royal Military College of Canada and Queen’s University

Todd Hataley, Royal Military College of Canada and Queen’s University

Alexandra Green, Queen’s University

“A Comparative Analysis of Border Security Strategies across Six Canadian Regions: Layered Security in the Prairies”

Prairie characteristics such as low mobility, agricultural goods, and the need for threat inspection away from the border necessitate a layered approach to border security. This approach differs from other “at the border” security inspections, and has a proven track-record across the Prairies. Compared to Ontario’s bustling border crossings— teeming with tourists and a diversity of goods—border security across the Prairies appears to be relatively inconsequential: few people live near the actual border and fewer still interact with the crossings. Low mobility, agricultural goods, and little cross border collaboration make the Prairies different from the rest of Canada. However, taken as a laboratory of experimentation the security climate offers insights into not only different approaches to border security across the country, but also alternative models to the “security-at-the-physical-border” approach. Goods crossing the Prairie borders are largely agricultural. Processes are then put into place before the product reaches the border to ensure that there is no bio-security threat. Seeds, meat, and other products could not be inspected at the physical border because they require an expert for inspection.

Christophe Sohn, Luxembourg Institute of Socio-economic Research

“The Border as a Resource: Reframing the Concept”

The capacity of borders to constitute resources and not only barriers, obstacles or key components of larger control apparatuses is increasingly recognized within border studies. However, the conceptualization of borders as resources for various registers of social action has remained somewhat elusive. Indeed, the underlying logics behind the mobilization of borders as resources often remain unexplained if not at least considered under the enabling capacity of social structuration processes. The aim of this paper is to reframe the concept of borders as resources and offer insight into the reasons and mechanisms that give its meaning and scope. The key aspect and therefore the starting point of my inquiry is to consider the notion of resource as being part of a process of production of a socially valued reality. As such a resource does not exist in itself but is always invented. More specifically, the following questions will be considered: Which production processes mobilize borders as a resource? What aspects of borders are mobilized as a resource? How are border-related resources activated? By whom and for what purposes?

Christopher Brown,

31 32CANADIA

New Mexico State University

“Public participation in watershed management on the US-Mexico border: lessons from the Colorado and Tijuana River Basins”

Past research over the last several decades has documented a lack of public participation in efforts by US and Mexican agencies involved with watershed management in binational watersheds on the US-Mexico border. In the last 10 years, two departures from the “business as usual” mode of operation of agencies have come to light, efforts in the Colorado River Basin that lead to signing of International Boundary and Water Commission (IBWC) Minute 317 in 2010, and a more recent effort in the Tijuana River Basin that has lead to the signing of IBWC Minute 320 in 2015. Both developments reflect concerted efforts by stakeholders to engage on regional issues of importance. The outcomes also reflect an increasing willingness of the IBWC to include public participation in watershed management. In this paper, I address the following questions: How did the stakeholders manage to “get a seat at the table “with the IBWC to develop the terms of engagement contained in these Minutes and also the work that is unfolding? What “rules of engagement” of the various binational mechanisms came out of these Minutes, and how will they function in the future? What lessons from these experiences can be extracted that can inform binational watershed management in other basins in North America?

Consuelo Pequeño Rodriguez, Universidad Autónoma de Ciudad Juárez

“Transformaciones en las condiciones laborales en la frontera México-Estados Unidos: individuos, redes e instituciones”

No Abstract

Dhananjay Tripathi, South Asian University

“Explaining Unintended Consequences of Globalisation and Contesting Returning of Borders and Walls in International Politics”

International community celebrated fall of the Berlin Wall enthusiastically. It thrilled the people with a hope that new world order will positively change their lives. True to these expectations, the process of globalisation in the post –cold war phase opened immense opportunities for the international community. Unfortunately, despite attaining some early gains we failed to sustain it. In post cold-war world financial globalisation superseded social and political sides of globalisation. As a result we stalled the spread of democracy, ignored ruthless and undemocratic political establishments, destroyed environmental balance, and economically created categories of ‘super-beneficiaries’ and ‘immensely miserable’. While these socio-political contradictions of economic globalisation acquired disturbing heights, 9/11 terrorist attacks had further shattered the faith of international community. Thereafter world once again been perceived as volatile and insecure. Ironically, at present we are economically much vulnerable, strategically less secure and psychologically getting extra dependent on borders. This paper is intended to critically engage with the process of globalisation, while arguing that solution lies in ‘genuine globalisation’ and not in ‘re-bordering’ of the world. The ‘borderless world’ has the solution for human miseries, provided we globalise responsibly and certain ethical socio-political norms are followed.

Donna Lybecker, Idaho State University

Mark McBeth, Idaho State University

32 33CANADIA

Carine De Sy, Idaho State University

Adam Brewer, Idaho State University

“A Tale of Two Borders: A Comparative Analysis of the Social Constructions Characterizing the North American Borders”

In this paper we argue that boundaries represent policy realities that are often constructed through policy narratives. While historically borders were demarcated and managed via elite institutions, increasing access to new social media appears to be shifting the process of bordering—the process of demarcating and managing borders. This paper looks at both the US-Mexico and the US-Canada border as presented through traditional and new media, specifically YouTube. The paper examines how the media narratives play a role in the construction of the concept of these borders, and how the “people of the borders” are perceived by others. Finally, the paper looks at how these narratives effect possible policy development.

Edward Boyle, Center for Asia Pacific Future Studies

“Examining Japan’s Borders under Globalization”

The past five years has seen the development of a border studies research community within Japan, but while the conditions have been created for the study of Japan’s borders on a national basis, this has yet to be translated into understanding the significance of Japan’s borders in an era of global transformation. The opportunity provided by the Borders in Globalization initiative shall enable both the effects of globalization upon Japan’s borders and the global significance of the transformation in Japan’s borders to be properly contextualized and understood. The Borders in Globalization project remains dominated by western research institutions, and the incorporation of a research team from Japan within the project greatly increases its global reach. The history and present circumstances of Japan’s borders are unique, but at the same time Japan is not immune from the pressures that are exerting such transformations in borders elsewhere. The position of Japan within the larger project is significant on two fronts; in its possession of primarily maritime rather than continental borders, and in the absence of overarching regional integration.

Emmanuel Brunet-Jailly, University of Victoria

“Canada’s Borders in Globalization”

Borders in Globalization (BIG) is premised on the assumption that the territorial framework for understanding borders is fundamentally being challenged through new technologies of information and communication that are now regularly applied in the monitoring, surveillance and security of borders. Rather than being territorial, new borders are potentially a-territorial. They are for instance biometric, and, also, possibly everywhere. This process, however, is progressive and takes varied forms across the world. International boundaries, walled borders, and other bordering policies are still very much part of our world but new borders and bordering processes are also appearing. This paper looks at how these varied bordering processes are transforming Canada’s borders.

Emmanuel Brunet-Jailly, University of Victoria

Sarah Colgrove, University of Victoria

33 34CANADIA

Niemann Zajac, University of Victoria

“Indigenous Borders in British Columbia: Challenges to Boundary Marking”

This presentation will review the laws of the land in mapping the interface of indigenous and state jurisdictions in co-management of lands in British Columbia. A history of unresolved land claims characterizes the relationship between indigenous and subsequent ex-European land division and land use in Canada’s western most Province. Yet, in recent years, as land claims are being addressed and settled, new approaches to bordering territory are emerging. These approaches are increasingly collaborative and sustainable approaches that offer new directions for co-management. This paper will draw suggestions and implications those systems have for the economic borders of indigenous communities.

Erika Tatiana Ayala García, Universidad Francisco de Paula Santander

Eduardo Gabriel Osorio Sánchez, Universidad Francisco de Paula Santander

Jesús Ernesto Urbina Cárdenas, Universidad Francisco de Paula Santander

“La Mujer y el Conflicto Armado en Norte de Santander”

El escenario de Colombia frente al post-acuerdo representa intensos desafíos que dependen de la firma del acuerdo de paz con las FARC, luego de un conflicto armado interno que lleva más de 50 años, en el que los civiles se han visto vinculados, presentándose la vulneración permanente de sus derechos, a través de fenómenos como el desplazamiento forzado, abusos sexuales, homicidios, secuestros, torturas, actos terroristas, entre otros; donde los colectivos más vulnerables y expuestos han sido los niños, niñas, adolescentes y las mujeres. Esta comunicación se origina en la investigación “La reparación simbólica de la mujer víctima del conflicto armado en Colombia a través del arte y la arquitectura” y tiene como objetivo identificar y comprender el papel que ha desempeñado el colectivo femenino dentro del conflicto armado en los municipios fronterizos del territorio colombiano, haciendo énfasis en Norte de Santander, reconociendo a partir de una metodología documental los diversos casos, experiencias y reparaciones propiciadas a las mujeres víctimas del conflicto, teniendo en cuenta que dentro del desarrollo de este proceso se han generado graves vulneraciones a sus derechos fundamentales, siendo constantemente sometidas a desapariciones forzadas, abusos sexuales, violencia sexual, reclutamiento y desplazamiento; entre otros.

Fabienne LELOUP, Catholic University of Louvain

“Local Cross-Border Governance in Europe Environment and Health”

Especially in the context of the European Union, the roles of local authorities and private operators have been diversified. Our paper is based on one evolution connected to these changes - the emergence of some innovative processes of local cross-border governance - and in the case of two sectors: environment and health. At the border, public or private actors from one side are not in a position to dictate to the others. For creating cooperation, floating rules are required. The connected local authorities depend on European policies but also on each central state. Then, local public authorities deal with these different scales of decision and who makes the decision, who implements it and how he does it are questioned. In the sectors of health and environment, numerous additional operators (such as the health insurance companies or the ecological associations) are included in the making decision process. It is important to note that all of this is discussed in the context of internal European open borders and especially open

34 35CANADIA borders creating spaces of contact (Ratti, 1992). Numerous hypotheses may be related to the development of “new processes of governance.”

Flor Urbina Barrera, Universidad Autónoma de Ciudad Juárez

“Migrantes no viajeros, experiencias indocumentadas y laborales entre jóvenes fronterizos de Ciudad Juárez, Chihuahua”

En esta ponencia se exponen los hallazgos de trabajo de campo antropológico realizado entre jóvenes juarenses que nos permite confrontar al estereotipo del emigrante sureño, que emprende el viaje en una trayectoria hacia un lejano destino. Igualmente, desvela los imaginarios de la bien articulada vida fronteriza transnacional. A través de las narrativas e historias de vida es posible identificar las experiencias migratorias entre jóvenes juarenses que buscan edificar mejores condiciones de vida para ellos y sus familias, así como la posibilidad de financiar la trayectoria escolar. Estos jóvenes provienen de grupos domésticos en donde la experiencia migratoria y de residencia en los Estados Unidos está presente en casi todos los integrantes del grupo familiar, sin embargo, las experiencias también están atravesadas por el ingreso ilegal, el trabajo indocumentado, las detenciones y las deportaciones por lo que estos jóvenes participan desde la infancia en esta dinámica transfronteriza. Sobresale a la vez, que es recurrente el objetivo de buscar trabajo en los Estados Unidos para lograr autofinanciar los estudios universitarios en instituciones educativas de Ciudad Juárez.

Francisco Lara Valencia, Arizona State University

“Adapting border cities to climate change: a green infrastructure network for Ambos Nogales”

Since their foundation, Nogales, Sonora and Nogales, Arizona have struggled with recurrent flooding, and its aftermath of human and material loss. The severity of flooding has increased over time as a sprawling conurbation replaced open space, green areas, and waterways with hard surfaces. The importance of the functionality provided by vanishing natural landscapes to Ambos Nogales augments as climate change alters precipitation patterns, and urbanization intensifies surface water runoffs. This scenario highlights the urgency of restoring lost biophysical features of local landscapes to help both cities to adapt to climate change. This paper presents a plan for a green infrastructure network for Ambos Nogales. The network includes a combination of linear and non-linear elements with the potential to add hectares of green spaces in the form of neighborhood, city, and regional parks. It is argued the a green infrastructure networks connecting natural and built green spaces can be the central component of an long term adaptation strategy to climate change and sustainability of border cities. The governance requirements for a green infrastructure adaptation strategy to climate change in the US-Mexico border context are discussed.

Franck Billé, UC Berkeley

“Territorial Phantom Pains: Manchuria, Loss, Imagination”

After decades of fraught relations, which involved the hermetic closure of their international border for close to twenty years, China and Russia finally resolved their longstanding territorial disputes a few years ago. The last remaining issue, focusing on the Bolshoy Ussuriysky (黑瞎子) and Tarabarov (银龙) Islands, was resolved by mutual agreement in 2004 (implemented in 2008), with Russia ceding Tarabarov and half of Bolshoy Ussuriysky to China. This transfer of ownership took place without referendum in either country, eliciting in fact considerable anger on Internet forums in both Russia and China. My paper will be looking at this misalignment between, on the one hand, an official discourse that celebrates the successful resolution of all territorial disputes between the two countries, and on the other, the persistent popular views that the decision taken by the two governments is unsatisfactory. Indeed, a considerable section of the Chinese population resents the Nerchinsk and Peking Treaties 35 36CANADIA

(1689 and 1860) which are seen as unfair (cf. Callahan 2010) and continues to view vast tracts of the Russian Far East as “historically Chinese” – referring in fact to the region as to “Outer Manchuria” (外东北).

Fuminori Kawakubo, Chuo Gakuin University

“Technologization of Border Security: Critical perspectives on the: War against Terrorism”

The aim of my presentation is to examine the technological dimensions of border security within the North American continent in the post 9/11 context. The realities of the post 9/11 security environment at the center of the U.S. homeland security lead us to conclude that new technologically-oriented security measures have become the major tendency at the internal and external borders of continents: surveillance devices, biometrics and information technology etc. They have basically emerged as preferred policy solutions to the conundrum of screening for “risk factors” such as terrorists, illegal migrants and drugs into the United States through its international borders while facilitating flows of legitimate people and goods in the age of globalization.

Gerd Battrup, University of South Denmark

“Rebordering Europe. Rebordering Scandinavia”

Through the autumn of 2015, many internal borders in Europe have been closed temporarily in response to the flow of refugees and migrants fleeing to Europe as well as the terrorist attacks in Paris in November. This is also true in the Nordic countries, where Sweden and Norway in November 2015 imposed temporary border controls. Sweden, which has received about 160,000 asylum seekers, explains that it cannot accommodate more refugees and migrants. Other European countries, especially Denmark, must take more responsibility. The Danish government has rejected the Swedish request based on a lack of legal basis and because border controls might harm the Danish-German border region. In national debates, the government has also underlined that intensified border controls could lead to an increased number of asylum seekers. The Swedish government has as a response threatened to introduce carrier sanctions for public transport crossing the bridge across Øresund without controlling the passengers’ ID. If realized, this could lead to a severe setback for the Øresund Region, the only cross-border metropolitan region in Northern Europe. Based on the concepts of “crimmigation”, “securitization” and "moral panics" the paper will examine the Swedish and Danish discourses of refugees, internal security and cross-border integration.

Gerhard Besier, Sigmund Neumann Institute for the Research on Freedom and Democracy

Katarzyna Stoklosa, University of Southern Denmark, Odense

“How to Deal with Refugees?”

In the past, very often the newcomers have driven out the hereditary population, in some cases we observe assimilation and since about 200 years parallel societies have come into being. So, for instance, Germany has absorbed many Polish miners in the 19th century and Italian guest workers in the 20th century. But most of the Turkish foreign workers, invited to Germany during the 60ies, 70ies and 80ies, formed their own subcultures that endure until today. In the USA, France and the UK we observe very similar developments. Too different are the (religious) convictions, life styles, values and norms but also the habits between the native majority and the foreign newcomers. Living together in separate subcultures might not be a problem, if the minimal preconditions are accepted by all – separation of church and state and the rule of secular law. That means recognition of the profane culture in the public sphere, obeying the constitution, particularly human rights and equality of men and women. In

36 37CANADIA our contribution we would like to demonstrate how an integration process on this low level might be successful. How to harmonize the differences, the fears and expectations on both sides to avoid disappointments and clashes?

Guadalupe Correa-Cabrera, University of Texas at Rio Grande Valley

Jennifer Clark, South Texas College

“Migration and Trafficking along Mexico’s Southern Border: The Unintended Consequences of Mexico’s Southern Border Plan and the Re-victimization of Vulnerable Groups”

The Southern Border Plan (Programa Frontera Sur) implemented by the Mexican Government in July 2014, has increased the vulnerability of migrants, women and the LGBT community in particular, to trafficking. According to the Secretary of the Interior (Secretaría de Gobernación, SEGOB), the plan has resulted in a sharp increase in deportations from Mexico. Migrants and smugglers have been pushed to find new routes to evade the new checkpoints and increased militarization along the southern border. The phenomena of migration and trafficking are inextricably linked. Restrictive border policies increase the vulnerability of migrants to exploitation and trafficking. Women and the LGBT community constitute a highly vulnerable population facing increasing risks of, not only trafficking, but of re-victimization. This presentation explores the effects the Southern Border Plan has had on the vulnerability of women and the LGBT community to trafficking and re-victimization. The research is based on interviews conducted along the southern border in Tapachula, Chiapas and Tenosique, Tabasco as part of grant from the Trafficking in Persons Office of the U.S Department of State.

Guadalupe Correa-Cabrera, The University of Texas Rio Grande

“Energy and Security in the Texas-Tamaulipas Border: Winner and Losers of the War on Drugs”

The present paper analyzes the current situation with regard to energy and security in the Mexican border state of Tamaulipas. Recent developments in the energy sector and security policies in Tamaulipas, the state of the Zetas’ birth, confirm the patterns of organized crime paramilitarization, militarization, and paramilitaries, which will possibly greatly benefit transnational energy companies once energy reform is more advanced. The most violent zones of Tamaulipas are also zones rich in hydrocarbons, where forced displacements have been frequent and the opportunities for societal resistance have eroded. Tamaulipas is an extremely violent state rich in hydrocarbons. Recently, the government announced important discoveries of oil and shale gas reservoirs in this region. Soon afterwards, an ambitious infrastructure plan was announced; the project would facilitate the development of energy projects in this northern Mexican state. These developments will take place notwithstanding the fact that hydrocarbon-rich areas in Tamaulipas have been somewhat marred by a very violent conflict or war that involves the Zetas and its previous bosses, the Gulf Cartel, as well as the Mexican state.

Guadalupe Correa-Cabrera, The University of Texas Rio Grande Valley

Jennifer Bryson Clark, South Texas College

“Cartels, Coyotes and Traffickers: Risks for Migrants in the Two Mexico’s Borders”

This paper will present the preliminary findings of a grant project with the Trafficking in Person’s (TIP) Office of the U.S. State Department. The aim of this research is to understand the role of transnational organized crime in human trafficking along Mexico’s eastern migration routes, from Central America to Mexico’s northeastern border

37 38CANADIA

—particularly, the Texas-Tamaulipas border. In this region, drug traffickers are smuggling and trafficking unauthorized migrants in order to diversify their revenue streams. This research project will analyze the new role of Mexican-origin drug trafficking organizations—now known as transnational criminal organizations (TCOs)—in the trafficking of persons from Central America to Mexico’s northeastern border (focusing mainly on the two Mexico’s boders). Few if any studies have been conducted on the newly evolving relationships between human trafficking and Mexican-origin TCOs. This relationship is poorly understood by the law enforcement community and policy makers. This information will be relevant for several reasons: 1) it will improve government authorities’ interdiction of traffickers; 2) it will improve the identification of victims of trafficking, and 3) it will improve international and intra-national efforts to combat trafficking of migrants in Mexico. In summary, this research will further prevention, protection and prosecution of trafficking in persons along Mexico’s eastern migration routes.

Héctor Antonio Padilla Delgado, Universidad Autónoma de Ciudad Juárez

“Mirada atrás: discursos y previsiones sobre violencia y militarización en Ciudad Juárez antes del 2008”

No Abstract

Hilda García Pérez, El Colegio de la Frontera Norte/Nogales

Francisco Lara Valencia, Arizona State University

“Neighborhood, Physical Activity and Women’s Health: A Multilevel Analysis in Hermosillo, Mexico”

The objective of this study is to estimate the effect of neighborhood’s physical and social characteristic in the levels of physical activity participation of women and the importance of physical activity in predicting objective and subjective health outcomes. Data for this analysis come from a survey to women (25-54 years) residents in the city of Hermosillo and from publicly available information on the neighborhoods where they reported to have their regular residence. The survey is a cross-sectional study based on a probabilistic sample (n=1,306) using a systematic sampling procedure. Data were gathered through face-to-face interviews at the domicile of the respondents and through anthropometric measurements performed by medical personnel working for the Health Department of the State of Sonora. Multilevel logistic regression was used to estimate variations in low impact physical activity and overall physical activity, and the importance of physical activity levels in predicting individual health outcomes. Living in the most socioeconomically deprived neighborhood was associated with a decreased likelihood of participating in overall physical activity.

Ilkka Liikanen, University of Eastern Finland

“¿Borders in Post-Soviet Space - Return of the Cold War?”

In the context of the Ukraine crises, vocabulary typical to Cold war period emphasising divisions between East and West and ethnic communities is back in the centre of political debate. This has been reflected also in the academic discussions on borders and EU neighbourhood policies. One conclusion drawn from the Ukraine crisis has been the thesis of the return of the Cold War and traditional militarised security conceptions. Another reading has emphasised that the question is not simply whether militarised notions of territorial integrity that laid in the hearth of bi-lateral international order have returned or given room for new policies of soft power and regional cooperation. Instead of looking back to characteristics of the Cold War setting, it is vital to study the new kind of insecurity and unpredictability that characterises international relations today. Notably, questions of regime change and national self-government are no longer understood in terms of shared Cold War logic of non-interference in the internal

38 39CANADIA matters of the other camp. This unpredictability has been directly reflected in political twists concerning the legitimacy of post-Soviet borders. In my paper I will analyse related changes in political vocabulary of EU documents of external relations.

Inocent Moyo, University of South Africa

“Claiming Border Citizenship from below: The Case of South-Africa-Zimbabwe Border”

In the eyes of both the South African and Zimbabwean governments, border citizens do not exist, it is either there are Zimbabwean citizens to the north of the border or South Africans to the south. The practices by inhabitants on the both the South African and Zimbabwean sides of the Beitbridge border illustrate people, who were 'separated' when the border was drawn. Such inhabitants have always engaged in dynamic and agentive ways, which defy the existence of the border. After both countries attained independence, there has been a tightening of border controls and entry especially into South Africa, a reality which illustrates that both the South African and Zimbabwean governments have remained blind to the reality of border citizens who have always shared cultural, linguistic and other ties since time immemorial. Such border inhabitants have, against strict and successive regulatory regimes from colonial to post-colonial times 'defied' the border and continue to do so. Thy claim border citizenship form below, by rapturing the apparatus of border controls. This establishes a case for de facto border citizens who successfully challenge the inflexible territoriality of citizenship at both the South African and Zimbabwean borders.

Irasema Coronado, University of Texas at El Paso

“Family Politics at the Border: Security policies that separate refugee and asylum-seeking parents”

Despite US immigration policies that claim to strengthen and unite families, refugee and asylum-seeking parents are often involuntarily separated from one another and/or their children. In the highly fragmented Department of Homeland Security (DHS), practices part ways from policy intentions to avoid family separation. This analysis will draw on in-depth interviews conducted in the central US-Mexico borderlands.

Irene Cabrera Nossa, Universidad Externado de Colombia

“¿Todos para uno?: La Seguridad Fronteriza entre Colombia y sus vecinos en el posconflicto”

Después de más de 50 años de conflicto armado en Colombia, es preciso analizar en qué medida un acuerdo de paz entre el gobierno y las FARC puede transformar las dinámicas de violencia y criminalidad en las zonas de frontera. Sin duda, los efectos transfronterizos de la guerra han planteado múltiples desafíos para el gobierno colombiano y sus vecinos a la hora de desarticular grupos irregulares y al mismo tiempo, proteger a las comunidades fronterizas. Con todo, una eventual desmovilización de las FARC implica retos adicionales para la subregión en materia de seguridad fronteriza donde las instituciones marco (normas, entidades a cargo y prácticas socio-políticas) deben ser repensadas para el posconflicto con especial atención a los procesos territoriales y de vida de las comunidades fronterizas. De acuerdo con lo anterior, esta ponencia aporta un análisis cartográfico de la evolución reciente del conflicto armado en las zonas de frontera; adelanta un balance de las políticas de seguridad fronteriza de Colombia y sus vecinos a nivel unilateral, bilateral y multilateral; y no menos importante, indaga por el tipo de control territorial y gobernanza que busca fortalecer la subregión en un contexto de transición y posconflicto.

Isabel Carrera Zamanillo, University of Washington, Seattle, WA

39 40CANADIA

“Traditional Foods as a Form of Cultural Ecosystem, and the Use of Participatory Photography and Other Technologies”

This panel will discuss uses of Information & Communication Technologies (ICT) are used in work with migrants in different contexts. Following brief presentations by panelists, we will engage in conversation with the audience to elicit other uses of ICT in borderlands studies, in order to draw commonalities and salient differences in approaches, experiences, and results. The intent is to plant the seeds for an ongoing reflection in the role of ICT in borderlands studies, to be revisited and strengthened in future conferences. Panelists include the following: Gómez and Vannini will present lessons from Fotohistorias, a project using participatory photography to document the stories of migrants at three different research sites (US-Mexico Border, Seattle WA., and in 2 Colombia communities). Second, Bayo-Urban will discuss the use of technology with migrant women from the project “Starting Where We Are: Latinas' (Re)framing of Digital Inclusion,” which examines digital inclusion efforts of women to better understand systems of inequities in digital spaces. Next, Carrera Zamanillo will discuss research addressing traditional foods as a form of cultural ecosystem, and the use of participatory photography and other technologies. Finally, Guajardo will discuss ongoing work with undocumented students known as DREAMers, and their use of technology.

Ivette Bayo-Urban, University of Washington, Seattle, WA

“The use of Technology with Migrant Women”

James Gerber, San Diego State University

Thomas Passananti, San Diego State University

“The US Panic of 1907 and the Coming of the Mexican Revolution”

There is a large body of historical research that points towards the US Panic of 1907 and the subsequent recession as catalytic or even causal influences on the Mexican Revolution. This research recognizes strong Mexico-US economic ties, particularly in those northern regions that played a significant role in the revolution. Northern Mexico was the recipient of substantial US investment prior to the financial panic and was also the destination of many repatriated Mexican workers that were unemployed by the events in the US. Several historians have argued that this disgruntled group of workers returned to their homeland after having been unionized in the north, and were a source of significant revolutionary ferment. In addition to the integrative ties of returning migrants and foreign investment, the north was also a significant location of cross-border trade, both as a recipient of US goods and as a sender of commodities, particularly cyclically sensitive minerals. In this paper, we attempt to categorize the

40 41CANADIA historical literature with respect to the degree of influence on the Mexican Revolution it grants the panic and recession, and to provide some empirical measures. We conclude that it seems unlikely that events in the US were significant.

Javier Martínez Romero, Universidad Autónoma de Ciudad Juárez

Lourdes Ampudia Rueda, Universidad Autónoma de Ciudad Juárez

“Technology and innovation outcomes of SMEs embedded in a weak network context: the case of metal-mechanic firms in Ciudad Juárez.” The establishment of MNCs subsidiaries in the north of Mexico in the last four decades had created limited knowledge and technological spillovers towards the local environment. However, in Ciudad Juárez there is a group of locally-owned SMEs in the metal-mechanic sector which has benefited to some extent from the presence of those MNCs subsidiaries. Based on the Resourced Based View, the purpose of this work is to analyze the relation between organizational structures and strategic attitudes of these SMEs with their innovation outcomes. Based on a survey on the sector carried on in 2005-2006, this research shows how these SMEs stand in terms of technological capabilities and innovation. Although high degree of novelty in their products and services is not the rule, they exhibit some interesting patterns in terms of continuous improvement. The high standards required by MNCs in terms of quality, delivery and technical capacity require that these SMEs find new ways to deal with these demands. Mastering different capabilities is more and more a matter of establishing links with potential knowledge sources. However, these SMEs have limited links, and most of them are with clients. This lack of network building can hindrance the development of such firms.

Jennifer Bickham Mendez, William & Mary College

Nancy A. Naples, University of Connecticut

“Border Politics: A feminist, intersectional approach” We bring together theoretical insights from border studies, "Third World" and intersection feminist theoretical perspectives and social movement scholarship to analyze “border politics,” which we define as politicized struggles that challenge, transcend, or reinforce territorial or borders of identities and cultures or that contest “borders within” national territories and movements. Our approach sheds light on the complex ways in which movement participants appropriate, rework and deploy intersecting gendered, racial, national, and sexualized identities both to challenge and reinforce borders. We argue for a critical, feminist approach to border politics, that takes into account the ways in which movements are constituted by shifting power differentials at multiple scales—micro/meso, local/global, and national/transnational. Fully integrated into this approach is an intersectional conceptualization of power as multi-sited, shifting and contextual. A feminist, intersectional approach enables us to see power as not only external to social movements, but imbricated within the internal dynamics of struggles around literal and figurative borders.

John Thomas, Quinnipiac University School of Law

“Borderland Lives: Social and Cultural Transformation of the Communities Living along the US/Mexico Border”

This paper derives from my findings that I uncovered in the course of my book and documentary film project, Solitude, Struggle, and Violence: A One Hundred Year Oral History of the Communities on Both Sides of the US/Mexico Border (American History Press, forthcoming 2016). (Website: http://solitudestruggleviolence.com/). This paper will center on my gathering of oral histories, mainly of members of the ranching families who have lived

41 42CANADIA in the Mexican State of Sonora and the corresponding territory in the US that stretches from Tijuana on the California border to Agua Prieta on the Arizona border. In September and October 2015, I interviewed the elders in those families who recalled the tales that their grandparents told, providing a century of perspectives on the revolution in economics, culture, and drug trade that the area has witnessed. My goal is to illuminate how, by using the voices of older members of the borderlands communities as a prism, we can examine cultural transformation and gain an understanding of a century of life and death along the US/Mexico border.

Joni Virkkunen, University of Eastern Finland

“Borders, Refugees, and Governance: Free movement or Return of ’the National?”

Migration from North Africa has become one of the greatest human, socio-ethical and political challenges of the European Union. During the last years, millions of migrants from different African and Asian countries, including conflict-torn Syria, Iraq, Somalia and Afghanistan, have decided try their luck in Europe. The strong images of suffering foreigners wondering from one border to another, with a clear aim to resettle in countries with compatriots, have caused an extensive public discussion all over Europe about the moral obligation of the European Union and its member states, human rights and the dignity of third-country citizens entering the ‘fortress Europe’, the European solidarity in sharing the thousands of newcomers and, recently, the mandates in border management. The European border management authority Frontex is been given increasing authority in the management of ‘European’ (EU) borders and the 'uncontrolled' character of migration has lead to a clear trend of rebordering in Europe, i.e. EU's member and neighbouring states preventing 'illegal' border-crossings by more comprehensive bordering and passport control. In order to correspond the demands in domestic politics, many of the Schengen signatory states such as Germany, Austria, and Sweden introduced temporary passport controls at the internal borders of the area.

Jorge Bitar Ramírez, Universidad de Pamplona

“Desarrollo Territorial Integrado Desde La Frontera Cerrada”

El tema abordado es la expectativa de desarrollo territorial endógeno desde la perspectiva de la frontera cerrada y los efectos en el proceso de metropolización en el sistema de ciudades que conforma el área metropolitana de Cúcuta (Colombia) y sus municipios circundantes en cuanto a las dinámicas de la transformación de una economía informal a la formalidad laboral, revisando la implementación de los conceptos de gobernabilidad, gobernanza, descentralización, autonomía económica y autoridad. El área de estudio ha tenido relaciones irrompibles desde hace más de doscientos años en los social, económico, familiar, institucional, y cultural, con su par metropolitano de San Cristóbal, estableciendo lazos que contienen complejas dinámicas implementadas en espacios regionales, que aunque divididos por un límite político y gubernamental, participan de una dinámica común, hoy cercenada por las consecuencias de los conflictos internos de Venezuela. Se pretende a través de este ejercicio académico, visualizar el desarrollo endógeno del territorio sin la dependencia de la economía venezolana, partiendo de las potencialidades latentes en la región y elaborar una propuesta que permitan el desarrollo físico del territorio y la utilización del suelo, permitiendo el equilibrio urbano – rural.

Jorge Eduardo Mendoza Cota, El Colegio de la Frontera Norte

“The role of cross-border economic organizations in the economic integration of US and Mexico: the case of San Diego-Tijuana”

Given the size of the economy of California and its increasing economic interaction with Baja California, the San Diego-Tijuana border has become one of the most important regions with cross-border economic relations. Within this context, the organizations that are dedicated to cooperation and governance in the region, based on public and

42 43CANADIA private collaboration and social and cultural interaction have increased the economic and social integration of the two border cities. The goal of the paper is to gather information and analyze the vision, obstacles and achievements of the main stakeholders in the cooperation and governance of the San Diego- Tijuana region. The analysis uses both statistical estimations and semi-structured interviews of economic organizations to analyze the economic integration and the achievements of the cross-border economic organizations. The results showed that cross-border cooperation has been predominately controlled by federal and state governments on both sides of the border. However, the main achievements of cross-border economic cooperation have been accomplished by local private organizations. The main achievements have occurred in the area of development of economic infrastructure. The positive effect of these improvements is related to the facilitating of trade, investments and people flows between the two urban areas of the border.

Jorge Milton Matajira Vera, Escuela Superior de Administración Publica Territorial Norte de Santander-Arauca

“Referentes conceptuales para un análisis de política pública educativa local en frontera: caso subregión suroriental del departamento norte de Santander”

El presente trabajo, busca articular los conceptos de educación, política pública y desarrollo local en una zona de frontera. El estudio asume desde un comienzo la perspectiva del desarrollo humano como el despliegue de habilidades y capacidades para superar las crisis o las situaciones adversas, en donde la educación a través de su diseño e implementación como política pública, es la que permite que se genere este tipo de desarrollo. Por ende la pregunta orientadora que guía este escrito es ¿Cómo articular desarrollo local, educación y política pública en zonas de frontera? Al respecto se resalta la idea de la educación como derecho y no como servicio, siguiendo los parámetros constitucionales nacionales y los acuerdos internacionales sobre la materia. De igual manera este acercamiento conceptual orientará el proyecto en marcha que el grupo ANTROPOLIS adelanta sobre la subregión suroriental del departamento Norte de Santander que comparte frontera con el vecino país de Venezuela.

José Alexandre do Couto Pereira Monteiro, University of Minho

“The Selvagens Islands: the revival of an (un)settled dispute”

The archipelago of the Selvagens Islands has been a Portuguese territory since the 15th century, and is nowadays part of the country's Autonomous Region of Madeira. Due to their limited area and proximity to the Canary Islands, the Selvagens were claimed by Spain in the beginning of the 20th century, but this brief territorial land dispute was settled before the end of the Spanish Civil War. However, this proved insufficient for preventing further quarrels, as well as renewed violation and questioning of Portuguese sovereignty. Today, the issue at hand is not the sovereignty over the islands per se, which are mutually acknowledged as being Portuguese, but the International Law of the Sea and each country's jurisdiction over the waters surrounding the islands, particularly the limits of the exclusive economic zones, and submissions to the United Nations regarding the extension of their continental shelves. We aim to explain the origins of this geopolitical controversy, how the maritime border in the area was constructed and understood by both Spain and Portugal, and the latest developments on how each government has been shaping their policies and national claims.

José Guadalupe Rodríguez Gutiérrez, Universidad de Sonora – Sede Nogales

“Mercado laboral transfronterizo de los odontólogos en la región Sonora-Arizona”

La relación binacional que existe en la frontera México-Estados Unidos se puede analizar desde varias dimensiones: económica, social, cultural, geográfica. En este trabajo se analizará la relación económica enfocada al mercado de salud en el área odontológica, donde este servicio es utilizado por los residentes de que viven en las comunidades o

43 44CANADIA ciudades del lado norteamericano, por el costo que tiene la atención medica en Estados Unidos. Los odontólogos que residen en las ciudades fronterizas del lado mexicano, se ubican en las inmediaciones del cruce fronterizo para atender un mercado recurrente por la población que cruza a estas ciudades en busca de cubrir sus necesidades dentales que en Estados Unidos no pueden cubrir sino cuentan con algún seguro médico que cubra sus necesidades de salud incluyendo las dentales. Este trabajo analiza el mercado laboral transfronterizo que tienen los odontólogos en la región Sonora-Arizona y que impacta en diferentes aspectos de esta relación económica en la frontera México – Estados Unidos.

José Miguel Nieto Olivar, Universidade Estadual de Campinas

Flávia Melo da Cunha, Universidade Federal do Amazonas

“Género y el gobierno de la frontera. Un estudio antropológico desde la triple frontera amazónica entre Brasil, Perú y Colombia”

Este trabajo se propone comprender cómo el gobierno de esta frontera es atravesado por, y es productor de, relaciones de género específicas. Prestamos atención empírica a las articulaciones entre las arquitecturas administrativas y gubernamentales, las dinámicas sociales cotidianas (afectivas, económicas, políticas) en las que sus agentes participan, y las formas como la población se relaciona y se apropia del Estado. En este sentido, el Estado es visto, como sugieren Sharma e Gupta (2006), como un proceso descentrado y profundamente vinculado con lógicas y relaciones sociales. Es importante llevar en consideración que el estudio de de las fronteras latino y suramericanas contemporáneas tiene relevancias particulares en el marco de los estudios globales de fronteras (Grimson, 2005). Este trabajo es resultado de una investigación etnográfica en las ciudades brasileras, peruanas y colombianas que componen esta triple frontera, enfocado en las relaciones entre género, sexualidad, violencia, economía y Estado en la producción y gobierno de la frontera. En ese marco, género, visto como un organizador empírico de relaciones (Strathern, 1990) y un operador de diferencia (McClintock, 2010; Brah, 2006), demuestra ser una herramienta fundamental para comprender como diversos actores gobiernan, cuidan, organizan, tensionan y aprovechan la frontera.

Jussi Laine, University of Eastern Finland

Martin van der Velde, Radboud University Nijmegen

“The Cold and the Beautiful, Revisited: The Image of Russia in the Finnish Public Consciousness”

History seems clear for it is written afterwards. Newspapers, however, provide an exceptional historical record, which details everyday life on a day-to-day basis. Based on an analysis of a Finnish newspaper Helsingin Sanomat, this paper explores the attitudes and understandings Finns express towards Russia. Relying on social semiotics, the paper seeks to investigate human signifying practices in the specific social and cultural circumstances of the region and explains meaning-making as a social practice. It evaluates the manner in which the public opinion has evolved and been affected by the broader changes that have occurred at the border. The recent (geo-) political events and Russia’s increased assertiveness are a prime example of this. Particularly the letters to the editor develop a stark black-and-white dichotomy pitting us against them; the ‘we’ group gets attributed with positives qualities while criticism and negative characterizations are leveled against the ‘them’ group. In this binational context, these groups collide with respective nationally groups, in so doing socially constructing national identities in much more mundane settings than the conventional accounts of national identity would inculcate.

Jussi P. Laine,

44 45CANADIA

University of Eastern Finland

James W. Scott, University of Eastern Finland

“Borders, Border Crises and the EU’s Political Identity”

The EU’s present crisis – comprised of a number of specific dilemmas – is at once a crisis of identity and of Europe’s borders. The erosion of solidarity within the Community as well as austerity politics have challenged the European Social Model. Lack of consensus regarding migration and policies towards asylum seekers has gone hand in hand with increasing Eurosceptic and xenophobic tendencies. Furthermore, massive contestations of the EU’s international actorness are evidenced through the actions of Russia, Turkey and other states. A major exceptionalist narrative of the EU has been the achievement of open borders within the EU as well the institutionalisation of permeable but secure borders with neighbouring states. These achievements are under threat as EU-member states clamour for a greater degree of local control and the EU is accused of losing control over its external boundaries. With this contribution to the panel, we will indicate how borders, as an interface between the local and global contexts, are always subject to change and transformation. We will specifically investigate what such transformations potentially mean for the identity (and hence future) of the EU as a political community. How might borders shape a future EU?

Kathleen Staudt, University of Texas at El Paso

“Biopolitics in these Neoliberal Times”

Border fences and walls across physical territory interrupt the flows of migrants’ and borderlanders’ lives and movements. Besides such interruption, security policies propel intrusions into people’s private lives and even their body cavities. Such intrusion contradicts neoliberalism’s claims of limited government and US Constitutional 4th Amendment supposed protections against “unreasonable searches and seizures” in the name of the ‘border exceptions’. The paper will examine documentary evidence for body cavity (anal, vaginal, intestinal) searches at the central US-borderlands in the constant and elusive official searches for illegal drug importation, analyzing the ways people have resisted the shame and humiliation associated with invasive searches.

Kenmei Tsubota, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam

“Partition, Independence, and Population Geography in Bengal”

Emergence of international borders in Indian subcontinent in 1947 caused substantial migrations and changes in economic flows. In Bengal, East became East Pakistan and subsequently got independence as Bangladesh in 1971. This study quantitatively explores the changing population geography in Bengal, with particular focus on the events in 1947 and 1971 in relation to the international border. Based on census data from 1901 to 2001, it considers how trends in regional population growth evolved. As in Redding and Sturm (2008 Amer. Econ. Rev.), we employ Differences in Differences estimation and take the events in 1947 and 1971 to test. Estimation results show that there were shocks in each event but were different. In West Bengal, the change in the regional population trends happened in 1947 and remained similar. On the other hand, in East Bengal, it didn’t happen in 1947 but happened in 1971. Further robustness checks show that the impacts were not uniform with respect to the distance from the border. Overall analyses show that the emergence of international border has asymmetric impacts on both sides of population geography. The results suggest that changes in the population geography partly reflect the degree of the tensions over the border.

Kimberly Collins,

45 46CANADIA

California State University at San Bernardino

“Globalization of Economies and Terror: A Feminist Response to Creating More Viable Border Security Institutions”

The term globalization brings forth the concept of goods, ideas, technology, and currencies moving across borders to improve the economic condition of workers and consumers across the world. It is promoted as a means to improve lives, yet, globalization has also led to stronger criminal networks, rise of terror, trading of weapons, and hate propaganda (Barber, 2000). This has led to a global “othering” by some and demands for increased protection and security from governments against those who pose a threat. We see this played in the public conversations with political leaders and citizens extolling the possible threats derived from the humanitarian crises of Central American and Syrian immigrants looking for a safe place to live. These crises are a direct result of globalization of economies and crime, with little consideration of basic human rights and the need for better institutions to manage these issues. This paper will explore a different perspective and make suggestions on how to change the paradigm through feminist theory. We can turn to the writings of Jane Addams, an early feminist writer who sought to bring the human experience into the management of organizations and democracy, for inspiration.

Kimberly Collins, California State University

“Telling the Story of Life in Borders through Data and Indicators: Opportunities and Challenges”

There are issues with geopolitical and demographic differences, methodologies and assumptions by the agencies collecting the data, and bureaucratic priorities, especially during times of budget cuts. These are difficult obstacles to overcome, but with a community of researchers working on the problem of data collection and indicators in border regions a greater understanding of the comparative nature of the lived experience in border regions can be developed.

Environmental Behavior in a Binational Region: Insight into the Perceptions of Residents in Mexicali, Baja California and Calexico, California

Understanding why people live where they do is helpful in preparing environmental education programs and ultimately working toward a more sustainable region. Prugh, et al (1999) find the answer to developing a sustainable society in democracy and political action. Yet, in a community where few people understand the environmental contamination in their neighborhoods, developing a political action program is difficult, if not impossible. Therefore, for democracy to work, people need to be informed on the threats and challenges of environmental contamination, and the actions that can be taken to improve the local environment.

Laurence Armand French, Western New Mexico University

Magdaleno Manzanarez, Western New Mexico University

“North American Border Filters: The Economics of Security”

Since the advent of both North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) in 1994 and the World Trade Organization (WTO) in 1995, economics have dominated geopolitical relations in North America with the United States being the major player in these border transactions. Discerning between acceptable accommodations (people and commerce) and those situations deemed unacceptable often requires delicate filters so as to enhance desired (licit) intercourse while, at the same time, filtering out undesirable (illicit) peoples (undocumented aliens/terrorists) and commerce (drug trade). The challenges for stronger security came following the 9/11/01 terrorist attacks on the

46 47CANADIA

United States resulting in the creation of the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) in 2003 and the Western Hemisphere Travel Initiative (WHTI) in 2000. Clearly, these are US policies that strongly influences border security at both its northern border with Canada and southern border with Mexico. Most recent was the onslaught of thousands of unattended women and children seeking asylum from violence in Guatemala, Salvador, and Honduras. Efforts to curb this wave of undocumented Hispanics, most of Mestizos blood, included US-influence in having Mexico filter this flow through its southern border with Guatemala, hence further increasing tensions with the Indigenous peoples of the border state of Chiapas.

Lawrence Taylor, El Colegio de la Frontera Norte

“B. Traven's The Treasure of the Sierra Madre and the continuing allure of "gold glitter" in the U.S.-Mexico borderlands region”

The novels of B. Traven, which have long been popular among German, Spanish, English and other audiences, are also noteworthy for their insightful remarks --some of them prophetic-- on a wide range of issues. Typical are those that abound in The Treasure of the Sierra Madre (1927), whose plot really begins with a story-parable told by Howard, an old prospector, one of the novel's three principal protagonists, concerning the so-called Mina Agua Verde. The long-lost mine, located within the area of the present-day Arizona-Sonora border region, serves as the prime catalyst for the journey undertaken by Howard and two younger companions, Dobbs and Curtin, to the sierra region of Durango in search of a rich gold strike. In addition to probing the background to the "gold fever" as depicted in Traven's novel in its relationship to the U.S-Mexico borderlands, the paper considers the author's comments on wealth, greed, values, water, environmental degradation and other subjects that have had a continued relevance with regard to development patterns in the area. The search for gold and other minerals, for example, has had periodic resurgences over the years, while the demand for water for agricultural, urban and industrial uses remains critical.

Lidya Lestari Sitohang, Nijmegen School of Management

“Cross Border Interaction in the context Kalimantan border development, the border between Indonesia and Malaysia”

This paper is part of my ongoing research on the cross-border interaction in the context of Kalimantan border development, Indonesia. Cross-border interaction with the Malaysian parts of Borneo, is interwoven in the daily lives of Indonesian borderlanders. The interaction dates from before the establishment of the two states. Currently the active cross border interaction of borderlanders is regarded as a consequence of the minimal development and degrading feelings of Indonesian nationalism on the one hand and the socio-cultural bonding of the borderlanders in the two states. Through this paper I examine the practices of extending and negotiation of the borderlanders as a contextual strategy, which has been stimulated by the socio-cultural ties between the borderlanders in both state. The border should not be understood as a static demarcation but rather as a fluid continuous process. The particular practices be seen as a strategy to sustain living in the border region. This research is part of the New Indonesian Frontiers project that aims to deliver policy-relevant concepts and tools to tackle or prevent socio-economic problems that pose formidable challenges to the desired combination of economic development, poverty reduction, and a diverse ecosystem.

Liliana Marcela Bastos Osorio, Universidad Autónoma de Bucaramanga

Johanna Milena Mogrovejo Andrade, Universidad Externado de Colombia

47 48CANADIA

Jhon Antuny Pabón León, Universidad Francisco de Paula Santander

“Las Diferencias políticas y sus repercusiones en la economía de la zona de frontera Colombo- Venezolana”

El impacto de la crisis binacional causado por la relación entre Colombia y Venezuela, hacen cada día más necesario el estudio y análisis de cómo estas coyunturas están impactando la economía de las fronteras de estos dos países, Norte de Santander y el Táchira. Este proyecto de investigación tiene por objetivo general medir el impacto económico de las coyunturas políticas Colombo-Venezolana que se han desarrollado a partir del año 2000 al 2014 sobre la zona de frontera del Norte de Santander y de Estado Táchira. Los objetivos son: Analizar las coyunturas políticas que afectaron la zona de frontera colombo-venezolano; examinar los indicadores económicos en la frontera del Norte de Santander y el estado Táchira; y Evaluar la incidencia de las coyunturas políticas en la economía de la zona de frontera de Norte de Santander y el estado Táchira. En el primer objetivo se destaca la línea de tiempo de la revisión de las coyunturas políticas y económicas entre Colombia y Venezuela. En el segundo se examinan los principales indicadores económicos de la zona de frontera, donde no solo se ha visto afectado del lado colombiano de la frontera los índices de empleo, de informalidad, de crecimiento y de intercambio comercial.

Margarita Grajeda Castañeda, Universidad Autónoma de Ciudad Juárez

“La movilidad estudiantil, una construcción de ciudadanía internacional”

La movilidad estudiantil como estrategia de la internacionalización de la educación superior implica el choque cultural y la construcción del yo, del otro y de lo extraño, este encuentro intercultural no se puede evitar y es además deseable pues tiene el potencial de transformar la forma en nos vemos a nosotros mismos y al mundo que nos rodea. Los individuos incurren en la movilidad estudiantil para obtener conocimiento y/o credenciales que no están disponibles en su país de origen, la adquisición del prestigio de una institución extranjera y la posibilidad de un futuro laboral al exterior del país. El análisis micro del beneficio de los estudios en el extranjero resulta en un bien privado, sin embargo al ampliar el panorama es posible apreciar como la capacitación en el extranjero repercute en un bien público para el país, en el que es correcto invertir. La presente investigación analiza las estrategias utilizadas por las instituciones de educación superior mexicanas con programas de movilidad exitosos que han logrado superar las barreras y participar efectivamente en la internacionalización.

María Inés Baquero, Universidad de Manizales

Marleny Cardona Acevedo, Universidad de Manizales

“Capacidades humanas, procesos migratorios y condiciones de cuidado en Colombia”

En los habitantes de la frontera, la noción de buena vida es relacional, se trata de la búsqueda de posibilidades y de satisfacciones que potencian sus capacidades para actuar y ser en colectivo garantizando que la vida buena. Este un concepto que está latente en una gran variedad de discursos públicos, emanados tanto desde lo político, económico o social, puesto que la calidad de vida se transforma en el afán de buscar la realización compartida en sociedad. Las capacidades humanas están hechas de aspiraciones y libertades para la construcción de realidades en los individuos y colectivos que asumen vivir la frontera. Por eso, ¿qué sentido le da el migrante a la reconstrucción que hace de sus dinámicas de vida? Y Cuál es la capacidad de participación política en lado y lado de la frontera? En la ponencia se reflexiona sobre las formas de tramitar las aspiraciones y libertades como sujeto que migra, que adquiere una población cuando se es niño, joven y/o adulto frente a la vida y frente al trabajo formal e informal a lado y lado de la frontera.

48 49CANADIA

Marina Sierra, Universidad Francisco de Paula Santander

“Implicaciones Socioeconómicas del Cierre de Frontera Colombo Venezolana”

Colombia's border with Venezuela extends along a continuous international limit of 2,219 km2 and covers seven Colombian departments (Guajira, Cesar, Norte de Santander, Boyacá, Arauca, Vichada and Guainía). It is characterized by a series of dynamic and social, economic and security problems, which are exacerbated cycle through domestic situations of the two countries and the actual conditions in a zone of peripheral border in a developing country with problems of legitimacy, effectiveness and capacity of its institutions. Faced with a situation of existence of socioeconomic gaps caused by government neglect and the fulfillment of its constitutional purposes, it is necessary to identify the implications versus last border closure also represented a violation of human rights of Colombians expelled and deported by the Venezuelan government which is the main institutional challenge to generate constant effectiveness and to strengthen the state's presence in the Colombian-Venezuelan border capacity.

Marla A. Ramírez, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign

“Reparations Demands: Banished Survivors and their Families Speak up through Oral History and Family Archives”

This paper examines the “Mexican Repatriation” program during the Great Depression (1920-1944) that resulted in the expulsion of approximately 1.5 million Mexicans, a starling 60% were U.S. citizen children. The study conducts archival research, oral histories, employs a legal analysis of border policies to understand the prolonged consequences of exclusion that continues to have negative ramifications on three generations. More specifically, it focuses on the participants’ policy recommendations for redress since nearly all involved local, state, and federal governments have remain inactive on the matter. California and Michigan are the only two states that passed a symbolic official Apology Act for the damages. Participating families not only shared their experiences of banishment. Instead, they also provided suggestions for redress. These recommendations ranged in scope depending on the specific experiences of each family. Their recommendations are significant in that they provide a diversity of needs for reparation based on specific experiences instead of the usual governmental assigned “blanket” solution. This paper will contribute to the discussion on building trust with oral history participants, constructing significant partnerships with the public to provide policy recommendations, and the importance of centering family archival records and oral histories to better understand history of marginalized communities.

Marta Zorko, University of Zagreb

“Challenging border institutions and governance: the geopolitics of barbed wire in Europe”

In the case of European migration crisis two completely opposite border management concepts collided. First one was the security aspect of migrations and crisis itself, while the other one was the openness of the borders in human rights perspective. The politics of human rights prevailed over the national security policy mechanisms in only few cases and situations during the migration crisis in Europe. Securitization of an issue, in these case migrations, brings up models of defense policies within national security framework. Results of such reasoning could be seen in different approaches in foreign policy on national levels, as well as the lack of coherent politics on European level as well. The barbed wire as a border security mechanism and a consequence of such actions will be widely analyzed and discussed upon three similar but different case studies: Hungary, Slovenia and Croatia.

Martha Patricia Barraza, Universidad Autónoma de Ciudad Juárez,

49 50CANADIA

“The role of municipal authorities of Women in Mexico: The creation of the Juárez Municipal Institute in Ciudad Juarez, Chihuahua, Mexico” / “El rol de las instancias municipales de la Mujer en México: La creación del Instituto Municipal Juarense en Ciudad Juárez, Chihuahua, México”

The record of "women's machinery" around the world has been mixed, with some successes in getting other government agencies to be accountable to women (i.e. to reduce violence against women, to increase loans to women in small business, to collect 'gender-disaggregated data’), but others have merely served to enhance the political party in power. In Ciudad Juárez, the Municipal President's commission on women in Cd Juárez is analyzed, focusing on its purposes, membership, challenges, including relationships with women's groups/movements/networks, and accomplishments.

Martha Patricia Barraza de Anda, Universidad Autónoma de Ciudad Juárez

“Economic Interaction between Ciudad Juárez and El Paso and Transnational Flows” / “La interacción económica entre Ciudad Juárez y El Paso y flujos transnacionales”

The borders are characterized by a high human mobility. People cross border limits and jurisdictions, either for tourism, labor, trade, or family or cultural ties. In this round table, we will discuss the evolution of the patterns of economic interaction through border crossings (cars, pedestrians and trucks) Ciudad Juarez-El Paso. The discussion is performed considering the possible impacts of different moments of tension on both borders in recent years, such as insecurity, drug trafficking and terrorism. It is assumed that these events have influenced the intervention of the governments of both countries through the design and implementation of public policies that have affected the size of the border crossings, and consequently in the new patterns of economic interaction

Martin van der Velde, Radboud University Nijmegen

“The Dutch-German border region as a BIG-region”

This paper will introduce the Dutch-German border regions in line with the central themes of the Borders in Globalization-project (BIG), culture, governance, flows, history, security and sustainability. The Dutch-German border has a long history of cross-border cooperation and strong cross-border institutions, which makes this region interesting for the purpose of comparison, as the BIG-project has at its core, for several reasons. To name but a few, The Euregio (Gronau-Enschede) is the oldest cross-border region in Europe and existed long before the Interreg- program, that targets cross-border cooperation the EU. The Euregio Rhine-Waal is the first public Dutch-German joint body (based on the treaty of Anholt) and offers interesting perspectives with regard to governance issues. The Euregio Maas-Rhine is located in tristate region and has to deal with three languages and cultures. Within the BIG- framework this study attempts to understand and question the bordering principles thatappear when culture, history, governance, flows, security or sustainability contribute tocontemporary (de)bordering processes.

Mohammad Golam Rabbani, Jahangirnagar University

“Enclaves in the India-Bangladesh border: Exchange Process and Challenges”

The India-Bangladesh border demands special attention of the academics for various reasons viz. its ever zigzag line through densely populated agrarian areas and therefore cross border mass movement, barbed wire fence, border hat (bilateral market in the border) and informal trade, enclaves etc. Among all, the enclave issue has been a crucial issue in the management of India-Bangladesh border. As per last census, 55 thousand people of 162 enclaves in India and Bangladesh were stateless since 1947. However, through the exchange of enclaves between India and Bangladesh in July 2015 those people eventually got their state and national identity after 68 years. It is to be noted that in the process of exchange all enclave people were given liberty to choose citizenship of either states. They are

50 51CANADIA now in the process of accessing citizenship rights and basic services. So, in what process the enclaves are being exchanged? Are there any dilemmas, crises, and uncertainty in the overwhelming process of citizenization? How would they be co-opted in the mainstream population? What are the challenges ahead? This paper seeks to shed light on these questions with a bird’s eye view.

Monica Verea, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México

“Changes in Mexican-U.S. migration patterns during the NAFTA”

The twentieth anniversary of NAFTA gives us an opportunity to reflect on the behavior of migration flows from MÃ©xico to the United States. The predicted growth of the Mexican economy that would occur with the implementation of NAFTA and hence diminish migration flows did not occur. Instead, migration significantly increased during the first 15 years of the agreement. Nevertheless, since the financial crisis in 2008 along with the unprecedented US reinforcement policy with hundreds of removals at the border and a record number of deportations at the interior, Mexican-U.S. migration patterns registered an important shift for the first time reaching a â€œZero net migration flowâ€ during the last three years. As a consequence, return migration constitutes a new phenomenon of hundreds of Mexican parents deported and their US Citizen youngsters left in custody or adapting to their new situation back in Mexico.

Naomi Chi, Hokkaido University

“Growing Pains?: Foreign Brides in Japan and Korea”

As the number of immigrants rise in Japan and Korea, so are international marriages. In Japan, it is said that about 2% of marriages in 2014 were international marriages, while in Korea that number is about 9%. Yet the Japanese and South Korean self-identity of racial homogeneity dies hard, and the concept of “multiculturalism” or ethnic coexistence has yet to reach the stage where people can discuss how to integrate different cultural groups into a harmonious society and benefit from the diversity. Even today, many interracial couples and their family experience discrimination. Marriage among two people from the same cultural background can be an ordeal, let along those of two people from different cultural background. This presentation will look at the dynamics of international marriages in both countries, including the factors that bring foreign brides to the two countries, the difficulties in mainstreaming, the victimization of these women, and examples of support (both from the local community and government agencies) that their receive in their respective countries.

Ogunsusi Cecilia Enitan, University of Ibadan, Nigeria

“Smuggled artefact and the challenges of depletion of cultural heritage in South West of Nigeria”

This paper interrogates cross border activities of smuggled artefacts, which are prohibited but made possible due to porosity of borders and resulting into in depletion of Cultural heritage. Previous studies have focused on contrabands that are smuggled with little attention paid to the activities of artefacts smugglers. This paper attempts to interrogate the drivers, the actors, mode of operation, and the complex web of connecting with other criminal network. The method adopted is both historical and case study of Seme and Saki border in South West that harbours several porous international routes that are unmanned. Building on this canal of argument is that there are limited documentation of artefacts recovered, but the trade is not reducing as a result of corruption, complexity of border officials and lack of awareness of the benefits of this works of arts. This could be addressed by tighter border control and a clear mandate on the categories of artefacts that are prohibited and cannot be taken off the shelf through international borders, this also includes enhancing institutional capacity to track, detain identified suspected smugglers.

51 52CANADIA

Paul Fryer, University of Eastern Finland

“The hybrid ‘homes’ of Central Asian labor migrants in Russian cities”

I examine the notion of home and its understanding by labour migrants, specifically how migrants identify themselves with multiple homes with variable characteristics in both home/ host country depending on their particular circumstances. Following the collapse of the USSR, the phenomenon of international labour migration of Central Asian citizens to Russia has been well documented and researched. While much of the literature emphasises the links that Central Asians have with their homelands, it also must be acknowledged that many Central Asians have established roots in Russia and no longer intend to leave. In increasingly mobile societies across the former Soviet space, migrants are spending increasing amounts of time abroad without cutting ties to their homelands – the question of ‘home’ has become complicated and can be a hybrid construct that is informed by changes in one’s environment or one’s specific needs at a particular time or place. This is especially true for citizens of Kyrgyzstan in Russia, who have been living in the ‘borderless’ space of the Eurasian Economic Union since membership in August 2015. Based upon interviews with Kyrgyzstani migrants in Kazan, I ask how do Central Asians labour migrants construct their home(s) in Russia? What constitutes such ‘hybrid’ homes?

Paul Richardson, University of Manchester

“What is Eurasia to Us? Perspectives from Central Asia on the Eurasian Union”

This paper explores perspectives on how the Eurasian Union project is reconfiguring borders in Central Asia. The Eurasian Union was formed on the premise of the dematerialisation of borders and was framed explicitly on neoliberal rhetoric and the setting up to institutions based on the European Union. However, the development of the Eurasian Union has also coincided with a resurgent civilizational discourse on Russian identity and a rehabilitation of themes associated with Eurasianism. Recent events in Ukraine and the annexation of Crimea by Russia have also heightened debates on borders and identity in post-Soviet space. In this context, this paper charts the multiple perspectives and understandings of this project amongst political and intellectual elites in Kazakhstan. Based on recent fieldwork in the region, it charts how the Eurasian Union, and its associated geopolitical visions and regional development strategy, is being received at different geographic scales. It traces how certain identity coalitions and interest groups in the region have interpreted this project, particularly in the context of recent integration initiatives put forwards by China.

Pedro Alberto Herrera Ledesma, Universidad Autónoma de Tamaulipas (UAT)

Mónica Lorena Sánchez Limón, Universidad Autónoma de Tamaulipas (UAT)

Diana Marien Escobar Angulo, Universidad Autónoma de Tamaulipas (UAT)

“Desde el desplazamiento forzado de personas al refugio no reconocido. Los migrantes de Buenaventura Colombia en Antofagasta Chile”

Las dos ciudades están vinculadas por su población migrante, Buenaventura ciudad de la costa del Pacífico de Colombia y Antofagasta ciudad costera del norte de Chile. La violencia generalizada en Buenaventura producto de la lucha de dos carteles rivales ha generado un flujo intenso de personas desplazadas que se han refugiado en ciudades colombianas como Cali y Bogotá, no obstante la violencia en esas dos ciudades, ha motivado a la 52 53CANADIA población desplazada a refugiarse de forma internacional, buscando como destino la ciudad de Antofagasta en el norte de Chile. Según Felipe Rojas ex gobernador de la entidad de Tarapacá en Chile, la mayoría de los bonaverenses llegaron tratando de acogerse a la ley de refugiados, esta ley establece que son refugiados quienes huyen de la violencia generalizada y de la violación masiva de los derechos humanos, no obstante la gran mayoría de quienes han inmigrado a Antofagasta sólo poseen la condición de inmigrantes. El aumento sostenido de estos refugiados no reconocidos ha generado fuertes tensiones en la ciudad de Antofagasta, lo que se aprecia en actos de rechazo a la población inmigrante, actos de carácter xenófobo y racista.

Rafael Arriaga Martínez, Universidad Autónoma de Baja California

Lya Margarita Niño Contreras, Universidad Autónoma de Baja California

Norma Garcia Leos, Universidad Autónoma de Baja California

“Djihad, Islam e Inmigrancion: ¿Choque de Civilizaciones? ¿O Guerra de Dioses?”

En este trabajo consideramos la experiencia de los franceses de cultura musulmana a partir de dos visiones teóricas presentes implícitamente en el debate de la inmigración. La primera, asociada estrechamente a la figura de Samuel Huntington, postula como irremediable el conflicto entre las culturas y la dificultad en consecuencia de integración de los inmigrantes en las sociedades receptoras. La segunda, defendida en el marco del multiculturalismo y otras corrientes de pensamiento, sostienen por el contrario la posibilidad del diálogo, el entendimiento entre los individuos con culturas distintas y la integración de los inmigrantes como un proceso real que avanza al filo de las generaciones. Estas dos concepciones de la inmigración se han visto alteradas en su credibilidad con la ola de atentados terroristas sufridos en Francia. En el corto plazo, la credibilidad de la teoría de Huntington ha ganado. Con esta reserva en mente constatamos la existencia en Francia de una percepción cada vez más negativa tanto de los inmigrantes de cultura musulmana como de las poblaciones con las que se emparentan culturalmente estos inmigrantes.

Rafael Mauricio Marrufo, Universidad Autónoma de Ciudad Juárez

Guadalupe Ortiz Esparza, Universidad Autónoma de Ciudad Juárez

“Demanda de servicios de salud en Ciudad Juárez por residentes y ciudadanos de El Paso y otras ciudades de Estados Unidos”

El Departamento de Salud Pública de El Paso informó en 2014 que residentes y ciudadanos de este lugar cruzan regularmente hacia Ciudad Juárez para utilizar servicios médicos. A partir de esto, se diseñó esta investigación que tiene como objetivo conocer cuáles son las razones por las que personas de El Paso y otras ciudades norteamericanas deciden utilizar los servicios de salud públicos y privados instalados en Ciudad Juárez. La información se ha originado de una encuesta llevada a cabo en el mes de diciembre de 2015 en los puentes internacionales entre Ciudad Juárez y El Paso. Se seleccionaron aleatoriamente 1200 personas que viven en Estados Unidos y declararon hacer uso de servicios de salud en Ciudad Juárez. Se muestra también cuáles son los porcentajes de afiliación de estas personas a Medicare, Medicaid, seguro privado o carencia de seguro de salud.

Ramon Resendiz, University of Washington

53 54CANADIA

Rosalva Resendiz, University of Texas - Rio Grande Valley

“From Colonialism to Post-colonialism: Indigenous Resistance on the Border”

In 2005 the U.S. Congress began enacting legislation for the purposes of building a physical fence along the U.S.- Mexico border. The proposed “border wall” sought to fence a total of 700 out of the 1,954 miles of the international boundary between Mexico and the United States. As of January 8, 2010 the Department of Homeland Security deemed the construction of the border fence complete, after erecting a seemingly arbitrary barrier spanning some 651 miles, at a taxpayer cost of roughly $2.8 million per mile. By and large the metrics for its efficiency remain vastly psychological and symbolic, with little data supporting its intended purpose to slow down illegal immigration, drug trafficking, terrorist activities, or, organized crime. As such, this digital media project foregrounds the story of Dr. Tamez, a tribal elder and retired colonel, and her Band in their fight for social justice, a fight that went to federal court, and spurred an inquiry and report by the United Nations Committee on the Convention on the Elimination of Racial Discrimination. Although the fence continues to block access to ancestral remains, traditional medicine, and the river, this Indigenous group continues to fight for their rights.

Ramya Swayamprakash, Lawrence Technological University

“Border as Infrastructure: Reconceiving the political border”

As old as human civilization, today, over 300 land borders divide over 200 states (Paasi, 2011). The act of defining a border is rooted in the act of representation. Borders are ‘are essential to cognitive processes, because they allow both the establishment of taxonomies and conceptual hierarchies that structure the movement of thought’ (Mezzadra & Neilson, 2013, p. 16). The border ‘in time can become a formless dynamic and complex condition. The indeterminately changing- in- time landscape becomes a useful conceptual tool to think about borders instead of the conventional model of order” (Monacella & Ware, 2007, p. 21). Bélanger understands landscape (and the processes and systems that inhabit it) as an operative infrastrucural ground (Bélanger, 2010, p. 345). In my paper, I contend that a political border is, in fact, infrastructure. As the operative ground of territoriality, cross border flows, repository of culture and spatial container of a state’s sovereignty, a border is infrastructure. Rooted in materiality and historicity, as infrastructure, borders are malleable, historical and cognizant to longer historical and physical changes due to human and non-human process i.e. resilient. I argue that such a conception offers a new way of understand the border making and shaping processes.

Randy William Widdis, University of Regina

“Greater New England as Cultural Borderland: A Critical Appraisal”

The idea of borderland is most often associated with the argument that land on either side of a border exists in a liminal condition; i.e., it has many of the traits of both regions and yet is different because of the hybridization resulting from the merging of the two regions within this particular space. Michael Dear (2013) identifies borderlands as alternative or third nations, spaces inhabited by people who identify with each other on a number of levels based on a shared history and geography and blurred cultures. Through exchange, it is argued, transnational cultures are created that are characterized by liminality and hybridity. It is culture, I believe, that many view as being most important in the idea or ideal of an Atlantic borderland, a transnational region sometimes identified as “a greater New England” (Wynn 1989). Did diffusion in the Atlantic borderland produce a common culture that is unique to this part of North America? That is the larger question that guides this particular paper.

Ricardo Gómez, University of Washington, Seattle, WA 54 55CANADIA

Sara Vannini, University of Washington, Seattle, WA

“Lessons from Fotohistorias, University of Washington, Seattle, WA.”

Rosa Alicia García Compeán, Universidad Autónoma de Ciudad Juárez

“Administrative Corruption, Political Competition and Institutional Change in Ciudad Juarez, Chihuahua”

Corruption increasingly become an important issue for Mexico. It has been analyzed from different perspectives, trying to find an explanation for it and public policies to reduce or control it. This paper focuses on one of the most pervasive forms of corruption—administrative corruption, also known as petty or street-level corruption. The case study for the study of this kind of corruption is the transit police in Ciudad Juarez. The paper measures the frequency with which a citizen negotiates traffic fines with the police via petty corruption. Similarly, it explores how the political parties play a main role in perpetuating it through political competition, which prompts a test as to whether petty corruption increases or decreases depending on the political party in power and decisions made in regard to the transit police’s own performance. In the first part of the paper, interviews with key political actors are presented, to know their activities and performance and how it relates to petty corruption. In the second part, a citizen's survey results is presented divided into three parts designed to gauge their opinion in regard to administrative corruption and cultural images of it.

Rosario Torres Raines, University-San Antonio

“Higher education resources on ambos lados of the U.S.- Mexico border. A focus on southwest borderlands studies: what college students know and don’t know”

This paper presents the results of a continuing investigation on the educational resources that characterize U.S.- Mexico borderlands institutions. It focuses on the outcomes of educational and research programs with regard to student degree programs, graduation rates of graduate and undergraduate studies, research publications, on-going research programs, and other educational outcomes. The study includes levels and types of communication that occurs between educational programs on both sides of the U.S.-Mexico borderline in institutions within 150 mile range from the border.

Sama’ila Abubakar, Usmanu Danfodiyo University

55 56CANADIA

“Border Policing, Power Networks and the Dynamism of Cross-Border Tokunbo Automobile”

Business enterprises in Africa are nowadays expanding their networks beyond the Colonial boundaries. African businessmen along foreign investors are actively engaged in opportunities created by African boundaries sometimes in contrast with the established rules of those who police boundaries. This is the paradoxical nature of boundaries especially in a situation of high demand amidst short supply. In Africa, power networks more often than not are used to finance and influence the activities of illegal cross-border traders by circumventing state policies. State policies mostly influence the individual actors to reappropriate the fluidities of local control over the border for their own particular uses and interests. Nigeria is the major market for Tokunbo automobiles in the entire West African sub- region with substantial part of the vehicles smuggled across the country’s land borders. This is because the trade is conducted largely through informal means as a result of the porous nature of the border area. It follow an elaborate and well-organized circuits and in most cases with the connivance of state’s officials. Since 2013 when the New Automobile Policy was introduced in Nigeria, the country’s land borders once again become the point of contest between the tokunbo automobile traders and the border officials.

Sean Anderson, University of Sydney

Jennifer Ferng, University of Sydney

“Failed Futures: Prefabricated Housing and the Negation of Shelter in Oceania”

From London’s Robin Hood Gardens to St. Louis’s Pruitt Igoe, the history of failure among architectural designs for urban housing was predicated not only isolating those who could not afford a better lifestyle but also on relegating less desirable populations to the periphery. Marked by modern affordability, prefabricated housing became a symbol of global shifts toward the industrialization of living. Such design solutions have been cast only positively, emphasizing lightweight structures, standardized components, and portability. Prefabricated units developed by architects and private contractors remain a convenient response to broader housing questions that have long plagued city planners. At offshore detention centres found on the islands of Papua New Guinea and Nauru, prefabricated units exacerbate living conditions of detainees induced by Australian immigration policies. Our paper argues that it is necessary to rethink definitions of modern housing in light of its more extreme examples found in Oceania. We seek to construct an alternative history of prefabricated housing that exposes the precarious nature of living among examples in which the use and meaning of shelter has been negated. Crossing international borders, the industrialization of housing as a system has triggered the adverse conditions that humanitarianism seeks to remedy.

Serghei Golunov, Kyushu University

“Networks of practice vs border barriers: The case of Russian tourism to the Asia-Pacific”

The development of Web 2.0 potentially empowers even those categories of people whose representatives do not communicate to each other routinelly and under normal circumstances are hardly capable for organizing joint actions to defend their interests (Shirky 2009). When establishing online networks involves transferring practices and knowledge while ‘most of the members are unknown to one another’ such online communities can be conceptualized as `networks of practice` (Brown and Duguid 2000). Among all, such networks can give some hope to some categories of border crossers, including tourists. The proposed paper focuses on the role of online travel communities for empowering tourists taking as a case study discussions concerning those border issues that Russian tourists face while travelling to the most popular Asia-Pacific destination countries. The author concludes that online travel communities still fail to mobilize tourists for joint actions but, at the same time, they successfully supply tourists with a range of efficient practices on how to conduct dialogues with officials, on how to circumvent border barriers by logistical solutions and, if necessary, on how to cheat those who control their cross-border movement.

56 57CANADIA

Silvia Leticia Figueroa Ramírez, Universidad Autónoma de Baja California

Margarita Barajas Tinoco, Universidad Autónoma de Baja California

Marisol Lara Maldonado, Universidad Autónoma de Baja California

“Visión gerencial de casinos en el escenario de economías fronterizas (caso Mexicali, Baja California)”

En el marco económico acotado a la frontera México-Estados Unidos, se ha identificado un nuevo giro de actividad económica dentro del sector terciario, relativo a establecimientos de casinos de juegos de azar. El caso que se presenta corresponde al del municipio de Mexicali que es frontera con California, EE.UU. específicamente con las ciudades de Calexico, El Centro y parte de Arizona. La actividad económica que se describe contempla tiempo y contexto en que aparecen y se desarrollan dichos casinos; las características de su tamaño, dinámica e importancia se resuelven a partir de la apreciación de informantes clave. La metodología empleada se centra tanto en investigación documental como de campo, orientándose la primera a búsqueda y recopilación de información histórica y normativa y la segunda, centrada en entrevistas a tres gerentes que laboran en esos lugares. Una de las síntesis de esta actividad económica refiere a que desde la visión gerencial este giro económico tiene potencial y no costos sociales.

Silvia Nuñez, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México

“Feminist, Women and Gender Studies at the Institute for North American Studies, UNAM” This analysis will provide an overview of research at CISAN focused on women, gender, and feminist studies at CISAN. It will also examine the number and significance of studies over time along with the likelihood of more attention in future research.

Sonia Bass Zavala, Universidad Autónoma del Estado de Hidalgo

Melba Elena Muñiz Martelón, Alianza para Colaboraciones Fronterizas AC., Ciudad Juárez

“Los efectos de los sistemas de salud de México y Estados Unidos en la migración internacional”

Las diferencias fundamentales entre los sistemas de Salud de México y Estados Unidos está fuertemente influenciado por la composición de su capital (publico/ privado), el grado de regulación del Estado y la organización especifica de sus instituciones. Estos elementos repercuten en la cobertura que ofrece cada uno de los sistemas de salud. En México, la atención a la salud es un derecho constitucional de acuerdo al Artículo IV “Toda persona tiene derecho a la protección de la salud. La ley definirá las bases y modalidades para el acceso a los servicios de salud y establecerá la concurrencia de la federación y las entidades federativas en materia de salubridad general” (Constitución Mexicana, 1983). En el caso de Estados Unidos la salud no es un derecho constitucional sino un privilegio, por ello el gobierno federal, a través del Departamento de Salud y Recursos Humanos DHHS (por sus siglas en ingles), se encarga de administrar programas para el cuidado de la salud y servicios sociales como el Medicare y el Medicaid, mientras que los estados se encargan de regular los servicios de salud. El objetivo del trabajo es analizar las causas y los efectos que provocan estos dos sistemas de salud en la migración internacional.

57 58CANADIA

Steve Mumme, Colorado State University

“Equity and Diplomacy in the Colorado River Salinity Crisis, 1961-1973”

This paper examines the rhetoric and practice of equity during the U.S.-Mexico dispute over the salinity of the Colorado River from 1961-1973. Over its course, the decade-long Salinity Crisis saw both countries defend their diplomatic positions as equitable interpretations of their obligations and entitlements under the 1944 U.S.-Mexico Water Treaty and international law. Drawing on extensive archival research and secondary sources, the paper provides evidence of an evolution in the equity thinking on both sides the border, the results of which contributed to the actual settlement of the dispute in 1973 and established a precedent for understanding equity in the management of the Colorado River as well as the practice of international customary law related to conflict resolution on transboundary rivers.

T. Mark Montoya, Northern Arizona University

“The Study of Monsters: Arizona’s SB 1070 and HB 2281”

On July 31, 2003, The El Paso Times reported on sightings of a Bigfoot-type creature in Horizon City, Texas. Weeks earlier, the leading Ciudad Juárez newspaper El Diario reported on rumors of Chupacabra activity in a nearby rural area. For years, Bigfoot and Chupacabra legends have entered the mythos of American popular imagination. Like other monster stories, Bigfoot and Chupacabra legends might reveal the complexities of fear on and of the U.S.-Mexico borderlands. The unknown can certainly be cause for fear; and for most Americans the U.S.- Mexico border remains dangerous and unsecured, and citizenship remains Anglo-American. This is because borders are exclusive—often at the expense of conquest, colonization, and imperialism. Such is the case of Arizona. Arizona’s SB1070 was the country’s strictest anti-illegal immigration law. HB2281 effectively banned Ethnic Studies curricula in Arizona public schools. Collectively, the bills sustain an odious politics for many of the state’s citizens. Given the monstrous conditions of Arizona, how should we talk about anti-immigrant sentiment and racism? Linking power to citizenship, we see that identity formations—including race, class, and gender—all factor into the conception of citizenship, particularly in terms of who is granted full citizenship rights and who is not.

Tetsuro CHIDA, Hokkaido University

“Disaster Recovery on the Borderland in the Small Aral Sea (Kazakhstan)”

The paper deals with the disaster recovery process in the Small Aral Sea, located in the territory of Kazakhstan on the Kazakhstan-Uzbekistan borderland. During the perestroika period, the Aral Sea disaster became internationalized. International organizations like UNEP, World Bank and foreign donors (Denmark, Japan, Germany etc.) have tried to contribute to the mitigation of negative consequences of the Aral Sea disaster since that time, which gave some positive results. However, the real disaster recovery occurred only after 1999, when Kazakhstan economy overcame hardships in times of the transition to a market economy, which enabled the Kazakhstan government to realize some gigantic projects like the closure of the Small Aral Sea by constructing Kokaral Dam in 2005, attracting financial supports from the World Bank. The recovery of the Small Aral Sea enabled locals to revive vocational fishery, which afterwards industrialized and globalized at an accelerated pace under the influence of European capital and technology. The paper focuses upon interactions of actors of multiple scales (local, national, regional and global) on the disaster recovery process, especially on the reconstruction of fishery, in the Small Aral Sea region, with considering transactions with peoples in the Uzbekistan side of the Aral Sea.

Tony Payan,

58 59CANADIA

Rice University and Universidad Autónoma de Ciudad Juárez

“Security Issues in Mexico and in Ciudad Juárez. Ciudad Juárez Today: Discussion on the Pre- and Post-Violence Period”

In 2010, Ciudad Juárez, Chihuahua, across from El Paso, Texas, was considered “the most violent city in the world.” That year, it reached the highest murder rate in the world—well beyond San Pedro Sula, Honduras; Caracas, Venezuela; and several others. Slowly, the city has returned to still-high but relatively normal levels of violence— similar to those of 2006. This panel evaluates the efforts of the Mexican government to restore public safety and security in the city and assesses whether the variables that spun the city into chaos have been resolved altogether or whether the city remains vulnerable to a setback in the future. It focuses on the economic conditions, the public safety and security, the political environment, and the recent efforts to improve its image both in Mexico and across the border.

Verónica Guajardo, University of Washington, Seattle, WA.

“Undocumented students known as DREAMers, and their use of technology”

Victor Konrad, Carleton University

Anne-Laure Amilhat Szary, Universite Grenoble-Alpes

“Border Culture: A Critical Framework for the Borders in Globalization Project—Ontario”

Border culture is no longer culture at the margins but rather culture at the heart of geopolitics, flows and experience of the transnational world. Increasingly, culture and borders are everywhere yet nowhere. Accordingly, this paper offers an extensive and critical vision of border culture on the move, in bridging border studies and culture theory as it provides insights drawn from the Ontario portion of the Canada-US border in the context of the Borders in Globalization Project. Border culture is situated in border and cultural theory, border imaginaries are linked to cultural production, national narratives and counter narratives are evaluated at the border, facets of border crossings are assessed, and borders are viewed within transnational culture. The aim of the paper is to interrogate many of our assumptions and murky explanations of the intersection of borders and culture, and enable a new broadly based dialogue about border culture. Recent debates on the refugee and border crisis as well as diversification of cultural production through new media confirm that more than ever culture is being politicized. Not only is it located in metaphorical third or in-between space, but borders play an increasing role in understanding the politics of culture.

59 60CANADIA

This opens the ground for border studies to address questions raised by cultural theory and engage a wider participation in exploring and understanding the interplay of culture and borders.

William B. Pederson, Northern Arizona University

“A Multitheoretical Approach to Social Work Practice along the U.S. Mexico Border”

A variety of complex issues exist along the U.S. Mexico border: poverty, education, health, unemployment, migration, trafficking, militarization, and the environment. These issues require social workers to use multiple theoretical perspectives to guide their planned change process with all micro, mezzo, and macro level clients systems in the borderland region.

Xavier Oliveras González, El Colegio de la Frontera Norte

“La reconfiguración global de las ciudades mexicanas: la migración calificada de Europa del sur a Monterrey / The global reconfiguration of Mexican cities: Southern Europe high skilled migration to Monterrey”

Se presentan resultados de un proyecto de investigación centrado en la inmigración de alta calificación originaria de Europa del sur a México. Se identifican las motivaciones, las trayectorias y movilidad laborales, la construcción de redes, las cotidianidades y las formas de dar sentido de este colectivo en el nuevo país. En una situación de creciente globalización económica y de desfronterización de los Estados-nación vinculada a las dinámicas geoeconómicas, emergen ciudades que se resitúan como polos de atracción a escala global de capitales e inmigrantes de alta calificación. En este contexto se observa un aumento de la movilidad y migración calificada de los países tradicionalmente desarrollados a los países en vías de desarrollo (migraciones Norte-Sur). Un ejemplo de ello lo ofrece la población calificada de España e Italia que, en unos momentos de crisis económica en el sur de Europa, ejerce la posibilidad y capacidad de inmigrar a las ciudades mexicanas emergentes, como Monterrey, Nuevo León.

Yasunori Hanamatsu, Kyushu University

“Border tourism and changing borderland society in Japan: The case of Tsushima-Busan cross-border tour”

While Japanese jurisdiction covers a wide range of oceanic area around the territories, Japan has not necessarily yet settled maritime delimitation in all border areas with the neighbouring countries such as China, Korea and Russia. Even in such a situation, however, the maritime border area between Tsushima, Japan and Busan, Korea is the most stable in the sea areas surrounding Japan. The borderline of territorial waters and EEZ between Tsushima and Busan has already been delimited by bilateral fisheries agreement. Owing to the fixed borderline, in recent years, a large number of Korean tourists are travelling to Tsushima from Busan by jet-foil, over 200,000 people every year. It indicates that Tsushima may become the first border area in Japan where “border tourism” is successfully put into practice.This paper will introduce the changing situation in Tsushima from the perspective of border tourism. Despite a number of Korean tourists are coming to Tsushima growingly, local government, local people, and Japanese national government have not necessarily coped with a rapid increase in foreign tourists. It will examine some reasons and contexts of the problem, and also show some ideas that will promote border tourism and the stimulation of local economies in Tsushima.

Zhiding Hu, Yunnan Normal University

Victor Konrad, 60 61CANADIA

Carleton University

“Narrating Territory and Security in Remote Border Places: The Kokang Dispute and the Evolving Borderlands between China and Myanmar”

In 2015, the remote border region of Kokang in Myanmar experienced armed conflict that was reported around the world. Many of the estimated 100,000 refugees from the conflict crossed the border to China while hostilities continued from February through August with temporary truces punctuating the fighting. Unlike the other ethnic minorities fighting the Myanmar government all along the extensive, mountainous border with China, the Kokang are Han Chinese with a well established and nurtured relationship with China. Based on more than 400 interviews of Chinese and Kokang, media reports, and official government releases, this paper explores the varying imaginaries of territory and security in remote Kokang, by the residents of the cross-border region as well as the analysts viewing the conflict from afar. The study offers a lens through which border studies may view the multi-scalar and extended geopolitics of nation-states and their peripheral sub-national components. It reveals how borders are utilized creatively by territorial inhabitants, their neighbors and their governments, how borders work in remote places, and how cross-border culture operates even in conflict situations to mediate borders. The study enlarges our understanding of evolving borders in simultaneous globalization and localization.

61 62CANADIAN STUDIES

CANADIAN STUDIES Ross E. Burkhart, Boise State University

Pierre M. Atlas, Marian University

"Of Lawless Frontiers and Peaceable Kingdoms: The Legacy of Myth, Government, and Guns in the North American West"

The United States is more violent than Canada and it always has been. Even as the death toll from mass shootings mounts by the month in the United States, most Americans remain culturally and politically resistant to the sorts of gun control measures that are commonplace in Canada. America’s unique gun culture is embedded in the history, imagery and especially the mythology of the American frontier. Canada had its own frontier experience and has its own history of gun ownership, but there has never been a parallel Canadian gun culture. How can we explain these differences? America’s western mythology romanticizes and exaggerates the level of interpersonal violence in the Old West, downplays the role of the federal government, and celebrates its outlaws and “the law of the gun.” Canada’s western mythology tends to downplay the actual violence and lawlessness that did exist on the prairies as well as the negative aspects of its First Nations policies, and lionizes the national government and the rule of law embodied in the scarlet-coated Mountie. Today, America’s frontier mythology supports a political culture of individualism and skepticism toward central authority, while Canada’s counterpart helps to undergird the political culture of a well-ordered and peaceful community.

Prosper Bernard Jr, City University of New York

"(Re)examining Canada from a Comparative Political Economy Perspective: The Effects of Liberalization on Labor Market, Finance, and Income Distribution"

From a variety of capitalism perspectives, Canada is grouped with other liberal market economies such as Great Britain, the United States, and Australia. Reinforcing this consensus are cross-national studies that reveal trends in Canada that are also observed in other LMEs. This paper has two purposes. First, much of what the CPE literatures tell us about how the Canadian political economy works has been extracted from cross-national statistical results and based on brief descriptive overviews. This paper seeks to spotlight Canada from a comparative perspective, focusing on trends in its labor market, financial sector, and income distribution. The aim is to position Canada within the LME group by showing where it deviates from and verges on LME averages from the early 1980s to 2010s, a period in which all advanced political economies have witnessed important changes resulting from liberalization. Second, recent CPE works have significantly sharpened our understanding of labor market dualization and government responses to the Great Recession of 2008-09. This paper will test specific hypotheses stemming from selected works (Thelen, Bermeo, Pontusson) against evidence from Canada. The goal is to assess the applicability of theoretical advances in CPE by seeing how well they can be leveraged in a Canada-specific case study.

Ross E. Burkhart, Boise State University

"Plus ça change? Politics, Polls, and Canadian Election Forecasting"

The 19 October 2015 federal election in Canada was the subject of intense election forecasting by various statistical modelers. Characteristic of these modeling efforts was how far the forecasts were off from the final result, vastly underestimating the Liberal Party seat gains. One hypothesis for these far-off forecasts was their reliance on public opinion polling, which was assumed to be accurate, but evidently was less so than advertised. How would a model

62 63CANADIAN STUDIES that relies on classical variables, such as the state of the economy, the popularity of the government, and structural causes, fare in the forecasting realm? I test such a model to compare it to the published forecasts.

Neal Carter, Brigham Young University Idaho

"A Personality at a Distance Profile of Justin Trudeau"

This paper constructs a personality at a distance profile of Prime Minister Justin Trudeau. Using his interventions in Question Period and interviews, we employ Peg Hermann's Leadership Trait Analysis to develop a profile in comparison with other Canadian and Western Leaders. We test whether there is a significant difference in results from these two sources of information. Some scholars have asserted that both sources should produce similar results, but we will test that claim. In addition, we will try to indicate which foreign policy profile Trudeau is most likely to fit.

Jerry Croft, Oklahoma State University

"Perceptions of the Geography of Canada by Some Students in Oklahoma and Iowa"

I was always a little surprised by American college students thinking that Canada was just like the USA except for sport preferences and that Canada was much colder so I devised a short exam for my students as we approached the study of Canada. The results indicate that my students do not know hardly any accurate information about the country of Canada in cultural & economic reals but perhaps the lowest level of knowledge is found in the political realm.

Katherine Kelaidis, Community College of Aurora

"Back in Greece, Back in Price: The Dual Diaspora of the Greek of Carbon County"

This paper will seek to explore the idea of a "2nd Diaspora" among immigrant communities through the lens of the descendants of the early 20th-century Greek immigrants to Carbon County, Utah. I will argue that the close cultural, familial, and historical ties to the area maintained by the descendants of those immigrants who migrated out of the region constitutes a dual diasporatic identity almost (but not entirely) unique to the American context. I will also explore the consequences of this kind of identity.

Shirley McDonald, University of British Columbia Okanagan

"Agricultural Labourer and Activism in Western Canada"

My paper explores the embodied experiences of workers in Canada’s agricultural sector and of activists who seek remedies for their exploitation in a dangerous and injury-prone labour sector. I draw from an interview with Darlene Dunlop, who worked as a seasonal farm worker for 25 years in Alberta, the only Canadian province that excludes farm workers from employment standards laws (including child labour laws) and health and safety laws, and prevents them from forming and/or joining unions. In 2004, Dunlop became an activist with her spouse Eric Musekamp and co-founded the Farmworkers Union of Alberta (a union in name only) to seek changes in Alberta’s labour policies. I also draw from the research of Jill Bucklaschuk, whose interviews with temporary foreign workers

63 64CANADIAN STUDIES

(TFWs) in the meat-processing industry in Manitoba reveal not only the daily embodied (physical, mental, and emotional) experiences of TFWs, but also their vulnerability as non-citizen labourers.

Stephen T. Moore, Central Washington University

"Looking North for a 'Middle Way': Prohibition and the Canadian Origins of American Repeal"

When the United States finally abandoned its “noble experiment” in 1933, it did so for a variety of political, economic, and social reasons. And it did so in part because of the torrent of liquor that flowed from its Canadian neighbors to the north. Almost always overlooked in the historiography of prohibition, however, was that Canada was more than just a source of illicit alcohol. Canadians also provided an alternative to prohibition. As the 1920s came to a close, and as the failures of national prohibition became ever more apparent in the United States, Canada offered a “middle way,” a ready model that Americans were only too ready to embrace.

Lawrence D. Taylor, El Colegio de la Frontera Norte, Tijuana, Mexico

"Attempting the Almost Impossible: Frobisher Bay as Canada's Bid to Build Its Own 'Deep Freeze' Base in the Arctic, 1957-1963"

The paper analyzes the ways in which the U.S. Operation Deep Freeze programs of the 1950's for building permanent scientific research stations in the Antarctic, the most important being the Amundsen-Scott South Pole base, as well as the large air base at Thule, Greenland, influenced the Canadian government's decision to construct a similar complex at Frobisher Bay, Baffin Island. Like the U.S. and the Soviet Union, Canada also wanted to prove that it was possible to build its own modern "lunar" settlement in a cold and inhospitable environment. The paper traces the growth in the strategic importance of Frobisher Bay in the post-WWII period as a midway point between the nearest U.S. continental air bases and the American air base at Thule. It also considers the role of the Diefenbaker government (1957-63) in choosing to build a major military-civil complex at Frobisher Bay as one of the key projects of the "Northern Vision" policy. The paper concludes with an assessment of the reasons for the collapse of the Frobisher Bay venture as well as its implications for subsequent Canadian development efforts in the Arctic.

64 65CHICANO, LATINO, HISPANIC STUDIES

CHICANO, LATINO, HISPANIC STUDIES Debra D. Andrist, Sam Houston State University

Debra D. Andrist, Sam Houston State University

“Insult To Injury: Domestic Violence Against Latinas Social & Personal Control Techniques In The Latino World”

As French social anthropologist/literary critic/theorist, René Girard, maintains in Violence & the Sacred, the oldest means of social control is physical violence I add that the most ubiquitous form of physical violence for personal and social control is gender-based, domestic violence, especially in overtly masculine-dominated cultures, like the Hispanic cultures so stereotypically characterized as they are by the (in)famous machismo. Gender-based violence can be physical or psychological abuse or victimization. This victimization can be either perpetrated by strangers in the course of another crime or as the crime itself or as relationship violence, particularly by those males in a supposed trust position (family, partners, etc.) with the victim. In terms of the latter, international surveys indicate that an estimated ten percent to 50% of all women report having been physically assaulted at some point in their lives by their male partners and reporting statistics are very spotty. In the U.S., estimates are that perhaps one-third of such assaults over-all are reported. Such domestic violence exacts a heavy toll as a critical public health problem, as well as a serious violation of basic human rights, plus the socio-economic ramifications world-wide. This paper addresses the statistics and manifestations of domestic violence towards Latinas in the U.S., both in reality and as represented in literature by Latinas writers and/or artists.

John Francis Burke, St. Edward’s University

“Building Bridges, Not Walls Between Cultures in Congregations”

Although other studies have emphasized strategies such as personal conversion and the use of concepts from psychology of communication studies to deal with cultural diversity in faith-based congregations, my study argues that especially for congregations with large English-speaking and Spanish-speaking groups, one has to understanding the differences between the Christian spiritualties of these groups if one is to bring about constructive intercultural engagement. After a brief review of the literature on intercultural ministry, my paper presents how the spiritualties that inform most Anglos and most Latinos are quite different. Most European-American congregants or for that matter most congregants in the Northeast and Midwest United States have a faith that has emerged from the crucible of the Reformation-Counter Reformation debates. On the other hand, Latinos, especially those coming north from Mexico and Central America have a spirituality that never went through the Reformation. Instead, this spirituality is a fascinating combination of medieval Catholic, native indigenous, and African heritages. In general, the Reformation spirituality tends to be more individualistic and the Latino spirituality more holistic. My paper then illustrates that when surface conflicts emerge over liturgy, finances, and other matters, what is actually ensuing is an underlying tension between different spiritualties. Only by enabling these cultural groups to understand each other’s different perspectives, can one begin to build bridges not walls between the groups. My study closes with some concrete ways to bring about such consciousness-raising and consequent integration. In addition, much more so than previous studies, my study accents the power relationships in church decision-making structures. Political science analysis provides an alternative way for examining intercultural relations in congregations. In the end, the study captures that all too often congregations that are of mixed racial, ethnic, or linguistic background still tend to privilege English-speaking European-Americans and this is unacceptable if one really believes in fostering Christian community. Fostering unity-in-diversity is not just enlightenment about cultural differences but rather is the pursuit of justice.

Laurence Armand French, University of New Hampshire; Western New Mexico University

Magdaleno Manzanarez, Western New Mexico University

“Anchor Babies and the anti-Hispanic furor in American Politics: A 21 Century resurgence of Manifest Destiny”

Republican Presidential candidate, Donald Trump, has instilled a chilling element to the 2016 Presidential race by invoking strong anti-Hispanic furor by claiming that Mexican and other Latin America mothers illegally enter the United States for the specific purpose of giving birth thereby automatically claiming citizenship for the infant. These so-called anchor babies are then supposedly used to open the gate for other family members to become US citizens. Trump further stirs up anti-Hispanic sentiments by labelling undocumented Mexicans (and Latin Americans) as being drug dealers, rapists, and violent criminals…contaminating white America. This appears to be a reoccurrence of past ethnic/racial prejudices prominent among proponents of white-supremacy under the dictates of Manifest Destiny. Our paper traces the origin of the 14th Amendment to its post-Civil War provision for citizenship for Freedmen and their families, while, at the same time, providing adaptations needed to accommodate American Indians/Alaska Natives (Elk v. Wilkins). We also provide the example of cross-border accommodations for Mexican families within the pre-Gadsden border region of New Mexico whereby Mexican babies are born in Deming where the closest hospital exits.

Alejandro Latínez, Bristol Community College

“Maids' Cultural Accent in Films: Recognizing a History of Labor

The leading role of Hispanic/Latino women in the current decade is a remarkable aspect in the history of USA cinematography. Despite of this undeniable significance, it is argued that the leading role does not imply a critical distance from stereotypes about labor. In this context, the present paper intends to answer the question: What is the cultural negotiation played in the representation of the maid in Hispanic/Latino films? The answer will allow to identify one essential aspect in the construction of our identity neglected by cultural researchers: the negotiation between cultural expectations about Hispanic/Latino womenâ€™s labor described in mass-media and the cultural representation of womenâ€™s labor in Latin America. Portraits of Hispanic/Latino women as maid are not made in a vacuum; they echo a historical background that is the result of the combination of actual labor conditions and narratives of labor found in well-established tradition of soup operas in the Hispanic world. In this approach the analysis will focus on recent films produced in the United States.

Stephen Miller, Texas A&M University

“Society and Spirituality in Alejandro Morales' "River of Angels”

Morales' "River of Angels" (2014) may be his master work. It combines two familiar themes: a social history of Chicanos in Los Angeles, CA; and, a study of how a spirituality grew from the myths of the peoples indigenous to the Los Angeles' Basin. Key to the success of the novel is its modulated presentation of how those myths resisted the growth of Los Angeles grew and its River was contained in concrete channels.

Colleen Murray, University of Nevada, Reno

J. Guillermo Villalobos, University of Nevada, Reno

Lindsay Pérez,

University of Nevada, Reno

Karen L. Camelo, University of Nevada, Reno

“Waiting Until We Can Return Home: Mixed-Document Status Immigrant Families and Plans to Relocate”

Mexican and Central American (MCA) descendants constitute the largest percentage of undocumented immigrants and families with mixed documentation status in the United States. The media and politicians assume these families want to remain in the USA and seek a path to citizenship. There is discussion of building a wall to keep them out. But western states have a history of people moving back and forth across the border, not just a one-way crossing to the US. This study examined whether immigrant families expect to permanently stay in the US. The multi-method study included interviews with 44 adults from mixed-status immigrant families either seeking free legal assistance at immigration clinics or through a campus Latino Center. Themes reflected plans to stay in the US only until they were able to go home (due to safety or economic reasons). Many did not plan to remain or to seek a path to citizenship. There was longing for home and family in MCA, as well as for familiar surroundings, customs and community support individuals received there when in need. They did not report such support in the US. Younger adults were more likely to expect to remain in the US but recognized the dilemma this will cause for their parents who would be torn between remaining with their children in the US or rejoining their siblings, extended family, and aging parents in MCA. This research highlights an important understudied group: immigrant mixed-status families who live in multiple, intersecting worlds, and it challenges widely-held beliefs.

Sharaf Rehman, University of Texas Rio Grande Valley

David Hinojosa, University of Texas Rio Grande Valley

“Hispanic-American Students' Perceptions of Learning in Groups”

Previous research suggests that while working in groups, students learn from each other, their overall group performance is often better than their individual performance, and more often than not, projects get accomplished. Despite such positive outcomes, not all students seem to be in favor of group projects or group work. The present study reports on the attitudes and perceptions of 242 Hispanic-American college students about group projects and process. The authors hypothesize that since the Hispanic-American students feel closer to a collectivist culture than an individualistic culture, the subjects may show a lower level of resentment towards group work than their counterparts in the mainstream. The paper also reports on the difference in attitudes based on gender, relational status, and age.

David A. Swanson, University of California Riverside

Richard Verdugo, National Education Association (retired)

“Language in America: Diversity, Dominance, and Cultural Maintenance, 1910-2010”

Viewing Language as a marker of ethnicity, we use census data and a range of indices to examine language usage change in the United States over a 100 year period, 1910 to 2010. Our research is guided by three major questions. First, how much language diversity exists over the 100 year period? Second, how dominant is the English language from 1910 to 2010? And, third, what factors affect the odds of speaking a non-English language. In regard to the first question, we find that there is considerable language diversity over the 100 year period. However, only three languages, other than English, have survived in the top ten languages over the 100 year period: French, German, and

Spanish. In regard to the second question, we find that English language dominance has declined over the 100 year period and that the biggest reason for this decline was the rise of the Spanish speaking population. In regard to the third question, we looked at it in two parts. In the first part, we examined location and find that increased residential segregation among foreign born enclaves has increased the relative numbers of non-English speakers in them over time. In the second part, we estimated a logistic regression model with foreign born status, foreign born enclaves and age as predictors for the years 1940 to 2010 and found that both foreign-born status and foreign-born enclaves greatly increased the odds of speaking a non-English language. While the impact of enclaves increased over time, as they simultaneously became more segregated. However, the most important determinant of speaking a non-English language was being foreign born.

68 69CHRONIC DISEASE AND DISABILITY

CHRONIC DISEASE AND DISABILITY RC-49, RESEARCH COMMITTEE ON MENTAL HEALTH AND ILLNESS OF THE INTERNATIONAL SOCIOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION

James G. Linn, Optimal Solutions in Healthcare and International Development

Steven E. Brown, Institute on Disability Culture

Cynthia D. Jackson, Walden University Meharry Medical College

Debra R. Wilson, Tennessee State University Walden University

Kylie Boazman, University of Buffalo

"Simulating Disability in Hungary: The Construction and Performance of Disabled Bodies, Minds, and Identities"

The Invisible Exhibition is a popular disability simulation in Budapest, Hungary, that asks visitors to pretend to be blind in order to create empathy, promote social inclusion, and improve cultural understandings of disability. Advocacy organizations and the government under serve Hungary’s disabled population, and most Hungarians have never met a disabled person. Given the strong cultural role of simulations and their resurgence, it is necessary to revisit simulations as a site of collective performance. I draw on several theoretical fields, including disability studies, phenomenology, performativity, and ethnomethodology to analyze a simulation in Hungary. These intertwined and contradictory theories provide an entry to describing the tensions within the simulation. Each actor understands the simulation differently and holds conflicting assumptions about knowledge, identity, and embodiment. A theoretical network and a complex field site allow me to develop a more expansive and inclusive approach to research, and improve potential means of anthropological research into disability. I address the assumptions that each person brings to the simulation, the context and role of the simulation within Hungary, and the consequences of a reliance on simulations and the labor involved.

Rebecca Bone, Tennessee State University

"Big Babies: An Exploration of Gestational Diabetes"

Many disease states are altered by the physiological processes related to pregnancy. Among these changes is the bodies' inability to counterpoise glucose utilization and insulin production, thus 9.2% of pregnant women develop gestational diabetes mellitus (GDM). For most women, these altered processes return to normal following delivery. However, research indicates that 50% to 60% of women diagnosed with GDM are at greater risk of developing Type 2 diabetes and metabolic syndrome in later life. In addition, researchers recognize a correlation between maternal GDM and offspring complications, with new prominence surrounding the development of schizophrenia.

Steve Brown, Institute for Disability Culture 69 70CHRONIC DISEASE AND DISABILITY

"Writing Ed: Continuing to Learn About Ed Roberts, Rolling Quads, and the Emergence of Disability Culture"

In 1995, Ed Roberts, a disability rights pioneer, died unexpectedly at the age of 59. A post-polio respirator-using quadriplegic since he was a teenager, Ed was a colleague and friend. After his passing, I received funding for one year to do research into Ed's life with the goal of writing a biography. After a year, unable to find more funding, I published an academic article about Ed and his mother Zona, as 20th century disability rights pioneers. Around 2006, I turned Ed's story into a short biography, published only on CD, targeted to middle schoolers. Ten years later, in 2015, the 20th anniversary of Ed's passing and the 25th anniversary of the Americans with Disabilities Act, I published a print book, "Ed Roberts: Wheelchair Genius" for Middle Grade students. In this process I've learned about Rolling Quads controversy, picture labeling and more, including new details of Ed's life and have added information not possible in earlier versions such as the fairly recent opening of the Ed Roberts Campus, a memorial to Ed and his work. This presentation will discuss some of the process and results of "Writing Ed."

Marlis Bruyere, University of Phoenix

"Primary Care Offers Team-Based Care For Support Management of Chronic Disease"

The paper being presented will offer an understanding of the changing focus of healthcare from acute care settings to primary care settings in the support of chronic disease management. Traditionally, hospitals and doctor practices have been the focal point for acute care. In the early 1900s hospitals and doctor practices were built with acute care as the main focus of practice. With the aging baby boomers now entering the healthcare system with multiple chronic diseases and with the overall population experiencing chronic diseases at younger and younger ages, the shift in healthcare focus must be from acute care to chronic disease. Primary team-based healthcare offers the best setting for early detection, prevention strategies, and management of chronic diseases. Primary healthcare teams provide value for healthcare dollars because they offer a wide range of programs and services for healthy lifestyle promotion and for managing chronic diseases. It is a more cost effective provision of services than in hospital settings (AFHTO, 2015). Evidence indicates that a patient with multiple complexities can cost the province’s healthcare system an average of $30,000 per year but when aligned with a team-based primary care model that patient costs the system only $12,000 (AFHTO, 2015).

Pamela Conley, Rochester Institute of Technology

"An Interdisciplinary Study of Literary Texts for Discovering (Un)Truths About Deaf People"

The world is a landscape of cultural diversity. Texts, fiction and nonfiction, from scores of world societies are multifaceted descriptions provided by individuals from groups with collective experiences. This interdisciplinary research examines how Deaf people are artistically depicted in literature, disclosing how authors and their contemporaries in particular cultures envision them. Stories with Deaf characters around the world offer the reader an important collection of information, resources, and advice to better understand the specified society’s systematic complexity and connectedness with people who are Deaf. These stories are profoundly rich in queried insights into the attitudes and treatments of Deaf people living under specific circumstances. Authorial statements, observations of other characters, and quotes specific to Deaf characters deeply entrenched in geopolitical, historical, legal, and religious situations gleaned from literary texts produced across various time periods and locations afford the reader the opportunity to grasp critical clarity into the cultural representations of Deaf people from different societies.

Megan Conway, University of Hawaii at Manoa

"Update on Disability Studies as a Tool for Change in Interdisciplinary Training"

This presentation is an update on a program of strategies to integrate disability studies into interdisciplinary training. The presentation described development of an online certificate program and an international journal at the University of Hawaii. Although Hawaii is geographically isolated from the continental U.S., we have successfully implemented the use of innovative online delivery strategies to develop and grow a well-respected Disability and Diversity Studies Certificate program and the Review of Disability Studies.

Carolyn Davis, Walden University

Cynthia Jackson, Meharry Medical College

"Stress and Help-Seeking Behaviors of College Students in Online Programs"

Significant changes have occurred in University settings over the last decade as it relates to University/college student’s stress, education, and the subsequent resources and services available to the University/college student population. Also, with the increase of on-line education both through traditional programs and on-line Universities, many of the way resources and services have been provided to students has changed. One of the primary resources available to students in traditional collegiate level learning experiences is the University/college Counseling Center. Research suggests that college student’s mental illness represents a significant public health issue in the United States, as almost half experience a psychiatric disorder (Hayes, Youn, Castonguay et.al, 2011). Subjective impressions from University Counseling Center directors suggest that the severity of students’ problems seen in University/college counseling centers has increased dramatically (Gallagher, Bniner, & Lingenfelter, 1993) and according to Hunt and Eisenburg (2010), the number of college students with mental illness will continue to rise.

Carolyn Davis, Walden University

"The Role of the Sports Psychologist in Sport Medicine: Collaboration of Medical and Physical Care"

The field of Psychology encompasses many subfields, unique practices, and areas of focus. Exercise and sport psychology is the scientific study of the psychological factors associated with participation and performance in sport, exercise, and physical activity. Although overlap exists, it is important to note that physicians “doing therapy” with a person who happens to be an athlete, is not considered to be sport psychology. Sport psychology is one such subfield, requiring the practicing professional to be appropriately educated, trained, and focused in this area of expertise. Within the last 15-20 years, the field of sport and performance psychology has skyrocketed in interest, research, and practice. This shift is largely due to the increase awareness of how both psychological and physiological factors interact to enhance performance, and how the balanced integration of both these facets can provide athletes and/or patients with strong sport and exercise backgrounds a winning edge. While performance enhancement practices have heightened the awareness of the role of sport psychologists, there is still much to be emphasized and considered that involves potential partnership with sports medicine focused physicians, and team physicians. Research has strongly shown that sports psychologist can potentially play an important collaborative role in improving self-care.

Pervell Dunbar, Walden University

"Nursing Care of Terminal Patients in Intensive Care Units"

Although the goal of the ICU has always been to save lives, ICU now additionally provides end-of life (EOL) care. The objective of this project was to provide ICU nurses with a comprehensive awareness of physical, emotional, and

71 72CHRONIC DISEASE AND DISABILITY spiritual EOL care issues of patients and their families in order to be better equipped to handle EOL care. The framework used was Jean Watson's Caring model (10 Caritas). A literature review revealed a poster previously used by a major health organization as a conversation starter to facilitate decision-making among ICU nurses, EOL patients, and their families related to EOL issues. The purpose of this quality improvement initiative was to introduce and implement an educational EOL tool that would engage patients and family members in meaningful and useful conversations with ICU nurses. Twenty-seven ICU nurses were selected by the unit’s director to attend a PowerPoint presentation on the use of the EOL educational poster. Four ICU nurses were chosen by the director to be champions for this project. After the presentation, there was a period for questions and answers, and the ICU nurses were requested to give feedback on the presentation.

Maria Avalos Garcia, University of Juarez and Mexican Institute of Social Security

Heberto Priego Alvarez, University of Juarez and Mexican Institute of Social Security

Concepcion Lopez Ramon, University of Juarez and Mexican Institute of Social Security

Rosa Sanchez Rodriquez, University of Juarez and Mexican Institute of Social Security

Silvia Garrido Perez, University of Juarez and Mexican Institute of Social Security

"Effectiveness of an Approach Model Focused on the Family in a Population of Chronically Ill Patients in Mexico"

Type 2 diabetes mellitus constitutes one of the major challenges for public health in the 21st century. There are 387 million people in the world suffering from it. It affects the quality of life if it is not under control properly. According to this, it is estimated that 46% of these people will develop different kinds of problems. In México, this disease is among the first causes of death, with 11 million people diagnosed; 80% of these people receive treatment and 75% are not under control. In this country, the diabetes is considered a social phenomenon that has not been addressed in the right form because of the predominance of health politics centered in the treatment of the illness. Objective. To evaluate the effectiveness of an approach model focused on the family in a population of chronic patients of Mexico. Action research carried out on 10 patients with diabetes mellitus and 47 members of their family with the participation of a multidisciplinary health team under the leadership of the family doctor. We developed a theoretical model and completed a study on familiar functionality, resource classification and identification, lifestyles, risk factors and familiar functionality.

Ernest Goya, Meharry Medical College

Naviar Barker, Meharry Medical College

"Policy and Programs Affecting the Disability of Those With Chronic Mental Illness"

According to the Epidemiologic Catchment Area (ECA) study of the early 1980s and the National Comorbidity Survey (NCS) of the early 1990s, about 20 percent of the U.S. population is affected by mental disorders during a given year. Annually 19 percent of the adult U.S. population has a mental disorder alone (in 1 year); 3 percent have

72 73CHRONIC DISEASE AND DISABILITY both mental and addictive disorders; and 6 percent have addictive disorders alone. Consequently, about 28 to 30 percent of the population has either a mental or addictive disorder. Individuals with co-occurring disorders are more likely to experience a chronic course and to utilize services than are those with either type of disorder alone. Clinicians, program developers, and policy makers need to be aware of these high rates of comorbidity. The annual prevalence of mental disorders in children and adolescents is not as well documented as that for adults. About 20 percent of children are estimated to have mental disorders with at least mild functional impairment. While some disorders do continue into adulthood, a substantial fraction of children and adolescents recover or “grow out of” a disorder, whereas, a substantial fraction of adults develops mental disorders in adulthood.

"Residual Mental Health Symptoms of African American Female Sexual Abuse Survivors"

The purpose of this study is to further the research in the area of HIV risk factors among African American (AA) women, and to explore ways of navigating those risk factors. Most studies have sought to investigate predictors of HIV risk, and have used models of behavior that do not consider power in relationships between women and their male partners. Despite conceptual contributions, current theoretical models of behavior do not easily accommodate contextual personal and socio-cultural variables such as gender and racial/ethnic culture (Amaro & Rao, 2000). Atkinson, Morton, and Sue, (1989) suggests that counselors and psychologists should be exploring, the possibility that clients concerns and issues are not intrapsychic, yet more so related to their victimization by an oppressive society. In saying that, counselors might need to affect the clients’ environment in a way that helps the client persevere through whatever difficulty he or she is dealing with. Grills (2002) suggests that in order to embrace an African-centered approach to counseling AA’s, clinicians should be ready to shift from traditional approaches in which the predominant worldview present how human behavior is identified.

James Linn, Optimal Solutions in Healthcare and International Development

Thabo Fako, University of Botswana

Michele Rocha Kadri, Fio Cruz Institute, Manaus, Brazil

"Global HIV/AIDS Update: Africa and Latin America--Differing Epidemics"

Despite recent advances in treatment and prevention programs for HIV/AIDs, there are currently an estimated 36 million infected individuals world-wide. Globally, the spread of HIV/AIDS is influenced by the level of economic development and regional cultures. This presentation discusses two very different epidemics, the epidemic in Africa and that found in Latin America. The origin, development, and predicted future of these regional epidemics are analyzed with case examples from Botswana and Brazil.

Gail Myers, University of Minnesota, Crookston

Chanel Myers, University of North Dakota

"Strengths Created from the Chronic Illness Experience"

Research about chronic illness often focuses on the negative effects that come as a result, yet there are positive outcomes that are described by those who find strengths and benefits from the chronic illness experience. It is important to know what strengths result from chronic illness so that those talents can be leveraged to increase their success. Coping mechanisms developed may create the foundation for higher levels of functioning. The type of growth a person may experience as a result of a chronic illness may be different from growth that occurs in a healthy person. Pain and suffering may have their counterpoint in the chronically ill as we explore how the concept of increased ability can co-exist or be propelled by this disability. There may not be an opportunity for “bounce back” or remission with chronic illness, but there may be an opportunity to move ahead in ability, skill, and understanding. This roundtable will introduce appreciative inquiry into the chronic illness discussion supported by research and a paper in progress. Chronic illness may be a springboard to some elevated level of living, if we consider the growth, value and benefits from the journey.

Amy Oestreicher, Independent Scholar

"Hope as Medicine, Resiliency as a Mindset, and Creativity as a Lifeline"

In a creative approach to physical health, the patient - who has little control over their clinical lives – can take an active part in shaping their identity, ultimately leading to improved mental, physical and emotional health. Through creativity, hands-on activities where the patient is in control, and lessons in positive thinking, the patient can play an empowered role in their own healthcare. Resiliency is connected to personal power. Through creativity, the patient is empowered to navigate their detours in life through turning obstacles into opportunities. The body and mind are intricately related, and in this alternative approach to health, the patient can access the body mind and spirit through creative practices in regimented routines, where hope and creativity are effective medicine. Amy emphasizes compassion and the balance of emotional well being with professional conduct. One way to do that may involve educating surgeons and physicians in positions of authority to accept that their power does not have to be exercised all the time, and that difficult situations and crises can often benefit from a cooperative rather than a dogmatic approach.

Maria Revell, Tennessee State University

Janice Harris, Tennessee State University

Pinkey Noble-Britain, Tennessee State University

Debra Wilson, Tennessee State University

"Issues in Women's Health: Research Updates on Cardiovascular Disease, Menopause, Domestic Violence, and Autoimmune Disease"

This Roundtable presented four relevant issues in women's health and discussed new findings, treatment, and outcomes. The areas covered included cardiovascular disease, domestic violence, autoimmune disease, and menopause. The information targeted a professional and academic audience.

William Richie, Meharry Medical College

Cynthia Jackson,

Meharry Medical College

Rahn Bailey, Wake Forrest University

"Mental Illness, Ethnicity, Criminal Behavior, Imprisonment, and Treatment"

This Roundtable presented several important themes related to the U.S. criminal justice system, mental illnesses, ethnicity, criminal behavior, imprisonment, and treatment. The discussion was based in theory, research, and clinical practice. Case examples were provided as evidence related to these themes.

Jean Rother, Metropolitan State University of Denver

Mary Sawaya, Metropolitan State University of Denver

"Alzheimer's Disease: Research Updates on Incidence, Prevalence, Treatment, Social, and Economic Impacts"

This Roundtable on Alzheimer's disease presented updates on the incidence, prevalence, treatments, social, and economic impacts of the illness.

Sara Schley, National Technical Institute for the Deaf Rochester Institute of Technology

Sue Foster, National Technical Institute for the Deaf Rochester Institute of Technology

"Networking and Career Satisfaction of Deaf and Hard of Hearing Female and Male Faculty"

AdvanceRIT (AdvanceRIT, NSF 1209115) has supported research at NTID to document the career development of deaf and hard of hearing (DHH) women faculty with the goal of improving opportunities for advancement. The results of focus groups with DHH women faculty were presented last year at WSSA. This year we focused on the experiences of all NTID faculty (men and women; deaf, hard of hearing, and hearing), and examine similarities and differences based on gender and hearing status. We designed an inclusive survey with five sections: demographics, career pathways, mentorship, experiences with networking, and perspectives on career "success" with both quantitative and qualitative items. This paper presents initial results on the survey conducted late in the spring of 2015. With 57 respondents (58% were deaf and hard of hearing faculty; 58% were women), we look faculty rank and distinctive career points (early, mid, late), and focus primarily on experiences with networking in their careers, and on perspectives on career satisfaction. While both DHH and hearing faculty members are generally satisfied with their career, they define satisfaction with career trajectory differently. And despite institutional efforts to bolster degree attainment and rank of DHH faculty, differences persist in advancement to higher faculty ranks.

Nicole Thede, Arapahoe Community College

"Evaluation of Clinical Indicators Utilized During Telephone Triage of Children With Head Injury"

In 2011, the Qualtiy Improvement Committee of the Pediatric Call Center at Children's Hospital Colorado conducted an outcome review on head injury calls with a disposition of Emergency Room Now as it related to the

75 76CHRONIC DISEASE AND DISABILITY clinical indicator Dangerous Mechanism of Injury Caused by High Speed, Great Height or Severe Blows from Hard Objects. Of the 42 calls reviewed there were normal neurological exams in 18 (43%) children with prompt discharge from the emergency room. Extended observation varying in duration was provided to 12 (28%) children and 1 (2%) child required imaging studies. The remaining 11 (26%) children did not arrive to the recommended emergency room, with the assumption of parental non-compliance. Based on this outcome review, Dr. Barton Schmitt, Medical Director of the Pediatric Call Center at Children’s Hospital Colorado, modified the Head Injury Guideline. The original clinical indicator, was divided into three separate clinical indicators to ensure safe patient care and appropriate disposition, while minimizing over-referrals to the emergency room. The purpose of the project conducted in 2015 was to determine if the new clinical indicators ensured safe patient care and appropriate dispositions. Furthermore, community health benefits and potential consequences of telephone triage were considered.

76 77COMMUNICATION STUDIES

COMMUNICATION STUDIES Kevin Mitchell, College of Southern Nevada

NO ABSTRACTS 78CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND CRIMINOLOGY

CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND CRIMINOLOGY Kevin Thompson, North Dakota State University

Nour Jasem Alnabhany, Independent Scholar

“Ethnic Microaggressions against Arab Americans: A Critical Analysis of Semi-Structured In-Depth Interviews of Arab Americans”

Racial microaggressions are brief, everyday exchanges that include denigrating messages that are verbal, nonverbal, offences, snubs, or insults whether intentional or unintentional, that communicate hostile, derogatory, or negative messages against racial minorities. The research focuses on only âethnic microaggressions, as Arab American are not a racial group but an ethnic group. This research employed semi-structured and in-depth interviews to explore the impact on ten Arab American participants. The findings were organized based on the two research questions and emerging themes. Research question one inquired: Do Arab Americans experience microaggressions in their daily lives and how? Participants responded that yes they had experienced microaggressions. Question two inquired: What are the coping strategies developed by Arab Americans who experience ethnic microaggressions? Participants responded that yes they did develop coping methods when experiencing ethnic microaggressions. The results were also organized using several themes, which include the time frame of the experiences, location of the experiences, and male/female experiences. Findings also included insights on how participants were impacted by their experiences, in addition to the coping methods that they used. Finally, the research offers recommendations for further research on how Arab Americans are experiencing microaggressions and how they are coping with them.

Dennis W.Catlin, Northern Arizona University

“The Criminal Justice System’s Response to Drone Related Crime”

Small Unmanned Aerial Systems (sUAS), commonly known as drones, have proliferated in the last few years, and with that proliferation has come a dramatic increase drone related crime. The criminal justice system has struggled to develop responses to this proliferation. This paper focuses on the legal, strategic, and tactical responses of local, state, and federal agencies to drone related crime.

Kimberly Gardner, Boise State University

“Questioning the IQ of Smart Policing: Trust as Performance Measure”

Data-driven decision making is in vogue. Supporters are found in the typical sectors of academia and industry, but also more recently from the White House. At the heart of this enthusiasm is the promise that satisfaction in government will improve with a more efficient delivery of government services. This belief assumes data driven decisions are inherently more efficient than decisions based on unsystematic experiences or tradition. In the case of policing services, this belief is translated into performance measures derived from the professional model of policing which stresses measurable decreases in actual crime rates or an increase in arrests. Techniques of predictive policing generally promise to deliver results based on these outcome measures. But, as the literature from the community oriented model of policing has shown, residents perceptions of fairness, both on the levels of outcome and procedural justice, tend to matter more in residents assessments of police services than those associated with the professional model of policing. Therefore, an important measure of the success or failure of predictive policing techniques must its effect, if any, on levels of trust. However, most the literature measuring residents perceptions of the police of levels of trust focus on the behavior of the police officer rather than the techniques utilized. The 79CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND CRIMINOLOGY purpose of this paper is to track the effects of the technique of predictive policing concomitant with police behavior toward point-of-contact residents.

“Investigating the Sexual Victimization of Transgender Female Inmates within the Hypermasculine Male Prison”

In 2007, Val Jenness and her associates investigated sexual assault victimization within the California prison system and discovered that over half of the transgender female inmates she interviewed had experienced sexual violence within prison. Using this research and related literature as a foundation, my paper delineates the causes of transgender female prisoner sexual victimization within male prisons in the United States. I choose to focus my analysis on certain, well-studied cultural variables related to male prisons “primarily, hypermasculine values” that may be conducive to transgender sexual victimization. I argue that the deprived conditions of the prison environment and broader U.S. cultural values related to masculinity intersect to enculturate prisoners into a hypermasculine value system, and that it is this value system that serves to increase the vulnerability of transgender females within male prisons. Using decades of literature on prison sexual violence, I discuss why transgender inmates are likely targets for sexual victimization, and I outline possible ways states and federal prison institutions can help to prevent further sexual victimization.

Howard A.Kurtz, Southwestern Oklahoma State University

“Gun Toting Professors, the case of guns on campus”

This paper is an examination of the positive and negative consequences of arming teachers and college professors. The paper will include a discussion of the current literature and cases.

Robert Morin, Western Nevada College

Colleen Morin, University of Nevada, Reno

“Congress and Campus Sexual Violence: An Examination of Issues and Statutory Provisions.

Sexual violence has been and continues to be a significant public policy issue at colleges and universities throughout the United States. Congress has enacted legislation to address crime on campus in general and specifically sexual violence. This paper examines Title IX of the Educational Amendments of 1972 (Title IX), the Jeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus Security Policy and Campus Crimes Statistics Act of 1991 (Clery Act), and the Campus Sexual Violence Elimination Act of 2013 (SaVE Act). Issues regarding sexual violence, statutory provisions, the interplay of the three statutory enactments issues will be discussed.

Doris Schartmueller, California State University, Chico

“Assessing Dangerousness: An Analysis of California Governor Browns Parole Review Decisions”

Offenders serving parole-eligible life sentences constitute a particularly large group of prisoners in California. Parole from a life sentence is a two-step process in California. While the Board of Parole Hearings initially decides on whether to grant or deny parole, the governor may still reverse the board’s grant decision. In this study, I analyze the content of the parole board decisions, which Governor Brown reversed from 2011 to 2014. More specifically, I 80CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND CRIMINOLOGY examine on which specific factors the governor based its reversal decisions on. These factors are the nature of the governing offense, criminal history, the offenders expression of remorse, disciplinary record, rehabilitative efforts, victim impact statements, and parole plans. What emerged from this analysis is that the governor’s perception of the offenders continued dangerousness derived from the nature of the governing offense framed the majority of reversal decisions. These findings suggest that the gubernatorial reversal power is a tool used to satisfy the safety concerns of a late modern Californian risk society.

Melanie Taylor, University of Nevada, Reno

Tara Cole, University of Nevada, Reno

“The Long-Term Impact of a Delinquency Record on Employment”

A criminal record is widely recognized as a serious barrier to reentry for former offenders, especially for employment outcomes. Formerly incarcerated African American and Hispanic males face the brunt of these negative outcomes, as they are less likely to be employed and have lower wages than formerly incarcerated Caucasians. What remains unclear is if a delinquency record similarly harms employment outcomes in adulthood. Recently, protections granted to juveniles in the juvenile justice system have been eroded, as records are less likely to be expunged and court proceedings are increasingly publicized, suggesting that an employer may now be more likely to consider a juvenile record. In the current study university students were presented with fictitious resumes indicating either involvement or non-involvement with the juvenile justice system. Students then selected which resumes would receive a callback. Findings, policy implications, and directions for future research will be discussed.

Kevin Thompson, North Dakota State University

“When do Domestic Abuse No Contact Orders Matter?”

Domestic Abuse No Contact Orders (DANCO's) came under fire in Minnesota due to charges that this process lacked due process under the law. As a result, prosecutors were unable to file as many DANCO's on domestic violence cases as they had in previous years. This study examines the impact of a DANCO on recidivism rates among a group of court ordered domestic violence offenders. A profile is also offered as to who might and might not be a good candidate for a DANCO.

Samuel Umoh, University of Kwa Zulu Natal

“Police - Public Relations and Crime Management in Durban; What’s Happening?”

In August 2014, 34 striking miners were gunned down while 44 people died during the period by police during unplanned strikes. The killing was referred to the worst police killing in South Africa since the end of apartheid. Stories of officers soliciting for bribes, corruption, violation of human rights, to mention but a few abound in the Newspaper. The South African Police Service (SAP) is one of the initial point of entry to the criminal justice system. This shows that the use of force and brutality has been one of the tactics the South African police maintain peace and order. Despite that the United Nations articulated a set of principles for police agencies on, guidance on the use of deadly force, guarantees of safety and fair treatment of persons detained or arrested, accountability of law enforcement officials for their actions, and refugees. The relations between the police and public could also reveal the extent to which they are democratic. However, the quality of relationship between the police and the public will also be dependent on compliance, cooperation and public trust which underpins democratic societies and effective policing. With this background, the paper examines police-public relationship in Durban, and approaches to police- community interaction. The question that came to bare is what factors promotes or inhibits police-public relationship 81CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND CRIMINOLOGY as regards crime management? What is its impact on service delivery? What strategies can be put in place can be for improved police - public relations. Chan (1996) theory of police culture was the theoretical framework for the study. Based on interview with ten police officers and member of the public through interview and observation. Community surveys and media coverage of the police. The study found out that much effort have been concentrated on crime prevention, while less investment is made on crime prevention, this requires a balance. The paper recommended re-training of police on handling protest, legislation on weapon need to be reviewed, enhancing â customer satisfaction and force should be used sparingly and fairly.

Samuel Umoh, University of Kwa Zulu Natal

“Impact of Social Media on Student Protests in South Africa”

Social media and Protest has been one of the instrument students channel their grievances and a means of activism; and their quest in inclusion in decision-making process. Through the social media as Facebook, twitter, Internet, it is now possible to access, almost instantaneously, information and debate them almost instantly with anyone, anywhere in the world. The Internet and social media have changed the way in which young people communicate among themselves and, very likely, the ways in which they can and want to engage in civic life. (Menard, 2010). Protest is on the increase because youth not be adequately involved in decision making process, and parochial government /state actions youths in the developmental needs of youth. The paper objective of the paper is to students response to public policy through the use of social media as Facebook in mediating their basic right. The paper discuss the role of Social Media on Student Protest in Durban. What are the forms and levels of student activism in Universities in South Africa? Does youth activism benefit the students they represent, community and society, how might they address barriers to participation? The study found out that social and economic challenges in their transition to adulthood, which interfere with their involvement in politics. The question that also came to bear is that is their connection /coping mechanism between students and politics Almeida, Bergdorf, Nederveen, (2007) and Harry Shier (2001),model of Ladder of Young Voice and Flower of participation underpinned the theoretical framework of the study.

Donald L.Yates, Alabama A&M University

Vijayan K. Pillai, University of Texas at Arlington

“Testing the Comparative Strength of Three Factors For Successful Outcome of Neighborhood Community Policing Initiatives: An Exploratory Study”

No Abstract 82ECONOMICS: ASSOCIATION FOR INSTITUTIONAL THOUGHT (AFIT)

ECONOMICS: ASSOCIATION FOR INSTITUTIONAL THOUGHT (AFIT) Zdravka Todorova, Wright State University

Bret Anderson, University of Rhode Island

“Defeminization of Manufacturing, Pre-Mature Deindustrialization, and Gender Competition for Good Jobs”

Although regional variations exist, globally there appears to be two parallel structural changes taking place. The first is the process of pre-mature de-industrialization in which many countries are seeing a decline in manufacturing employment at an earlier stage of development than was otherwise historically the case. In parallel, there are many cases of a de-feminization of manufacturing. This paper begins by providing evidence of the timing and nature of these two processes. This evidence suggests that Latin American and Asian countries are de-feminizing and de- industrializing in very different ways. In turn, these patterns provide a testable hypothesis that de-industrialization is a cause of de-feminization of manufacturing and that gender competition for higher value added manufacturing jobs has a significant impact on changes in women and men’s relative well-being stemming from long run structural change.

Jean Arment, University of Utah

“Wishful Thinking as Economic Theory: A Commentary on the Worldview of Alfred Marshall, the Employment Problem, and the Possibilities of Economic Chivalry”

It is a curious historical anomaly that Alfred Marshall was able to publish his Principles of Economics with its smoothly functioning relations of exchange and mathematical continuity to replace the politically fraught Ricardian tradition during an era of social upheaval that appears to have matched the chaos of Ricardo’s own time. This paper, by situating itself within the context of recent work by Amitava Dutt calling for the development of alternative— specifically more realistic—approaches to economic analysis, argues that Marshall’s ability to formulate an economic theory that ignored the economic realities of his own time—in particular, the high unemployment and social unrest—leaned heavily on his own uniquely Marshallian worldview. Using contemporary sources as well as more recent assessments, an attempt is made to show that Marshall’s three-faceted worldview—combining the narrow marginalist ontology of homo economicus, a strict Victorian morality, and an evolutionary belief in social progress—led him ultimately to the conviction that the only solution to the poverty, unemployment and social unrest of 1890s Britain would be the (eventual) “economic chivalry” of a capitalist class that, according to Marshall, was advancing along a smoothly-continuous upward curve of altruism.

Ellen Mutari, Stockton College of New Jersey

Deborah M. Figart, Stockton College of New Jersey

Glen Atkinson, University of Nevada, Reno

Dell Champlin, Oregon State University

Janice Peterson, 83ECONOMICS: ASSOCIATION FOR INSTITUTIONAL THOUGHT (AFIT)

California State University, Fresno

William Waller, Hobart and William Smith Colleges

The panel is co-sponsored by the Association for Social Economics. The panelists will discuss the 2015 book by Ellen Mutari and Deborah M. Figart Just One More Hand: Life in the Casino Economy (Rowman&Littlefield). The book is about work in the global gaming industry in the context of Atlantic City’s history and development policies, and shows the difficulties for local communities that are building new casinos. Based on life stories of individual workers the book discusses the realities of the casino industry’s cost-cutting measures and the limitations of of public-private partnerships for development through building casinos. The authors are going to provide a brief overview of the book and the rest of the participants are going to offer reflections on the book, which will be followed by a discussion.

Rohjat Avsar, Columbia College

“Relevance of Evolutionary Psychology for Economic Policy-making”

The distaste for methodological individualism among economists operating outside the mainstream seems to stem from their strong reservations for the rational choice theory. Although we agree that individual behavior cannot be meaningfully analyzed independent of the institutional structure in which they are embedded, the relevance of human nature for aggregate consequences should be re-evaluated in the light of growing evidence from such fields as evolutionary psychology and neuroscience. In this paper, we will entertain the following question: to what extent could aggregate phenomenon be explained in terms of human nature? In particular, we argue that our evolutionary heritage could shed lights on individual motives which, in turn, enhances the effectiveness of policy measures addressing wasteful and self-destructive behavior. Moreover, treatment of morality as a natural phenomenon could help policy makers determine which policies are more likely to resonate with the public.

Joe Ballegeer, University of Missouri – Kansas City

“Q and Investment: Tobin Versus Veblen”

Economic policy is often aimed at encouraging investment among firms, so understanding the firm behavior is important to effective decisions. This paper seeks empirical evidence in support of either Tobin’s q or Veblen’s theory of investment. Each theory suggests a similar metric, while the subsequent firm behavior is distinctly different. Tobin’s q, the market valuation over replacement costs, has its foundation in competitive markets and rational managers. Veblen presented a view of the firm incorporating oligopolistic market power and conflicting motivations between ownership and industrial production. Implicit to his theory is a q equal to putative earning capacity over actual earning capacity. I review the literature surrounding the calculation of Q, marginal q, and average q to suggest a method to represent both theories. I employ Compustat data in hierarchical regression to judge firm investment behavior relative to q. If it can be shown that firms behave in a manner consistent with either theory, the evidence can be used to support effective policy planning.

Stephen Bannister, University of Utah

“Industrial Capitalism – What Veblen, Ayres, and beyond add to Nef and Mantoux”

John Nef and Paul Mantoux have richly described institutional formation resulting from the Industrial Revolution. In this paper I explore the theme that derived demand for capital was the cause of industrial capitalism by incorporating the more theoretical work of Thorstein Veblen and Clarence Ayres. My core research is that the English Industrial 84ECONOMICS: ASSOCIATION FOR INSTITUTIONAL THOUGHT (AFIT)

Revolution was primarily an energy revolution on the supply side, with fundamental aggregate demand being driven by global population growth. Prior to the energy revolution – embodied in learning to use coal to replace wood in heating applications and muscle in manufacturing and transport applications – economic growth was supply constrained. English inventors and entrepreneurs were pushed to substitute coal for wood because of rising relative wood prices; they substituted steam power for muscle power because of high relative wages. Compared to prior supply systems, these two changes caused an unprecedented rise in capital demand, which elicited sufficient capital supply to fuel the Industrial Revolution and create the institution of industrial capitalism. I seek to add theoretical foundations to my data-driven and descriptive approach by incorporating the work of Veblen and Ayres, and explore the theme of how institutions have historically contributed to economic development across space and time.

Avraham Izhar Baranes, Rollins College

“Intangible Assets and the Business Enterprise”

This paper seeks to examine the role of intangible assets within the business enterprise, and how such assets influence the enterprises evolution. The key emphasis of this paper is the differing interpretations taken by Veblen and Commons when it comes to understanding how intangible assets have influenced the ability for the business enterprise to generate earning capacity. Specifically, I trace the differing uses of such assets through the degrees of separation, emphasizing how the way in which earning capacity is generated has changed with these uses. I find that as the enterprise has grown and the community has become further separated from its joint stock of knowledge, intangible enterprise transform from their initial monopoly rights to forming the basis of capitalization.

Avraham Izhar Baranes, Rollins College

“Mergers and Acquisitions and their Effect on Innovation in the Pharmaceutical Industry”

Innovation in the modern capitalist economy has never been an individual action. The existence of private property rights, both tangible and intangible, serves to lock out those who may use the existing joint stock of knowledge to innovate. Within the existing legal framework, business enterprises are forced to form networks through which they have access to various pockets of knowledge that assist them in innovating. The formation of these networks occurs through mergers and acquisitions, as this is how the innovating enterprise at the center of the network gains access to the knowledge held by the property owners. This paper expands upon this by examining Pfizer’s merger and acquisition history, building on the work done by Chandler (2005) and Nitzan & Bichler (2001) to examine the overall impact of mergers and acquisitions on innovation within the pharmaceutical industry.

Denilson Beal, Federal University of Parana (UFPR), Brazil

“Institutional Economics and Political Communitarianism on the Discontent of American Farmers in the Late Nineteenth-Century”

This article claims that the large-scale commercialization in the post-Civil War period in the United States engendered an institutional change that prompted the emergence of a quantitative business ethic based on individualism and monetary canons of value. Therefore, we build upon the case study of the discontent of American farmers in such context to evidence potential spaces for constructive dialogue between the school of original institutional economics and the political communitarianism of Michael J. Sandel. We uphold that these strands of thought may be reasonably treated as complementary to one another, especially in respect to the concepts of individual, community and freedom. The parallels proposed herein might contribute to both scientific fields and to contemporary philosophy of economics, particularly over the importance of bringing the civic consequences of economic arrangements back to public debate. 85ECONOMICS: ASSOCIATION FOR INSTITUTIONAL THOUGHT (AFIT)

Natalia Bracarense, North Central College

“Development Economics and Green Jobs: How Fuzzy Logic Can Inform ELR”

Development economics contains two main public policy guidelines. First, and currently, an “outward-oriented” program based on exports of primary commodities and alternatively, following World War II, a domestic industrialization from within strategy. This intermission is partly due to the UN’s 1945 goals to promote “higher standards of living, full employment, and conditions of economic and social progress and development.” Post- Keynesians have lately supported the revival of the latter strategy, arguing that underdeveloped countries tend to have an abundance of labor resources, whose potential is untapped. The possibility of employing these resources to promote development from within, along with the tendency of a modern capitalist economy to sustain unemployment and instability, justifies the implementation of an employer-of-last-resort (ELR) program. The current paper contributes to the debate by, first, arguing that discussions about employment cannot be divorced from the broader social and environmental systems. With that objective in mind, it proposes ways in which implementation of ELR may incorporate the UN’s proposal for green jobs (ILO 2013). Secondly, the paper suggests that most jobs are not completely green, introducing then a metric that can measure how green is a job in a scale of 0 to 1, as proposed by “fuzzy logic.”

Chris Brown, Arkansas State University

“On the Prospects of a Green Kondratieff Cycle” Achieving significant reductions in carbon emissions per unit of GDP will require a structural transformation that extends across virtually all sectors of the U.S. economy, from transportation and manufacturing to agriculture. The mass diffusion of technologies that reduce carbon emissions has the potential to catalyze a long growth wave or a Green Kondratieff cycle. The argument is made that public policy should aim to actuate a Green Kondtratieff cycle insofar as such a policy offers the best hope of reconciling environmental values with the imperatives of growth and employment. The argument is made, moreover, that the obstacles to a green structural transformation are primarily political and institutional, not technological. These obstacles include the political influence wielded by interests that would face a de facto forfeiture of carbon assets, and an intellectual property environment inhospitable to the creation of new green combinations.

Dell Champlin, Oregon State University

Paula Cole, University of Denver

Eric Hake, Catawba College

Janice Peterson, California State University, Fresno

Daniel A. Underwood, Peninsula College and University of Washington

The purpose of this panel is to discuss the application of this year’s AFIT conference theme, “social innovation and social impact” to college teaching. Education, and higher education in particular, has traditionally been viewed as the institution at the forefront of social innovation, the source of new ideas that challenge the status quo and promote progressive social change. However, education can also stifle creativity, promote uniformity of thought, and 86ECONOMICS: ASSOCIATION FOR INSTITUTIONAL THOUGHT (AFIT) reinforce existing power structures. The struggle between these two forces is also evident in recent trends in higher education including: the use of information technologies, the “unbundling” of the teaching process, the availability of teaching resources prepared by private corporations, and the expansion of non-tenured faculty, both full and part- time.

Stefanie Cole, University of Missouri – Kansas City

“Answering Economic Imperialism with Social Action in the Academy”

Methods of institutional analysis are applied to the problem of economic imperialism within the academy; a cause of much social harm. The setting for this examination focuses on research areas that succinctly illustrate the origin of economic imperialism, the extent of the problem, and the existing body of theory that is inherently opposed to such encroachment. This is accomplished by revealing the institutional overlaps between the physical sciences, anthropology, and economics. First, a terse explanation of the underlying social, political, cultural and scientific issues which shaped the rise of modern geosciences and social sciences. The paper begins with the world systems approach and shows how the emergence of the geosciences and archaeology are the outcome of the enlightenment project and the backlash against socialism in the academy. The narrative is followed-up by the story of how economic imperialism first dominated social sciences and eventually encroached into the physical sciences: the outcome of a dynamic struggle for ideological supremacy among conservatives, liberals, socialists and radicals with the academy. The progressive wing of Anthropology is both an existing theoretical counterpoint to the philosophical, moral, and logical basis of economic imperialism; and a source for allies in the ongoing struggle against it.

Jerome D. Cox, Wright State University

“On the Nature of “Human Nature”: Making Economic Assumptions with an Evolutionary, Interdisciplinary, and Institutional Framework”

This paper seeks to clarify the nearly ubiquitous use of the concept of human nature in philosophical, biological, sociological, and economic contexts. Historically, human nature is an often debated and highly controversial concept, and its inclusion at fundamental ontological, and epistemological levels have been often times problematic. Specifically, this paper presents two main competing conceptions of human nature as essentialist and nomological; these competing paradigms are juxtaposed in order for comparison and contrast, as well as to present arguments for and against their use in scientific inquiry. Veblen’s analysis and arguments about human nature are presented as a specific example of how these controversial concepts have been historically used in institutional economic inquiry.

Richard Dadzie, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

“Youth Employment in Ghana: Is Social Entrepreneurship and the Employer of Last Resort the Key?”

This article marries the growing field of social entrepreneurship with the employer of last resort within a Sub- Saharan African context. In Ghana and many other Sub-Saharan African countries, youth unemployment continues to be a pressing issue of national importance. In Ghana, initiatives such as the Ghana Youth Employment and Entrepreneurial Development Agency (GYEEDA) and its predecessor the National Youth Employment Programme (NYEP) have been established to tackle the employment crisis with limited success. This paper argues that success is dependent on rethinking entrepreneurial activity, embracing social entrepreneurship and innovation, and increasing the role of the state rather than decreasing it. It is argued that embracing social entrepreneurship and innovation represents an important and necessary departure from traditional conceptions of the role of the entrepreneur in the economy and development. Further, it is argued that this departure is precisely what is needed to boost youth employment, entrepreneurial activity, and economic development in Ghana. 87ECONOMICS: ASSOCIATION FOR INSTITUTIONAL THOUGHT (AFIT)

Erik Dean, Portland Community College

“Innovation and Idolatry: Institutionalist and Post Keynesian Perspectives on the ‘Innovative Enterprise’ and the ‘Knowledge Economy’”

This paper extends Ayres’s ‘myth of creative potency’ to a critique of contemporary ideas concerning technological innovation, business enterprises, and the so-called ‘knowledge economy’. Following Veblen, it is argued that that such innovation occurs more or less naturally, compelled by idle curiosity and the instinct of workmanship in those whose employments touch directly on the productive activities of the community. In contrast, modern capitalism, in general, and the business enterprise, in particular, are best characterized as suppressing innovation in the interests of pecuniary gain, and with the aid and sanction of public policy. Theoretical coherence with economists more closely associated with post Keynesianism, particularly Keynes and Eichner, is demonstrated. Finally, implications for public policy are discussed.

Christian Dodge, University of Missouri – Kansas City

“Peirce and Holmes: Institutionalism as a 'Deductive' Science”

It’s unsurprising that Institutional Economists have longed for themselves to be a branch of post-Darwinian Biology given Veblen’s seminal article ridiculing the mainstream for being non-evolutionary. Much work has been done to elaborate and operationalize biological metaphors in social science symbolized in the work of Professor Hodgson (see especially Hodgson and Knudsen 2010). While there is much to be admired from a strictly biological approach, I want to offer another avenue. I want to tie together Peircian Abductive Inference and the methods of Arthur Conan Doyle’s Sherlock Holmes to produce an alternative orientation for Institutional Economics. Specifically, I want to suggest we change our orientation from naturalist to detective – uncovering the causes of social processes. To make the argument, I blend insights from Peirce, Holmes, and the burgeoning ideas of Critical Institutionalism.

Joanna Dzionek-Kozlowska, University of Lodz

Rafal Matera, University of Lodz

“Institutions without Culture. Critique of Acemoglu and Robinson's Theory of Economic Development”

The Acemoglu and Robinson’s answer to the question about the roots of wealth and poverty of nations unquestionably should be placed among the institutional theories of economic development. Their mantra-frequently repeated message is that institutions are the crux of the matter for both economic development and growth and, as such, are the key factor to explain differences in economic performance over the centuries. Yet, the problem is they strongly differentiate their concept from the so-called culture hypothesis, which they reject. The aim of this paper is to demonstrate that such a strong rejection of the culture hypothesis is inconsistent with their own analysis, it triggers some principal problems with understanding of the basic notion of institution and suggests that they are concentrated on the formal institutions only, which significantly impoverishes the research perspective. Moreover, it leads towards explaining the institutional changes in terms of conflicts of interests and collective choices, which is difficult to accept in authoritarian and all the more totalitarian regimes. The paper concludes by the statement that paradoxically Acemoglu and Robinson’s unconvincing rejection of the culture hypothesis may be regarded as a sign of the culture-related factors’ importance. 88ECONOMICS: ASSOCIATION FOR INSTITUTIONAL THOUGHT (AFIT)

Angie Kay Fuesel, George Washington University

“Exploring the Dynamic Human Interactions that Shape Social Change: A Case Study of an Antitrafficking Social Entrepreneurial Effort”

This presentation highlights findings from a case study of Truckers Against Trafficking (TAT) and proposes the methodology be used in other cases to advance understanding of the human interactions that shape social change. Led by an Ashoka Fellow, TAT is a social entrepreneurial nonprofit empowering and mobilizing the trucking industry to combat sex trafficking. The case explored how dynamic interactions between social structures and stakeholder actions shaped social change in anti-sex trafficking efforts in the US trucking industry. The conceptual frame used structuration (Giddens, 1984) and strong structuration (Stones, 2005) theories, and analysis was situated in three “game-changing” actions perceived to have created structural change. The presentation will describe how the theoretical frame, which builds on the suggestion of Schwandt and Szabla (2013), enabled rich, multi-level analysis of macro, meso, and micro level social structures. This enabled a more comprehensive analysis than institutional or structuration theories alone, and revealed the importance of internal structures in propelling the actions and contributing to change in external structures. The presentation will also share findings related to how TAT both adapted to and changed structures, gained legitimacy, and co-created innovative social practices with champions through emergent processes, yet used “structure” in the diffusion.

Kevin Furey, Chemeketa Community College

“Reading on Business Cycles”

This paper is pedagogical in nature—a reading for introductory macroeconomics students on internally generated business cycles. One of the pedagogical advantages of orthodox economics is that its analysis is based on simple to reproduced pictures (graphs) and simple metaphors. I have developed a multiple cause heterodox model of business cycles that has as its core an easily reproduced picture to aid students in analysis. The starting point is a statement made by Nicholas Kaldor that an expansion is like “a peculiar steeplechase, where the horse is bound to fall at one of four obstacles.” The core of my model is the Basic Mechanism, the last hurdle that will always trip the economy if something else hasn’t. It is a profit squeeze model, which is based on rising costs as the expansion matures. Once the Basic Mechanism is developed, I then discuss other factors that tend to amplify it. Next, I discuss other forces that may trip the economy before the Basic Mechanism. Finally, I use the model to explain why certain events (slower growth, weaker labor unions and greater income inequality) have led to longer expansions.

Heidie George, University of Utah

“Economic Model Analysis and Economic Thought: Effect of Social Relations on Model Analysis”

Throughout the ages studies of economics examine the interaction of individuals and societies within their communities. The goal is to determine the social values exhibited in the production, consumption and distribution of wealth in that community. Those social values are based on ethics, morals and cultural ideas. The purpose of this paper is to examine current economic theories to understand the level of inclusion of social relations in the analysis of those theories. Ethics is the knowledge of right and wrong and a person’s attitude towards the standards and values that ‘should’ be upheld. Their knowledge and attitudes form the base of ethical behavior. The origin of those values is based in a society’s cultural ideas, morals and values. Social legislation translates society’s cultural ideas, values and habits into laws, rules, and regulations and provides ethical context to everyday life. Social legislation reflects individual and social values. Social laws and rules are designed to provide protection for people and nature and to enhance the well-being of a community. Institutional economists are interested in understanding the economy in terms of social order defined by rules and organizations in the community’s economy. 89ECONOMICS: ASSOCIATION FOR INSTITUTIONAL THOUGHT (AFIT)

Winston H. Griffith, Bucknell University

“Can Caribbean Integration Be A Transformative Force?”

After Caribbean industrialization had apparently reached its limits, many believed that it could receive a stimulus from the integration of Caribbean economies. It was stated that economic integration, by making creating a single market, would help to overcome the smallness of individual markets and make the region more attractive to foreign investors who were considered indispensable to regional development. But economic integration has proved not to be the socially transformative force many expected. While some may look for the failure of the integration movement in traditional economic theory developed in and for the more developed countries, this paper argues that its failure lies in the social and economic structures which Caribbean countries have inherited from colonial times and which make it difficult for the integration movement to have a transformative effect on the Caribbean region.

Eric Hake, Catawba College

“Understanding Economies of Speed: Ralph Ketner and his Five Fast Pennies”

From her early work on the significance and function of agrarian labor unrest in the late 19th century to her later work on narrating the rise of big business, a modern theory of the firm has been a part of Anne Mayhew's legacy to institutionalist theory and economic history. Integrating arguments from Chandler, Veblen, Coase, and others, Anne Mayhew has developed an economic theory of the firm that explains and integrates the functions of the corporation, financial innovation, and supply chain management. This project will explain this theory and develop a case study application to the growth of Food Lion and the business innovations of its founder, Ralph Ketner.

John Hall, Portland State University

“Veblen, Social-Network Analysis, and the Emergence of Production Capitalism”

This inquiry pertains to the category emphasized in the CFP for our conference as “Social Innovations and Social Outcomes.” What Thorstein Veblen advanced as the “Machine Process” and which appears a Chapter One of his major inquiry, The Theory of Business Enterprise [1904]. Unfortunately, key insights tended to remain neglected and were not integrated into economic inquiry. This has now changed and “social-network analysis” should be seen and understood as extensions of Veblen’s thinking. Our proposed conference inquiry contains two major parts. Part 1 considers social-network analysis as a fairly recently emerging area in economic inquiry, that also helps to strengthen our heterodox tradition by offering elements of practicality. Part 2 relies upon social-network analysis in an effort to establish the emergence of what is termed “production capitalism” that can be contrasted to “mercantilism” or “trade capitalism.” Production capitalism can be traced back to southern England and the efforts the Lords to displace peasants that had been bound to land and lord, through what is known as “The Enclosures.” Research efforts seek to establish that the recently invading and established ethnic group known as “the Normans” played the crucial role in the rise of production capitalism during the 13th century.

Ayesha Tahir Hashmi, University of Texas at Dallas

“Islamic finance and its adaptation to the US market”

The paper studies the role of religious institutions on finance and economy in contemporary world. This paper concentrates on how the US market is responding to the demand of Islamic finance. Islamic finance in the US is taken as a case study to understand its emergence as a distinct field in the modern financial system. It highlights regulatory issues within the US legal framework that affect growth of Islamic finance in the US market. The paper 90ECONOMICS: ASSOCIATION FOR INSTITUTIONAL THOUGHT (AFIT) also finds increasing demand for Islamic finance based on interviews from the users and non-users of available instruments. Building on the theories of Polanyi and Weber, who believed that society produces economic activity, and “man’s economy is submerged in his social relationships”; this paper finds increasing role of a religious institution in influencing financial decision making. The interplay of theology and market is creating a different political economy that is incorporating cross cultural norms. Islamic finance is a prominent case of religion transforming market activity through evolving organizational structures which operates on Islamic principles and espouses partnership models in business activity. Still a small percentage of the overall global economy, it has been outpacing conventional finance industry growth rate by 50%. This highly fast-paced industry has caught the attention of global financial, legal and educational institutions and offers new insights on evolving interactions between social institutions impacting economic activity.

Arturo Hermann, National Statistical Institute, Italy

“The Studies in Social Economics of Léon Walras and his Far-Reaching Critique of Laissez Faire”

In economics, as in other social sciences, a reappraisal of the most important authors can lead to very unexpected results. It is the case of Léon Walras, who is mostly renowned for his theory of general equilibrium. According to a widespread interpretation, such theory would imply that the objective of political economy should be one of laissez faire: namely, to reduce as much as possible public intervention in order not to hinder the efficient working of market economy. However, a comprehensive appraisal of Walras’s work would reveal that he expounded a far- reaching theory in which public intervention and the ethical objective of social justice play a central role. This emerges in particular from a significant, but rather overlooked, contribution, the "Studies in Social Economics", which constitute the theoretical basis of his better known general equilibrium theory. Within this approach, the proposals of complete nationalization of land, of regulation of situations of monopoly and imperfect competition, and his sympathy with cooperative movements, place Walras’s perspective far apart from the extreme versions of neo-liberalism, and much closer to several heterodox economics’ contributions that underscore, within a principle of subsidiarity, the relevance of public action for economic and social progress.

Vincent (Yijiang) Huang, University of Missouri – Kansas City

“Economic, Ecological, and Social Sustainability: A Proposed Framework to Apply Social Innovations in the Case of China”

The challenges that a modern capitalist society poses to its members in the provisioning process are multidimensional. Not only are there economic problems (such as unemployment, underemployment, and inflation, etc.) in the present, but also there are environmental and ecological issues that are increasingly constraining and reconfiguring our current provisioning process into the future. While ecological economics provides an interdisciplinary framework to approach economic and environmental issues as a whole, the issue of social sustainability might not have received enough emphasis. The paper argues that while economic and ecological sustainability concerns with the more conspicuous issues, social sustainability concerns with the less obvious but equally important social issues in one’s provisioning process. Therefore, social innovations, if not equipped with an understanding of the specific economic, ecological, and social challenges in a particular social context, might yield negative unintended consequences. Hence, the purpose of the paper is to propose a theoretical framework to help achieve such understanding. Using China as a case study, the paper adopts a broader concept of sustainability to analyze the economic, ecological, and social challenges specific to China and then envisions some of the feasible and meaningful social innovations.

Ali Jalali, University of Utah 91ECONOMICS: ASSOCIATION FOR INSTITUTIONAL THOUGHT (AFIT)

“Miller Cedar Spartan Spy: Warren J. Samuels and the Institutional Reprieve of the Coase Theorem”

In this article, we will define the Coase theorem in terms of conventional microeconomic theory and criticize the invariant property of the theorem along the lines of the Law & Economic approach of the Spartan Institutional school represented by Warren J. Samuels. We provisionally present a discussion of the Spartan Institutionalist School’s historical roots and mention a few of the main figures associated with the school. We will then highlight the 1928 Supreme Court decision in Millet et al. v. Schoene to develop a institutional approach to private property and formalize Warren J. Samuels’ position that the legal institutions and institutional arrangements are not auxiliary to economic exchange or choice, but rather a fundamental component at its core.

Svetlana Kirdina, Institute of Economics, Russian Academy of Sciences

“Peter Kropotkin’s and Alexander Chayanov’s Prophesy of a Solidarity Economy: Forgotten Social Innovation”

In 1997 and in Lima, Peru the term economia solidaria (solidarity economy) was introduced into the international scientific and political discourse as a way to define the type of economic relations that would be found in a non- capitalist mode of production built upon self-help organizations, co-operatives, and the like. The solidarity economy can be considered as a social innovation that “… prioritizes benefits for the many rather than few.” This inquiry considers the introduction and advancement of earlier ideas for self-organization, mutual aid, and cooperation as found in selected works of two Russian scholars, namely, Peter Kropotkin (1842-1921) and Alexander Chayanov (1888-1937). This inquiry builds upon Kropotkin’s ideas concerning solidarity as a base for a non-capitalist and self- organized society. In addition, this inquiry compares Kropotkin’s views with Alexander Chayanov, another Russian scholar. Chayanov’s main contribution, On the theory of Non-Capitalist Economic Society (originally published in German in 1924 and translated into English in 1966), introduced his understanding of cooperation while stressing the double value of cooperation as anti-capitalistic and also anti-bureaucratic.

Kalpana Khanal, Nichols College

“Political Economy of India-Nepal trade Blockade (trade embargo)”

Nepal is a small land-locked country that shares open border with India. In addition to the economic relations across the border, people of Nepal and India share cultural and social ties. Recently Nepal promulgated its new constitution and it has led to a souring of ties with India. The main crux of the problem lies in the agitation of the Madesh/Terai origin people in Nepal demanding certain rights in the newly drafted constitution. India showed its displeasure publicly by cutting off essential supplies to Nepal. India’s trade embargo over the past month has stagnated Nepal’s economy and is causing genuine hardship to Nepali people. In the given context, the first section of this paper sheds some light on India-Nepal diplomatic relation in a historical context. The second section explains the current political developments in Nepal and India’s discontent over the new constitution. The third section elaborates on the socio-economic impact of current Indian trade embargo with Nepal. The fourth section offers recommendations on how diplomatic ties between Nepal & India could be strengthened. The same section also offers suggestions on how Nepal could settle the unrest going on in Madesh. The last section concludes the paper.

Matthew Klosterman, Portland State University

“Mills and Veblen: An Institutional Approach” 92ECONOMICS: ASSOCIATION FOR INSTITUTIONAL THOUGHT (AFIT)

This inquiry considers and also seeks to establish theoretical relationships between the thinking and contributions of Thorstein Veblen and C. Wright Mills. Selected writings of Veblen have not only formed new approaches to the field of economics, but also influenced prominent scholars, like Mills. In his contributions, Veblen employs various approaches to social science analysis, such as use of dichotomy (Veblenian Dichotomy), cumulative causation and subreption in his efforts to describe social change within an evolutionary-institutionalist framework. While not being explicit, contributions of Mills tend to utilize the same approaches advanced earlier by Veblen. In summary, Mills’ contributions to sociology appear to be heavily influenced by Veblen’s seminal contributions to institutional thought.

F. Gregory Hayden, University of Nebraska-Lincoln

“Relationship of Social Innovation, System Concerns, and the Social Fabric Matrix”

The functioning of all social institutions and innovations of social institutions work according to systems principles. The most important systems principal with regard to social innovations is the principal of differentiation and elaboration, that is, ongoing change in systems. When conducting analysis of differentiation and elaboration, a series of related concerns arise. They include: (1) the limitation of Darwinian based evolution, (2) openness of systems, (3) exogenous character of systems, (4) complexity, and (5) variant criteria for judging innovation. Those five concerns provide the outline for this paper. Each will be discussed with regard to the legitimacy of the current understanding of the concern and with regard to the modeling of social innovation in the social fabric matrix approach to analysis.

Barbara Hopkins, Wright State University

“Ensuring Provisioning Security: Evolutionary Strategies for a Post-Capitalist Revolution”

In this paper, I envision an economic system that is environmentally sustainable and that meets human needs for care. Starting from the position that a growth economy is no longer viable, the challenge is to make reduced consumption palatable. I propose initial steps for building a system of mutual obligations to provide a social safety net for a no growth economy. In particular, I introduce the concept of provisioning risk, the risk that an individual will be unable to provide for themselves over their whole lifecycle not just in terms of income, but also through care. Thus, provisioning security, a broader concept than economic security that incorporates the need for care services, is a necessary condition for individuals to be willing to limit consumption to sustainable levels. While a complete solution to this problem would require fundamental changes to social safety nets and labor market institutions, these changes are not currently politically viable. An evolutionary approach begins with an honest accounting of the requirements for provisioning security. This can then form the basis for developing small provisioning security networks that would pool risk and create mutual obligations to guarantee provisioning security. Advantages and challenges of such networks are described.

Sherry Davis Kasper, Maryville College

“Anne Mayhew as Teacher” This presentation reviews the contributions made by Dr. Anne Mayhew as a teacher. It draws on recollections of the author and other students at the University of Tennessee and sets them in the context of best practices in college teaching.

Mila Malyshava, University of Missouri – Kansas City

“One Step Forward, Two Steps Back: An Institutional Analysis of the Post-Soviet Transition in Belarus” 93ECONOMICS: ASSOCIATION FOR INSTITUTIONAL THOUGHT (AFIT)

Belarus has experienced two main stages of transition after the collapse of the USSR—a series of market reforms implemented during 1991-1994 as an attempt to shift away from the soviet production techniques; and the reversal reemergence of central planning. This inquiry seeks to demonstrate that an absence of a thorough institutional inquiry drove the failure of market reforms. While returning to the old methods of production improved the economic climate of the country temporarily, preservation of soviet techniques restricted the dynamic technological nature of the production mechanism. The paper draws (among others) on J. Fagg Foster’s principal of institutional adjustment and John Dewey’s analysis of habits within the framework of a critical analysis of the aforementioned reforms. The inquiry considers the transition back to the soviet mode of production, seeking to establish that the preservation of soviet traditions has guided the Belarusian economy towards an unproductive and damaging path- dependence. This path-dependence has contributed to retarding the process of cumulative causation and capped the influx to the joint stock of knowledge, both of which remain crucial for progressive institutional change.

Tony Maynard, Franklin & Marshall College

“The Birth of Free Market Economics”

The rationistic approach to human behavior, based on a self-interested, atomistic individual, predicts actions that, while logical, tend to support a particular form of economic organization based on market totalitarianism. This organization appears natural because it seems to result from an innate human talent for reasoning. A little history, and a dash of anthropology, can quickly present alternative behaviors that accord with different forms of economic organizations, ones that are no less sensible.

Brandon McCoy, University of Missouri – Kansas City

“Public Employment Guarantee: An Institutional Adjustment Towards an Inclusive Provisioning Process”

This inquiry seeks to establish that a public employment guarantee (PEG) animates a non-invidious re-creation of community, challenges hierarchy permeating social and economic relations, and facilitates institutional adjustment towards a more inclusive provisioning process. The analysis commences by elucidating the current failure to provide a non-invidious provision of the material means of life. This section demonstrates that the institution of ownership and the price system serve as the animating forces creating the in-egalitarian power structure effecting unemployment, an inequitable distribution, and hierarchy. After describing the social problem and institutional structure, the analysis considers and extends Hyman Minsky's proposal for a PEG. This section focuses on the institutional implications, emphasizing the restoration of community and promotion of an alternative organization of work. The theory of institutional adjustment elucidates the community’s integral role in the adjustment process, providing space for organizing across historical divisions while encouraging recognition of the interdependence necessary for change. The analysis draws to a close by considering how a PEG challenges the dominant and problematic institutions. This final section illuminates a transition which reduces hierarchy and domination while encouraging the community to participate in the social provisioning process.

Joseph Mitchell-Nelson, Portland State University

Alexander Dunlap, Sussex University

“Subreption and Evolutionary Economics” 94ECONOMICS: ASSOCIATION FOR INSTITUTIONAL THOUGHT (AFIT)

This inquiry considers subreption and its connections to the field of Evolutionary Economics. We relate subreption’s etymology and also its earlier appearances and uses in Roman, Canon and Scots Law, as well as in philosophy, to its later appearances and uses in the evolutionary economic thinking advanced initially by Thorstein Veblen and carried on some decades later by William Dugger. Understood as an approach to economic evolution derived from selected philosophical writings of Immanuel Kant, subreption is suggested to arise through the introduction of a falsehood that then sets off what we refer to as an évolution noire, defined as an institutional evolution concomitant with the dominance of business enterprises that involves a related moving away from a past governed by comparatively noble values and towards a deteriorated, debased and degraded economic and social reality governed by comparatively ignoble, pecuniary values.

Jairo J. Parada, Universidad del Norte-Colombia

“Social Innovations for ‘Intelligent’ Territories: Fiction or Reality?”

In this paper I explore the theoretical claims about the existence of ‘intelligent’ territories, a concept that has been developed recently based on the concept of knowledge society and knowledge economy, sustainable development and social inclusion. Then I examine the preconditions for the possibilities of emergence of such type of territorial spaces regarding the economic development that must support it, the adequate social structure, the required quality of human agency and the social innovations that such endeavor requires. Finally, as a case study, an empirical exam of such conditions of the Caribbean Coast of Colombia are explored for that purpose, arriving to general conclusions and recommendations.

Jim Peach, New Mexico State University

Richard V. Adkisson, New Mexico State University

Stephen P. Paschall, Lovett Bookman Harmon Marks, LLP

John P. Watkins, Westminster College

Glen W. Atkinson, Reno, Nevada

This session will be a panel discussion in honor of Glen W. Atkinson’s contributions to institutional economics. In addition to his more than 70 publications, Professor Atkinson has served as president of the Western Social Science Association (1987-86), president of the Association for Institutionalist Thought (1985-86) and president of the Association for Evolutionary Economics (2007-2008). In addition, Professor Atkinson received the Veblen- Commons Award (2010) and served as editor of the Journal of Economic Issues (2000-2006). The panelists include Jim Peach (New Mexico State University), Richard V. Adkisson (New Mexico State University), Stephen P. Paschall (Lovett Bookman Harmon Marks, LLP), and John P. Watkins (Westminster College). Following the panelists’ presentations, Professor Atkinson will have the opportunity to respond.

Richard V. Adkisson, New Mexico State University 95ECONOMICS: ASSOCIATION FOR INSTITUTIONAL THOUGHT (AFIT)

Reynold Nesiba, Augustana College

Tonia Warnecke, Rollins College

Can America become simultaneously more prosperous and more equal? In his new 2015 book, The Great Divide: Unequal Societies and What We Can Do About Them, Joseph E. Stiglitz attempts to answer this question. In this session, five scholars (Jim Peach, Richard V. Adkisson, Reynold Nesiba, Tonia L. Warnecke, and John P. Watkins) will discuss the author’s approach to understanding and explaining the causes, consequences, and possible policy solutions to America’s inequality problem.

David Plante, Western State Colorado University

“Social Innovation and the Social Economy of Money”

This essay reviews two recent developments in order to further an understanding of the cultural meaning of money. The first is the recent resurgence in understanding the cultural and social significance of monetary arrangements in the works of Nigel Dodd, David Graeber, Felix Martin, and less recently Viviana Zelizer and Karl Polanyi, as well as others. The second is the expanding creation and use of alternative monies at the local and global levels. My primary focus will be on local currencies created in several locales in the Mountain West but I will also analyze these innovations in general. This investigation will address several questions? What is the economic and social role of these currencies? What monetary functions are facilitated by the alternatives? Whose interests are served?

Julia Puaschunder, The New School

“Socio-psychological motives of socially responsible investors”

The 2008/09 World Financial Crisis underlined the importance of social responsibility for the sustainable functioning of economic markets. Financial Social Responsibility bridges the finance world with society in socially conscientious investments. Socially Responsible Investment (SRI) integrates corporate social responsibility in investment choices. Socially conscientious asset allocation styles add to expected yield and volatility of securities social, environmental and institutional considerations. In screenings, shareholder advocacy, community investing, social venture capital funding and political divestiture, socially conscientious investors hone their interest to align financial profit maximization strategies with social concerns. Apart from economic profitability calculus and strategic leadership advantages, this article sheds light on socio-psychological motives underlying SRI. Altruism, need for innovation and entrepreneurial zest alongside utility derived from social status enhancement prospects and transparency may steer investors’ social conscientiousness. Self-enhancement and social expression of future- oriented SRI options may supplement profit maximization goals. Theoretically introducing potential SRI motives serves as a first step towards an empirical validation of Financial Social Responsibility to improve the interplay of financial markets and the real economy. The pursuit of crisis-robust and sustainable financial markets through strengthened Financial Social Responsibility targets at creating lasting societal value for this generation and the following.

Julia Puaschunder, The New School 96ECONOMICS: ASSOCIATION FOR INSTITUTIONAL THOUGHT (AFIT)

“Trust and Reciprocity Drive Common Goods Allocation Norms”

In the emergent field of tax psychology, the focus on regulating tax evasion recently shifted towards searching for situational cues that elicit common goals compliance. Trust and reciprocity are argued to steer a socially-favorable environment that supports social tax ethics norms. Experiments, in which 256 participants played an economic trust game followed by a common goods game, found evidence for trust and reciprocity leading to individuals contributing to common goals. The more trust and reciprocity was practiced and experienced, the more common goals were supported – leveraging trust and reciprocity as interesting tax compliance antecedents. The results have widespread implications for governmental-citizen relations. Policy makers and public servants are advised to establish a service-oriented customer atmosphere with citizens breeding trust and reciprocity in order to reach common societal goals.

Jonathan Ramse, University of Missouri-Kansas City

“Capitals Transformation in Community Economic Development”

The Community Capitals Framework (CCF) as developed by rural sociologists Cornelia and Jan Flora has been a useful tool for rural community development in a number of different contexts in the United States for more than a decade. The CCF focuses on how communities utilize seven interdependent capitals – natural, cultural, social, human, political, built and financial – in achieving the development goals of a vital economy, social inclusion and a healthy ecosystem. Working within this multidisciplinary framework, this paper proposes a theory regarding the processes and mechanisms by which community capitals are transformed from and into each other by communities through social action. A theoretical understanding of these capital transformations relies on an ontology that holds that social processes are elaborative and emergent. These elaborative and emergent capital transformations are mediated through social action of agents that are dependent upon resource structures and institutions. This theory provides a starting point, or stage, for the process of community development by reflecting on the dynamic interdependence of a diverse set of capitals people and groups can utilize. The CCF, and a theoretic understanding of capitals transformation, encourage non-conventional and empowering strategies for the social action communities define as development.

Nicholas Reksten, Sarah Lawrence College

“Management, Stakeholders, and Climate Policy at Large U.S. Firms: An Institutionalist Analysis”

This paper discusses the results of interviews conducted with vice presidents and managers responsible for environmental sustainability initiatives at large U.S. firms on efforts to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and climate policy engagement. To situate the analysis, it develops an institutionalist framework that sees the firm as socially embedded, where stakeholder groups exert varying levels of influence and provide the context in which the technostructure responds to outside information in the face of uncertainty. The influence and power of groups that have strong preferences for or against environmental protection can be understood. The interviews provide empirical support for this model. Subjects discuss the role of stakeholder groups such as activists, consumers, and workers in the development of the firm’s environmental policy. Different groups can prompt the firm to set greenhouse gas or energy-related goals, and they encourage the firm to re-examine production processes to find new ways to both reduce costs and emissions. Additionally, the socialization of managers to understand the interviews suggest that many firms are preparing for and eventually expect a national price on carbon in the United States, and this suggests that the policy may be less costly than some projections indicate.

Roberto Resende Simiqueli, Universidade Estadual de Campinas

“Technology and Authoritarianism in the Brazilian Military Dictatorship (1964-1985)” 97ECONOMICS: ASSOCIATION FOR INSTITUTIONAL THOUGHT (AFIT)

Arguably the less known of Thorstein Veblen's insights is his peculiar account of German and English development paths, Imperial Germany and the Industrial Revolution. In its pages, the reader would find a puzzling description of how modern industrial technology, in the hands of the German Dynastic State, becomes just another asset in justifying and maintaining political power and privilege. Although the Hohenzollern might have been the pioneers in subverting technological progress to autocratic ends, they are definitely not alone. Under the Brazilian military government (1964-1985), the first attempts at developing software and hardware industries were coordinated by the SNI (Serviço Nacional de Informações), the same intelligence agency responsible for silencing those who opposed the regime. In this paper, we intend to revisit the peculiar way in which SNI promoted state of the art computing technologies while being the de facto manager of the repressive apparatus of the Brazilian military dictatorship, aided by Veblen's careful study of the tensions between change and conservatism. Moreover, we aim to discuss how technology cannot be accounted for exclusively positive change.

Jordan Shipley, University of Missouri – Kansas City

“Urban Development in Original Institutional Economics”

Focusing the inquiry of economics to the urban level brings to light a particular set of issues in the way of establishing theory and policy for providing the material means of life. This survey paper serves as a basis for understanding the conceptual framework, theory, and methodology within Original Institutional Economics (OIE) on urban issues and development. Several of these works employ the techniques of case studies, including historical analysis, and pattern modeling, alongside other more conventional tools of economic analysis. Although there have been changes in the widespread acceptance and use of institutional aspects of the economy in understanding development, there are many differences between the conventional approaches and those found in work based in OIE. I aim to bring out important themes within OIE’s approach to the city, urbanity, and urban development, thereby creating the foundations for an institutional urban economics. I conclude with suggestions for future research incorporating an OIE approach to the analysis of urban issues and forming urban development policy, including the use of geographic information systems (GIS), and the social fabric matrix approach.

Kaitlyn Sims, California State University, Fresno

“Work-Family Policy and Economic Cycles in Western Europe: Bridging the Gaps in Women's Labor Force Participation Research”

This study will use data from labor force statistic databases as well as research in the field to draw insights on the impact of work-family policy on women’s labor force participation during times of growth and recession in Western Europe. This study will aim to bridge the gap between the research on the impact of work family-policy on women and the effects of economic cycles on women’s labor force participation. Feminist and institutionalist economic frameworks will be utilized to drive the primary questions being examined. A cross-national comparison of changes in work-family policy and the source of these work-family policies (i.e. government mandated, collectively bargained, etc.) can yield rich analysis of the relationships these policies may with women’s labor force participation across economic cycles. As discussions of creating and expanding work-family policy are brought up in the United States, these case studies in my research can serve as indicators of what may be considered “best practices” for work-family policy abroad, and what should be considered for domestic policy.

Manuel Ramon Souza Luz, Federal University of ABC Region – UFABC

“Logic of Scientific Investigation and The Evolutionary Process: Contributions for an abductive-indiciary model” 98ECONOMICS: ASSOCIATION FOR INSTITUTIONAL THOUGHT (AFIT)

A striking feature of Thorstein Veblen’s institutional economics is interdisciplinarity. In his works Veblen refers among others to concepts from anthropology, psychology, philosophy and biology to build his economic approach. Indded, a challenge to scholars interested in Veblen's thought is to understand the manner in which these interdisciplinary references appear and relate each other in his works. The following paper aims to contribute for an interpretation that integrates two relevant themes of Veblen’s work: his vision of the logic of scientific inquiry and the manner in which this original institutionalist understands the dynamic of evolutionary processes. Beyond the traditonal focus on Veblen's reference to Charles S. Peirce pragmatic philosophy and Charles Darwin’s approach on evolution, we seeks to introduce a new point of view that enables a new articulation between both perspectives. In this sense, the paper presents the concept of “indiciary paradigm” as developed by the italian historian Carlo Ginzburg, understanding the potential of this concept as an interpretative alternative that not only makes possible an integrated vision of veblenian theoretical approach, but provides elements for a descriptive model for evolutionary economics.

Manuel Ramon Souza Luz, Universidade Federal do ABC

Roberto Resende Simiqueli, Universidade Estadual de Campinas

“Conservatism and Change in the June Journeys: an exercise in institutional political economy”

In recent Brazilian history, June 2013 is remembered as the heyday of popular demonstrations after the turn of the century. Initially directed against increases in bus fares in São Paulo, the rallies quickly took an unusual turn to the right; middle-class citizens saw the gigantic acts as a valid proxy for voicing their concerns on education, corruption, and the Federal Government's economic and social policies. What is peculiar is that Brazil faced extremely favorable economic conditions, at the time. Unemployment rates were close to a historical minimum, real wages had experienced noticeable raises and inflation was almost a non- issue. Then, what prompted the "wellborn" to take to the streets and voice their discontent? What is implied in the agenda of these mobilizations, now led by right wing propagandists? Our aim is to assess this specific period of Brazilian history through the tension between change and conservatism in institutional political economy. By revisiting Thorstein Veblen's insights on the leisure class' interest in defending status quo and privilege, our paper seeks to provide an explanation of the inherently conservative claims for change issued by the Brazilian middle-class.

Christian Spanberger, University of Missouri – Kansas City

“An Empirically Grounded Institutional Analysis of Product Development”

Innovation is commonly seen in economics as a benign and socially beneficial process, and is therefore commonly used synonymously with technical progress. Building on the Schumpeterian distinction between invention and innovation, the Veblenian dichotomy (especially its development by Instituitonalist scholars such as Bush, Juncker, and Foster) and the concept of degrees of separation related to the going concern nature of the business enterprise, it is argued that an innovation process based on pecuniary habits of thought will not necessarily (or even likely) lead to the most advantageous use of the community’s joint stock of knowledge. The present paper will seek to vindicate this view through an empirical analysis of product development in modern capitalist business enterprises, identifying the relevant structures and agencies both within and outside the going concern.

Jacqueline Strenio, University of Utah

“Economic stress and physical intimate partner violence around the time of pregnancy: do institutions matter?” 99ECONOMICS: ASSOCIATION FOR INSTITUTIONAL THOUGHT (AFIT)

Research to date has highlighted the fact that intimate partner violence (IPV) is a public health epidemic that transcends socioeconomic status, race, and ethnicity, affecting more than one out of every 5 women in the United States. Despite widespread prevalence, socioeconomic status plays an integral role in the risk of IPV, with poorer women at elevated risk. Although researchers have looked at many economic factors in relation to IPV prevalence, no previous study has assessed the impact of micro- and macro-level economic stress on the likelihood of physical IPV around the time of pregnancy, where stresses tend to be high and effective interventions might particularly present themselves. Utilizing data from the Pregnancy Risk Assessment Monitoring System (PRAMS), a population-based sample of women that have recently given birth, this paper seeks to assess the connection between economic stressors before and during pregnancy and their relationship to women’s’ socioeconomic status. The analyses will not only address the role of individual SES factors, but also the role of institutions, utilizing state level variables on economic conditions, gender equality, political environment, and reproductive environment so as to illuminate the potential for certain institutional policies to reduce IPV.

Zdravka Todorova, Wright State University

“Processes and the Multidimensional Individual in Institutional Economics”

The paper discusses how the concept of process is connected to a multidimensional notion of the individual, and how those contribute to further develop institutional theory and problem solving. The paper discusses a previously developed system of processes and explains how this conception addresses issues of intersectionality and circumvents problems of reductionism and dualisms. It is argued that the delineated processes provide the starting point for theoretical developments not limited by conventionally defined economic activities, human action, and the economy, and for problem solving.

Daniel A. Underwood, Peninsula College and University of Washington

Dan Friesner, North Dakota State University and Washington State University

“Sustainable Community Economic Development: Asset Mapping and the Social Fabric Matrix as a Policy Planning Framework”

Asset mapping, which defines, identifies and quantifies available resources, has two advantages available for planning economic development. First, while labor intensive, it is simple to implement. Second, it yields useful information to inform, determine and achieve policy goals. Its limitations are, first, a static approach; second, the absence of an evolutionary process to evaluate goal attainment and planning for future activities. This paper demonstrates how asset mapping can be embedded into a social fabric matrix which provides a template for policy evaluation and assessment, and a qualitative predictive framework to evaluate attainment of goals – here to be understood as the criteria for sustainability and justice proposed by Underwood, Hackney and Friesner (JEI, December 2015) – and to develop future plans. Asset mapping in the next time period, when consistent with the evaluative outputs of the social fabric matrix while satisfying the criteria for sustainability and justice, can be re- evaluated using the social fabric matrix which provides necessary information to re-define and re-implement development policies. Thus, the process becomes purposeful, evolutionary, and pragmatic.

Richard Wagner, Rockhurst University

“Promoting the innovation and use of vision in 21st century institutional economics: Looking backward to look forward” 100ECONOMICS: ASSOCIATION FOR INSTITUTIONAL THOUGHT (AFIT)

This paper reviews noteworthy discussions of vision within institutional economics in the last century as a way to discuss the use and innovation of vision in the present century. Many institutional economists have recognized the importance of the use of vision in economic discourse, revealing it as a method to analyze current economic conditions as well as purport change. Some have used vision to suggest ideas which would facilitate the “good economy”, “sustainability”, and sound development, while others have used vision as a way to discuss utopian worlds. As institutional economists purport an evolutionary and socially embedded economy, vision can also serve as a mechanism which can facilitate institutional adjustment, and as such must continue to be discussed and innovated.

William Waller, Hobart & William Smith Colleges

“Instincts and Care”

If we mean the biological foundations of behavior that make us human are what we mean by human nature then certainly part of that human nature is instincts, or as they are currently called adaptations. This paper will explore how we move from an aspects of human nature, the instinct or adaptation Thorstein Veblen referred to as the parental bent, to social institutions concerned with care. We will then explore how institutional behavior, habits of thought and action, are transformed through the process of social valuation into an ethic of care.

“Social Entrepreneurship and Women's Employment in China and India”

Much research on gender equality has focused on integrating women into the workforce, but in so doing, women’s source of dependence partially shifts from their partner to the marketplace—it does not disappear. Although in many cases access to personal income is associated with greater bargaining power in the household, we cannot assume that engaging in paid labor increases female empowerment. This depends on job quality, social policy/protection, and the gender division of unpaid labor, among other factors. The recent focus on female entrepreneurship as a source of female empowerment illustrates this dichotomy, given the difference between informal sector-based necessity entrepreneurship (which is not associated with upward mobility) and formal sector-based opportunity entrepreneurship (which is). One response has been the growing popularity of social entrepreneurship, which focuses on the creation of social value, not wealth. This paper will discuss the evolution of social enterprise in China and India (from both domestic and international sources) and discuss the ways these businesses have impacted women’s employment opportunities and experiences in these countries, particularly in the informal sector.

“Social Innovation, Gender, and Technology”

Technology can facilitate new forms of social innovation and scale existing social innovations. In the developing world, technology can address basic human needs in a variety of ways, from provision of farmer training and cloud- controlled clean water systems to health information and mobile money services. Some of these services expand access to resources in ways that particularly benefit women, who disproportionately engage in unpaid household labor and (in some areas) subsistence agriculture; women are also more likely than men to be unbanked. Where male-female interactions or decent work opportunities for women are limited, information and communications technologies can enable women to avoid some forms of gender bias, improving the ability to shift to the formal sector, access wider markets through e-commerce, partake in distance learning programs, and share experiences with and gain mentorship from other women. However, there are large gender gaps in access to technology, particularly in rural areas. With particular focus on female employment, this paper will discuss how technology is utilized to 101ECONOMICS: ASSOCIATION FOR INSTITUTIONAL THOUGHT (AFIT) create social impact, reduce gender inequalities and increase female empowerment in the developing world context. Challenges hindering the impact of technology in these areas will also be discussed.

“J.R. Commons and the Financialization of the American Economy”

As Glen Atkinson points out, J.R. Commons anticipated the financialization of the American economy. The emergence of the corporation was associated with a new definition of property, a view of property as an intangible asset, the present value of anticipated profits. Commons following Veblen attributed the corporate ability to extract value in excess of its corporeal value to its strategic power, to its ability to drive up prices and hence profits. Both Commons and Veblen omitted, however, that property as an intangible asset provided an alternative strategy, that of the financialization of the consumer. Financialization involves expanding demand by extending consumers credit. Consumer credit both enabled businesses to increase revenues without increasing costs while helping solve the problem posed by modern technology, the problem of ever-expanding output. From a historical point of view, extending credit to consumers depended on consumers acquiring assets, and a process of financial innovation involving the liquefication of those assets. As the financial crisis reveals, however, the process of extending consumers credit ultimately depends on consumers having the income to repay the credit.

James L. Webb, University of Missouri – Kansas City

“Dewey’s Habit-Centered Psychology: Its Continued Relevance for Theory and Policy”

Dewey lamented about the lack of an adequate social science to inform a reasoned public policy serving a communitarian society, now and in the future. Dewey urged that philosophy and social inquiry take into account the best available relevant knowledge – particularly the fruits of scientific inquiry. Dewey’s analysis, focused on habits (as dispositions) provides many insights, including: the dynamics of intelligent habits of thought must be learned -- they are not the default mode; it cannot be expected that democratic political institutions yield a quasi- scientific process; the manner in which proposals are framed has a large effect on public choices. First, the model of human psychology (necessarily a social psychology) postulated by Dewey is sketched. Second, some relevant extensions, revisions, corroborations of Dewey’s postulates coming out systematic inquiry in recent behavioral psychology, cognitive science and neuro-physiology are discussed. Finally some implications for Institutional Economics and policy contexts are briefly discussed.

Neal J. Wilson, University of Missouri – Kansas City

“Observations from the re-emergence of bottled water”

Bottled water is one of the hallmark products of contemporary life. Its popularity in the USA invites contemplation. There is no consumer product so popular with a radically less expensive and indistinguishable substitute as readily available. There is no more popular beverage, the consumption of which is so widely ridiculed. The paper examines the phenomena of bottled water by recounting three historical moments in the Industry's history. 1) The eclipse of bottled water following the introduction of chlorine to public drinking water. 2) The re-emergence of bottled water and the Perrier marketing campaign of 1977. 3) The triumph of the bottled water in the contemporary beverage industry. Special attention is given to the Industry's under-discussed implications regarding public infrastructure, private property and "the right of thirst".

Jon D. Wisman, American University 102ECONOMICS: ASSOCIATION FOR INSTITUTIONAL THOUGHT (AFIT)

“Conspicuous Consumption and the Evolutionary Dynamic that Veblen Missed” Veblen’s theory of conspicuous consumption is one of his most powerful contributions to social science. Conspicuous consumption is undertaken in an attempt to maintain or increase social standing. But why do humans seek to acquire status through their consumption practices? Or more fundamentally, why do they seek status? Veblen does not present it as grounded in an instinct such as his instincts of parental bent, workmanship or idle curiosity, although he claims that “the propensity for emulation is probably the strongest and most alert and persistent of the economic motives proper… a pervading trait of human nature.” But why? Had he read Darwin more fully or carefully, he would have picked up on Darwin’s concept of sexual selection and recognized it as the driving force behind conspicuous consumption as well as all other behavior intended to favorably impress others. Sexual selection is a form of natural selection that works through mate selection as opposed to physical survival. How much an individual can consume signals an ability to command resources essential for successfully raising children. This article adds the Darwinian depth that Veblen missed to his important concept of conspicuous consumption, and in doing so adds clarity to humanity’s prospects.

Yavuz Yasar, University of Denver

“From Development to Poverty Management: Social Policy in Turkey between 2003 and 2014”

As the universalist/right-based social protection has weakened due to global neoliberalism, debates about the role of Islamic provision of social welfare have increased in the Middle East and North Africa (MENA). This study focuses on Turkey as a case study to evaluate the effectiveness of the provision of the faith-based social protection practices from social classes and gender perspectives. It has two objectives. First, it briefly examines the historical transformation of social policy in Turkey under the rule of the AKP (the Justice and Development Party), 2002- present. Second, it evaluates the outcome of this transformation and its potential implications for both social protection and politics. The study uses Household Budget Survey micro-data between 2003 and 2014 as well as qualitative data collected during the fieldwork in Turkey in the summer of 2013 and 2014.The preliminary results suggest that the provision of faith-based social welfare under AKP moved from social policies’ traditional distributive and protective functions. It became a highly selective almsgiving as it is inclusive for only those who are poor and willing to give political support to the government in return. This also widened the gap between genders in terms dependency on welfare transfers.

Katrina Zdanowicz, Rollins College

“Which factors are most influential in encouraging or dissuading commercial Orlando buildings to seek LEED certification?”

Orlando, Florida, is home to 159 building projects that have received, or are in the process of receiving, a Leadership in Energy and Design (LEED) certification. Over 90 percent of these buildings are rated based on commercial LEED standards. This paper argues that the overall number of LEED-certified commercial structures in Orlando could be expanded through government legislation and incentives. Currently, explicit instructions for designing or retrofitting municipal structures in LEED fashion are publicized in city legislation, but the same criteria have not been created for the commercial sector. The benefits of LEED certification include reduced operating costs, higher productivity and health standards for occupants, efficient use of resources, and higher quality site care. This paper analyzes these benefits and provides two case studies that show why Orlando businesses choose to either seek or ignore LEED certification. Publicizing these benefits can help to create incentives for businesses to seek LEED certification. Project developers of Orlando’s Amway Center suggest that large companies pursue LEED certification for competitive market advantages and to reduce operating costs. A study of East End Market found that smaller businesses may not seek LEED certification because of the cost, and because their mission already incorporates environmental sustainability. 103ECONOMICS: ASSOCIATION FOR INSTITUTIONAL THOUGHT (AFIT) 104ECONOMICS: BUSINESS AND FINANCE

ECONOMICS: BUSINESS AND FINANCE Kashi Nath Tiwari, KNT’s Academic Financial Research

NO ABSTRACTS 105ECONOMICS: GENERAL

ECONOMICS: GENERAL Chris Erickson, New Mexico State University Ram N. Acharya, New Mexico State University

Alex Bernal, New Mexico State University

"Impact of Natural Amenities, Food Environment, and Income Inequality on Diabetes”

Diabetes has evolved into a major public health concern in the US. It is the leading cause of blindness, non- traumatic lower-limb amputation, and kidney failure. Also, two-thirds of people with diabetes will die from cardiovascular disease or stroke. In 2011, diabetes affected 25.8 million people, and additional 79 million had pre- diabetes. The total estimated cost of diagnosed diabetes in 2007 was $174 billion (CDC, 2011). Recent studies show that access to natural amenities as well as the food environment plays crucial role in determining obesity (Feng et al., 2010; Chi et al., 2013). We aim to expand this literature by evaluating the impact of environmental, as well as socio-economic risk factors on the prevalence of diabetes in the U.S. The preliminary results, show that while access to natural amenities, supercenters and club store, recreational and fitness activities helps in reducing the incidence of diabetes. On the other hand, factors such as food insecurity, poverty, and income inequality increase the prevalence of diabetes.

David Aske, University of Northern Colorado

“Organizing the Religious Marketplace"

The economic approach to examining the changing religious landscape in the United States involves viewing religion as a product. Like any product, the religious product has consumers and producers and increasingly the decision to buy and sell religion is taking on the characteristics of a marketplace. The North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) is the standard system of organizing the production side of markets used by economists. NAICS classifies each production establishment based on their primary economic activity. This study uses an approach similar to NAICS for organizing religious establishments. The production of the religious product occurs at the congregation, or what most people refer to as their “church”. At the sector level, religious congregations are classified by major religion (Christianity, Muslim, Judaism…). At the Industry level (for Christianity) congregations are classified by religious tradition (evangelical, mainline protestant, catholic…). For this analysis the firm, the decision making unit, is the religious body. The religious body is a formal identifiable association or affiliation of congregations. Congregations that are associated with a religious body share similar beliefs, doctrine and administrative structure. This paper will discuss the methodology of classifying congregations and present a case study of the religious market in Greeley, Colorado.

Dale S. Bremmer, Rose-Hulman Institute of Technology

Dr. Randall Kesselring, Arkansas State University

"Female Labor Supply and the Social Security Earnings Test by Marital Status, Ethnicity and Race"

Since its inception in 1935, social security benefits have been subject to an “earnings test,” depending on age and congressional preferences benefits of social security recipients have been reduced if they earned too much income. Though the particulars of the law have changed over time, the earnings test taxes labor income and possibly reduces 106ECONOMICS: GENERAL the incentive to work. This paper’s objective is to determine how a major policy change in 2000 affected the labor supply of married and single women over the age of sixty of different races and ethnicities. If spouses’ wages are no longer taxed after reaching Social Security’s defined NRA (normal retirement age), household income increases. This will undoubtedly affect the labor force participation decision of married females. On the other hand, if the income of single women is no longer taxed after reaching normal retirement age, their labor force participation decision may be quite different. This paper uses an econometric technique known as the difference-in-differences. This popular technique quantifies the effect of a policy change on economic behavior. The data consist of monthly observations from the Current Population Survey. Explanatory variables include marital status, race, ethnicity and years of education. Previous work which has concentrated on the effect of the earnings test on male labor supply has generated mixed results. The emphasis on female labor supply is one of this paper’s contributions. Also previous studies on the effects of the policy change in 2000 used a very limited number observations after the regime change. This study uses more observations after the regime change, adding to the paper’s overall contribution to the literature.

Timothy Clark, UMKC Economics

“In Lieu of a Theory of Value"

This paper explores the concept of economic valuation via a bifurcation into its subjective and objective elements beginning with Adam Smith's often paradoxical and seemingly contradictory discussion of value in The Wealth of Nations. I will argue this common interpretation of Adam Smith's theory of value as contradictory and paradoxical relies on a misunderstanding of the philosophy of language. Moreover, this analysis using John Dewey's “Theory of Valuation” seeks to clarify the conceptual analysis of valuation, and purports a general philosophical approach to economic valuation.

Ziya Cologlu, University of Texas at Dallas

“Price Dynamics in Asian and European LNG Markets"

In this paper we investigate the structure of pricing mechanism in LNG (liquefied natural gas) markets both in the high and low oil price environments. Despite numerous reports and articles explain LNG industry, only a few academic papers focus on the dynamics behind the price mechanism. Given the fact that the long term contracts come along with take-or-pay obligation, an interesting question is why contract prices remain higher than spot prices for long periods of time. We describe these transactions in LNG markets from the perspective of Williamson’s (1985) asset specificity theory and analyze the dynamics behind contract and spot prices in European and Asian markets. We conduct Granger Causality Test and apply Error Correction Model to evaluate the short- and long-term relationships between spot and contract prices in LNG markets. The test results indicate that while the spot and contract prices do not Granger cause each other in Europe, contract prices do Granger cause spot prices, and oil prices Granger cause both spot and contract prices in Asia. Error Correction mechanism that is constructed with the inclusion of all related determinants also draw interesting conclusions about the impacts of short and long run causality particularly in European markets.

Rhonda R. Corman, General Economics

David Aske, University of Northern Colorado

“Developing an Operational Placement Model of Institutions" 107ECONOMICS: GENERAL

Throughout history institutions have been an integral component of societal development, whether they be governmental, political, fraternal, or religious. The question inspiring this research is if that influential impact varied over time. Recent developments indicate that certain institutional bodies have experienced significant gains in power and influence that is leading to stark societal disruption. Reasons may be attributed to social media which allows for the message of such institutions to more rapidly disperse and be “louder”; or perhaps it can be related to a change in strategy, allowing their messages to “speak” to the people in ways that illicit greater response. In order to address these questions, the authors have worked to first understand the differentiation in motives, intent, purpose, and goals of varying institutions and develop an institutional placement grid by integrating components of place-building theory, systems theory, and game theory. This presentation will focus on the methodologies employed in grid development, explanation of the operational placement model, and a discussion of some inference to patterns of institutional interaction."

Karl R. Geisler, New Mexico State University

“Dichotomy of Recovery: Nevada Tourism and the Great Recession"

Following the Great Recession, tourism to Southern Nevada has rebounded while tourism to Northern Nevada has stagnated. Using tourism data from the Nevada Commission on Tourism, the difference in the recovery of the Las Vegas area of Southern Nevada is compared to that of Washoe County (Reno) in Northern Nevada. These changes are put into context using economic theory, including the growing body of economics literature dealing with commercial gaming. The future potential for each industry is then discussed in the larger context of Nevada’s state economy.

Eric Gibbons, University of Nevada, Reno

"Occupational Substitutability"

Occupational mobility reflects how able workers are in reallocating their skills across different sets of technologies. This paper explores how technological differences across occupations affect workers’ occupation choices and how technological change has contributed to occupational mobility. Using tasks to measure technological distance between occupations well explains occupation choices of workers. In general, workers experience higher costs in the reallocation of skills to occupations that are more technologically intensive in a given task measure. Workers employed in technologically isolated occupations are least sensitive to technological change. Additional, the paper will explore how task specific technological change determines occupational transitions. Technological change within specific tasks has a heterogeneous effect on occupation transitions.

Thomas Harris, University of Nevada, Reno

Jeffery Stroup, University of Nevada, Reno

"Use of Multi-Regional Interindustry Model to Target Industrial Gaps and Disconnects for Economic Development: A Sierra Pacific Megapolitan Area Example"

In studying regional economic development, the U.S. Census has developed classification schemes to provide a hierarchy class of the nation’s counties. Metropolitan areas are often used to classify urban areas of economic trade and development. However, recognizing community patterned trade between metropolitan counties, a new classification has been developed by Virginia Tech geographers called “Megapolitan Areas.” These Megapolitan Areas are forecasted to be places of future national economic growth and development. Megapolitan Areas are expected to add at least 83 million people (the current population of Germany) by 2040, accounting for seven in 108ECONOMICS: GENERAL every ten new Americans. By 2040, a projected $33.0 trillion will be spent on Megapolitan building construction. This figure represents over three quarters of all the capital that will be expended nationally on private real estate development. Megapolitan Areas are a growing force in globalization and drive the integration of continental economies into the increasing integrated world economy. The Sierra Pacific Megapolitan Region includes parts of two states, which are California and Nevada. The Sierra Pacific Megapolitan Region contains twenty-one (21) counties in California.

Jack W. Hou, California State University, Long Beach

“Causal Mechanisms in the Intergenerational Transmission of Income in China"

Intergenerational income elasticity (IIE) is often used to measure intergenerational income mobility, but it tell us little regarding the determinants behind the intergenerational income correlation. Accurate understanding of the intergenerational transmission of income is important for policies aimed at improving social equality. In this paper, we use current income data from the 2010 China Family Panel Studies (CFPS), studying the causal effect of father’s income and human capital on the intergenerational transmission of income between fathers and sons. We find that the majority of the intergenerational income elasticity can be attributed to the causal effect of father’s financial resources. Moreover, we provide a lower bound of the elasticity, which is 0.339, with the true value is estimated to be closer to 0.6. The result suggests that public policies aim at narrowing current income gap will have a long lasting effect as it is conducive to increasing intergenerational income mobility in China.

Malieka Landis, University of Nevada, Reno

“Area Sector Analysis Process: Ranking the Intersection of Community Goals and Industry Needs"

The Area Sector Analysis Process (ASAP) is a process and modeling tool used to assist communities in obtaining sustainable economic development. The process is based on the concept that sustainable community development strategies should reflect the preferences of both community and industry in order to be successful in both the short and long time periods. Accordingly, ASAP assesses (1) community members’ priorities for sustainable community development, (2) how different industry sectors can meet the development priorities of a community, (3) what different industry sectors need in terms of physical, economic, and social infrastructure, and (4) which infrastructure the community can offer to these industry sectors. Data representing these four assessment sets are used to identify which industry sectors are more desirable to the community and which sectors are more compatible with community infrastructure and assets and are obtained from a variety sources. Primary data is collected via two discrete surveys, one targeted at communities and another at industries. Secondary data is collected using an input-output model representing economic linkages as well as data sourced from various federal agencies such as the Census. Both the community survey and industry survey collect data used to perform ranking procedures across three goal categories – economic, environmental, and social. The goal ranking is combined with secondary data to perform an analytic hierarchy process to derive the weight and ranking for each industry given each community asset or goal. Model output for an example community is provided along with discussion of how this ranking procedure can benefit sustainable community development. In particular, the influence of community assets and infrastructure on each sector’s compatibility index ranking and may provide specific development tactics to strengthen long-term community development.

Julia Lawson, El Pomar Foundation

Kristina Lybecker Colorado College

“The Impact of the Complete Food Environment on County-Level Obesity Rates” 109ECONOMICS: GENERAL

Obesity rates in the United States have risen dramatically in the last several decades. In an attempt to explain this trend, much of the current literature looks for correlation between community demographic characteristics and independent food environment components. However, few studies analyze the direct relationship between obesity rates and the food environment. In order to fill the problematic gap in the literature, this paper explores this relationship at a county-level across the United States. To provide a complete representation of the food environment, county-level data for the prevalence of fast-food restaurants, full-service restaurants, grocery stores, convenience stores, and supercenters are analyzed for their relationship to obesity rates at the county-level while controlling for a variety of demographic and community characteristics. This study concludes that fast-food restaurants and convenience stores are positively correlated with obesity rates, while full-service restaurants and grocery stores are negatively correlated with obesity rates. Though intuitive, these conclusions provide representative insight to policymakers on the true dynamic between the food environment and obesity rate such that effective strategies may be implemented to better fight the obesity epidemic.

Norman Lo, San Francisco State University

“Informational Policy Improves Consumers’ Choice for Healthier Food"

As reported by Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) in 2010, more than 78 million US adults and about 12.5 million children and adolescents were obese. Up until 2010, the US had the highest rate of childhood obesity among 30 industrialized nations. We have seen different economic approaches in the past trying to explain the prevalence of overweight and obesity in the US. This paper mainly focuses on consumer use and understanding of nutrition labels, as well as the impact of labelling on dietary habits. Our theoretical model is an extension of the innovative weight management framework introduced by Lakdawalla and Philipson (2009). Our model illustrates that imperfect information about food quality promotes body weight gain during the economic expansion. Finally, we present descriptive empirical evidence that illustrates the impact of nutrition labels on body weight control.

Frederick John Oerther III, Western Oregon University

“Dynamics and Challenges in Using Games to Teach Economics"

This paper will explore and analyze the concept of using classroom games, simulations, and role-play to teach the social science of economics. We will describe a set of arguments about the nature of learning and the potential social dynamics which games may be able to leverage for educational purposes. We will also critique these arguments, presenting a catalog of the most serious challenges and problems with using games in the classroom. Some reflection on remedies (or the lack thereof) to these difficulties will be included. Further, the paper will describe how the content of microeconomics, macroeconomics, and a number of disciplinary subfields may lend itself to games and simulations. In addition, we shall describe what would seem to the the important logistical and pedagogical constraints and problems that would accompany using such devices in the economics classroom. Although the academic content of game theory is important in games, and the economic sub-field game theory can obviously be taught through the use of games, this paper concentrates on the pedagogical dimensions of games. It is our view that intellectual discipline “economics” - in the behaviors it seeks to explore and understand, and in the structures of social life and organization that seem to follow from models of economic behavior - may be especially suitable for the use of classroom games.

Victor Owusu-Nantwi, New Mexico State University

“Does Foreign Aid Matter to Economic Growth? Evidence from Fifteen ECOWAS Countries” 110ECONOMICS: GENERAL

This study assesses the impact of foreign aid on economic growth of fifteen West African countries over the period 1980-2013. The study employed cointegration technique and vector error correction. The empirical results show a positive and statistically significant long-run relationship between foreign aid and economic growth. This study may provide some insights that will guide policymakers in terms of policies relating to attracting aid to fund economic development programs.

Francisco J. Pallares, New Mexico State University

Richard V Adkisson, New Mexico State University

"The Impact of Industrial Diversification on Employment Volatility in the 50 U.S. States, 2000-2013"

Employment stability is a factor for economic development. Using data from the 50 U.S. states from 2000-2013 the study explores the relation of employment volatility and industrial diversification. The evidence indicates that after accounting for regional wealth, regulatory environment, trade, and other variables, there is a negative relationship between employment volatility and diversification. The study evaluates the impact of volatile and non-volatile industries in total employment volatility. The conclusion is that there are different industry-to-industry effects to employment volatility. Not all industries reduce employment volatility.

Paul Weir, New Mexico State University

“The Second Arms Race in the NCAA: Capital Expenditures among Football Bowl Subdivision (FBS) Schools”

The first arms race among the 128 Football Bowl Subdivision (FBS) institutions refers to the rapidly escalating expenditures in operating budgets. This phenomenon is well documented and widely discussed. Numerous data sets are available to examine the first arms race. The second arms race refers to the rapid increase in capital expenditures by FBS institutions. The media widely note the increase in athletics related capital expenditures, particularly among the so-called power 5 conferences (ACC, SEC, Big 10, Big 12, and PAC 12), but there has not been a database in which such expenditures could be systematically examined. In this paper, we introduce a new database on athletics related capital expenditures of all 128 FBS institutions. We will discuss the nature of the database including its limitations. Then, using descriptive statistics and regression analysis, we will examine the data in relation to institutional characteristics (e.g., enrollment size, operating budgets, football won-loss records, and attendance) as well as economic and demographic characteristics of the areas in which the facilities are located.

Richard V. Adkisson, New Mexico State University

“Book Review Panel: Joseph Stiglitz' The Great Divide"

Can America become simultaneously more prosperous and more equal? In his new 2015 book, The Great Divide: Unequal Societies and What We Can Do About Them, Joseph E. Stiglitz attempts to answer this question. In this session, five scholars (Jim Peach, Richard V. Adkisson, Reynold Nesiba, Tonia L. Warnecke, and John P. Watkins) will discuss the author’s approach to understanding and explaining the causes, consequences, and possible policy solutions to America’s inequality problem. 111ECONOMICS: GENERAL

Leila Pratt, University of Tennessee at Chattanooga

“First Job of Economist"

A multi-logit model is used to examine the different career choices of economist who received their PhD in 2000 for a US or Canadian university. The individual’s choice of one of five jobs—employment at a top 25 economics department, employment in another economics department, employment in government, employment in the private sector—is hypothesized to depend on several factors including a measure of the “quality” of their graduate degree, their field of study, their gender.

Julia Puaschunder, The New School Department of Economics

“Intergenerational equity in the eye of overindebtedness"

Globalization leveraged pressure on contemporary society. One of today's most pressing social dilemmas between generations arise from overindebtedness. In the aftermath of the 2008/09 crisis, budget crises around the world led to austerity plans triggering an economic climate of stagnation, federal spending constraints and prospected social welfare decline for decades to come. Outlining the causes of the current overindebtedness crisis in the Western world prepares for an analysis of the consequences of governmental budgetary constraints. The impact of governmental austerity plans on societal well-being is discussed. Potential overindebtedness remedies are reflected upon with a focus on the US and Europe. The outlined intergenerational equity constraints herald a call for intergenerational equity – the fairness to provide an at least as favorable standard of living as enjoyed today. As an implicit contract and transfer inbetween living and future generations, intergenerational equity avoids discriminating against future generations and ensures future infrastructure, equal opportunities over time and constant access to social welfare for the youth. Intergenerational equity grants a favorable climate between generations and alleviates frictions arising from the negative negative impacts of overindebtedness.

“The beauty of ivy"

Thomas Piketty’s (2014) Capital in the 21st Century revolutionized economic thoughts on inequality. Started by the 2008/09 World Financial Crisis and cumulated in the subsequent Occupy movement, attention to rising inequality regarding economic wage, opportunity and wealth led to advocacy for a more equal society. Innovatively, this article argues for a mixture of equality and inequality within a societal network holding value when access to opportunities to transfer implicit wealth is distributed merit-based. By the example of Ivy League educational institutions, but also elaborating on social environments and interaction networks, a novel economic wealth transfer model is proposed. Within an economic system, dyads of unequal crystallized value based on heritage (e.g., royal families, legacy admits) and merit-based equality represented by offspring from families with underprivileged backgrounds, whose outperforming ambition, fluid intelligence and drive may lead to fruitful social interactions and beneficial wealth transfers, may create beneficial economic outcomes. On the societal level, within networks favorable environments may serve as transformation hubs if entered merit-based by underprivileged families. While presenting a preliminary idea of an economic model of value transfer between equality and inequality, the article outlines a blatant research gap on information about the direct and indirect transactions and interactions between equality and inequality representing agents within societal networks. The article concludes with giving hope in Piketty’s outlook of rising inequality by showing the economic merits of inequality when paying attention to merit- based distributed value transfer opportunities." 112ECONOMICS: GENERAL

Sharaf Rehman, University of Texas - Rio Grande Valley

Joanna Dzionek-Kozowska, University of Lodz, Poland

“Tale of Two Cities: A Comparative Study of Relationship between Education and Economic Prosperity"

The impact of education on national GDP, and the gradual changes that occur in city/community after the establishment of institutions of higher education have been studied by urban sociologists and development economists in developed and developing countries. There is ample evidence to support that bringing a university to a town brings economic growth, improved infrastructure, an increase in population, new jobs and career opportunities, and a general improvement in the overall quality of life for the people in the region. It has also been suggested that when a city prospers so do its educational institutions. It may thus be argued that a bi-directional relationship between education and economic prosperity may exist. This paper compares such an association in two cities that are nearly 7,000 miles apart - city of Lodz in central Poland and Brownsville, a city in the south most part of Texas. Despite the physical distance that separates these two university towns, there is a striking similarity between Lodz and Brownsville. Both are relatively depressed economies: Lodz being the 3rd in Poland and Cameron County, where Brownsville is located, the poorest county in the US. Relying on the official records, the paper traces changes in population size, employment, establishment of schools and healthcare facilities and increase in the number of retail outlets. These changes are tracked along with the increase in the number of students enrolled at the universities in the two cities. The authors argue that not only is there a link between education and economic prosperity, but there is a strong case for treating education as a catalyst for economic growth in an economically depressed region. Both Lodz and Brownsville are a valid testimony to this assertion.

Manuel Reyes, University of Texas at El Paso

Jesus Mendoza, University of Texas at El Paso

"Small Business Access to Capital in El Paso, TX"

This study will analyze small businesses’ access to capital from commercial and community banks, as well as, other state and federal sponsors in the City of El Paso, Texas. Previous research conducted in the region (Schauer 2001) find that small businesses’ access to capital tends to be low in metropolitan areas with relatively low population, such El Paso, Texas. As a major propeller in local economies, small businesses’ capital access will be examined via an econometric model. The deposit to loan relationship in the local banking system is to be used in a panel data analysis to determine different factors that may affect this variable during the 2005 – 2015 time period. Some economic and demographic variables are to be also used as control variables in the econometric model. The results may be relevant to local decision makers in order to improve the economic development of the region.

Francisca Reyes, Western New Mexico University

“Labor Market Monopsony: The Case of New Mexico and the Copper Mines”

A monopsony occurs when the labor market has either a single firm as the sole employer of a particular type of labor. This paper explores the case of New Mexico and compares it against other U.S. states that have operating copper mines. In addition, the paper explores the changes in market prices of copper, massive layoffs occurring at the mines, adjustments to wage and employment determination, and the ripple effects that the changes in the labor market have in New Mexico’s economy. 113ECONOMICS: GENERAL

Comfort Ricketts, New Mexico State University

Carlos Silva, New Mexico State University

“The Effect of Religious Knowledge Disparities on Future Extremism"

Religious extremism is often linked to the belief in religious information that is often considered a misinterpretation of the intentions of the religion by several believers of the religion in question. Extremists as well as moderates exist and have been researched in variety of religions; however, little is known about extremism tendencies among non – religious individuals and specifically, individuals who lack any form of religious knowledge. This study seeks to observe the effect of religious ignorance on the tendency of an individual to exhibit future extremism; that is, does the lack of religious knowledge in an individual leave fertile ground for extremism or is it inconsequential. Data from the World Value Survey is used for the analysis in this study. The finding of this study would address whether or not there is a need to provide basic religious knowledge to individuals as a means to ensure future tolerance.

Florina Salaghe, University of Nevada, Reno

Thomas Haris, University of Nevada, Reno

“Nevada Ranchers Attitudes towards the Trichomoniasis Vaccine"

The Tritrichomonas Foetus vaccine, developed by University of Nevada in cooperation with Ford Dodge Laboratories, has been available for over twenty years to Nevada cattle producers. The rates of adopting the vaccine are still lagging while the disease incidence in the state is increasing, raising concerns of industry leaders and local authorities. A generalized ordered logit adoption model has been employed in finding what the factors and characteristics that influence the decision making process of Nevada cattle producers are. This paper investigates what influences their decision on whether to vaccinate or not, and what are the policy issues that need to be addressed in order to enhance its adoption or the adoption of alternative public land management practices. Subjective risk attitudes were incorporated and the probabilities of adoption for three different groups of respondents were estimated. Results indicate that familiarity with disease treatment, likelihood of exposure and the degree of optimism regarding ranch profitability influence the probability of adoption. Subjective measures of risk aversion also play a significant role."

Carlos Guilherme Silva, New Mexico State University

“The impact of drought on tourism: The California county level analysis"

Once it were rare occasions, however in recent years weather related events are becoming more present and more severe. The most recent California drought is one of the latest weather related concerns facing the American Southwest, the latest drought has negatively affected a variety of economic sectors. Although large industries in the main urban areas and the agricultural sector receive a lot of attention by the media and scholars during such events, many other communities and sectors are not a prevailing concern by such groups. Communities with different economic strengths and weaknesses are affected in different ways by such extenuating climate events. This study aims to add to the literature by using county level employment data in the tourism sector to analyze the impact of the latest California drought. One key point of this study, is that it will also separate counties by their industry specialization and their category (i.e. urban, rural) and interpret the impact of the drought in those regions. By separating the counties by different attributes one can better understand the economic impact disparity between those groups, this can lead to a more efficient allocation of resources and improvement of prospective policy decisions." 114ECONOMICS: GENERAL

Shunfeng Song, University of Nevada, Reno

“China’s Urban Development Policies and City Growth: An Analysis based on the Gibrat Law"

This paper links China’s urban development policies to its city growth. Since the establishment of the People’s Republic of China in 1949, China’s urban development policies have experienced dramatic changes, from anti- urbanization before the reform, to anti-large city-development during 1978-1999 and coordinated urbanization in 2000-2012. Using city-level data from 1985 to 2012, via the Gibrat law, this paper examines how China’s city growth is affected by those policies. The results indicate that city growth converged more rapidly before 2000, especially during 1991-1999, but that this trend either slowed or disappeared after 2000. The difference-indifference analysis shows that large cities’ growth rates significantly increased compared with small and medium- sized cities after the growth control on large cities started to relax in 1998. Findings based on the Gibrat law suggest that city growth is strongly affected by China’s shifting urban development strategies.

Jeffery Stroup, University of Nevada, Reno

Dr. Thomas Harris, University of Nevada, Reno

"Income and Age Distributed Social Accounting Matrix"

The Census Bureau estimates that the percentage of elders in the United States will increase from 14.8% in 2015 to 30.5% by 2060. (Citation) Taking this dramatic change into consideration, the importance of differentiating economic impacts by income and age becomes crucial. In order to address this concern, we expanded IMPLAN’s National Social Accounting matrix and developed a national income and age distributed social accounting matrix. American Community Survey and Consumption Expenditure Survey data were used to disaggregate the households by income and age of the householders. The employee compensation and proprietor income vectors were also disaggregated to include income and age groups. By disaggregating income from these accounts it gives a better understanding of each group’s spending and consumption patterns. Three scenarios were run on the resulting matrix. The first scenario estimates the impact of the 2014 expansion of Medicaid, the second estimates a 10% increase in proprietor income of those younger than 35 and the last estimates the impact of a 10% increase in elder’s wages. Our results suggest that those in lower income groups have higher multipliers than those of higher income groups, regardless of the age category. The model shows that the 42 billion dollar Medicaid expansion resulted in over 200 billion dollars of economic output across the national economy. Also, increasing proprietor income by 10% for those younger than 35 results in a 51 billion dollar increase to the economy, while a 10% increase in elder wages results in an increase of 132 billion dollars to the economy.

Ying Zhen, Wesleyan College

“Using the Evolution of International Trade Theories and Kahoot! To Teach Comparative Advantage"

No Abstract 115ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY AND NATURAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT

ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY AND NATURAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT Chelsea Schelly, Michigan Technological University

Roy Allen, Saint Mary's College of California

Asbjorn Moseidjord, Saint Mary's College of California

“Save One and We’ll Give You Two: Impacts of Generous CO2 Credits Granted by the EPA to Sellers of Electric Vehicles in California”

The proposed paper focuses on the intermingling of regulatory systems at two levels: California’s set of policies to reduce CO2 emissions in general and the federal government’s (i.e., the EPA’s) program to reduce CO2 emissions from new cars. The model to be presented estimates the joint CO2 impacts of these programs on fully electric vehicles sold in California over the period 2015 – 2025. Given the typical lifetime of a vehicle, the impact on emissions from the automotive fleet will be felt through about the year 2040. The model accounts for technical as well as policy parameters expected for the next decade and that influence emissions, including the CO2 content of gasoline and electricity sources. The main findings are those predicted by the literature on environmental federalism: that the federal regulation dominates the state regulation. In this case, the EPA program provides CO2 credits to the seller of electric vehicles far beyond what the vehicles actually save. Combined with California’s aggressive Zero Emission Vehicle Program, the effect is a substantial, policy induced increase in CO2 emissions triggered by selling electric vehicles – as compared to typical gasoline vehicles – in California, but mostly emitted in other states.

Aparajita Banerjee, Michigan Technological University

“Environmental and Natural Resource Management as Corporate Social Responsibility: An Analysis of Recent Trends of Major Indian Private Companies”

Increasingly private firms worldwide are investing in corporate social responsibility (CSR) causes. Some scholars suggest that in today’s globalized world, businesses faces new challenges to promote social and environmental sustainability along with maintaining economic profits (Fet 2006). CSR activities can have different foci like health, safety, education, and employment to name a few. Managerial decisions that impact an institution’s values, norms, rules and practices are influenced by coercive, mimetic or normative isomorphism (DiMaggio and Powell 1983). In this paper, CSR causes of top 100 Indian companies based on market capitalization is analyzed to understand the trends of CSR initiatives related to environmental and natural resource management. Results are based on the CSR plans published on company websites. Identifying present trends will help in exploring what factors have resulted in the current conditions and what can be done to enable inclusion of environmental and natural resource management projects in future CSR initiatives of Indian private sector companies.

Phil Brick, Whitman College

“Rhetoric on The Sage Grouse Decision”

I will discuss the rhetoric coming out of the Sage Grouse decision that supposedly points to a "new era" and new structures for protecting endangered species. This intersects with my interest in collaboratives and my growing 116ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY AND NATURAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT concern that they are foreclosing a proper political framing and context; namely, that they seem to match theoretical concerns about the post-political.

Ziya Cologlu, University of Texas at Dallas

“Price Dynamics in Asian and European LNG Markets”

This paper investigates the structure of pricing mechanism in LNG (liquefied natural gas) markets both in the high and low oil price environments. Despite numerous reports and articles explain LNG industry, only a few academic papers focus on the dynamics behind the price mechanism. Given the fact that the long term contracts come along with take-or-pay obligation, an interesting question is why contract prices remain higher than spot prices for long periods of time. We describe these transactions in LNG markets from the perspective of Williamson’s (1985) asset specificity theory and analyze the dynamics behind contract and spot prices in European and Asian markets. We conduct Granger Causality Test and apply Error Correction Model to evaluate the short- and long-term relationships between spot and contract prices in LNG markets. The test results indicate that while the spot and contract prices do not Granger cause each other in Europe, contract prices do Granger cause spot prices, and oil prices Granger cause both spot and contract prices in Asia. Error Correction mechanism that is constructed with the inclusion of all related determinants also draw interesting conclusions about the impacts of short and long run causality particularly in European markets.

Michael S. Cook, Northern Arizona University

“The Political Economy of Mountaintop Removal Mining: Reproducing Big Coal's Hegemony in Southern West Virginia”

Mountaintop removal mining (MTR) is a method of coal extraction practiced largely in southern West Virginia, whereby the ridges of mountains are blasted away to expose, for full extraction, the seams of coal located beneath. Despite the devastation wrought by the coal industry’s MTR mines, which is not without considerable empirical support, the specter of doubt persists; many West Virginians still find themselves questioning the legitimacy of the health and environmental concerns of anti-MTR activists. Although mining industry employment and coal production have indeed declined, and environmental degradation abounds, Big Coal has continually—and, by many accounts, successfully—argued that it is integral to the economic wellbeing of the state. Mountaintop removal mining, in particular, is still an important method of coal extraction, even though its consequences are well documented. The primary purpose of this paper is twofold: 1) to articulate the content of Big Coal’s hegemony in West Virginia, and 2) to consider the contemporary ways in which Big Coal reinforces its dominance.

John Freemuth, Boise State University

“Current Issues in Public Land Management”

The round table gathers a number of researchers and practitioners – and those who regularly are active on both ends – to discuss these issues. The aim is to locate where research on – and the actual governance of the commons in – the American West stand, and where they may (and should) be going in the future, thereby also addressing the role of science in political processes. I will discuss current issues and events in public lands management; this will include reform, the politicization of science, and collaboration and sage grouse.

Mayra O. Sanchez Gonzalez, Michigan Technological University 117ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY AND NATURAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT

“Ecotourism and Women Empowerment: A Case Study in Quintana Roo, Mexico”

Ecotourism emerged in the late 1970’s and early 1980’s as a response to negative environmental and social impacts of the mass tourism industry. Since then it has grown rapidly. Generally NGOs, academia, and some international organizations promote ecotourism broadly and globally as a path for sustainable development because it should be a real tool for poverty alleviation; it should bring real economic, social and ecological benefits, and promote real participation and empowerment. Specifically the UNWTO and some researchers believe that ecotourism could be a tool to promote women’s empowerment. However, only a small body of research has begun to document the impacts of ecotourism on women’s empowerment. Results of these studies suggest that ecotourism might provide economic opportunities, but might not contribute to political, social, or psychological empowerment or ecotourism sometimes empowers people that already have power. Therefore, ecotourism might not promote empowerment and gender equity; instead, it might disempower women and strengthen social and gender disparities. This research will investigate how ecotourism impacts women’s empowerment in a popular tourism destination- Quintana Roo, Mexico.

Eric Herzik, University of Nevada, Reno

“Public Lands and the Sage Grouse”

This talk focuses on public lands, the sage grouse issue and local and state politics in Nevada. It is part of a round table that seeks to explore recent and past trends in the politics of public lands in the American West in relation to environmental conflicts and governance. Issues addressed include endangered species (such as the recent “sage grouse” issue), business interests (as of the mining and ranching industries), energy (oil and gas as well as renewable energy development) and local and state politics.

Giancarlo Panagia, Westminster College

“Taking a Hard Look at Land Swaps Maps: Using a Doctrine to Challenge Federal Land Agencies”

An established trend, embedded into the BLM’s and USFS’ policies is to transfer federal lands notwithstanding flawed appraisals or interpretations of public interest. The consequence of this ill-fated trend is the loss of economic value to national coffers. This paper suggests the use of the Hard Look Doctrine to challenge Federal land agencies practices that lead to loss value for the federal government. According to this Doctrine, substantive review ensures that the findings of fact upon which the agency has predicated its action have support in the rulemaking record. The agency must show that the course it chose was reasonable in light of the relevant policies, alternatives, and facts. The way to fix an agency that is captured by the interests it seeks to regulate is to force the agency to actually consider the public interest when making a decision. Thus, the federal judiciary should exercise strict judicial scrutiny so as to protect public fundamental interests from agency abuse.

Steven Parker, University of Nevada – Las Vegas

“Creating the National Park System: The Men and the Politics”

With 2016 being the 100th anniversary of the creation of the NPS, the proposed talk will focus on its birthing. If accepted, it will be a discussion of the work of benevolent, civic-minded and generous men from five generation ago. As such it will look at who these individuals were; how and why they evolved the idea of what they initially called a bureau of national parks and how they finally “pulled it off.” With UC Berkeley alums at the helm, they crafted what film maker Ken Burns called “America’s Best Idea.” I’ll walk the panel’s audience through the evolution of the idea, considering the challenges and victories as well as the problems and set-backs. It’s a 118ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY AND NATURAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT fascinating case study of fascinating men; the humanistic values that drove them; and the political process through which they steered this legacy for all Americans, and indeed for all the world... the National Park System.

“Ethical Decision Making under Social Uncertainty: An Introduction to Ueberethicality”

Decision making research has been revolutionized by prospect theory. In laboratory experiments, prospect theory captures human to code outcome perspectives as gains or losses relative to an individual reference point, by which decisions are anchored. Prospect theory’s core finding that monetary losses loom larger than gains has been generalized in many domains; yet not been tested for social status changes. Social status striving has been subject to social sciences’ research for a long time but until today we have no clear picture of how social status prospects relative to an individual reference point may influence our decision making and action. Understanding human cognition in the light of social status perspectives, however, could allow turning social status experiences into ethicality nudges. Building on prospect theory, two field observations of environmentally conscientious recycling behavior and sustainable energy consumption tested if social status losses are more likely to be answered with ethicality than social status gains. Social status losses are found as significant drivers of socially-responsible environmental conscientiousness.

Beatriz Adriana Venegas Sahagun, Centre for Research and Advanced Studies in Social Anthropology CIESAS

“Municipal Solid Waste Governance: A Theoretical and Methodological Approach”

In this paper, a theoretical and methodological approach is presented to analyze the governance of municipal solid waste (MSW) in the Mexican context. To do this research I start of with the next assumption: The complex process of power struggle between the economic and politic elites (municipal officials, union leaders and employers) manipulate at their will the management of MSW, and they only seek their profit, because there’s a relation between the greater increase in MSW and monetary profit. One of the ways in which we can observe this domain, is examining the little or no allowance in the participation of the population in solid waste management. These elites do not consider the environmental aspect as relevant in the various forms of governance. These forms cannot achieve adequate sustainable development (understood as the environmental, social and economic balance); and these forms ignore the impact on the environment and the health of the population, which is generated by the increase of MSW, also they do not give importance to educational campaigns to lower them. This study will identify the relationships between the various bodies and actors, and thus develop an interpretation based on the theory of polycentric governance process.

Chelsea Schelly, Michigan Technological University

“Pursuing Sustainable Consumption through Diverse Alternative Economies: A Comparative Examination of Two US Intentional Communities”

When thinking about how to pursue sustainable consumption, many scholars explicitly recognize the need to change economic organization and activity. Whether through de-scaling, steady state, or plentitude economics, various bodies of work offer useful perspectives on the relationship between economics and sustainable consumption. This paper works from the ground up, looking at two successful intentional communities in the United States. While both demonstrate potential futures for more sustainable models of consumption, these communities are organized based on radically different economic models. Twin Oaks is a labor and income sharing community, while Dancing Rabbit Eco-village requires individual households to meet their own subsistence needs through economic activity. Based on ethnographic research, interviews, and participant observation, this paper offers two reflections. First, the economic 119ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY AND NATURAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT organization in each community seems to shape – although, importantly, not determinately – other institutional and cultural arrangements, from housing arrangements to social norms. Second, both communities are arguably successful and thriving, demonstrating the potential to pursue more sustainable consumption patterns through diverse forms of economic organization. This suggests, as these communities themselves acknowledge, that perhaps the most valuable tool for pursuing sustainable consumption is to allow for flexible experimentation in alternative forms of organizing residential life.

Zachary Smith, Northern Arizona University

“Environmental Challenges Facing the Great Basin”

This talk focuses on the environmental challenges facing the great basic. The aim is to locate where research on – and the actual governance of the commons in – the American West stand, and where they may (and should) be going in the future, thereby also addressing the role of science in political processes.

Jared L. Talley, Boise State University

“Look What the Cat Dragged In: Social Construction, Cats, and the Environment”

It is no stretch to say that humans have a special connection with their domesticated animals, most specifically their dogs and cats. Whereas domestic dogs are considerably dependent on their human companions for survival and reproductive health, domestic cats are not. The independent nature of cats has serious ramifications to those environments they thrive in. Recent research suggest that free-roaming cats have supplanted habitat loss and man- made structure collisions as the leading source of anthropogenic mortality for land-bird and mammal deaths. This impact of cats on their local ecosystems is causing concern among natural scientists and conservationists whom are increasingly demanding policy action. The Hawaiian Islands have launched policy initiatives to reduce the impact of domestic cats, providing a clear platform to evaluate the nascent policy process. Although the evidence of the domestic cat’s impact on the environment seems inarguable, there are considerable obstacles to the policy process that can be attributed to the way in which the various actors are socially constructed. This paper reviews the current state of the domestic cat’s impact on the environment, the policy process being undertaken in Hawaii, and how the social construction of the actors involved impacts the policy process.

Christian R. Thauer, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem

“Of Grouse and Men. The Sage Grouse Issue - A Public Policy-Perspective”

The paper analyzes environmental politics and governance in relation to public lands in the American West. More specifically, it looks at the so-called “sage grouse issue”, which has recently caused some havoc in particular in the inter-mountain states’ rural areas, culminating with rancher Clive Bundy and his militia confronting personnel of the Bureau of Land Management (BLM) at gunpoint in Southern Nevada. The paper’s argument is that these institutions encouraged the descendants of the first settlers to make similar existential, irreversible and life-changing investments in the family ranch. In this context, the “rugged individualism” they display is for these later generations no longer in the first place a motivation for being a family rancher. Rather, it is the ideological justification within which they can make sense of their decision to dedicate their lives to the family ranch. Therefore, “rugged individualism” prevails as an ideology – and prevents family ranchers from engaging politically in a way that would guarantee their survival in light of the “sage grouse issue.”

Christian R. Thauer, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem 120ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY AND NATURAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT

“The Politics of Public Lands: Trends and Developments in the Governance of the Commons in the American West”

This talk will kick off a moderated round table exploring recent and past trends in the politics of public lands in the American West in relation to environmental conflicts and governance. Issues addressed include endangered species (such as the recent “sage grouse” issue), business interests (as of the mining and ranching industries), energy (oil and gas as well as renewable energy development) and local and state politics. I will discuss private interests and their strategies in relation to the recent sage grouse issue. More specifically, I will analyze the reaction of the mining and ranching industries to the regulatory threat the sage grouse posed for them for quite some time - though the bird was in the end not "listed". While the mining industry reacted by playing the "regulatory game" and got deeply involved in sage grouse conservation, thereby heavily influencing public lands governance, the ranching industry remained largely inactive on the issue. What explains behaviors in both industries? 121GLOBALIZATION AND DEVELOPMENT

GLOBALIZATION AND DEVELOPMENT Pete Martini, Heidelberg University

Joanne Benham Rennick, Wilfrid Laurier University

“From Fragility to Resilience: Social Enterprise at the Nexus of Conflict and Development in Africa”

Global social enterprise networks create opportunities to bypass the dysfunctional or nonexistent infrastructure of fragile states to educate, empower, and fund initiatives capable of driving positive systemic change and sustaining peace. An interdisciplinary approach is used to build the case that challenges within a given social context might best be overcome from the ground up by developing social enterprises. This chapter employs a literature review to examine the linkages between social enterprise and peacebuilding in fragile states, and offers a mini-case study of several distinct social enterprises operating in African countries. Our analysis offers insights for understanding how change happens over time, and where social entrepreneurs can make a difference. We anticipate this work will be useful for donors/interveners aiming to support social entrepreneurs in fragile African states and gaining understanding of the limits and possibilities of SE in fragile and conflict-affected states.

Berch Berberaglu, University of Nevada, Reno

“Globalization and China”

This paper examines the impact of globalization on China over the past several decades. Unlike many other peripheral countries that have been subservient to global powers that have had adverse effects on their economy and society, China has emerged as an economic power house over the past several decades. The critical factor that has differentiated China from its Latin American counterparts is the role of the state under the rule of the Chinese Communist Party (CCP). Although China has fully participated in the global economy through trade, investments, and a variety of economic activities, and this has prompted some to claim that the country is moving in a capitalist direction, the political discussion on the nature of the Chinese state remains contentious. Whether China ultimately becomes a capitalist state or continues to grow and prosper, as a socialist state only time will tell. The question will ultimately be answered by an analysis of the class nature of the Chinese state.

Brian Chi-ang Lin, National Chengchi University

“From Divergence to Convergence: China’s Institutional Change versus Britain’s Industrial Revolution”

China’s economic boom beginning in the early 1980s poses a profound challenge to institutional economists. According to a recent report by Standard Chartered Bank forecasting the world economic outlook in 2030, China’s GDP is expected to exceed that of the US in 2022. As a matter of fact, China was the largest national economy in the world during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. After the Industrial Revolution took place in Britain in the late eighteenth century, many countries successfully followed Britain’s lead and experienced economic prosperity. China, on the other hand, has long become an economic laggard. According to the late Joseph Needham, China was the global leader in many fields of scientific and innovative breakthroughs during the Tang and Song dynasties. Why this technological advantage did not lead to a Chinese industrial revolution has been referred to as the ‘Needham puzzle’. Although the Needham puzzle remains to be solved, China’s economic performance since the early 1980s has triggered another thought-provoking question. That is, China’s enormous economic growth over the past three decades has clearly shown the significance of institutional reforms. If China keeps growing (even at a slower rate), she will eventually regain the global economic power she once had in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. This restoration of economic power weighs against a view that links economic development to 122GLOBALIZATION AND DEVELOPMENT technological factors. This paper argues that the recovery of China’s economic power rests upon a series of successful reforms in the Chinese economic, legal, political, and social institutions. If ever fully realized, this might be termed an Institutional Revolution in history, a rivaling counterpart to Britain’s Industrial Revolution.

Joe Cudjoe, Florida Gulf Coast University

“Bridging the Digital Divide: Latent Implications for Developing Countries and Global Security”

The transforming influence of technology across the globe cannot be overstated. It has led to global interconnections, democratizing innovation, providing better service delivery, and countless opportunities. It has been described as the most crucial driving force for globalization and economic growth, particularly, in the last few decades. According to a number of studies (Andres et. al 2010; Amiri and Reif 2013, World Bank, various years), there is a high positive correlation between a country’s internet penetration and economic growth, with the correlation being higher in emerging economies. Unfortunately, the benefits of technology are not equally shared within and across countries. The digital divide between the more developed world and the less developed world remains considerable. This, in part, may explain the unbridled drive toward providing less developed counties with computers and other electronic gadgets, even if the electronic gadgets are functionally obsolete. The proliferation of technological devices, and the speed with which electronic products become functionally obsolescent, raise questions about the condition of electronic products that are shipped to the developing world. According to the UNEP, global e-waste generation is growing by about 40 million tons per year. The unsustainable e-waste dumping, particularly from the developed world to the developing world, not only poses health concerns, but also has global security implications. Unfortunately, these latent implications are poorly understood and recognized. This study thus attempts to fill this void. It is a two-year study of a major e-waste dumping site in Accra, Ghana. Popularly referred to by the locals, as â€œSodom and Gomorrah, it is hard to imagine that this was once a functioning wetland. Using a mixed method approach, the study, presents a baseline assessment of the nature and extent of the problem of e-waste dumping in Ghana. This includes finding out the major sources of e-waste in Ghana, the socio-economic background of children and adults involved in scrapping copper and other metals from computers, and the general threats to global security that the e-waste sites pose. The overarching objective of the study is to put a human face on the e-waste problem, by hearing and telling the story of the children and people at the dumping sites. A major question that the study seeks to address is whether, in addition to possible health problems and other socio-economic problems at e-waste sites, these sites pose threats to global security, and how these threats are engendered. The findings suggest that, while it is important to bridge the global digital divide, it is equally imperative to find more sustainable global measures for e-waste disposal. E-waste dumping from the developed world to the developing world, not only poses health and other concerns in the developing countries but has latent implications for global security as well.

Cecilia Gowdy-Wygant, Front Range Community College

“Long Liev Life: The Stockholm Conference and Global Environmental Consciousness”

The United Nations Conference on the Human Environment (UNCHE), held in Stockholm, Sweden in 1972, was a watershed for the environmental movement and future environmental organization for the next forty years. Population, pollution, and development took center stage as issues the world could no longer ignore. The political and social tensions of the decades leading up to the Stockholm conference showed an increased globalization of political activism and these tensions shaped the attitudes of those who attended or opposed the conference. Closer analysis reveals that conference tensions derived from policies associated with the Cold War and colonialism, as well as counter-culture attitudes of the early 1970s that gave rise to modern environmental activism. Through the significant yet often difficult negotiations of world leaders, both governmental and non-governmental, significant policy changes occurred which shaped the future of global environmental monitoring and gave birth to a global environmental consciousness. 123GLOBALIZATION AND DEVELOPMENT

Beatriz Hernández Martínez, Universidad Autónoma Metropolitana Azcapotzalco (UAM-A) México

Jazmín Anaid Flores-Zúñiga, Universidad Autónoma Metropolitana Azcapotzalco (UAM-A) México

Rosa González Torres, Universidad Autónoma Metropolitana Azcapotzalco (UAM-A) México

“Los desafíos regulatorios en México para la disminución de incertidumbres en el manejo de desarrollos científicos y tecnológicos: Ingeniería genética y Fracturación hidráulica horizontal”

En los análisis de los estudios Sociales de la Ciencia, Tecnología, Sociedad e Innovación se tiene como premisa que no existe tecnología neutra, se analiza a la investigación científica y tecnológica desde los agentes relevantes con sus diversos intereses; políticos, ideológicos y económicos. Al ser el objeto de estudio tan complejo se recurre a distintos dominios para generar explicaciones más precisas y no reduccionistas. Este enfoque nos revela la necesidad y la importancia de estudiar a los procesos tecnológicos, sus beneficios y sus implementaciones para que no se generen consecuencias catastróficas, riesgos e incertidumbres sociales. Podemos hablar de una sociedad contemporánea con elementos multidimensionales y estrechamente relacionados con el progreso de la ciencia y la tecnología. Algunos sociólogos importantes hablan de la “sociedad del riesgo” y de las “incertidumbres”, sin embargo, en México observamos que los conceptos mencionados no logran explicar la compleja realidad aunados a los graves problemas regulatorios para manejar los avances tecnológicos. Sin una adecuada supervisión social ética y jurídica, los procesos tecnológicos llevarán al deterioro del ser humano, de su dignidad y de su entorno. En esta propuesta se retoman dos desarrollos científico-tecnológicos; la fracturación hidráulica horizontal y la ingeniería genética para dar respuesta a los siguientes cuestionamientos, retomando los beneficios que presentan las nuevas tecnologías son revisados bajo la regulación vigente, sin embargo, ¿qué sucede cuando el avance tecnológico ha rebasado los marcos regulatorios internacionales y nacionales?. El llamado a los sistemas expertos a una auto- regulación parece ser un punto crucial, pero ¿cómo está estimulado el fortalecimiento de la auto-regulación?. Esta propuesta se está desarrollando desde el enfoque de los estudios sociales de la ciencia y la tecnología con énfasis en la normatividad y análisis de las leyes que enmarcan a México

Michael Prather, University of California, Riverside

“The Emergence of Humanitarian Contractors”

Nongovernmental humanitarian organizations have historically maintained an uneasy relationship with states during conflicts. Organizations offering humanitarian assistance seek to separate themselves from states through expressing dedication to principles of independence, neutrality and impartiality. It is through these principles that humanitarian organizations create a humanitarian space to provide assistance. Many humanitarian organizations, however, are dependent on the financial support of states. Conflicts associated with the American led war against terrorism featured insecure environments for humanitarians, extensive needs among civilian populations, and opportunities for humanitarian providers to receive contracts and grants from the American government. This research analyzes the new humanitarian assistance providers that emerged from this environment and what their emergence says about the meaning of humanitarianism. This project utilizes interviews with USAID officials, U.S. State Department officials, humanitarian personnel, and members of the U.S military to examine humanitarian practices that have emerged in Iraq and Afghanistan since 2001. It identifies humanitarian contractors as a new type of humanitarian organization focused on aiding states and military forces in efforts to bring about stability and development. As these organizations seek to aid in stabilizing communities they alter the meaning of humanitarian assistance in conflict settings.

Julia Puaschunder, The New School 124GLOBALIZATION AND DEVELOPMENT

“Putty capital's shadow of the invisible hand on clay labor: On the emergent risk of differing speeds of European Union capital and labor freedom in times of European migration”

Globalization has led to unprecedented risks stemming from global interconnectedness. Economic trade may distribute benefits of international exchange unevenly due to fundamental barriers of distance, national borders and implicit market segmentation. In order to equalize more equitable trade prosperity, the European Union (EU) 4 freedoms of goods, services, capital and labor were established by a neoliberal policy framework and the Eurozone featuring a common currency. While there is a vital central monetary union and since the 2008/09 World Financial Crisis a common European fiscal pact, EU free movement is limited regarding labor mobility. In the light of the current European migration, the following paper offers a forward-thinking perspective on potential emergent risks arising within the European Union due to an asymmetry between the mobility of labor on the one hand and capital and goods on the other in times of mass migration. This paper is based on the idea that the asymmetry of the mobility of labor and capital leads to the risk of an uneven distribution of gains within the European Union towards some core states against the periphery. The reasons for this asymmetry of the mobility of labor and capital are found in explicit labor mobility constraints that comprise of work permission requirements and sector specific restrictions while implicit drawbacks arise due to specific language, cultural and skill requirements. Within the EU full capital flows and export opportunities may gravitate trade benefits towards original EU core countries, while periphery countries that became later part of the EU are shunned from full employment productivity. A less mobile workforce in the EU periphery is described as a reserve army of labor with social problems invisible to the core union as for remaining out of focus due to national borders and geographic distance. Trade and labor movements within the EU are analyzed with attention to export, unemployment as well as migration patterns in order to advocate for attention to labor freedom within the EU following the greater goal of Ricardian mutually-beneficial free trade in combination with societal stability in times of mass immigration enabled through a harmonious interplay of national government and European governance polity.

Eberein Temitope, Universityn of Kwazulu-Natal,South Africa

Ige Oluwafemi, Osun State College of Technology

“Migrant Women, Gender and Education ; Postgraduate Women in Durban University of Technology, South Africa”

The number of female immigrants from West Africa studying in South Africa’s Higher Institutions have been on the increase due to globalization and favorable migratory policies. Studies have shown that pursuing an education is a critical `pull’ factor in student mobility across industrialized countries in Europe and cross-border migration in Africa. The education of women is crucial in empowerment and closing gender inequality. The dismal state of education in Nigeria, is one of the `push’ factors influencing migrant Nigerian women’s decision to migrate based on neglect of Nigeria’s educational sector. The aim of the paper is to discuss ‘push and pull’ factors that motivated female immigrants to study in South Africa’s Higher Institutions. Are women who migrate empowered? How can we measure or quantify such empowerment on their gender? Do Gender and nationality affects their identity in host country. The study adopted mixed method research approach that involved focus group, qualitative and quantitative method. Data was gathered through interviews and questionnaires from ten female postgraduate immigrants from Ghana and Nigeria studying at Durban University of Technology, South Africa. Analyzing Gender across Transnational Spaces served as the theoretical framework for the study. The results of the study found out that xenophobic attitude, accommodation, language and cultural barrier are some of the challenges students female immigrants encounter. The paper concluded that Higher Institutions should put in place mechanism that supports female student migrants. 125HISTORY

HISTORY Monica S. Gallamore, University of Central Oklahoma

Melissa Langley Biegert, Austin Community College Melissa Biegert, Austin Community College

Monica Gallamore, University of Central Oklahoma

“Roundtable Discussion: Teaching College History in the 21st Century”

This roundtable discussion will engage the audience in techniques and issues related to the teaching of college history in today's world, including effective strategies for web-based course design, project-based learning, and critical thinking skills for tomorrow. Audience members will be encouraged to share some of their own experiences in this area.

Lindsey Churchill, University of Central Oklahoma

“Apoyamos lucha del Pueblo Uruguayo: Cuban Perceptions of the Tupamaros and the Left in Uruguay”

Despite frequent references throughout Latin America about the pro-violence leftist group the Uruguayan Tupamaros, scholars have tended to focus primarily on Cuba as the romanticized country for leftist organizations in the United States in the 1960s and 70s. Indeed, despite more nuanced studies of US-Latin American relations in recent years, most of these works focus largely on the impact and importance of Cuba. Undoubtedly, the Cuban Revolution had a significant impact on the radicalization of the Uruguayan left and the Tupamaros. Furthermore, while some scholars have examined the connections between leftists in Latin America and those in the U.S., limited research has been performed concerning issues of solidarity and alliances between Latin American revolutionaries. Instead of focusing on how the Cuban Revolution inspired the Uruguayan left, this paper explores the ways in which the Uruguayan left influenced Cuban politics and culture. While no major works to date have explored this relationship, Uruguay had a significant impact on the Cuban Communist press and people.

Cliff Egan, University of Houston

“The Decline and Eclipse of Brigadier General S.L.A. Marshall, 1960-1977”

Samuel Lyman Atwood Marshall (1900-1977) was a renowned journalist, lecturer, consultant, analyst of American military operations from World War II to Viet Nam, historian, and best selling author. From the 1940s to the mid- 1960s, Marshall was at the peak of his career with a syndicated column in the Detroit NEWS, many widely read books (THE RIVER AND THE GAUNTLET, PORK CHOP HILL, NIGHTDROP) and appearances on television. It would be no exaggeration to state that Marshall was the most influential if not well known American focusing on military affairs into the 1960s. By 1970, however, Marshall's star was dimming and his influence diminishing. Utilizing Marshall's writings (including his memoir BRINGING UP THE REAR) and his personal papers housed at the University of Texas at El Paso, this paper will examine the decline and eclipse of a one-time well-known and very influential figure focusing on the factors behind his descent into obscurity.

James Gigantino, 126HISTORY

University of Arkansas

“Redefining Loyalty in Revolutionary America”

Loyalty and perceptions of loyalty remain vital to understanding the progress of the American Revolution. This paper examines the question of loyalty in New Jersey, a state literally under-siege by enemy forces for the war’s entire duration as neighboring New York City became the focal point of British power in North America. With British power so close, Patriot New Jerseyans struggled with defining loyalty as many men and women quite easily shifted their allegiance based on time, place, and their own relative situation. This paper explores that struggle over defining loyalty, specifically examining how the state’s contested border position encouraged even hardened Patriots to engage in activities that supported the British, mainly by participating in the rapidly growing illegal trade network that supplied the enemy in New York from the Patriot New Jersey countryside. This reality ran afoul of many of the state’s Patriot leaders who surprisingly saw participation in illegal trade to be an ideological fault instead of emanating from a search for profit in a rapidly deteriorating economic environment, the motivation many who participated in the trade cited. By examining the divergent beliefs that the state leadership had on why residents participated in the trade (ingrained loyalty to the King versus profit motivation), I argue that loyalty became a constantly contested space whereby Patriots saw utility in continuing to use ideological concerns to justify deeming specific actions as “loyalist,” especially those that they had themselves worked with in the Patriot government. In a state precariously balanced on the edge of obliteration due to its proximity to the battlefront, the deployment of this anti-loyalist ideology allowed New Jersey’s Patriots to justify the confiscation of their Patriot neighbors’ property and thereby make profits in seemingly legal ways from that ideological construct.

“Barbara Ward and the Lopsided World: One Economist's Fight for Environmental Justice”

Internationally acclaimed British economist Barbara Ward was one of the most influential women of the 1970s. Ward saw the world as lopsided, a world of rich and poor, industrially developed and those still developing, of those who are hopeful and those who are hopeless. Ward argued those divisive issues complicated environmental protection and sustainability planning. Ward influenced the policies of presidents Kennedy and Johnson and encouraged Americans to consider new perspectives on the consequences of industrial development in the global south. As the environmental movement focused on regional issues, Ward published dozens of books and challenged the field as a “pioneer” of sustainable development, drawing attention to the needs of the developing world. She further attempted to internationalize the male-dominated movement to see a broader perspective of “mother” earth that included issues such as population, poverty, healthcare, and faith as parts of a intersectional agenda for environmental justice.

Bernadette Grondin, Front Range Community College

“Women in The Terror: The Writers of Bloodshed and Equality”

While the French Revolution changed the whole of Europe, the grimmest part of that period is the Reign of Terror. Many historians examine how the Terror affected those in Paris and the world after it; but they often neglect how it affected the women of that period. The Terror emotionally ruined all those who were close to its blood running exploit; yet, history focuses on the men who instigated the start of the Terror. This paper will view the Terror and its affects on the women of France as they gained the ability to speak their opinions through public writing and ultimately equality in the French Revolution. By looking at the first-hand accounts of these women who lived through such a period of painful revolution, a different perspective of the Terror emerges. The paper examines writers such as Mary Wollstonecraft, who attempted a more objective outlook towards the Revolution, and Olympe de Gouges, who wrote about equality throughout the Revolution at the cost of her life. The women of France found their voice and power to stand up for their equality through writing, participating in revolutionary endeavors, and for some, lost their lives during the Reign of Terror. The Terror changed the world that the women of France lived in as 127HISTORY much as they assisted in the change that continued for the centuries that followed. In full-fledged Terror, the women of France stood up for those whose voices were silenced in hopes their sacrifices would not be made in vain.

Duncan Knox, Texas Tech University

"Ripe for Mischief": Contemporary Response to the Suffolk Resolves

Before Lexington and Concord, glimmers of revolutionary thoughts and ideas existed in the American colonies; however, a document known as the Suffolk Resolves, written in mid-1774, crystallized these divergent ideas into a more formal response to troubling British policies. The Suffolk Resolves signaled to the First Continental Congress that segments of the American populace, while still loyal to George III, were willing to raise a militia to protect their rights from Parliamentary actions that they deemed harmful to American interests. The Continental Congress’ endorsement of these resolutions shifted the momentum in favor of more radical elements and hardened positions in both Britain and the colonies. This paper explores contemporary responses to the passage of these Resolves from both published and private sources. These sources include a variety of newspapers in both the British colonies and home country to explore how these resolutions specifically increased tensions between Great Britain and their American colonies.

Luke Koran, North Dakota State University

“A Journey from Frontiersmen to Historian: The Letters of George Northrup”

Known as the “Kit Carson of the Northwest,” George Northrup accomplished everything he set out to do in his short twenty-seven years of life. After eight years spent as a notable frontiersmen in Minnesota and Dakota Territory, Northrup entered a new chapter of his life by volunteering in a Minnesota cavalry regiment during the Civil War in 1861. While partaking in the Northwest Indian Expedition of 1864, which was a direct response to the rebellious nature of the Dakota peoples two years prior, Northrup provided a valuable skillset and perspective. His greatest contribution were his numerous correspondences to the Saint Paul Daily Press and to his family and friends. The knowledge and life experience he acquired across the frontier of the Upper Midwest and battlefield of the Deep South allowed Northrup to act as a desired informant and qualified historian on the present issues of the 1864 trek. George Northrup’s dispatches present evidence of the transitioning of his life and identity from a bold and daring voyager and frontiersmen to a reserved chronicler and historian who relayed his wisdom and observations for the benefit of public knowledge and consumption.

Sahara Mobers, Front Range Community College

“Most Haunted: Britain, Scotland, and Ireland”

Britain, Ireland, and Scotland have no shortage of haunted castles. The importance of the haunted castles in the Celtic world cannot be fully understood without first examining their history. History is often neglected for thrills and chills, even though it is an integral part of why a place is haunted. This paper will solve this problem by showing readers what historical events led to spiritual activity in three places in the Celtic world. I will cover the history and hauntings of the Tower of London, Leap Castle, and Edinburgh Castle. For example, had it not been for her tragic and possibly wrongful death Anne Boleyn might not be wandering the halls of the Tower of London holding her severed head. There is more to these places than spirits and scares. Any haunted building would not be so if it wasn’t for a rich and at times, grisly history. Are these places truly haunted? That is for you to decide after reading this paper. If nothing else, hopefully you will have learned something new as a reader and possibly as a historian of haunted places. All in all, whether or not you believe in the supernatural there is no denying that the history of the Tower of London, Edinburgh Castle, and Leap Castle lend themselves well to the paranormal. 128HISTORY

Robert Niebuhr, Arizona State University

“From Peasant to Patriot: Chaco War and Veteran Mobilization”

When Bolivia entered the Chaco War in 1932, the country still languished in a prior political mentality. Political elites ruled over an overwhelmingly illiterate, pre-modern, and agricultural society. The little gainful economic activity centered on tin mining, which had brought a few tremendous wealth while creating the conditions for a popularist uprising among disenfranchised and disgruntled miners. Politicians in the 1920s had begun to incorporate modern ideology into their campaigns and political rhetoric but the inherent instability of the Bolivian state rendered little progress. Successive leaders of the Andean republic struggled to really improve the country thanks to a virtually nonexistent tax base, a dreadful system of education, and a dispersed and disconnected populace. That all changed, though, with the advent of the Chaco War, when Boliviaâ€™s last caudillo president, Daniel Salamanca, launched his state heedlessly against neighboring Paraguay over the desolate Chaco boreal region of Eastern Bolivia/Western Paraguay. Necessities of war demanded that the Bolivian army conscript thousands of rural peasants and urban poor and send them almost 1,000 miles to the front in what was South America’s first truly modern war. This widespread enlistment of Bolivians exposed them to not only the rigors of war but also helped forge a sensibility about their own Bolivian identity. By the end of the conflict, the veterans of the Chaco War had formed a powerful organized voice that changed Bolivian politics for good. On the one hand, the veterans effectively dictated politics in the country for the remainder of the 1930s through their vocal and active agitation displacing, in fact, that role formerly held by miners and on the other hand they served as the example for future revolutionaries who learned well the lesson that popularism relied on organization. This paper then traces that history of how the landless poor became the lifeblood of a political movement and a modernization campaign to bring democracy to the far reaches of Bolivia.

Ellen L. Paul, Fort Lewis college

“Harvesting the Green Gold: Youth Hops Brigades in Czechoslovakia, 1960-89”

In the hops regions of the Czech lands, there is a long tradition of youth and community brigades at harvest time going back to the late 19th century, at least. Village adults, including their teenage children, would rally together and pick the ripe and delicate hops. During the communist era, whole classes of secondary school youth from neighboring cities were called in late August or early September to help bring in the year’s hop harvest. Although these class excursions served both economic and ideological goals, they also bonded pupils together and created unforgettable memories. The focus of this paper is on the production expectations and reception of these student brigades by some of the communities that hosted them during the harvest period, 1960-1989. Main sources include the main communist daily newspaper, Rude Pravo, as well as news articles in regional dailies or weeklies.

Taylor Pollock, St Mary's University

“The New Malaysian: The Rise of Popular Culture in Malaysia and the Fall of the Government Ideals during the 1980s and 1990s”

The development of the popular culture in Malaysia grew in the1980s and 90s alongside a homogenous, government-mandated culture that would eventually fail in comparison to the heterogeneous popular ideals. This cultural phenomenon occurred after a period of unrest following independence in 1959. Malaysia’s population was far more diverse than the government calculated. The demographics were not favorable to the government’s homogenous, indigenous, Islamic Malay ideal. The diverse nature of Malaysia led to the failure of the state’s epitome and allowed for the growth of a popular culture that developed from the people rather than the government. Existing scholarship examines the development of Malaysian popular culture, but does not examine the entire process in one work as of yet. These sources prefer to focus on one particular area, music for example, and explain 129HISTORY that facet in particular. I will be uniting these various points in my paper, which includes government documents and newspaper articles and several academic works, in a comprehensive documentation of the rise of Malaysia’s popular culture in comparison to the fall of the government ideals.

Colleen Sawyer, Front Range Community College, Westminster, CO

“Letters from World War II: A Love Story”

The letters that were sent during World War II made a significant contribution to the outcome of the war. They boosted morale and gave the servicemen a reason to fight and to come home. The GIs and their loved ones sent billions of letters across the oceans, and the letters changed the course of history. George Sawyer and Jane Remer were one couple who met, courted, and developed a romance through the mail during 1943-1945. Their story is typical of couples who were "wooing from a distance," and gives us a picture of war from the front and the homefront. The research presents primary sources of letters, envelopes, V-Mail, censorship, and photographs to support the premise of the impact of mail on World War II.

Jeffrey Smith, Front Range Community College, Westminster, CO

“Franklin Roosevelt’s One Hundred Days and a New Deal for America”

Franklin D. Roosevelt assumed the presidency in March of 1933, as the nation entered its third year of an economic depression. Armed with an electoral mandate, Roosevelt came to Washington with a campaign promise of change and a “New Deal” for America. This research explores the unprecedented and transformational first one hundred days of Franklin Roosevelt’s time in office, the implementation of the New Deal, and the social change it created. The main focus of this paper will look at the policies, programs, and the people that aided Roosevelt in his effort to combat the growing economic and social crisis. Also examined are the effects of the New Deal and the enduring legacy created by it. Roosevelt knew he needed to deliver on his lofty promise of a “New Deal” and pull a weary nation out of the worst economic downturn in its history. The tireless efforts of Roosevelt were not enough to end the Great Depression during the first one hundred days or the New Deal. However, these efforts laid the groundwork for economic recovery, gave renewed hope and spirit to the downtrodden American people, and established a permanent social contract between the federal government and the people.

Richard A. Voeltz, Cameron University

“Hollywood and the British Occupation of Libya: The Post Empire Film Bengazi (1955)”

The American film Bengazi is one of the few films set in the historical period of the British Military Administration of Libya from 1945 to 1951. The film is part of the cycle of post-imperial films from the 1950s dealing with the demise of the British Empire. Bengazi, though a lesser film technically and artistically, offers unique qualities of its own. To begin with it marks the cinematic journey of the actor Victor McLaglen from The Lost Patrol (1934) to Bengazi (1955), his career encapsulating the beginning and end of the Hollywood British Empire film genre. The film attempts a rather shoddy homage to not only The Lost Patrol , but the silent epic Desert Nights (1929),To Have and Have Not (1944) and even the classic Casablanca (1942). In a familiar trope Bengazi has a dramatic journey into this time around the deserts of Libya. In Bengazi a daughter from Dublin searches for, and finds, her long gone, dissolute, immoral Irish father (McLaglen} who now owns a bar in Bengazi. Then there is a prolonged search for gold stashed by Bedouins in a remote desert mosque led by a greedy ex-patriot American soldier played by Richard Conti. And of course there will be the requisite battle against those unseen Bedouins. The film has a redemptive ending. This relatively unknown film reveals much about the genre of post-imperial films set in an area of British administration in Libya that has not been greatly studied, as well the characterization of Arabs in Hollywood films. The film reveals a typical ambivalence toward colonialism that characterized many of the 130HISTORY

American and British Empire films of the 1950s. Bengazi also centers on former soldiers who cannot adjust to civilian life back home who either stay in the desert, or die in it. It also offers an interesting contrast in character between the swaggering American (Conti) and a dogged police inspector and servant of the British empire played by Richard Carlson, a trope that is found in many British empire in decline films from the 1950s and 1960s. An interesting epilogue/postscript involves some comparisons with two recent American films Rock the Kasbah (2015) and 13 Hours: The Secret Soldiers of Benghazi (2016).

Derek Ystebo, North Dakota State University

“Destiny’s Dreamers: U.S. Soldiers and the Occupation Press Corps in Mexico, 1846-1848”

The Mexican War proved to be a defining period for U.S. perceptions of Mexicans within the racial hierarchy that underpinned American society in the antebellum period. While the domestic press covered the Mexican War in a manner reflective of their political agendas, the soldiers in Mexico had a more intimate experience with Mexicans than readers back home given the frequency of interactions between the army and the people of Mexico. While concepts such as Manifest Destiny and Anglo-Saxonism remained largely ideological and theoretical concepts for civilians at home, enlisted members and officers in Mexico actively wrestled with the ideas these concepts proposed given their experiences interacting with various segments of Mexican society. The U.S. army brought a press corps with it to Mexico, printing in both English and Spanish, hoping to introduce American ideas of a racialized society to Mexico. While the press corps was largely unsuccessful in cultivating a submissive Mexican populace, the ideas the press corps and the larger body of American soldiers espoused came to permeate American society after the Mexican War and defined U.S. views of Mexico and Mexicans through the Civil War. By studying the role of the U.S. army in Mexico and their interactions with Mexican society, the racialized views of politicians find actualization in the perceptions of Mexicans that the enlisted members and officers developed throughout the War. 131LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES

LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES Ignacio Medina-Núñez, Universidad de Guadalajara, México

Jesús Ruiz-Flores, Universidad de Guadalajara, México

Armando Aguilar-Ávalos, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

Jesús Ruiz-Flores, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“Selection and education labeling in Latin America as sociological process”

This paper explores theoretical approaches and empirical work in the perspective of the sociology of education seeking insights into the phenomenon of educational selection that occurs during the school career. The structure of text is developed to answer the following questions: Why only some have opportunity to study university? What determines the success or failure in higher education? What are the conditions for some decide to study or not university? Finally, the conclusions focused on the importance of the attitude of students to go to university, the teacher's role in the success or failure of students and mediation of social background on achievement to overcome the obstacles of admission and retention in higher education.

Luz Eugenia Aguilar-González, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

Gilberto Fregoso-Peralta, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“Algunos principios para el análisis, planeación e investigación en la Didáctica de la Lengua y la Literatura”

Se presentan algunos principios, dimensiones y categorías que definen un acercamiento a la Didáctica de la Lengua y la Literatura (DLL), producto del análisis y sistematización de datos del currículum actual de la educación básica y media superior del Sistema Educativo Mexicano; de libros de texto y de producciones académicas de estudiantes de estos niveles educativos. Es una primera propuesta para articular el curriculum, la formación docente, la práctica educativa y el aprendizaje de la lengua y la literatura. La DLL surge de la intersección entre la lingüística, los estudios literarios, la pedagogía, la psicología y la sociología, con el fin de cubrir la formación para la comunicación en el proceso de enseñanza y aprendizaje. Es un espacio donde confluyen los procedimientos de enseñanza y formación de los hablantes y sus capacidades de comunicarse con los demás en distintos contextos sociales. El sujeto, como ser social, ya está inmerso en procesos comunicativos; en la escuela, aprende los propios de espacios académicos y a desarrollar procesos metacognitivos que le permitan desenvolverse mejor en su vida diaria. Asimismo incrementa sus capacidades cognitivas basadas en el lenguaje. Bajo estos criterios, un primer desglose de este proceso sería el estudio de: (1) El desarrollo de las competencias comunicativas de los hablantes (2) El incremento reflexivo de la capacidad de comunicación en distintos contextos sociales y (3) El desarrollo de competencias lingüísticas. De ellos se desprenden las siguientes áreas de estudio de la DLL: el desarrollo de los procesos cognitivos y el desarrollo del aspecto lingüístico en sus procesos comunicativos para comunicación más eficiente. Por el lado de los estudiantes se deben considerar distintas teorías del aprendizaje y desarrollo de la lengua; por el de los profesores, sus saberes lingüísticos, literarios, sobre didáctica y teorías del aprendizaje.

Luz Eugenia Aguilar-González, Universidad de Guadalajara. México 132LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES

Armando Martín Ibarra-López, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“Construcción de los significados culturales de los espacios virtuales de socialización en jóvenes”

Se exponen los resultados de una investigación para describir los significados culturales que le asignan los jóvenes distintos espacios de socialización. Proyecto financiado por el Consejo Nacional de Ciencia y Tecnología (CONACyT). La pregunta de investigación es: ¿cuáles son las perspectivas de uso de las TIC en jóvenes sobre diferentes espacios virtuales (red social, dispositivos móviles de conexión, transmedialidad, internet-medios masivos de comunicación y plataformas educativas) y sus niveles de participación como práctica de socialización y recreación, mismos que determinan factores de innovación o de riesgo en la conformación de hábitos y cultura? La hipótesis es que a partir de las TIC y del espacio virtual de socialización y recreación más usado por los jóvenes, se construyen prácticas que determinan factores de innovación o de riesgo en la conformación de hábitos y cultura. El objetivo general es identificar y analizar las perspectivas de uso de las TIC en los jóvenes sobre diferentes espacios virtuales (red social, dispositivos móviles de conexión, transmedialidad, internet-medios masivos de comunicación y plataformas educativas) y sus niveles de participación como práctica de socialización y recreación, mismos que determinan factores de innovación o de riesgo en la conformación de hábitos y cultura. Los resultados describen la construcción de significados culturales entre jóvenes de 18 a 25 años. Se analiza la socialización en los espacios virtuales. La metodología es mixta: un cuestionario para describir la construcción de significados y grupos de discusión para profundizar en las prácticas socializantes predominantes de los estudiantes. El primer momento fue un estudio descriptivo que recuperó la intensidad de consumo, los usos de los espacios virtuales y los significados generales. En el segundo momento recuperó significados para construir un mapa que explique la forma en que los jóvenes se socializan y se recrean para comprender la nueva cultura virtual.

Erika Ivonne Alatorre-Esqueda, Universidad de Guadalajara, México

“La Corte Penal Internacional y su presencia en América Latina”

Durante mucho tiempo la comunidad internacional se vio afectada por la impunidad que se tenía respecto a los autores que cometían crímenes de índole internacional, como lo son: Crímenes de Lesa Humanidad, Crímenes de Guerra, Genocidio y el Crimen de Agresión. Algunos de estos tuvieron presencia desde la Segunda Guerra mundial donde se creó el Tribunal de Nuremberg y Tokio, así como Tribunal Internacional para la antigua Yugoslavia y para Ruanda los cuales se crearon por razón de masacres sufridas en contra de la población. Luego en el 2002 se crea la Corte Penal Internacional con el fin de tomar medidas, castigar y asegurar que los autores de los crímenes más graves de transcendencia internacional no queden impunes. La presencia en América Latina de la Corte Penal Internacional ha causado un gran revuelo, como Colombia que ingreso en examen preliminar ante la Corte desde el 2005, por la presunción de haber cometido Crímenes de Lesa Humanidad y Guerra. Así como las denuncias interpuestas por diversos grupos de la sociedad mexicana, donde solicitan que intervenga la Corte para que no exista impunidad y se castigue a los responsables. Conforme a lo anterior, esta ponencia analizara la presencia y acercamiento que ha venido teniendo la Corte Penal Internacional con aquellos Estados Parte, que se encuentran en estos momentos con grandes conflictos, por lo que podrían dar inicio a una investigación o examen preliminar.

Enrique Omar Alonso-Gossio, Universidad del Claustro de Sor Juana. México

“Sociedad y alimentación: ser diabético en México”

No cabe duda que México tiene uno de los mayores problemas de salud en el mundo. La diabetes es poseída por cerca de 6.5 millones de personas y es la segunda causa de muerte justo por debajo del cáncer, en cuanto a los motivos de salud se refiere. Por un lado, hay 53.3 millones de pobres inundados por la inseguridad alimentaria y, por otro, la mala alimentación y exagerada ingesta o consumo, son algunos de los principales factores para que se desarrolle esta enfermedad en los mexicanos. Así también, entre muchos de los motivos, podemos encontrar la cuestión cultural, así como la preferencia por los alimentos más estéticos y atractivos en sabor. No podemos dejar de 133LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES lado, el valor económico de la comida o qué decir de los tiempos limitados -en la mayoría de las veces- para alimentarse. Puedo afirmar que en esta nación es más caro comer saludablemente, además de existir una gran oferta de alimentos chatarra y la comida rápida que envuelve al consumidor en una adicción y repetición por ingerir productos hiper calóricos. Ante la situación actual sobre la diabetes en México, existen programas que han tratado de hacer frente, tales como “Prevenimss ”, “Prevenissste ” o inclusive “Restaurantes por la salud” de la Asociación Mexicana de Diabetes y la propaganda que fue retirada en escuelas, los que han sido creados con la mejor intención de prevenir, atender y apoyar al público. Sin embargo, no han tenido resultados significativos sobre el mejoramiento y disminución en la aparición de diabéticos, en los diferentes extractos sociales y económicos de la población. Esta ponencia pondrá a discusión los aspectos que más influyen para contraer esta enfermedad, así como el seguimiento que se ha dado para la atención/prevención de ésta, en la actualidad.

Jorge Francisco Alvarado-Puig, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México

“El poder político en México: Transición y cambio social”

El desarrollo del aparato institucional en México ha tenido una evolución de carácter peculiar que aparentemente lo coloca como la democracia más estable y antigua de América Latina. Sin embargo, esto ha sido aparente toda vez que la permanencia y el monopolio de las ramas de gobierno por parte de un Partido Político durante 7 décadas no han permitido la consolidación de una verdadera democracia y por el contrario solo ha dado lugar a un régimen corrupto cuya consecuencia ha sido el aumento de la pobreza y de la violencia. La presente ponencia tratará de cómo el reto para México en los próximos años es lograr la transición hacia un verdadero régimen democrático, teniendo como actor principal no al gobierno o a los funcionarios públicos, sino a la sociedad. De manera que nuestro análisis hará énfasis de que con la participación de toda la sociedad se lograría crear un gobierno incluyente que atienda el bien común, el cual es el fin de todo Estado. De esta forma, parte de nuestra tesis descansa en la politización de la sociedad no solo como una solución para los problemas de México, sino para todo país que pretenda tener un régimen más democrático debe, tal y como se debate en América Latina.

Cristian Guadalupe Anita Ramírez, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“El proceso de ‘pacificación’ en las favelas de Río de Janeiro”

El presente artículo tiene como objetivo discutir, desde una perspectiva socio-antropoló-gica, los impactos sociales de las políticas de seguridad pública que han sido implementadas en distintas favelas de la ciudad de Río de Janeiro desde diciembre de 2008. Tales iniciativas fueron motivadas particularmente por la elección de la ciudad como sede de importantes eventos internacionales la Copa del Mundo de 2014 y los Juegos Olímpicos de 2016, y son parte de proyectos más amplios de renovación urbana, cuyo objetivo es preparar a la ciudad para la realización de esos mega- eventos.

Dulce María Aparicio-Padilla, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

Lucero Jazmín Cuevas-Pichardo, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

María Teresa Carrillo-Gómez, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“Inequidades Sanitarias y Determinantes Sociales en México”

En muchos países, las enfermedades o calidad en la salud de la población, están fuertemente determinadas por la estructura social del mismo, la economía e incluso ideologías políticas o religiosas. Independientemente del nivel de 134LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES ingresos de un país, cuanto más precaria es la situación socioeconómica de un grupo de población, peor será su salud. Dentro de este trabajo se explica cómo es que los determinantes sociales influyen en la existencia de inequidades sanitarias. Estas inequidades pueden medirse a partir de métodos estadísticos. En el caso de México se demostró por medio de un análisis cuantitativo de corte transversal, cómo es que los grupos sociales más marginados, cuentan con el menor gasto público asignado a la salud. Este análisis permitió comprobar la existencia de una correlación entre el gasto público total en salud asignado por entidad federativa, indicadores de marginación como el índice de marginación, de desarrollo como el índice de desarrollo humano e indicadores de salud; se llegó a ello por medio del coeficiente de Correlación de Pearson, con los resultados del cálculo de este coeficiente se podrá inferir si existe correlación positiva o negativa, su significancia y la fuerza o debilidad de las mismas. Además se realizaron diferentes modelos utilizando regresiones lineales, que explican el comportamiento y determinación entre las variables mencionadas anteriormente.

Blanca E. Arciga-Zavala, Universidad Juárez Autónoma de Tabasco. México.

María Trinidad Torres-Vera, Universidad Juárez Autónoma de Tabasco. México.

Leonel García-León, Universidad Juárez Autónoma de Tabasco. México.

“Comprehending aggression and violence on women in higher education: in the individual contexts and in dating relationships”

This paper presents the outcomes of a two-years research, which initiated with the exploration of aggression- passivity in couple dating relationships on students of higher-education institution in the state of Tabasco, Mexico. Our insertion is regarding the problematic presented at the federal data on couple-dating violence given by the IMJ in 2008 (Mexican Institute of Youth) which asserts that 76% of young people between the ages of 15 and 24 years have once experienced psychological violence in their dating relationships, 15% physical and 15.6 % sexual. Concerning Tabasco, data given by the INEGI (National Institute of Statistics and Geography) in 2011, informs in its national survey, “about the dynamics of the household” establishes that women of 15 years and older point out that during their couple relationships 41% had suffered some type of violence, being the emotional one the most representative. The research considers couples’ behavior in terms of self-reports and perception in terms of psychological-violence abuse and the exploration of aggression via the self-reports on the emotions; envy, jealously and voracity. Considering that such emotions are the core beneath the corporeality of aggression, pondering that the latter is the underpinning of violence. The results mark the blurring and at the same time the precision within the arrays of victim-victimizer, aggression-violence, and not as fixed and immobile dichotomies, when contrasting the female’s results with the males. The university girls perceive themselves in some of the categories reviewed, with more aggressive-abusive responses to their partners, that they toward them, fist survey, that when compared with the second questionnaire of the emotions of envy jealousy and greed. It indicates the aggressive drive marked by the emotions of jealousy, and greed is more accentuated in the females’ students, making a connection between both questionnaires. This makes possible future theorization regarding the otherness in the female subjectivity.

María Isabel Ávalos-García, Universidad Juárez Autónoma de Tabasco. México

Heberto Romeo Priego-Álvarez, Universidad Juárez Autónoma de Tabasco. México

Concepción López-Ramón, Instituto Mexicano del Seguro Social. México

Silvia María Guadalupe Garrido-Pérez, Instituto Mexicano del Seguro Social. México 135LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES

Rosa María Sánchez-Rodríguez, Secretaria de Salud de Tabasco. México

“Effectiveness of an approach model focused on the family in a population of chronic patients of México”

Type 2 diabetes mellitus constitutes one of the major challenges for public health in the 21st century. There are 387 million people in the world suffering from it. It affects the quality of life if it is not under control properly. According to this, it is estimated that 46% of these people will develop different kinds of problems. In México, this disease is among the first causes of death, with 11 million people diagnosed; 80% of these people receive treatment and 75% are not under control. In this country, the diabetes is considered a social phenomenon that has not been addressed in the right form because of the predominance of health politics centered in the treatment of the illness. Objective. To evaluate the effectiveness of an approach model focused on the family in a population of chronic patients of Mexico. Material and methods. Action research carried out on 10 patients with diabetes mellitus and 47 members of their family with the participati on of a multidisciplinary health team under the leadership of the family doctor. We developed a theoretical model and completed a study on familiar functionality, resource classification and identification, lifestyles, risk factors and familiar functionality. We applied the familiar Apgar test from Smilkstein, the Espejel scale and established a plan of integral treatment. For the data analysis, descriptive and analytical statistics was used through tables. The version 20 SPSS program was also used. Results. The following results were predominant: nuclear family(80%), traditionalist family(100%) sub-urban family(100%), working family(100%), family in dispersion stage(80%), functional family(60%). Glycosylated hemoglobin (A1c) pre- intervention-8.5% post-intervention-6.06%, t 6.66 and p 0.005, triglycerides pre-intervention-170. 6 post- intervention-143.57 mg/dl, t 4.877 and p 0.001, body-mass index pre-intervention-31 post-intervention-27, t 4.607 and p 0.001, values that were statisti cally significant. Conclusion. The family focused model was effective in the control of patients with diabetes mellitus.

Alipia Avendaño-Enciso, Universidad de Sonora. México

María Elena Saavedra, Universidad de Sonora. México

Berenice Burgoin-Rivera Universidad de Sonora. México

“Propuesta para el diagnóstico institucional desde la perspectiva de género en la Universidad de Sonora”

La Universidad de Sonora, como Institución de Educación Superior, está obligada en sus campus, los derechos que otorga la Constitución Política de los Estados Unidos Mexicanos, se hagan efectivos para toda la población universitaria, velando porque las garantías individuales sean respetadas para estudiantes, personal administrativo y académico. El Programa de Género de Vice rectoría de la UNISON, entre sus planteamientos enfatiza el interés que se tiene en esta institución por preservar el derecho a la igualdad que ante la ley tiene toda mujer y todo hombre (Título primero, capítulo 1, artículo 4, Constitución Política de los Estados Unidos Mexicanos), y para ello requiere de un instrumento de diagnóstico, que le permita explorar, conocer, identificar y contar con una radiografía que, desde la perspectiva de género, le permita conocer la segregación de la población universitaria, a la vez que pueda contar con información cuantitativa y cualitativa que le permita evidenciar desigualdades y brechas por reducir, a través de un programa que incluya acciones afirmativas que las eliminen y se trabaje por el fortalecimiento de una cultura de Institucionalización y Transversalización de la Perspectiva de Género en las tres unidades regionales de la Universidad de Sonora, pretendiéndose también que los hallazgos trasciendan hacia la sociedad sonorense, ya que el quehacer universitario le permite muchos escenarios de convergencia para el tratamiento de la diversidad humana, en todas sus formas, dada la riqueza de los espacios en los cuales interactúan mujeres y hombres de diferente edad, sexo, clase social, creencias políticas y religiosas, razas, formaciones identitarias, preferencia sexual, ideológica y con pensamiento diverso, en los cuales resultaría interesante redimensionar desigualdades, garantizar la igualdad de oportunidades y derechos de varones y mujeres. Por tales motivos, una herramienta diagnóstica, representaría la 136LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES puerta de inicio para asumir el reto de eliminar injusticias e impactar en las construcciones sociales en las que debe de basarse toda democracia.

Alipia Avendaño-Enciso, Universidad de Sonora. México

Maria Victoria Olavarrieta-Carmona, Universidad de Sonora. México

Fernando Güereña-De la Llata, Universidad de Sonora. México

“Territorios de escasez. La apropiación y distribución del agua para el municipio de Hermosillo, Sonora”

El río Sonora se ubicada en el centro-norte del estado de Sonora. Esta región no es ajena a las problemáticas por el agua. Las limitadas o excedentes precipitaciones impiden abastecer los variados usos y manejos del agua que se presentan en la cuenca del río Sonora y Yaqui, por lo que se hace necesario un replanteamiento ambiental en cuanto a su apropiación, uso y manejo, bajo el esquema administrativo. Estos suelen fundamentarse en discursos que las hacen parecer inevitables y necesarios. Entre ellos, se encentran el discurso del progreso o desarrollo que se presenta como la solución homogénea a distintas problemáticas y suele asociarse a la necesidad de infraestructura; así como el discurso de la escasez hídrica que la interpreta como un problema de fuente en; volumen, físico, químico, disponibilidad, etc... El objetivo general de este trabajo es comprender los procesos del territorio, en zonas áridas y semiáridas, y las instancias en la apropiación y distribución del agua en la cuenca del río Sonora y Yaqui, a través de las categorías de desarrollo, problemática y escasez hídrica. Los objetivos específicos son: 1) repensar la noción de escasez hídrica, a la luz de la cuenca de los ríos, 2) analizar el trasvase Independencia que constituye una intervención la administración del agua y la contaminación del rio Sonora; y 3) establecer la conexión entre estos discursos en relación a la apropiación y distribución del agua para el municipio de Hermosillo. Metodológicamente se realizará análisis de contenido documental procedente de fuentes secundarias como bibliografía especializada, fuentes oficiales y periodísticas.

Eduardo Barajas-Languren, Universidad de Guadalajara, Centro Universitario de la Ciénega. México

Guadalupe José Torres-Santiago, Universidad de Guadalajara, Centro Universitario de la Ciénega. México

“Los retos de la capacitación de los abogados al nuevo sistema de justicia penal adversarial mexicano”

La importancia del tema que nos ocupa es fundamental para brindar una cultura jurídica y conocimiento mínimo indispensable a los profesionales del derecho, funcionarios, litigantes, académicos, investigadores y estudiantes de la profesión, con la finalidad de unificar criterios sobre el nuevo sistema de justicia penal adversarial en el país, en virtud, de ser un cambio de un sistema con tintes inquisitivo-mixto, a ser modificado por un sistema eminentemente oral y garantista, lo que trae como consecuencia un nuevo conocimiento práctico, mismo que se unifico en un Nuevo Código Nacional de Procedimientos Penales (Código Único), mismo que tendrá vigencia en toda la República Mexicana en julio de 2016 y que en el presente comentaremos las formas elegidas por el gobierno federal para garantizar la difusión y enseñanza de este nuevo sistema.

Angélica Basulto-Castillo, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

Javier Medina-Ortega, Universidad de Guadalajara. México 137LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES

“Encadenamientos productivos en el conglomerado de alta tecnología en Jalisco, México”

El objetivo del presente trabajo es identificar los cambios experimentados por el ecosistema de alta tecnología ubicado en Jalisco, México. El propósito básico es conocer el nivel de integración de activos que suministran los proveedores locales, así como su posición dentro de las cadenas globales de valor de las empresas multinacionales (EMN), pues si bien la industria electrónica ha escalado en funciones y se ha transformado en un complejo de alta tecnología en el que predominan las actividades intensivas en conocimiento, es fundamental conocer las características de las empresas que se han integrado a la cadena en años recientes y el tipo de actividades que desarrollan. En este sentido, es importante determinar si la base de proveedores locales ha experimentado un escalamiento en el mismo sentido, es decir, hacia actividades de mayor valor agregado. Esto se sustenta en los planteamientos de Gereffi (2001), Gereffi y Korzeniewicz (1994), Ernst y Kim (2002) y Ernst (2003) respecto a que los vínculos de las empresas proveedoras locales con EMN son importantes si las transacciones implican activos con alto grado de especificidad, fomentan relaciones de largo plazo y conducen después a su ascenso en la cadena global de valor como resultado de la diseminación de conocimiento, que invariablemente engendra avances en las capacidades locales.

Araceli Bernal-Calderón, Universidad Autónoma de Baja California. México

Hugo Edgardo Méndez-Fierros, Universidad Autónoma de Baja California. México

Luis Manuel Serrano-Dávila, Universidad Autónoma de Baja California. México

“Usos y representaciones sociales del agua entre jóvenes bajacalifornianos”

La principal fuente de agua que se utiliza en Baja California es el Río Colorado. Este afluente abastece a la mayor parte de las ciudades del estado. Por ello esta ponencia pretende analizar la relevancia cultural que tiene para los jóvenes a través del estudio de las representaciones. Se muestra cuáles son algunas de las representaciones sobre los usos sociales del agua en la vida cotidiana, producidas por jóvenes de distintas zonas geográficas de Baja California. Se presentarán datos para interpretar la construcción simbólica de esos usos del agua en contextos socioculturales y ambientales diversos (Mexicali, Tijuana y Ensenada) por agentes que efectúan prácticas rutinarias diferenciadas, con el objetivo de aproximarnos a la comprensión de elementos culturales vinculados a las formas de usar el agua en la vida cotidiana. Los datos se construyeron a través de entrevistas grupales a estudiantes de preparatoria de las ciudades mencionadas.

Brisa Herminia Campos-Aceves, Universidad Autónoma de Aguascalientes, México

“Las ‘Juanitas’ y su aplicación en los partidos políticos en México: ¿cambio institucional en las cuotas de género?”

Las cuotas de género son instituciones constituidas por reglas formales e informales, cambiantes y en un constante proceso de evolución y adaptación. De ahí la importancia de estudiar ¿Cuál ha sido el cambio institucional sufrido por las cuotas de género a partir del análisis de los factores políticos e institucionales en donde coexiste la formalidad e informalidad en el momento de la asignación de las candidaturas de mujeres en los partidos políticos de 2002 – 2012? El cambio se ve reflejado en las diferentes reformas realizadas a la normatividad electoral correspondiente a las cuotas de género. Debido a la ambigüedad existente en la normativa, abre una ventana de oportunidad al cambio institucional al ofrecer un margen de maniobra para alterar su organización y función, a partir de lo establecido en la normativa electoral y la naturaleza del contexto, en donde se desarrolla las cuotas de género de manera formal al momento de que los partidos políticos seleccionan las candidaturas de mujeres. La investigación será de corte cualitativo al momento de mostrar la evolución de la norma electoral y cuantitativa al observar el impacto de las modificaciones a las cuotas de género en los porcentajes de mujeres que accedieron al 138LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES poder en el legislativo federal y local, así como en el ejecutivo estatal. La investigación se lleva a cabo con el apoyo de información bibliográfica, artículos indexados, fuentes oficiales INE y de los Consejos Electorales de los estados.

Yolanda Carbajal-Suárez, Universidad Autónoma del Estado de México

“La industria automotriz en México, Brasil y Argentina. Tres visiones diferentes para un sector estratégico”

Tres de las más grandes e importantes economías de América Latina son México, Brasil y Argentina, de acuerdo con la CEPAL, en 2014 se registraron 5,718,253 mdd por concepto de producto interno bruto en América Latina y el Caribe, de este, 42% se concentró en Brasil, 20.6% en México y 9.2% en Argentina, es decir, entre estos países generaron poco más del 70% del PIB de la región. Así también se han colocado dentro de los principales receptores de inversión extranjera directa, pues, del monto total recibido entre 1980-2008, (972 mil millones de dólares) a México ingresó 31%, a Brasil 26% y a Argentina 10%, que hace 61% del total. Sin duda, uno de los sectores estratégicos que ha impactado en el crecimiento de las tres economías ha sido la industria automotriz, la que si bien ha sido motivo de vinculación comercial también lo ha sido de diferendos importante entre estos países. México se ha consolidado como el sétimo productor de vehículos en el mundo, con una participación superior al 4% de la producción total de vehículos en 2015; Brasil por su parte ha pasado algunos de los peores momentos para su economía durante las últimos años, el sector automotriz no ha sido la excepción y ha caído en el último año dos lugares en el ranking mundial en la producción de vehículos, para ubicarse en la novena posición, después de presentar tasas de crecimiento negativas cercanas al 20%. Argentina por su parte se ha mantenido con bajos niveles de participación en la manufactura de vehículos a nivel mundial. El objetivo de este documento es analizar el desempeño del sector automotriz en estas tres economías, con la finalidad no solo de abordar la importancia que tiene como atractora de inversión extranjera directa y generadora de empleo, sino también de conocer las diferentes trayectorias que en cada país ha seguido esta industria, lo que sin duda la ha colocado en diferentes posiciones en estos países.

Lourdes Camarena-Ojinaga, Universidad Autónoma de Baja California. México

Concepción Martínez-Valdés, Universidad Autónoma de Baja California. México

Evarista Arellano-García, Universidad Autónoma de Baja California. México

Christine Von Glascoe, El Colegio de la Frontera Norte. México

“Condiciones laborales y de salud sexual y reproductiva de mujeres indígenas jornaleras en el Noroeste de México”

Se presentan resultados de una investigación realizada con mujeres indígenas jornaleras en el Valle de San Quintín, Baja California, donde se analiza la desigualdad social, relacionada con las condiciones laborales y de salud. La vulnerabilidad en la que se encuentra inmersa este grupo poblacional, profundiza las desigualdades ubicándolas en desventaja frente a riesgos estructurales como la falta de empleo, precarización laboral y pobreza. Referente a la salud, en general, las mujeres indígenas presentan problemas de salud, producto de carencias nutricionales y alta marginación. Las mujeres que son jornaleras presentan enfermedades y molestias relacionadas con su trabajo, el cual se caracteriza por largas horas de trabajo con posturas corporales incómodas, pocas horas de descanso y la falta de protección en el lugar del trabajo. También enfrentan un sistema monocultural de salud, en particular de la salud sexual y reproductiva, no obstante la existencia de un programa gubernamental de medicina intercultural. Se presentan datos de una investigación con un diseño cualitativo llevado a cabo en el valle agrícola de San Quintín en Baja California, donde se realizaron talleres participativos con de 60 mujeres indígenas de edades entre 22 y 44 años. El objetivo fue indagar sobre las condiciones y exigencias laborales y las condiciones en las cuales se otorga la atención a la salud sexual y reproductiva de mujeres indígenas jornaleras. Se encontró que el trabajo jornalero 139LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES femenino en México, ha registrado una mayor violación de los derechos laborales de mujeres indígenas. Esta propuesta discute como el ser indígena y mujer las sitúa en una condición social diferenciada reflejada en prácticas y relaciones sociales inequitativas. Esto las ha conducido a organizarse para exigir el respeto a sus derechos. No obstante, se enfrentan a un estado omiso y negligente y a la desvalorizan de la mano de obra jornalera por los empresarios de agronegocios. Respecto a la salud los hallazgos se centraron en que las instituciones gubernamentales dirigen sus acciones a la salud reproductiva más que a la salud sexual, misma que no sólo es deficitaria, sino que se otorga desde una visión institucional unilateral. Las mujeres a menudo no son tratadas con respeto, no se les garantiza ni privacidad ni confidencialidad y no siempre reciben información completa acerca de los servicios disponibles. Esto se refleja en el predominio del poder en el ejercicio de la medicina occidental y la indiferencia de los profesionales para reconocer los saberes de las mujeres en torno al embarazo, parto y puerperio, además de la carencia de traductores en hospitales y centros de salud.

Erika Patricia Cárdenas-Gómez, El Colegio de Jalisco. México

“La gestión de los Fondos Metropolitanos en tres áreas urbanas de México: Acapulco, Cancún y Puerto Vallarta”

Hoy día el hecho de administrar y gobernar las ciudades hoy día es un reto, pues a pesar de que éstas constituyen como motores de desarrollo también en ellas albergan graves problemas. El problema se acentúa básicamente por dos cuestiones: 1) las ciudades han dado paso a la conformación de zonas metropolitanas y 2) la escasez de recursos económicos que existen para su gobernabilidad. Ante este escenario el gobierno federal, a partir de 2006 destinó varios millones de pesos para solventar algunas deficiencias en varias zonas metropolitanas del país. Así pues, la ponencia tiene como objetivo analizar ¿cuál ha sido la gestión de los Fondos Metropolitanos que se han implementado en tres zonas metropolitanas mexicanas con vocación turística de sol y playa, éstas son: Acapulco, Guerrero, Cancún, Quintana Roo y Puerto Vallarta, Jalisco? En otras palabras, lo que se busca conocer es cuántos recursos han obtenido dichas zonas urbanas y en qué lo han utilizado. Para lograr con el cometido se hace consulta a los distintos órdenes de gobierno, vía transparencia. De igual manera, se hacen algunas entrevistas a funcionarios públicos. Asimismo, sobre el tema se hace una revisión documental y hemerográfica. Ahora bien, la importancia de analizar a las tres zonas metropolitanas seleccionadas se debe a varias razones, tales como: 1) en pocas décadas han pasado de ser pueblos de pescadores a zonas metropolitanas, donde por ejemplo en el caso de Cancún la planeación fue superada por la realidad. 2) tienen vocación turística de sol y playa y ello ha generado que año con año atraen a cientos de inmigrantes, así pues el gobierno local tiene proporcionarles a los nuevos habitantes trabajo, vivienda, salud y educación en su contextos de escases de recursos económicos. 3) Estas zonas urbanas son claro ejemplo de la segregación sociesopacial que se vive en el país.

José Claudio Carrillo-Navarro, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

Ma. Teresa Prieto-Quezada, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“Me gustaría vivir en un país sin violencia”. Una mirada social de los jóvenes en América Latina”

Desafortunadamente América Latina colecciona primeros lugares en temas como violencia, corrupción e inmigración, así como obesidad infantil, y personas enfermas de diabetes. Muchos niños y jóvenes en la actualidad están huérfanos de autoridad del Estado, Lo más triste es que estos se enfrentan de manera violenta, para cambiar una realidad que los agobia, o para transformar un mundo injusto, para consolidar derechos ciudadanos. La transgresión de masa, producto de la orfandad de ley, es un fenómeno que no tiene más fundamento que el de generar oposición. Con una intención transformadora. Algunos de ellos se encuentran enojados por las condiciones que viven laborales y escolares, otros tantos no creen en la palabra del gobierno: Y muchos de ellos están desaparecidos y sin voz como es el caso de los jóvenes de Ayotzinapa. Nunca como en esta época Neoliberal se ve tan estimulada y refrendada la molestia de los jóvenes en América Latina cada día para muchos al encender el televisor, al leer los periódicos, al salir a la calle rumbo a las escuelas o rumbo los trabajos ven un futuro incierto y 140LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES violento. En el caso de México 43 historias están en pausa, detenidas en el silencio, sus miradas quieren ser voz, pero no hay voz si no hay quien escuche “que a los jóvenes les gustaría vivir en un país sin violencia”.

Diego A. Carrillo-Torres, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“Inestabilidad e ilegitimidad política en los sistemas presidenciales de América Latina y sus afectaciones para la integración latinoamericana autónoma”

A pesar de los grandes avances democráticos que ha tenido América Latina, en los últimos años los países de la región atraviesan por una etapa de descontento social y fragmentación política que provoca una falta de legitimidad y que pone en riesgo el funcionamiento y la estabilidad de sus gobiernos, y con ello, sus posibilidades de proyección hacia el exterior en un contexto en el que los procesos de integración regional exigen su consolidación, para lograr el desenvolvimiento político y económico latinoamericano de una manera autónoma dentro del marco de la globalización. América Latina vive procesos de integración regional en los cuales el presidencialismo ha tenido una gran influencia, ya que algunos sistemas presidencialistas han generado liderazgos de proyección mundial que han permitido fortalecer la integración de una manera autónoma. Sin embargo, algunas características del sistema presidencial, tales como su rigidez, su forma de elección y su ambigüedad, anunciadas a finales del siglo XX como problemas por autores como Juan Linz (1994), hacen vulnerable al régimen de perder su legitimidad, sin la cual, se produce fragmentación política y falta de liderazgo que pueden llevar a la inestabilidad y al estancamiento de la integración latinoamericana. El objetivo general de esta investigación es analizar la relación causal existente entre falta de legitimidad como factor para la inestabilidad y cómo esta inestabilidad, aunada a la falta de legitimidad, frena el desarrollo de la integración latinoamericana. Estudiar las causas que están provocando inestabilidad y cómo esto frena el proceso de integración regional es de gran importancia, pues pone sobre la mesa nuevamente la discusión que en los últimos años del siglo XX se llevó a cabo con respecto a los obstáculos institucionales del sistema presidencial y su relación con el desarrollo democrático y la consolidación de la integración autónoma de la región. Además, analizar este fenómeno tiene gran relevancia social ya que podremos identificar las razones que provocan esta inestabilidad, mismas que puede generar pensar en soluciones a este problema.

Liliana Ibeth Castañeda-Rentería, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“Cuando lo prioritario es el trabajo: ausencias, presencias y maneras de estar juntos sin estarlo. Las mujeres profesionistas que trabajan”

La presente comunicación es parte de mi trabajo doctoral que lleva por título “La construcción de las identidades de género: el sentido de maternidad- no maternidad en mujeres profesionistas que trabajan en Guadalajara, Jalisco”. Para fines de participación en este evento, presento parte de los resultados con relación a las ausencias, presencias y las maneras de estar juntos de las parejas conformadas por las informantes. Busco dar cuenta de los arreglos de pareja que parecen guiar los noviazgos de las solteras, pero también los acuerdos de las que viven en pareja o son casadas. El material empírico se recopiló a través de entrevistas de corte biográfico donde se analizan los relatos de vida de 21 mujeres entre edades que van de 36 a 53 años, profesionistas que trabajan y sin hijos. Se trata de mujeres con una trayectoria profesional y laboral que enmarca sus prácticas como sujetos sociales y que estructura su vida cotidiana y su marco de sentido. Algunos de los resultados obtenidos del análisis dan cuenta de la dificultad que estas mujeres, insertas en procesos de individualización (Beck & Beck-Gernsheim, 2001) y cuyas identidades están configuradas a partir de lo profesional y laboral, enfrentan en la búsqueda de pareja y el mantenimiento de relaciones. La tensión y contradicción que viven cuando su estilo de vida configurado desde el trabajo no ‘encaja’ con el modelo familiar y de pareja existente en la cultura y sociedad en la que viven.

Mirna Cázarez-Vázquez, Universidad de Guadalajara. México 141LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES

“Los ‘nadies’. Los hijos de los ‘nadies’. Prácticas de participación ciudadana y estrategias de acción de la Sociedad Civil Organizada”

La sociedad civil organizada ha adquirido una notable presencia a partir de mediados de el siglo XX y la primera década del siglo XXI, tanto en América Latina como en México, alcanzando una particular importancia en los ámbitos políticos, sociales, intelectuales y académicos. El papel de las Organizaciones de la Sociedad Civil (OSC´s) resulta cada vez más intrigante y complicado para su análisis debido a que cada vez son más las organizaciones que a través del ejercicio de sus acciones pretenden contribuir a cambios estructurales que permitan que la sociedad pueda tener acceso y ejercicio pleno de sus derechos, incidiendo, en el mejor de los casos, en políticas públicas; al mismo tiempo que se han hecho visibles a través de sus propuestas y acciones tomando como eje central la reivindicación por los derechos de las mujeres, los indígenas, los campesinos, los grupos de deudores, los derechos humanos, los problemas ambientales, y los migrantes, entre muchos otros más. Cabe señalar que la migración centroamericana en tránsito por México se agudizo a partir de los conflictos armados en la región desde la década de los ochenta del pasado siglo. Así por motivos políticos, socio-económicos y/o por aspirar a mejorar sus condiciones de vida, los centroamericanos se han aventurado a cruzar dos fronteras: la del sur de México y la del sur de Estados Unidos. Recientemente el fenómeno migratorio es uno de los hechos sociales mayormente documentados por los reporteros gráficos en las redes sociales, dando cuenta de las condiciones en que los migrantes en tránsito recorren nuestro país. El propósito fundamental del presente trabajo es dar cuenta del paso de los migrantes en tránsito en Guadalajara, Jalisco, México, a través de la recuperación iconográfica y documental mediante una perspectiva de análisis de la imagen. Palabras clave: Organizaciones de la Sociedad Civil, Participación ciudadana, Sociología de la imagen.

Erika Chavez-Nungaray, Universidad Autónoma de Baja California. México

“Estado de pobreza y acceso a vivienda: situación de la población en Baja California, México”

Los procesos globales desencadenan impactos particulares en los territorios internos de los países. México, no permanece ajeno al anterior escenario, y por supuesto, a la toma de decisiones gubernamentales que repercuten en la dirección de la actividad económica hacia determinados espacios territoriales. Desde el origen del modelo de crecimiento hacia adentro favorecedor de la industrialización; el cambio de política económica de crecimiento exógeno en los ochentas, hasta los valiosos esfuerzos de la última década en desarrollar potencialidades y entendimientos estratégicos de carácter endógeno. Acontecimientos que han desarrollado en la frontera norte entendimientos económicos sectoriales y a su vez, distribución determinada de espacios residenciales para la población demandante de bienes necesarios, como la vivienda. La presente investigación, se centra en la discusión de las ideas previas, para mostrar la situación de la frontera norte de México en relación a la actividad productiva, las condiciones socioeconómicas de la población y el acceso a la vivienda. El caso de Baja California, es particular productivamente y al tiempo, como entorno fronterizo receptor de población migrante con necesidades esenciales como el acceso a una vivienda. Tijuana, la ciudad central de Baja California, en términos de población, es un entorno donde influye su ubicación geográfica, su colindancia con el activo estado de California, los emplazamientos industriales y el predominio de actividades terciarias, tanto en el orden intraurbano y como en los entendimientos del mercado inmobiliario de la vivienda. La mención de la zona, como escala menor de análisis, es dado a su crecimiento y significado como lugar de atracción, esperanzas y aspiraciones de miles de nuevos habitantes. Se ha convertido en una ciudad de retos con un enorme potencial para mejorar la vida de la gente.

Araceli Colín-García, Universidad Autónoma del Estado de México

Adoni Natanael Calixto-Acosta, Universidad Autónoma del Estado de México

“La participación de la mujer en la política, cuando la paridad de género es violentada” 142LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES

A la luz de la reforma Político Electoral de 2014, en México nos encontramos en una fase de adopción y adaptación, dentro de un ejercicio de aplicación como tal, los resultados del año 2015 fueron la consolidación de diversas fuerzas económicas, políticas y sociales que impulsaron para lograr la transformación de nuestro sistema político electoral, no olvidando que como antecedente importante existen recomendaciones internacionales, las cuales en nuestro País lograron eco. En México la participación de la mujer en la política ha sido violentada de muchas maneras, que inclusive las propias mujeres han fomentado esta violencia, este tipo de prácticas se ven reflejadas en el ámbito público, donde la cultura política es aun machista. Donde los espacios todavía suelen leerse y comprenderse en códigos masculinos, lo que implica que los cargos públicos, ejecutivos, de adopción de decisiones políticas y todos aquellos que implican el ejercicio del poder público, sean ocupados mayoritariamente por hombres y, por ende, se margina a las mujeres de los procesos estratégicos y definitorios de la agenda pública, así como de las deliberaciones sobre asuntos de vital importancia para el interés colectivo. El objetivo de este estudio se centra en analizar las herramientas que se necesitan para permitir un desarrollo horizontal y vertical en cuanto a la paridad de género además de poder garantizar que los escenarios se vuelvan justos para ambos sin distinción o marginación por el género. Incluyendo historias de vida que nos aportan una muestra de lo que el Estado de México, México ha tenido a lo largo de estos años, del retraso en materia de participación de la mujer en temas políticos.

Araceli Colín-García, Universidad Autónoma del Estado de México

Rodrigo Rafael Arenas-Luna, Universidad Autónoma del Estado de México

Nidya Merari Hurtado-Rellstab, Universidad Autónoma del Estado de México

“El Fondo de Aportaciones para la Infraestructura Social, como herramienta para abatir la pobreza en México: “Caso de estudio Estado de México 2014”

La política social en México, es aplicada principalmente en el combate a la pobreza y rezago social, el aspecto a resaltar en la presente investigación es el cometido del Fondo de Aportaciones para la Infraestructura Social (FAIS) como herramienta en esta área, en el cual a través de las aportaciones federales los estados y municipios reciben recursos para crear infraestructura social a través de programas. Con ello y al ser FAIS perteneciente al ramo 33, se le considera como “recursos etiquetados”; partiendo de los anterior se puede resaltar que a pesar de la libre hacienda de los estados y los municipios para ejercer dichos recursos donde mejor lo consideren, el gobierno federal a través de la Secretaria de Desarrollo Social (SEDESOL) se encuentra en una constante vigilancia y rendición de cuentas acerca de la aplicación de los mismos. En consecuencia el objetivo es el financiamiento de obras y acciones sociales básicas que beneficien directamente a sectores de la población que viven en condiciones de rezago social, pobreza, pobreza extrema y en zonas de atención prioritaria. El FAIS se considera como un elemento central de estrategia para el combate eficaz de la pobreza y el rezago social, ya que sus acciones están orientadas a atender las principales carencias sociales de la población establecidas por el Consejo Nacional de Evaluación de la Política Social en México (CONEVAL). En esta investigación se llevó a cabo un método comparativo para explicar el impacto del mismo, en las zonas norte, sur, este, oeste y centro del Estado de México a fin de verificar si el fondo ha contribuido en el combate al rezago social y en consecuencia a la pobreza en el Estado de México, México.

Ismael Colín-Mar, Universidad Autónoma del Estado de México

“Imaginario social y turismo: la emergencia de una tensión entre el poblador y el visitante”

Este trabajo plantea la incesante aparición de tensiones que expresa el turismo como manifestación social, cuando el visitante pretende incorporarse a espacios que no son de su origen, en donde el espacio receptor se manifiesta con su propia naturaleza a lo que parece ser un embate de lo ajeno y extraño a sus formas socioculturales. Una de las oposiciones que se manifiestan en esta comunidad, y que revelan en cierto sentido un conflicto permanente, pero velado por las formas de adaptación de quienes se relacionan entre sí para socializar, es la que se presenta entre el 143LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES poblador y el visitante o bien el turista. En la comunidad estudiada, los espacios que representan una fuente de visita constante por personas que desean conocer los lugares y atractivos turísticos, presentan una fuerte concentración de personas, entre quienes reciben y quienes asisten con el ánimo de descanso, recreación o paseo cultural Las expresiones de una oposición emergente entre el poblador y el visitante, establecen para ambos casos una visión etnocéntrica. En donde, tanto el poblador, a través de su constitución imaginaria de tradiciones y costumbres se provee de artilugios que defienden su cultura. Y por otro lado, el turista que conforma una referencia imaginaria del lugar a visitar, apoyado de una multiplicidad de recursos abonados por la publicidad y la mercadotecnia, que dibujan los rostros de un destino “acogedor”, “pacífico” y “servicial”, y que está en espera de recibirlo. De entrada, las dos visiones producto de sus contextos, constituyen el imaginario social en cada perspectiva, que se enfrentan inevitablemente en la socialización de la actividad turística.

Leticia Contreras-Orozco, Universidad Autónoma del Estado de México

Delia Gutiérrez-Linares, Universidad Autónoma del Estado de México

Martha Esthela Gómez-Collado, Universidad Autónoma del Estado de México

“La calidad gubernamental a través del gobierno electrónico en los gobiernos locales”

Las administraciones públicas, en su vocación de servicio a la ciudadanía, ofrecen la atención y los servicios públicos que la sociedad requiere. Pero en el mundo del siglo XXI, tan importante es lo que las administraciones públicas ofrecen, como de qué forma lo hacen y con qué nivel de calidad y eficiencia lo realizan. De ahí que las administraciones públicas deben adaptarse a su tiempo y, por tanto deben ser próximas a sus ciudadanos. En este documento se plantea la necesidad y posibilidad de que los gobiernos locales puedan adoptar esquemas de calidad gubernamental más allá del discurso y de modelos estandarizados que no corresponden a sus contextos particulares. Para ello, se aborda inicialmente el significado de la calidad en el sector público para después centrar la atención en al ámbito de los gobiernos locales y la identificación de lo que pudieran ser algunos indicadores de calidad en este ámbito gubernamental a partir de la incorporación del gobierno electrónico. En la actualidad, las Tecnologías de la Información y Comunicación (TIC) ofrecen grandes recursos de cercanía, proximidad y transparencia, y que por lo tanto permiten que los ciudadanos se relacionen con sus administraciones públicas con medios telemáticos. Las TIC pueden jugar un importante papel como estrategia en la prestación de servicios o mecanismo de participación ciudadana y de conexión entre gobernantes y gobernados, lo que hoy día debe convertirse en una prioridad en la agenda de los gobiernos. La calidad gubernamental sustentada en las TIC permitiría contribuir al desarrollo no sólo administrativo, sino a generar un desarrollo institucional que refleje mayores capacidades en los gobiernos locales para atender los problemas y necesidades de una sociedad que cada vez es más diversa y compleja.

Hilda Irene Cota-Guzmán, Universidad del Claustro de Sor Juana. México

“Dime lo que comes y te diré quién eres: multiculturalidad, exclusión y autopercepciones en las delicias para mexicanos”

La centralidad de esta propuesta es pensar o si es el caso cuestionar algunas maneras de reflexionar para delimitar minorías alimentarias, en situación de vulnerabilidad y marginación económica,política, social y cultural y que consumen regímenes alimentarios que son consecuencia de la exclusión social, de la pobreza. Dicha ingesta alimentaria la denomino como dietas de precariedad. Este consumo alimentario puede ser caracterizado por muy específicos usos alimentarios tradicionales y otros que se van incorporando, que yo explicaré con el concepto ideaciones para “atrapar” la cultura alimentaria contemporánea (en mi país, en mi ciudad) y hacer propuestas teórico -metodológicas para conceptualizar y “medir” las autopercepciones de grupo, argumentando que la puesta en práctica de “ese comer” se genera en contextos político-ideológicos-culturales específicos de cohesión inter- grupal y funciona contribuyendo a la generación de identidades (en positivo y en negativo), que argumento como 144LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES interrelaciones y prácticas sociales expresados en discursos públicos y privados que generan y fortalecen unidad. Pero aparentemente de forma paradójica y contradictoria también pueden generar y regenerar separación social y “atentan” en ciertos niveles de gobernanza. Lo anterior enmarcado en la gama de competencias culturales grupales contemporáneas. Para ello se analizan ejemplos de la variada discursividad gubernamental y desde los propios grupos. Se aborda la identidad cultural mexicana en la época contemporánea multidimensionalmente para destacar una faceta de lo culinario como producción multicultural, la exclusión social y la pobreza. Los planteamientos se fundamentan en la triangulación metodológica.

Rosario Cota-Yáñez, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

Isela Rivera-Escareño, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“El emprendimiento juvenil en el municipio de Colima 2009-2013 mediante el fomento de las políticas públicas”

Los cambios estructurales vividos en los últimos años han traído consigo transformaciones en la dinámica social y económica de los territorios. Un problema que nos aqueja en la actualidad es el desempleo, en este trabajo se hablará del desempleo juvenil, así como de algunas de las políticas públicas que se han aplicado para tratar de dar solución a este problema social. Debido a la incertidumbre, las oportunidades de empleo y educación para la juventud son reducidas, por ello, a través de la generación de empresas se trata de abonar al desarrollo de los jóvenes. En este documento se exponen algunas de las experiencias en la implementación de las políticas públicas de emprendimiento en el municipio de Colima.

Marisol Cruz-Cruz, Universidad Autónoma de Zacatecas. México

Humberto De Luna-López, Universidad Autónoma de Zacatecas. México

“El aprovechamiento de los productos de la naturaleza por los indígenas de Chicontepéc, Veracruz”

El objetivo de este trabajo es describir como es el aprovechamiento de los productos de la naturaleza por la población indígena de Chicontepéc, Veracruz para garantizar el sustento familiar. Para ello, primero se exponen los elementos teóricos sobre el aprovechamiento de los bienes de la naturaleza no producidos por la mano del hombre, para el consumo humano; en este mismo apartado se tocan los elementos metodológicos, destacando a las estadísticas oficiales y fotografías en la página de Chicón, chiquito y chulo de Facebook como fuente de información. En segundo lugar la relevancia de los productos de la naturaleza para el consumo humano indígena en América Latina y México, así como la diversidad de productos de este tipo. En tercer lugar el diagnóstico situacional de Chicontepéc, que incluye aspectos socioeconómicos, así como las principales actividades económicas, resaltando la producción agropecuaria. En tercer lugar el proceso de aprovechamiento de los productos de la naturaleza como una cuestión de necesidad económica y de sobrevivencia.

Sergio Cruz-Hernández, Facultad de Ciencias Humanas, Universidad Autónoma de Baja California. México

Alejandra Navarro-Smith, Centro de Investigaciones y Estudios Superiores en Antropología Social-Occidente. México

“Construcción simbólica de la diferencia: Tensiones entre la construcción de la identidad y la etnicidad”

Los grupos yumanos en Baja California tienen origen milenario, aparecieron hace 2,500 años y se caracterizaron por ser cazadores-recolectores-seminómadas estacionales. Su vida se transformó con mayor rapidez y profundidad por la 145LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES llegada de los primeros exploradores, la instalación de las misiones y la configuración de una vida occidentalizada, que modificó el espacio y la conformación sociocultural de la región. Como consecuencia de estas transformaciones; el número, la conformación, zonas de habitación, formas de alimentarse y prácticas culturales se transformaron también; actualmente estos grupos se definen como grupos indígenas yumanos, quienes mantienen un conjunto de prácticas culturales que los definen como tales. El repertorio de prácticas que los definen está conformado por aspectos idiosincrásicos, así como elementos relacionales de orden social institucional, como por ejemplo, la realización de danzas y cantos tradicionales, tradición oral y además actividades económicas o de subsistencia tales como la pesca de curvina y la recolección de piñón y bellota. Con base en lo antes expuesto, circulan representaciones acerca de la forma de nombrar a estos grupos, estas definiciones tienen impacto en las relaciones entre los miembros de estos grupos y entre los grupos yumanos y las instituciones que inciden en actividades económicas, políticas y culturales; por ello el objetivo de esta ponencia es indagar en las formas simbólicas que orientan el desempeño de los grupos y los proyectos tanto productivos y de investigación académica. Dos de las mencionadas conceptualizaciones son las definiciones de la etnicidad (etnia) y de la identidad (identidad cultural). El trabajo se lleva cabo indagando en la representación de dos actividades específicas la pesca de curvina golfina entre indígenas cucapá del Alto Golfo de California y la recolección de piñón entre indígenas pa ipai y ko atl de Santa Catarina en la zona montañosa de la Sierra de Juárez.

Edith Mei Lai Cuan-Corpus, Universidad de Guadalajara

“Crisis de independencia judicial latinoamericana, Estado de derecho, ¿consolidación de las democracias pluralistas?”

Esta investigación tiene como objetivo presentar las problemáticas existentes en las ramas judiciales de los países líderes en América Latina, relacionadas con la crisis de la independencia judicial; la cual es un obstáculo para el establecimiento de Estados Constitucionales de Derecho y la consolidación de Democracias Pluralistas. El desarrollo de este estudio se realiza en observancia al contexto de los avances de los procesos de constitucionalización de Derechos Humanos con base en la normatividad interamericana y así como en otros ordenamientos en la materia, correspondientes a diversos esquemas de integración como el Mercosur. Principalmente la revisión de tal crisis en diferentes países de la región, se elabora analizando ¿cuáles son los retos en la práctica judicial que enfrentan algunos países después de la incorporación de tal normatividad en Derechos Humanos en su norma constitucional? Se busca identificar, qué necesitan las ramas judiciales latinoamericanas para seguir colaborando en la consolidación de Democracias Pluralistas y además, qué permite a los operadores jurídicos realizar una actividad judicial que coadyuve paralelamente a impulsar el cambio político, socio-cultural que requiere el modelo de Estado Constitucional de Derecho. Para esta investigación, elaboro una comparación entre los avances realizados por Ecuador y Bolivia para la elección popular de la rama judicial, en contraste con los procesos de selección del Poder Judicial de los Estados Unidos de América.

Adriana Yunuén Dávalos-Pita, Universidad de Guadalajara, Centro Universitario de la Costa. México

Jose Luis Bravo-Silva, Universidad de Guadalajara, Centro Universitario de la Costa. México

Víctor Sotomayor-Martínez, Universidad de Guadalajara, Centro Universitario de la Costa. México

“Propuesta de Aplicación (App) en Dispositivo Móvil para la Promoción de la Oferta Turística Accesible en Puerto Vallarta”

La telefonía móvil ha presentado un gran crecimiento, desplazando a las computadoras como medio masivo de navegación así como el consumo de información a través de dispositivos móviles. Es fundamental para la promoción turística tener en cuenta el creciente fenómeno de las App en los dispositivos móviles. Se han creado nuevas aplicaciones con el objetivo de fortalecer el turismo e innovar los servicios a los visitantes extranjeros para que 146LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES tengan toda la información, a fin de que realicen un viaje seguro hacia el país. El turismo es seguramente el sector productivo de servicios que más desarrollo va a experimentar de la mano de la tecnología y la investigación de software. Ante el aumento del número de personas con movilidad reducida y la escasa información sobre accesibilidad que se encuentra en el destino turístico, se propone la difusión de la oferta turística para este segmento de población creciente mediante una App que posea un sistema de geolocalización. Este buscara brindar información sobre los sitios de interés así como distancia a la que se encuentran, grado de accesibilidad, siendo interactiva mediante un mapa colaborativo y realidad aumentada, que permita la contribución y mejora de la información, siendo una solución móvil mediante un enfoque innovador en el destino turístico. Mediante la consulta realizada en medios electrónicos y el empleo de la consulta documental, se ha encontrado gran diversidad de información sobre el turismo accesible, referentes donde actualmente se lleva a cabo la búsqueda de un turismo accesible, así como de la tecnología móvil como medio de difusión turística, toda esta información son la base para darle sustento y certeza a la propuesta a presentar.

Adriana Yunuén Dávalos-Pita, Universidad de Guadalajara, Centro Universitario de la Costa. México

Jose Luis Bravo-Silvaa Universidad de Guadalajara, Centro Universitario de la Costa. México

Elba Martina Cortes-Palacios, Universidad de Guadalajara, Centro Universitario de la Costa. México

“Accesibilidad: estrategias para los hoteles de la zona centro de Puerto Vallarta como competencia distintiva”

Accesibilidad, concepto que ha venido tomando importancia alrededor del mundo, donde países pioneros como España, son hoy en día ejemplo para otros países al querer implementar la accesibilidad. Actualmente en México podemos encontrar destinos sol y playa incursionando en la accesibilidad y como consecuencia siendo una oferta para el turismo accesible, proyectos como los ubicados en Cancún, Quintana Roo, donde se encuentra la primera playa accesible del país, así como el proyecto de playa y pueblo accesible en Cihuatlan, Jalisco, esto en playa Cuastecomates. La investigación se conforma en su marco teórico por 3 líneas principales de estudio, siendo estas: accesibilidad, mercadotecnia y administración estratégica. El elemento clave planteado es la accesibilidad, el cual se pretende implementar en los hoteles de la zona centro de Puerto Vallarta. La formulación de estas estrategias apoyan colectivos como: personas con movilidad reducida, con atención especial en los adultos mayores y personas que poseen alguna discapacidad, ya que dichos colectivos encuentran grandes limitantes al querer salir de vacaciones, tanto por las barreras físicas como por las actitudinales, aun cuando este segmento de población tiene los mismos derechos que cualquier otro, por lo tanto necesita ser considerado, debe ser tomado en cuenta y crear los medios para el disfrute de la oferta turística, de esta manera tendrán una mejor experiencia. La interrogante que rigió la investigación fue: ¿Cuáles son las posibles estrategias de accesibilidad que podrían seguir las empresas hoteleras de la zona centro de Puerto Vallarta a fin de lograr una competencia distintiva?. Justificando el hecho de que los turistas con movilidad reducida son un segmento importante para el sector turístico nacional e internacional, los pronósticos señalan que en el futuro, tanto la demanda como la oferta se verán incrementadas, originado esto por las oportunidades creadas por el turismo accesible.

María Teresa Dávalos-Romo, Universidad Autónoma de Zacatecas. México

Jennifer Rentería-Conseción, Universidad Autónoma de Zacatecas. México

Ma. del Carmen Farfán-García, Universidad Autónoma del Estado de México

Enrique Navarrete-Sánchez, Universidad Autónoma del Estado de México 147LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES

“Inferencias emocionales a través de iconos y palabras, según su valencia emocional”

Algunos estudios sugieren que los estímulos visuales y verbales son procesados a través de canales independientes y que por lo tanto, los tiempos de procesamiento varían. Aunado a esto, los estudios neuropsicológicos señalan que la valencia emocional (positiva y negativa) influye en dicho procesamiento de información. La investigación que se presenta se llevó a cabo a través de una tarea de decisión semántica, se emplearon 26 historias (13 positivas y 13 negativas) con un contexto de modalidad combinada (imagen y texto). En la investigación se presentaron target con imágenes sencillas (iconos) y palabras. Los resultados sugieren que los estímulos verbales positivos se procesan más rápidamente, seguidos de los iconos positivos, palabras negativas e iconos negativos. Con esto se concluye que el procesamiento de información está sujeto a la valencia (positiva-negativa) y no al tipo de estímulo (visual-verbal).

Claudia Ximena De la Cruz-Abrín, Universidad del Claustro de Sor Juana. México

“Patronas, soporte migratorio y alimentario”

Las Patronas es una iniciativa de una familia de mujeres mexicanas que ha mostrado interés por la alimentación y el apoyo otorgado a la gran cantidad de centroamericanos que diariamente intentan ingresar a los Estados Unidos para encontrar un mejor estilo de vida y mayores oportunidades. Las condiciones socioeconómicas de sus países los orillan a tomar estas medidas, sin embargo, los riesgos son numerosos. Estas heroínas, a través de soporte alimentario, otorgan comida que preparan a partir de donativos, de su trabajo y de algunos apoyos, procurando dar una mejor oportunidad a la mayoría de estos migrantes, durante su larga travesía para buscar mejores oportunidades para su desarrollo y el de sus familias. Esta familia del estado de Veracruz, conformada por 14 mujeres y dos hombres, diariamente otorga de 150 a 200 comidas, que constan de productos de la cocina mexicana y con alto contenido de nutrientes como frijoles, nopales y arroz; además de panes que desde las 5 de la mañana, diariamente solicitan en una de las tiendas de autoservicio más grandes de México. Las comidas también son complementadas con jugos, refrescos y agua, ya que estas mujeres, son conscientes de cada uno de los detalles que ellas pueden cubrir de las necesidades nutricionales de los migrantes que se enfrentan a la mejor conocida “La Bestia”, tren que atraviesa diariamente las fronteras de Centroamérica, México y Estados Unidos. Esta iniciativa social por parte de Las Patronas ha logrado cubrir y ser soporte de la migración y la alimentación. A partir de esta ponencia de reconocimiento y difusión de dicha labor que lleva a cabo este grupo de mexicanos, se intentarán responder dos preguntas: ¿cómo ha beneficiado este movimiento al apoyo que reciben los migrantes? Y, desde una perspectiva alimentaria, ¿cuál ha sido su importancia?

Alejandro Díaz-Bautista, El Colegio de la Frontera. México

“The Exchange Rate and the Purchasing Power Parity Hypothesis in Mexico and the United States”

In the study, the purchasing power parity hypothesis is tested for Mexico and the United States using the long-run equilibrium condition analysis. The concept of purchasing power parity allows us to estimate what the exchange rate between two currencies would have to be in order for the exchange to be at par with the purchasing power of the two countries' currencies. Observed deviations of the exchange rate from purchasing power parity are measured by deviations of the real exchange rate from its PPP value.

Humberto De Luna-López, Universidad Autónoma de Zacatecas. México

“Mercados de trabajo para mujeres campesinas en América Latina: entre la estadística y la realidad”

El objetivo de este documento es exponer los principales mercados de trabajo dónde se encuentran las mujeres campesinas, que tienen como sustento las estadísticas y la evidencia empírica de investigaciones de caso. La 148LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES pregunta guía del trabajo, es mostrar cuáles son los indicadores económicos que se toman en cuenta para incluir o excluir las actividades realizadas por este sector de población en la categoría mercados de trabajo y por las instituciones oficiales. Para ello, primero se exponen los elementos teóricos del concepto trabajo desdoblado en dos categorías. El primero conocido como trabajo clásico, en tanto se realiza en el espacio cerrado de la fábrica y el segundo, el no clásico, que se realiza en distintos espacios. Ambos trabajos pueden ser o no remunerados pero se consideran productivos por la generación de valores de uso y de cambio. En segundo lugar se expone el contexto socioeconómico latinoamericano caracterizado por una diversidad compleja y heterogénea en la cual se inscriben las actividades realizadas por estas mujeres. En tercer lugar, los datos oficiales sobre el trabajo de las mujeres campesinas y la evidencia empírica de investigaciones concretas sobre la misma temática.

Laura Elena Del Moral-Barrera, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México

Gibran Cortina-Aguilar, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México

Brenda Murillo-Villanueva, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México

“La evolución de la producción de carnes en América Latina. Un análisis por conglomerados, 1990-2012”

A nivel mundial la producción de carne crece de manera importante a partir de los ochenta. En América Latina ocurre lo mismo pero de manera muy concentrada, especialmente en Brasil, Argentina, México y Colombia. Se puede estudiar el caso revisando a América Latina como grupo o individualmente por país; aquí se aborda una tercera opción: analizar los subconjuntos naturales. El objetivo es encontrar grupos de países con producciones similares para el periodo estudiado, y analizar la evolución del grupo teniendo en cuenta las diferencias entre los subconjuntos. Es importante para tener un perfil evolutivo de la producción total sin hacer comparaciones erradas entre sus elementos. La teoría que se utiliza una adaptación del enfoque estructuralista de la CEPAL, que estudia el grupo en su conjunto. Para obtener los resultados se analiza por conglomerados (AC) a los países de la muestra durante el periodo y se presentan los resultados más significativos. Brasil conforma un solo conglomerado debido a su elevada producción. Argentina y México forman “el conglomerado de los segundos” y el resto de países se ubican en conglomerados inferiores sin exhibir variaciones importantes. Comparado con la escala mundial, el dinamismo de la producción latinoamericana es mayor, con potencial de crecimiento para los países que cuentan con condiciones viables.

Eliseo Diaz-González, El Colegio de la Frontera Norte. México

“Depreciación del tipo de cambio y formación de precios. La economía de la frontera en la turbulencia financiera internacional”

La depreciación del tipo de cambio peso dólar en la coyuntura de la turbulencia financiera internacional que se ha observado desde mediados de 2013 hasta la actualidad tuvo diferentes impactos en la economía de las localidades fronterizas México – Estados Unidos. De lado mexicano se ha observado una reactivación de los visitantes transfronterizos que propiciado una reactivación de los sectores de comercio y servicios en las economías urbanas. Utilizando un modelo de determinación de precios, en esta investigación se pretende determinar el grado en el que la depreciación cambiaria impacto en el atractivo comercial de la región ponderando el impacto negativo sobre los precios de la homologación impositiva de 2014. Luego de los efectos de la recesión económica en Estados Unidos en 2008-09, que causó severos impactos en las economías de estas ciudades, la nueva coyuntura cambiaria parece estar impulsando la recuperación económica en la región.

Grethel Domenech-Hernández, Universidad de las Artes (ISA), Playa, La Habana, Cuba. 149LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES

“Confluencias y diálogos entre la vanguardia intelectual latinoamericana y la cubana de 1959 a 1965”

Tras el ascenso al poder de la Revolución Cubana, el 1ro de enero de 1959, el campo intelectual vivió intensos y polémicos momentos de debates y reestructuraciones. Los artistas y escritores asumieron una profunda intención de repensar su papel en la sociedad y su relación con lo nacional y lo latinoamericano. Las circunstancias históricas impusieron la necesidad de examinar la condición intelectual desde una posición política e ideológica, revolucionaria y de izquierda. El diálogo que estableció la vanguardia intelectual latinoamericana con la cubana propició la reflexión y el cuestionamiento del lugar del creador como constructor de una nueva realidad. De acuerdo a la necesidad de comprender, desde otras miradas, el complejo proceso en el que se desarrolló la esfera intelectual cubana durante la década de los 60, el objetivo principal que se propone esta ponencia es analizar cómo confluyeron en la etapa de 1959 a 1965, en la voz del campo intelectual cubano y de la intelectualidad latinoamericana que se vinculó al proceso revolucionario, las principales temáticas sobre las que se polemizaron y se discutieron: papel del intelectual en la sociedad; su responsabilidad histórica y la función de su obra, artística o literaria. Para esto se tendrán en cuenta dos de las principales publicaciones culturales de la época: Casa de las Américas y Lunes de Revolución.

Ma. del Carmen Farfán-García, Universidad Autónoma del Estado De México

Enrique Navarrete-Sánchez, Universidad Autónoma del Estado De México

María Teresa Dávalos-Romo, Universidad Autónoma de Zacatecas. México

Jennifer Rentería-Conseción, Universidad Autónoma de Zacatecas. México

“Perfil de desgaste ocupacional (burnout), en un grupo de trabajadores de una organización de servicio”

El desgaste ocupacional (DO) también conocido como síndrome de quemarse en el trabajo o “burnout” se refiere a un conjunto de sentimientos emocionales, síntomas físicos y comportamientos específicos como consecuencia de condiciones no favorables de los trabajos de servicio o asistencia a otras personas, tales como pacientes o clientes, siendo considerado en general como una respuesta al estrés crónico. Se considera un fenómeno organizacional nocivo que provoca deterioro en la salud física y mental de los trabajadores y conduce a patologías relacionadas con el estrés. Esta investigación analizo a nivel organizacional, el perfil de desgaste ocupacional de 30 trabajadores de una organización de servicios dedica a la administración de Recursos Humanos. Se destaca el interés por conocer en términos de medición, los indicadores de burnout en la muestra estudiada. Para la obtención del perfil se utilizó la Escala de Desgaste Ocupacional” (EDO) de Uribe-Prado (2010) la cual ha sido validada, confiabilizada y estandarizada para México. Se integra de tres sub-escalas para desgaste ocupacional (desgaste emocional, despersonalización e insatisfacción de logro) y de siete sub-escalas para manifestaciones psicosomáticas derivados del DSM IV (trastornos de sueño, psicosexuales, gastrointestinales, neuróticos y dolor, así como dos indicadores: uno de ansiedad y otro de depresión). Los resultados se obtuvieron a partir de la estadística descriptiva, indicando que los trabajadores se desempeñan en términos adecuados de salud ocupacional.

Maria de los Ángeles Flores-Gutiérrez, Texas A&M International University, Laredo, Tx. USA

Miguel Timoshenkov-Ramírez, Stereo 91, XHNOE-FmRadio, Laredo, TX, USA

“Análisis de la integración de la cámara fotográfica digital, la grabadora de voz digital y la tableta al periodismo multimedia en Tamaulipas” 150LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES

La sociedad científica se encuentra constantemente realizando innovaciones tecnológicas. En algunas ocasiones inventan artificios nuevos, pero en otras amplían versiones más avanzadas de un equipo ya conocido por los periodistas. Esta investigación documenta como los reporteros fronterizos están innovando sus herramientas de trabajo de las manuales a las digitales. Este es el caso de las herramientas periodísticas de la cámara fotográfica digital y la grabadora de voz digital que se están analizando en este estudio. La tableta será examinada como herramienta auxiliar del periodista para captar información noticiosa al momento de estar trabajando la noticia. La teoría de los usos y gratificaciones se manejó como guía de análisis para la investigación. Los autores entrevistaron a 33 periodistas asignados a cubrir la fuente de la Presidencia Municipal de Nuevo Laredo, Tamaulipas. Los resultados demostraron que la cámara fotográfica digital y la grabadora de voz digital son utilizadas cotidianamente por los comunicadores. Sin embargo, la tableta no ha sido integrada a sus labores informativas. Al realizar el análisis de género, los resultados indicaron que las reporteras no han integrado ninguna de las tres herramientas a su labor informativa. En cambio, los reporteros si utilizan la grabadora de voz digital y la cámara fotográfica digital, pero la tableta no la han integrado a su trabajo periodístico. En cuanto al análisis de las tendencias por medio informativo, los resultados señalaron que los comunicadores que pertenecen a medios impresos, los medios digitales y DCS en su gran mayoría han integrado la cámara fotográfica digital a su trabajo. De igual forma, los reporteros de prensa escrita, medios digitales, DCS, y radio han integrado a la grabadora de voz digital a su rutina de trabajo.

Ángel Lorenzo Florido-Alejo, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“La agenda social de la integración Latinoamericana”

En los esquemas de integración latinoamericana la cuestión social había estado ausente ya que se había privilegiado la perspectiva económica y política, sin embargo, dada la problemática social que la mayoría de los países de la región viven, se ha considerado una agenda social por parte de los diferentes esquemas de integración ya que este ámbito está ligado al económico y político. Los diferentes esquemas de integración se plantearon la cuestión social como un elemento a considerar en sus agendas, este se ha hecho presente ya en algunas de las propuestas que se plantean en ámbitos integracionistas como la ALADI, la ALBA-TCP, la CAN, la CELAC, el MERCOSUR, el SICA y la UNASUR. En este trabajo se pretende hacer un seguimiento del establecimiento de la agenda social y dar continuidad con el análisis de indicadores sobre pobreza, educación, salud y sobre todo de temas emergentes como derechos humanos, etnicidad y medio ambiente.

Tomas Alberto García-González, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“Proceso electoral extraordinario, contextos heterogéneos del municipio de Sahuayo Michoacán México 2015”

El proceso electoral 2015 para la elección de Ayuntamiento en el municipio de Sahuayo Michoacán México, participaron cuatro partidos políticos de forma individual (PAN, PRI, MORENA, PVEM), y cuatro formando coalición (PRD, PT, PH, PANAL). En las elecciones del 7 de junio de 2015 la mayoría de los ciudadanos eligieron al candidato del PAN como nuevo presidente. Esta situación derivó en una demanda interpuesta ante el órgano de justicia electoral del Estado, el cual resolvió en favor del candidato ganador. Ante la inconformidad el máximo órgano de justicia electoral declaró la nulidad de la elección. Este resultado permite investigar la nulidad de la elección y proyectar los posibles resultados de una elección extraordinaria. Todo esto se proyectará a partir de los factores que derivaron en la nulidad; se rescatan los principales puntos de la sentencia del tribunal y se realiza la justificación jurídica. Con base en las condiciones anteriores, se propone la siguiente pregunta que guía la investigación: ¿Cuáles son las implicaciones políticas y sociales del proceso electoral extraordinario en la confianza democrática ejercida por los ciudadanos? La metodología de la presente investigación consta de una encuesta dirigida a los votantes, considerando al total del padrón electoral el cual está compuesto por 50,740 votantes; se calculó el tamaño de muestra óptimo con un nivel de confianza del 7%, así el tamaño de muestra fue de 196 personas. El cuestionario se aplicó en dos colonias periféricas, una colonia concéntrica y el centro de la ciudad donde se realizan actividades económicas. Así mismo, el sustento teórico está dirigido por la confianza como concepto democrático que permitirá dar una interpretación a los resultados del cuestionario. Se espera que la 151LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES investigación colaboré en el estudio de los procesos electorales extraordinarios, un proceso electoral extraordinario puede derivar en una crisis de confianza, decepción y abstencionismo electoral.

Josefina Elizabeth Godínez-Chavoya, Universidad de Guadalajara. Centro Universitario del Norte. México

José Manuel Núñez-Olivera, Universidad de Guadalajara. Centro Universitario del Norte. México

“La Globalización en el Sector Agropecuario de la Cienega de Jalisco, México”

Con el propósito de dimensionar el efecto que ha tenido la Globalización y con ella la Apertura Comercial, sobre la calidad de vida de los productores agropecuarios de la Cienega de Jalisco, se llevó a cabo este estudio. Para esto, se seleccionaron al azar a 30 productores de la localidad de San Miguel de la Paz, perteneciente al municipio de Jamay enclavado en esta región de Jalisco. A estos productores se les aplicó una encuesta para determinar los procesos de producción y comercialización implementados en sus explotaciones, y cómo han impactado éstos en su calidad de vida. Los resultados indican una afectación diferente por tipo de productor, ya que el impacto causado ha estado en función de los recursos, tecnología y apoyos oficiales disponibles en cada explotación; de esta forma, los pequeños y medianos productores han visto disminuir significativamente su calidad de vida, en tanto que los grandes productores han sido los más beneficiados con las medidas implementadas y han elevado notoriamente sus ingresos. Los mismos productores expresaron que las causas que han provocado la drástica baja en sus ingresos económicos, además de modificaciones no siempre benéficas en cuestiones sociales, culturales, políticas e inclusive ambientales, se explica mayormente por el evidente desinterés de las autoridades gubernamentales, expresadas en la ausencia de políticas públicas encaminadas a beneficiar a los productores de menores recursos, y que por el contrario, han beneficiado de manera evidente a los grandes productores y a las diversas empresas trasnacionales presentes en el agro jalisciense y mexicano. De esta forma, se ha ido creando y/o fomentando, un evidente resentimiento hacia estas autoridades y hacia su doble discurso, que se ha manifestado en la descapitalización y abandono de explotaciones, en la incursión en otras áreas laborales y crecimiento del comercio informal e inclusive en la migración nacional e internacional.

Martha Esthela Gómez-Collado, Universidad Autónoma del Estado de México

“¿Logrará la reforma educativa 2013 elelevar la calidad educativa en México?”

Se planteó al inicio de este sexenio, la necesidad de realizar cambios en la manera de gobernar a fin de dar respuestas rápidas y oportunas a los diferentes problemas que presenta el país. Es por ello, que el Presidente presentó al Congreso de la Unión una serie de reformas constitucionales con las cuáles pretende modernizar y resolver problemas de diferente naturaleza, tales como: reforma energética, política, educativa, en telecomunicaciones, hacendaria y financiera. Los problemas más apremiantes que presenta la sociedad mexicana son diversos, entre los dos más importantes resaltan: la inseguridad pública y la baja calidad educativa. La importancia que reviste darle atención prioritaria a la educación hace que el gobierno federal presente iniciativas al Poder Legislativo donde se aprueba la reforma constitucional en materia educativa el 26 de febrero de 2013 a los artículos 3º. Y 73 de la Constitución Política de los Estados Unidos Mexicanos. Pero lo sustancial aquí no solamente es realizar los cambios legislativos, sino también revisar las políticas públicas y elaborar el rediseño institucional correspondiente. Los problemas educativos y la baja calidad que reportan las mediciones efectuadas en las pruebas ENLACE y PISA seguirán con los mismos porcentajes promedio, esto es, en indicadores reprobatorios en los niveles de primaria y secundaria respectivamente, si no se instrumentan un cambio integral en la educación mexicana. La reforma en materia educativa actual tiene como objetivo central el incrementar la calidad en la educación pública obligatoria correspondiendo al nivel preescolar, primaria, secundaria y medio superior. Esta reforma se centra en la creación y establecimiento del Servicio Profesional Docente y en la creación del Instituto Nacional de Evaluación Educativa como órgano autónomo. El análisis parte de documentación oficial y arrojará resultados propositivos para mejorar la calidad educativa. 152LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES

Salvador González-Andrade, El Colegio de la Frontera Norte. México

“Effects of the exchange rate (peso/dollar) on levels of violence and insecurity in the northern border states of Mexico”

The economic costs of crime and crime represent between 1.5% and 15% of the annual GDP of Mexico. In recent years the crime rate has increased, this trend is even greater in the states of the northern border of Mexico. The incidence of crime can explained by a complex set of motives and causes that originate, in the literature it is stated that the main social imbalances associated with an increased incidence of crime include eight subsystems: demographic(young marginalized and urban sprawl) family (dysfunctional families), labor (unemployment), economic (new opportunities and technologies for crime, poverty, inequality), political (low legitimacy of the state, armed conflict), institutional (inefficiency of the police and criminal justice), cultural uses social (alcohol, drugs, possession of weapons) and cultural patterns (tolerance or social legitimating of violence or trap and low valuation of potential victims). None of the above phenomena is a necessary condition nor a sufficient of criminality. This paper used a panel data model to evaluate the impact of the fluctuation of the exchange rate (peso/dollar) on levels of border tourism, and measures the association with the levels of violence and insecurity. The hypothesis proofed is that there is a positive relationship between the depreciation of the exchange rate and indicators of criminality in the region. We analyzed the period 2004-2015, preliminary results point in that direction.

Raquel González-Baltazar, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

Gustavo Hidalgo-Santacruz, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

Silvia Graciela León-Cortés, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

Mónica Isabel Contreras-Estrada, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

María Liliana Hidalgo González, Universidad Guadalajara-Lamar. México

“Calidad de Vida en el Trabajo por niveles de atención, en trabajadores de una institución de salud en Guadalajara, México”

La Calidad de Vida en el Trabajo (CVT) es un concepto, que incluye la satisfacción con el trabajo que se realiza, los logros obtenidos a través del trabajo y la realización personal, entre otros aspectos y que ha despertado un gran interés para su estudio y medición. Objetivo: Mostrar las diferencias en la evaluación de la CVT, de acuerdo al nivel de atención en trabajadores de una institución de salud en Guadalajara México. Material y métodos: El estudio se realizó en una muestra probabilística de 322 sujetos, médicos y enfermeras de una institución del sector salud en Guadalajara, México, en sus tres niveles de atención. Con la aplicación del instrumento CVT-GOHISALO que consta de siete dimensiones para evaluar la CVT. Resultados: En las 7 dimensiones del CVT-GOHISALO fue mayor la satisfacción que la no satisfacción para los tres niveles de atención; sin embargo, al comparar los tres niveles, la satisfacción en cuanto al trabajo que realizan, es mayor para los trabajadores del segundo nivel que para los de los otros dos niveles. Los trabajadores del tercer nivel se encuentran más satisfechos que los de los otros dos niveles en cinco de las siete dimensiones. La satisfacción es menor en cuatro de las siete dimensiones, para los trabajadores del segundo nivel de atención, llegando hasta el 65% en la dimensión “desarrollo personal logrado a través del trabajo”. Los trabajadores del primer nivel solamente no destacan en comparación con el resto, en ninguna dimensión y su insatisfacción con la CVT es mayor. Conclusiones: La dimensión con menor satisfacción en los tres niveles de atención fue la de “satisfacción por el trabajo”, lo que manifiesta que los trabajadores de atención 153LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES primaria no están satisfechos con la actividad que realizan y muestran falta de compromiso hacia la misión y objetivos de la institución.

Cándido González-Pérez, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“Mercado laboral de los egresados de la Carrera de Administración en Tepatitlán, México”

Lo que se expone en esta ponencia son los resultados de una investigación de seguimiento a egresados de la Carrera de Administración del Centro Universitario de Los Altos de la Universidad de Guadalajara en la región de Los Altos de Jalisco, México. Se aplicaron entrevistas abiertas por medio de las cuales fue posible conocer en qué medios laborales se desempeñan los profesionistas, cuáles obstáculos tuvieron que enfrentar, cuál es el origen social de cada uno de ellos a fin de establecer si hubo éxito escolar y laboral bajo la influencia de su desarrollo familiar. Se describen cuáles son las aspiraciones y qué problemas enfrentaron durante su formación universitaria. El escenario teórico en el cual se desarrolla el trabajo corresponde a la confrontación de las dos corrientes de pensamiento tradicionales en el ámbito de la investigación de mercados laborales, a saber: la teoría del Capital Humano y la del Capital Cultural; la primera establece que los estudiantes se invierten a sí mismos al elegir inscribirse en la universidad y una vez culminada su formación obtienen salarios mayores que los trabajadores no calificados, de ahí el nombre de capital humano, afirma además que el obtener una profesión es uno de los medios por excelencia para ascender en la escala social. Por el contrario, la del capital cultural afirma que el desarrollo económico y cultural al seno de la familia es determinante en el futuro éxito escolar y laboral de los estudiantes del nivel superior de la educación. El grupo investigado corresponde a la generación 2008-2012 y se contó con información de la mitad del total de egresados, es un trabajo de corte cualitativo.

Miriam Anahí Guerra-Hernández, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“Dinámicas migratorias en ocotlán: permanencia y desplazamiento de las familias mixtas, integradas por centroamericanos y mexicanos.”

La migración es un recurso histórico que ha estado presente en las sociedades de todo el mundo, debido a que los individuos se han visto en la aparente necesidad de escudriñar nuevas formas de vida y de relación interpersonal. Al respecto, México se encuentra en una encrucijada geopolítica muy especial (Durand, 2012); ya que mantiene ciertas dinámicas políticas y económicas con Centroamérica y a su vez con Estados Unidos. A partir de ello, se propician diversos problemas dentro del territorio mexicano en torno a la migración; uno de ellos y el cual es el punto central de este estudio, es el caso de las familias que se construyen dentro del país, donde al menos uno de los cónyuges reside de manera irregular. Este tipo de arreglo familiar lo llamaremos familias mixtas (Salgado y Padilla, 1988; Álvarez, 1996 y Albert y Masanet, 2008). Se trata de un estudio llevado a cabo en la ciudad de Ocotlán Jalisco, México; durante el periodo de septiembre de 2013 a enero de 2015; el cual surge de la necesidad de generar conocimientos sobre las nuevas prácticas, discursos y contextos en los que se está desenvolviendo la población migrante, y por supuesto las nuevas familias mixtas que deciden establecerse a lo largo del territorio mexicano, en la Región Ciénega y específicamente en Ocotlán, Jalisco. La metodología definida para esa investigación tuvo un marco de desarrollo cualitativo, cuyo alcance es exploratorio y descriptivo; empleando la etnografía como método y las entrevistas estructuradas y las entrevistas conversacionales como técnicas de recolección de datos.

Delia Gutiérrez-Linares, Universidad Autónoma del Estado de México

Leticia Contreras-Orozco, Universidad Autónoma del Estado de México

“La Reforma del Sistema Penitenciario en México, un análisis de sus avances y perspectivas” 154LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES

Recientemente en México la administración pública ha propiciado diversos procesos de transformación en busca de ofrecer mejores servicios a la sociedad, en este sentido, a partir de 2008 con la Reforma al Sistema Penitenciario, se concibió un nuevo modelo basado en sistemas de inteligencia, procedimiento y metodología de vanguardia que aposto a contar con un modelo eficaz en la materia. Principalmente los cambios se estructuraron en función de la base jurídica y de medidas para la actualización de la administración y operación penitenciaria. Bajo este esquema, la reforma se enfoca a recuperar, modernizar e integrar el sistema penitenciario a través del cambio en el uso de todos los recursos necesarios y sobretodo del respeto a los derechos humanos de los internos. Con base en ello el presente trabajo tiene por objetivo analizar los avances y situación actual que en la materia se han logrado. Considerando desde el enfoque del nuevo institucionalismo cómo las reglas, procesos y estructuras de cambio, han impactado en los resultados de la reforma, sin dejar de estudiar los efectos de la cultura y la existencia de reglas formales e informales en la organización. La investigación es de tipo documental y analítica en función de resultados obtenidos del estudio de caso del Centro Preventivo de Readaptación Social de Tenancingo, Estado de México. Destacando cómo la degradación del sistema penitenciario requiere de mayores esfuerzos y acciones y no solamente de propuestas de modernización y adaptación a los cambios y condiciones del entorno. Ante tal situación y dadas las condiciones de nuestro país, temas como: sobrepoblación, falta de formación de personal penitenciario, decadencia de instalaciones y equipo, corrupción, autogobierno de internos, entre otros requiere de un trabajo integral y visionario integrando propuestas y acciones modernizadoras acordes a la realidad propia.

Jorge Hernández-Contreras, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

Adriana Castañeda-Barajas, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

Antonio Ponce-Rojo, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

Pedro Moreno-Badajós, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“Educación para qué? Valores y antivalores en jóvenes de un Centro Universitario de México”

En el presente estudio se analiza la opinión de una muestra representativa de estudiantes del Centro Universitario de los Lagos de la Universidad de Guadalajara, acerca de un conjunto de enunciados que abordan los valores y antivalores mediante un instrumento de medición (Cuestionario Valores-Antivalores VALANTI del Psic. Octavio Augusto Escobar Torres, 1999). Los resultados obtenidos sugieren, de manera general, que los universitarios encuestados valoran más el área intuitiva (Valor Amor), y le dan menor importancia el área física (Valor Rectitud). Se tomaron en cuenta los resultados con mayor puntuación, es decir, las opciones 3-0 y 0-3 como total afirmación o al ser totalmente inaceptable según el juicio de los estudiantes participantes. Las categorías con puntuación más elevada que corresponden a los valores son: Muestro dedicación a las personas que amo y doy amor. Dentro de la categoría de los antivalores las más elevadas puntuaciones corresponden a: irrespetar la propiedad, tener odio en el corazón, crear desigualdades entre los seres humanos, ser infiel, la injusticia y usar abusivamente el poder. El instrumento de investigación ofrece la capacidad de escoger entre dos enunciados colocando al sujeto de estudio en una situación forzosa en la cual aprobar o desaprobar los enunciados con los que concuerde su forma de pensar y por tanto, sugerir que sea ésta su forma de actuar, puesto que los valores están inherentes a la persona y se desarrollan dentro y para la sociedad desde un sistema de creencias que corresponden a un cierto tiempo y espacio. La educación, la universidad, el rol como estudiantes y al rol que se aspira como futuros profesionistas y actores de cambio en la sociedad son relevantes. Donde los resultados sugieren nuevas hipótesis de la correlación del grado de estudio y su sistema de valores y antivalores.

Eduardo Hernández-González,

Esteban L. Laso, 155LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES

Karla Alejandra Contreras-Tinoco,

Miriam Anahí Guerra-Hernández,

“Capital social y confianza en jóvenes universitarios de una ciudad media de México”

Tanto la confianza como las redes de apoyo han sido ampliamente discutidas en la literatura psicosocial. Sin embargo, la relación entre ambas, previsible desde un punto de vista teórico, no ha recibido suficiente atención ni contrastación empírica alguna. Por tanto, indagamos la relación existente entre el capital social y la confianza experimentada por jóvenes universitarios de una ciudad media de México ante sus conflictos más frecuentes. Específicamente buscamos conocer los problemas más habituales que experimentan jóvenes universitarios, sondear su capital social e identificar la relación existente entre este capital social y la confianza percibida hacia el mismo para la solución de los problemas expresados. Nos adscribimos a una metodología no experimental, transversal, cuantitativa, por medio de encuestas cuyos datos hemos procesado por medio del programa SPSS versión 21. Los hallazgos sugieren que, contra lo que cabría esperar, no existe relación entre la confianza percibida y la cantidad de la comunicación directa o telefónica que se establece con redes de apoyo como la familia, los amigos y los vecinos. No obstante, sí hay una relación entre el número de personas con las que se cuenta ante vivenciar una seria crisis personal y los mayores niveles de confianza en los jóvenes. Estos hallazgos permiten matizar la relación entre confianza y redes de apoyo, estableciendo una diferencia entre ésta y la red social propiamente dicha; y también una distinción entre los recursos a que se apela en situaciones de crisis y las interacciones propias de la cotidianidad.

Hector Herrera-Barragán, Universidad Juarez Autonoma de Tabasco. México

“Comunidades chontales de Nacajuca frente a la industria extractiva petrolera: Miradas sobre cambio ambiental”

Petróleos de México (PEMEX) ha operado intensamente en zonas chontales del estado de Tabasco por más de 50 años y ha mantenido una tensa relación con comunidades pertenecientes a esta etnia, una clara evidencia al respecto la constituye la activa participación de los chontales en el “Pacto Ribereño” que de acuerdo con Uribe (2003) es el “primer movimiento ecologista popular de México”. En el caso de los Chontales de Nacajuca, existen dos acontecimientos relativamente recientes de gran relevancia en lo relativo a la relación puntual con la industria extractiva petrolera: 1. El incendio por un lapso de dos meses desde el 27 de octubre del 2013 del pozo Terra 123 (Tabasco Hoy, 2013) y; 2. El descubrimiento de un yacimiento aparentemente prometedor publicitado a partir del 25 de noviembre de 2012 por el presidente en turno, Felipe Calderon, el Navegante 1 (CNN México, 2012). En ambos casos, la actividad petrolera irrumpe en el devenir de las comunidades, abruptamente mediante protestas y movilizaciones que apuntaban al resarcimiento del daño por la explosión del Terra 123 y; subrepticiamente, introduciendo una nueva configuración territorial que induce cambios en el ambiente tales como, por ejemplo, el ruido mismo emanado de las torres de perforación. Así pues, considerando la ineludible interacción, directa o indirecta, entre las comunidades chontales y la actividad petrolera cabe preguntar ¿que efectos atribuye el indígena chontal a la industria extractiva petrolera en su medio ambiente? Se ha recurrido a la entrevista a profundidad para explorar la problemática indicada, de modo que se presentarán algunos testimonios de indígenas chontales relativos a imágenes de cambio ambiental (y consecuente deterioro de ciertas actividades productivas como la pesca) atribuido a la presencia de la actividad petrolera en la región.

Cynthia Lucia Huitrado-Téllez, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“The Conditional Cash Transfer programs (CCTs). The case of México”

The Conditional Cash Transfer programs (CCTs) have a very close relationship to programs to combat poverty in Latin America; the importance of such programs is to simply look at their use in programs to combat poverty. Since starting the operation of this type of money transfers can monitor compliance with the conditions imposed for the granting of benefits. Locate these programs in Mexico, allow you to see the operation in implementing one of the most important programs in the country, such as Prospera (renaming established in 2014); besides focusing on 156LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES conditionalities that are in this program to fight poverty, you can also see the budget for this program. Since 2002 a change was shown in the Expenditure Budget of the Federation as well as the allocation to be made to Social Development budget allocation to Oportunidades (formerly Progresa) is specified; observe the mention of its budget as part of investigation, since this program has implemented for eighteen years at 2015 and poverty levels have presented only minimal reductions. Hence the importance of measuring the percentage of gross domestic product to be devoted to this program and also make a study of poverty in comparison of the program budget; taking only the first 15 years of Progresa-Oportunidades program, that mean since 1997 to 2012. Getting this comparison, you could do a quantitative analysis (referring part of the cost of government) the operation of such programs and also whether it would be a new redesign of the social policy of the country; without considering the number of poor who are leaving the condition of poverty and extreme poverty and those who re-enter it.

Moisés Isaac Islas-De Anda, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“Movimientos sociales y la lucha por la democratización. El caso del Movimiento por la Paz, México”

El presente trabajo busca explicar qué tanto contribuyen los movimientos sociales a los procesos de democratización de una sociedad desde el caso del Movimiento por la Paz con Justicia y Dignidad. Los análisis teóricos referentes a los movimientos sociales se encuentran sumergidos en un vaivén al momento de establecer analíticamente si con la existencia de la acción colectiva recurrente los procesos de democratización avanzan más hacia un estado óptimo o si la movilización social es irrelevante en un régimen democrático institucional. Con la base de que las formas de acción colectiva son necesarias en una sociedad que aspire a ser considerada democrática, los resultados de los movimientos no siempre se traducen en indicadores de mayor calidad democrática. En cuanto a los indicadores de un avance en el proceso de democratización social tenemos que los movimientos sociales 1) denotan pluralidad en la sociedad; 2) en algunas ocasiones buscan acercamientos con las formas institucionalizadas de poder; y anclado a esto, sabemos también que 3) son una forma de participación directa de los ciudadanos dentro de las políticas públicas de un Estado. En cuanto a los resultados “anti-democráticos” que pueden atraer consigo los movimientos tenemos su 1) desvalorización sutil, causada por la desorganización social o por la falta de voluntad política de las instituciones; y 2) la represión, ya sea directamente accionada por las fuerzas armadas institucionales o por grupos paramilitares. En ese sentido, considerar al Movimiento por la Paz con Justicia y Dignidad como referente para hacer un análisis del posible incremento o decremento cualitativo en el proceso de democratización en México es útil puesto que las características del movimiento apuntan a una lógica estatal no autonomista que nos facilita un análisis con base en la teoría de la democracia. El conflicto radica en el hecho de que en el caso del Movimiento por la Paz, tanto los indicadores positivos como los negativos se hacen presentes. Los intentos de influir dentro de la política militar mexicana por medios legales indican que el país ve por buen camino en cuanto a la democratización, incuso existe a Ley General de Víctimas, aprobada debido a la presión ejercida por el movimiento. Sin embargo los hechos de represión y amenazas contra el movimiento están bien documentados, además de que lo hechos apuntan a que la Ley de Víctimas fue y es inútil hasta el día de hoy. Así pues, este trabajo se enfoca en la evaluación de los avances democráticos en nuestro país a partir de esta forma de acción colectiva que fue el Movimiento por la Paz.

Mayra Guadalupe Íñiguez-Basurto, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“Relación Sociedad Civil y Gobierno, aliados o adversarios. Comparativo México-Chile” En América Latina 20 países cuentan con destacada participación de la Sociedad Civil en diferentes escalas; la construcción histórica social del sujeto y su reconocimiento teórico a partir de dos casos; como el de Chile donde las Organizaciones de Sociedad Civil toman el control y generan acciones de apoyo después del terremoto sucedido el 17 de septiembre, donde 12 muertos y mas de un millón fueron de evacuados, y México con el ejemplo en el cual 30 organizaciones sociales se reunieron en un foro donde consensuaron una agenda que logre pasar de la denuncia a la acción, luego de hechos como las ejecuciones en Tlatlaya y la desaparición de 43 estudiantes de la normal Rural de Ayotzinapa. Es relativamente reciente si consideramos que la mayoría de las OSC (Organizaciones de la Sociedad Civil) fueron creadas a partir de la década de los ochenta, esto demuestra que la intervención de la sociedad civil como un actor social en el quehacer público nacional ha sido al mismo tiempo causa y efecto de los cambios democráticos que ha 157LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES vivido el país, de esta manera intentamos descubrir las expectativas y realidades como símbolo de solidaridad y cambio social de las Organizaciones de la Sociedad Civil como protagonista de la gobernanza, como también el prestigio que va tomando y el desencanto del aparato gubernamental, sin dejar atrás los movimientos sociales e instituciones públicas vectores del progreso y retraso del desarrollo, a su vez la cultura del individualismo transgresor que permea la sociedad. . En ambos países ambos se generaron acciones que marcaron un antecedente de la sociedad civil hacia el gobierno, por lo que estos tuvieron que implementar una serie de programas en Chile se desencadeno el programa para Fortalecer Alianzas entre la Sociedad Civil y el Estado, por otra parte en México se llevo acabo el Programa Sociedad Civil entre estado y el mercado, lo anterior debido a que El INEGI indica en su Cuenta Satélite de las Instituciones sin Fines de Lucro de México (CSISFLM) que alrededor del 1% de la población pertenecen a asociaciones y organizaciones sin fines de lucro y que realizan el trabajo voluntario de manera formal en organizaciones establecidas. Palabras Clave: Organizaciones, Sociedad Civil, Gobernanza, vectores del progreso, individualismo.

Laura Aritmética Jaime-Oliver, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“Fundamentos legales de la Guerra contra el Narco en México y sus implicaciones”

En el año 2007 el entoncespresidente de México Felipe Calderón declaró la guerra contra el narcotráfico. Entre las consecuencias de esta declaración se encontraba el señalamiento de los enemigos públicos: el narcotraficante. A estos sujetos, como en las guerras, es indispensable controlarlos por todos los medios, incluso la muerte. Las violaciones que estos sujetos realizan, según el Código Penal Federal, son delitos en contra de la salud. La medida, aunque impopular, se implementó en todo el país, los enfrentamientos entre narcotraficantes y ejército y la policía federal se incrementaron, miles de personas murieron a consecuencia. Situación que Felipe Calderón consideró como necesaria para erradicar “el cáncer” que representa el narcotráfico. Los años pasaron, y el presidente autoproclamado del empleo, se convirtió en el presidente de la guerra contra el narco y con ello, el presidente que sería recordado como aquel que provocó la muerte de miles de mexicanos. Paradójicamente el intent de proteger a los mexicanos de delitos que van en contra de la “salud”, provocó miles de muertes. Desafortunadamente, el tratamiento fue más dañino que el cáncer. Legalmente la justificación de la búsqueda, aprehensión y hasta eliminación de los narcotraficantes pone énfasis en la salud pública. Ante esto es justo preguntarse ¿Cómo el Estado por medio de la ley justifica la persecución en contra de narcotraficantes en México? ¿Bajo qué principios el Estado puede declarar la guerra en contra de sujetos que venden sustancias? Las respuestas se encuentran analizando el Código Penal Federal y la Ley de Salud. El fundamento principal es que el Estado tiene la facultad exclusiva de determinar qué sustancias son ilegales, y cómo algunas de ellas sólo pueden ser distribuidas por agentes “autorizados”. Siguiendo el fundamento legal de la guerra contra el narco, descubriremos que detrás de ello, se encuentra una estrategia biopolítica.

Antonio Jiménez-Díaz, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

Erandini Donaxi Pinto-Pérez, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

Alfonso Martínez-Allegre, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“Las implicaciones jurídicas por la colisión de derechos a la salud en menores de edad frente a la creencia religiosa de sus padres o tutores: Caso Testigos de Jehová”

El reconocimiento de los derechos humanos en el contexto latinoamericano por los Estados Parte de los convenios y protocolos regionales y, su coexistencia con las Constituciones Locales de cada uno de los países de la región es la premisa de los conflictos que genera la colisión por diversos derechos. En el caso particular, existe por una parte el derecho humano a la creencia religiosa y, por otro los derechos a la vida y a la salud, que en caso de transfusiones sanguíneas o intervenciones quirúrgicas de menores de edad pueden llegar a generar conflicto, ello en razón de la 158LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES interpretación teológica de los creyentes de la religión Testigos de Jehová. En el caso de los mayores de edad, queda patente el principio de autonomía de la voluntad en el que cada persona puede decidir si admite o rechaza una intervención, sin embargo en el caso de los menores de edad, el planteamiento es distinto pues dado el grado de madurez psicológica, aquél no puede elegir y, limitativamente la legislación interna hace un trato igual a todos los menores sin importar su edad o grado de madurez. El dilema implica a padres de familia y sus responsabilidades así como las consecuencias en caso de negar algún tipo de tratamiento y, la de los médicos que se encuentran constreñidos a preservar el derecho a la vida y la salud de los pacientes.

Perla Josselyne López-Fuerte, Universidad De Guadalajara. México

“Perspectivas y Capacidad de Intervención en la Agenda Estatal de los Movimientos Sociales de Familiares de Desaparecidos: Análisis Comparativo entre México y Países del Cono Sur de América Latina”

La presente propuesta es un análisis comparado del fenómeno de desaparición forzada en México, y países del cono Sur de América Latina. Se aborda a la desaparición forzada como un problema multicausal con consecuencias multidimensionales, un fenómeno cotidiano pero también con periodos específicos donde fuerzas del Estado se han visto involucradas directamente. Si bien en México no existieron dictaduras militares en la segunda mitad del siglo XX, sí se reconoce el carácter autoritario y represor de los gobiernos. Puntualizando dichos periodos como la llamada “guerra sucia” de la década de los años 70, hasta los acontecimientos del 26 de septiembre de 2014 en Iguala, Guerrero. Eje crucial entre el olvido, la memoria y las acciones concretas, son los familiares de los desaparecidos y desaparecidas. Sujetos que padecen un torrente de emociones desolador y son víctimas de instituciones de un Estado que no tiene la capacidad ni la voluntad de atender responsablemente las demandas. Es entonces a partir de la rabia, el dolor, y la indignación de donde surge la posibilidad de empezar a tejer redes internas de comunicación entre diferentes actores sociales y a configurar acciones que gracias a la persistencia podrían devenir en movimientos sociales tan fuertes y consolidados capaces de negociar para incidir en las acciones del Estado. Actualmente en México, saltan a la vista los esfuerzos de los padres y madres de los normalistas de Ayotzinapa y Organizaciones no gubernamentales como Familias Unidas por Nuestros Desaparecidos Jalisco, que apuntan a la conformación de un bloque de lucha como fue y es, el movimiento de las Madres y Abuelas de la Plaza de Mayo. Se sustenta lo anterior expuesto en experiencias nacionales e internacionales retomando los casos específicos de Argentina, Chile y El Salvador donde el apoyo masivo incluso logró crear las Comisiones de la Verdad o la Ley de Víctimas en nuestro país.

Juventino López-García, Universidad Autónoma de Aguascalientes. México

Fernando Padilla-Lozano, Universidad Autónoma de Aguascalientes. México

Pablo Gutiérrez-Castorena, Universidad Autónoma de Aguascalientes. México

“El impacto de la globalización en la economía de Aguascalientes, México”

La finalidad del presente trabajo es analizar los cambios y/o transformaciones que se presentan en la economía de Aguascalientes. Se examina el proceso reciente de industrialización de Aguascalientes a partir de la globalización económica mundial como un caso de regionalización, debido a que los impactos de la globalización se concentran en última instancia en las regiones y localidades. En este marco de globalización, los países, estados y regiones deben incrementar su competitividad y mejorar su desempeño en el mercado internacional, elevando su productividad, calidad y fiabilidad, en este proceso los desarrollos tecnológicos son una parte importante en el desempeño de las regiones y en particular de las empresas, incluyéndose a Aguascalientes como parte de este proceso. En el trabajo se plantea, que a partir de la globalización los flujos de Inversión Extranjera Directa (IED), se incrementaron en Aguascalientes, dando lugar a un proceso de industrialización acelerada principalmente en los sectores automotriz, electrónica y eléctrico, siendo el destino de estos productos principalmente los mercados 159LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES internacionales. En este proceso de globalización-regionalización de Aguascalientes las políticas públicas del gobierno estatal proporcionaron los estímulos y la infraestructura para una industrialización factible, así como elementos relacionados con la mano de obra, relaciones laborales, educación y capacitación y factores externos como una coyuntura económica en el proceso de globalización. El proceso de industrialización a partir de la globalización ha producido una modernización intensa en el aparato productivo y una calificación importante entre los trabajadores. Desgraciadamente el esfuerzo de los trabajadores, no se ha visto compensado ya que se presentan caídas en sus niveles de bienestar, o existe un desempeño sumamente lento.

Ana Isai López-Guerra, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“Violación a los derechos humanos de las mujeres centroamericanas transmigrantes en el territorio mexicano”

En la actualidad México es considerado el mayor corredor migratorio, es utilizado como puente hacia los Estados Unidos por miles de migrantes en su mayoría centroamericanos. Durante su tránsito estas personas deben sortear distintos obstaculos puestos por autoridades gubernamentales o bien por el crimen organizado. De acuerdo con una investigación realizada por Eleonor Goldberg en el 2014, el 80 % de las mujeres y niñas que cruzan hacia Estados Unidos a través de México son violadas durante la travesía. La trata y el secuestro de migrantes es un problema latente en nuestro país, el 15 de junio de 2009, la Comisión Nacional de los Derechos Humanos presentó el Informe Especial sobre los casos de secuestro en contra de migrantes en el que se muestra la clara necesidad de un programa de protección al migrante. Esta realidad, por su condición vulnerable, es mucho más adversa para las mujeres transmigrantes,. Es importante estudiar la realidad que viven estas mujeres en su intento por insertarse en el mercado laboral principalmente estadounidense y su busqueda de una mejor calidad de vida para ellas y sus familias, y todos los actos de ilegalidad que deben soportar al ver sus Derechos humanos violentados con el único objetivo de llegar a su destino.

Miguel Armando López-Leyva, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México

G. Georgina Sosa-Hernández, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México

“Democracia, división de poderes y grupos de poder: Evaluando el ‘Pacto por México’”

Uno de los elementos básicos para la consolidación de un régimen democrático es la capacidad de los gobiernos electos para la toma de decisiones, sin injerencia externa, y que esas decisiones sean asumidas por todos los actores políticos relevantes. Dicho de otra manera, que el control del poder político esté en manos de civiles y que puedan ejercerlo sin la intervención -directa o indirecta- de grupos que ejerzan presiones de hecho (poderes fácticos). Asimismo, uno de los aspectos clave de la calidad de la democracia es que exista una efectiva rendición de cuentas, es decir, división de poderes y transparencia en el ejercicio del gobierno. Con esa perspectiva, nos proponemos evaluar la "agenda reformista" de los primeros años del presidente Enrique Peña Nieto (2012-2018). Esta agenda requería, dada la realidad del "gobierno sin mayorías", de una estrategia de negociación que permitiera procesar y legislar modificaciones constitucionales, las cuales requieren dos terceras partes de las Cámaras del Congreso de la Unión. Esa estrategia fue el "Pacto por México", un acuerdo nacional entre los principales actores de la política nacional. ¿En qué medida este acuerdo representa, quizás, la única forma de confrontar poderes fácticos (sindicatos y televisoras, por citar los más relevantes)? ¿En qué medida el “Pacto por México” fue una estrategia que se constituyó en un canal de decisión paralelo al Congreso, poniendo en entredicho la división de poderes? La idea central de esta ponencia es que tanto la toma de decisiones autónoma como la rendición de cuentas en la democracia mexicana son aún incipientes porque las dimensiones del ejercicio del poder no se han transformado o lo han hecho de manera insuficiente. Así, ante la insuficiencia de reglas que procesen conflictos y negociaciones de manera clara, la opción de las salidas informales se establece en la lógica del juego político.

Rosalía López-Paniagua, 160LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES

Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México

“Exclusion in higher education and social inequality in Mexico and Chile”

In the last three decades, it is noted in the policy of public higher education in Mexico, a gradual and underground reversal as a result of the adoption of international standards, basically OECD, involving an impact of social exclusion, which underpins one growing and serious consequences of social exclusion phenomenon of educational advancement. This process shows, special features, and little recognized in Mexico, but similar to those that have been implemented in other Latin American countries like Chile, where the current situation of severe educational exclusion exists. A comparative analysis can help visualize the situation that will soon be living in Mexico because of deepened this guidance is expected to aggravation of social inequality, and deepening deterioration of living conditions in one of the largest countries Latin America such as Mexico.

Rosalía López-Paniagua, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México

Araceli Uribe-Velazco, Universidad Michaoacana de San Nicolás de Hidalgo, México

Dante Ariel Ayala-Ortíz, Universidad Michaoacana de San Nicolás de Hidalgo, México

“Violence and Territory in Mexico and Colombia: Security in the perspective of Sustainable Local Development”

The social phenomenon of violence is global, but simultaneously responds to specific contexts, therefore, its understanding requires a holistic approach as is sustainability, which recognizes the territory not only in its physical- geographical dimension, but as a process partner It articulates specific-historical society and nature, and includes the global and the local. From this perspective the case of Mexico and Colombia discussed in particular the social response in the context of widespread violence and crisis of governance, economic and environmental currently lives in several Latin American countries. Identify the violence and its effects on the territory, it can help boost local sustainable development strategies based on the creation of safe areas.

Celia Magaña-García, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“Paradojas y tensiones de los Derechos Humanos en la agenda de la Integración Social en América Latina: Género, Raza y Exclusiones”

En los procesos de integración en América Latina se suelen privilegiar, los aspectos económicos y políticos, sin embargo, se reconoce que estas acciones que se dan en estos campos, tienen repercusiones en el ámbito social. Este trabajo se articula en tres partes, en una primera parte se presentan algunas notas que buscan hacer evidente que es necesaria una reflexión crítica sobre el hecho mismo de cómo están estructuradas jerárquicamente las demandas y las agendas sociales en los principales procesos de integración latinoamericana. Se trata de una invitación a no dar por sentada una estructuración jerarquizada y formal de los procesos de integración que se basan aún de manera tácita en una concepción muy formalista de los Estados-Nación. En una segunda parte se presentan algunos de los indicadores más importantes de la dimensión social, en los cuáles se constata que las materias en las que la región sigue presentando rezagos, son los que se tienen que ver con las cuestiones sociales. Y finalmente, en un tercer momento, se presenta una reflexión acerca de la necesidad de replantear la centralidad que para nuestra región latinoamericana resultan centrales y que han sido y corren el riesgo de seguir siendo sub-representadas y minimizadas, como lo son las cuestiones de exclusiones con base en el género y la raza.

Ignacio Medina-Nuñez, Universidad de Guadalajara. México 161LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES

“Minería y Deterioro Ambiental en Centroamérica”

Este trabajo analiza varios proyectos de minería en el área centroamericana (Guatemala, Honduras, El Salvador, Nicaragua y Costa Rica) para mostrar cómo las empresas trasnacionales extraen recursos con grandes ganancias mientras que en las comunidades locales dejan solamente bajos salarios y un gran deterioro ambiental, especialmente con los métodos de la minería a cielo abierto.

Eduardo Mendoza-Cota, El Colegio de la Frontera. México

“Mexico-US economic integration and its impact on cross-border economic organizations in the San Diego-Tijuana border region”

The trend towards economic integration between the US and Mexico has affected the economic and social relations in the border region. Given the size of the economy of California and its increasing economic interaction with Baja California, the San Diego-Tijuana border has become one of the most important regions with cross-border economic relations. The process of economic integration has created a region where on the one hand, the city of San Diego specializes in high-tech activities and, on the other hand, Tijuana provides low-skilled manufactures and services. However, the degree of development of both cities shows noticeable differences and asymmetries at the economic, political and cultural level. Within this context, the border has become a porous place with intense flows of workers, investments, and trade. The increasing business activities have created a blurred border from the economic point of view. In this perspective, the organizations that dedicated to cooperation and governance in the region, based on public and private collaboration and social and cultural interaction have increased the economic and social integration of the two borders cities, particularly since the expansion of globalization and the establishment of the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA). In order to understand how this increasing interdependence has affected the organizations which contribute to the governance of the shared challenges and opportunities of the region, the goal of the paper is aimed at gathering information and analyzing the vision, obstacles and achievements of the main stakeholders in the cooperation and governance of the San Diego- Tijuana region. It also seeks to relate the increasing economic integration and business cycles of the economies of San Diego and Tijuana to the development of both national and binational economic organizations in the border region. The methodology of analysis uses both statistical estimations of the economic integration of San Diego and Tijuana and semi-structured interviews of economic organizations to analyze the increasing economic integration and the role and achievements of the cross-border economic organizations. The results showed positive correlations of Mexican economic indicators such as GDP, manufactures and the service sectors with the GDP of San Diego, and also a high volatility on the Mexican side. It can be concluded that the intensity of the economic activities at the border have interconnections on both sides.

Ana Cecilia Morquecho-Güitrón, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“Formación profesional e inserción laboral: expectativas y temores en los estudiantes del Centro Universitario de la Ciénega”

La educación es, sin duda, un elemento fundamental del desarrollo. Para los jóvenes la formación universitaria representa el elemento clave para aumentar en cantidad como en calidad las oportunidades de desarrollo y la calidad de vida. En México ingresar a la universidad y permanecer en ella hasta culminar los estudios no es una tarea sencilla. Un joven universitario enfrenta el reto entre trabajar, estudiar o trabajar y estudiar mientras estudia, de resolver como costear los gastos mientras es estudiante pero también de negociar con las expectativas personales y las que depositan en ellos sus padres. El propósito de la investigación fue entrevistar a estudiantes universitarios mexicanos, para conocer sobre su experiencia en su formación profesional y sus expectativas y temores ante su incorporación al trabajo. En la investigación participaron 550 estudiantes de las 14 diferentes licenciaturas que se ofertan en el Centro Universitario de la Ciénega. La muestra fue balanceada según el sexo, el grupo de edad, la sede y el tipo de licenciatura que estudia. Se utilizó la encuesta de auto aplicación que indagaba acerca de las expectativas 162LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES que tiene un estudiante de licenciatura hacia su formación y la incorporación al mercado laboral, las formas en que se sostienen económicamente mientras estudian, así como también sobre los temores y las preocupaciones que los jóvenes manifestaron tener sobre su desempeño académico, en su vida familiar y social así como sobre los riesgos que enfrentan en esa etapa. Los resultados identificaron que uno de los temores más grandes de los estudiantes es su miedo a no poder terminar sus estudios universitarios (63%) además de que aparece entre ellos la preocupación a decepcionar a los padres, y el 63% asegura tener miedo de no poder terminar sus estudios universitarios.

Ana Bárbara-Mungaray, Universidad Autónoma de Baja California. México

“Social Innovation for the reduction of inequality in Tijuana, Mexico: Elements for a policy proposal.”

The increase and persistence of economic and social inequality, measured either by income or access to basic goods such as food, education, health and infrastructure, has become a matter of concern for diverse actors in society, in the global, regional and local agenda. It is unavoidable the need for the design of policies to lower inequality particularly in the context of developing countries. In this sense, Mexico performs high social and economic inequality rates; Its Gini index (4.8) in 2012 is by far bigger than the average in other OECD countries (3.1) the same year. Baja California is a province with one of the highest inequality rates in the country, in 2012, its Gini index was 5.1, above the national average. Tijuana is one of the most unequal cities in the country. Many studies show how in Mexico traditional social policies have had short-lived effects making visible the need for alternative policies and efforts that focus on individuals, their capacities and their social local contexts. Social innovation becomes fundamental in this context. Social innovation is a process of collective learning whose impacts manifest primarily in the regional context because it is related to social issues that the community tries to solve; it could represent a fundamental tool for solving problems in scenarios where social capital is scarce or there is an enduring inequality. Social innovation is the result of the dialogue between different groups and actors in a society; it allows the spread of knowledge and generates public spaces that are overlooked by the government policies (Richer, 2005; Cloutier, 2003). This paper examines the design and first stage results of a social innovation project that relates the Autonomous University of Baja California schools of Medicine, Education, Economics and Public administration to local communities of Tijuana in the search of increasing individual capacities (health, education and income) of both lower income community members and students and the reduction of integral inequality.

Ana Araceli Navarro-Becerra, Universidad de Guadalajara

“Ser investigador hoy. El perfil de los Jóvenes Investigadores del Consejo Nacional de Ciencia y Tecnología en las instituciones de educación superior”

No Abstract

Eva Esperanza Osorio-Rubio, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

Luis Iván Ramírez- Osorio, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“Local farmer products in the university”

The project involves a University direct purchase of local farmers products, aimed to prepare the University´s Canteen meals and daily menu, establishing a direct chain of distribution between the local farmer and a big potential consumer population (16,000 including students, administratives, teachers). The model is inspired in the Fair Trade procedure. In case of prices going down, or collapsing in the economy market, the University should pay a fixed price, better than the collapsing prices (Fair Trade). It should not affect University´s budget, since the prices in the scholar canteen (restaurant) will cover the expenses or may be adjusted. The University will be adressing 163LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES fundamental problems such as: 1.- The lack of opportunities, resources (human, economic, etc.) of local farmers to sell their poduct, which is the main problem we want to solve. 2.- The unhealthy, overpriced food eaten in University Centers. 3.- Health and Environmental issues. Objectives: To enable Local Farmers to promote and sell their production in a market that will respect their dignity and rights, with nonprofit intention. To provide training and new technologies to the farmer (environmentally safe practices). To promote local farmer production, healthier habits in the University´s community. Long term goals Improve Farmer´s economic situation. They will reinvest their profits in new machinery, seeds, transport. The knowledgement and training acquired from the University will enable producers to explore modern techniques. Generate more revenues and jobs starting small family businesses (preparing preserves, pastries). Promotion of Healthy and responsible Eating Behaviors. Sustainable Business Practices Human Rights The University will: Respect the terms of association the producers choose (Cooperative, individual contract) specified and signed in a contract. Set a Joint Commitee (farmers - university). Environmental responsibility the University will avoid the use of hazzardous environmental practices.

Fernando Padilla-Lozano, Universidad Autónoma de Aguascalientes. México

Juventino López-García, Universidad Autónoma de Aguascalientes. México

“Implicaciones Industriales y estructuración Territorial en el estado de Aguascalientes”

La globalización se encuentra inmersa en los procesos de regionalización, en el caso de Aguascalientes, el estado corresponde a un territorio en permanente construcción, en donde concurren diversos procesos, pero principalmente es precisamente a través del marco globalizador, en donde se experimenta la gestión territorial como espacio de análisis sobre la relación del contexto local con el entorno exógeno. El neoliberalismo económico se asocia de manera cercana a un proceso actual que implica serias y complejas realidades: la globalización. Como expresión de las condiciones que impone éste proceso en la economía mundial, las empresas multinacionales emprendieron una reestructuración productiva a nivel global, con nuevas y modificadas estrategias que les permitieron insertarse en el nuevo orden económico internacional, incorporando como parte de sus proyectos a los espacios de reserva en la expansión del capital multinacional. El modelo de dependencia es preponderantemente diversificado en actividades comerciales e industriales. Si bien, los servicios tienden a cotizarse mucho más que las materias primas, a nivel regional se observa una brecha entre las capacidades tecnológicas y el estilo de vida moderno entre los municipios industrializados y los de vocación agrícola. Ese nivel tecnológico incrementa la capacidad exportadora, por la cual, valga decir, se ha vuelto competitivo en la carrera global por atraer las inversiones productivas de la fiebre neoliberal que impulsan las multinacionales, a las cuales, por cierto no interesa impulsar territorios carentes de ventajas e infraestructura competitiva. El contexto globalizado es en términos de intercambio económico, social, cultural; pero su motor esencial lo representan el mercado, la competencia y la búsqueda de la rentabilidad y la ganancia. Generado hasta ahora, una gran segregación social, ventajas para los inversionistas extranjeros y hereda miles de pobres e inequidad que aprovechan los mecanismos autoritarios o con bajo perfil de desarrollo social.

Karina Parra-Elizalde, Universidad Autónoma de Baja California. México

“Inseguridad alimentaria desde una perspectiva de pobreza: experiencias de intervención comunitaria en Baja California”

La inseguridad alimentaria es un problema complejo que requiere ser abordado desde distintos ángulos debido a que tiene relación con múltiples factores y dimensiones. Ésta se manifiesta en numerosos trastornos físicos y psicológicos (FAO, 2014). Por lo general, se refiere a las distintas condiciones del estado nutricio de los individuos, tales pueden ser la desnutrición, subnutrición o hambre crónica, malnutrición, sobrepeso y obesidad. Estas condiciones a su vez se entretejen con diversas problemáticas sociales, locales, nacionales, regionales o globales, como son la pobreza y la desigualdad económica, entre otros. De todos estos aspectos de la inseguridad alimentaria el más preocupante es el hambre (o pobreza alimentaria). Según la FAO , 805 millones de personas en el mundo se encuentran crónicamente subalimentadas, es decir, viven con la privación de acceso a los nutrientes que requieren 164LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES para desenvolverse sana y activamente. Según el CONEVAL para el año 2012, el 52.6% de la población en México sufría algún tipo de pobreza. Mientras que el 30.2% de la población de Baja California se encontraba en esta situación, correspondiendo al 2.7% de su población (91,512 personas) en condición de pobreza extrema o pobreza alimentaria. Estas cifras muestran la magnitud del problema de inseguridad alimentaria en el que se encuentra Baja California, a la vez que evidencian el desempeño ineficiente de las instituciones públicas en sus estrategias, políticas, reglas y reglamentos en torno a resolver dicho problema. Los resultados del programa de intervención comunitaria plantean una serie de problemáticas en torno a la inseguridad alimentaria por resolver en las comunidades de Tijuana. El propósito de este trabajo es examinar los principales resultados de la fase de diagnóstico del proyecto “Intervención Comunitaria en Tijuana” de tal forma que sea posible caracterizar el estado de la inseguridad alimentaria en estas comunidades

Linda Gabriela Peñaloza, Universidad Autónoma de Guerrero. México

Alejandro Valdéz-Toscano Universidad Autónoma de Guerrero. México

“Guatemala: an analysis of elections 2015”

On October 6, 2015, Guatemala celebrated the eighth electoral general process from the return of the democracy, in 1985. Since in all the previous elections, none of the presidential candidates obtained the absolute needed majority, by what the second return was celebrated last October 25. The decision was turning between a comedian and ex-the first lady, giving as result that the candidate for the party Forehead National Convergence (FNC) is the elect President for the period 2015-2019. The main purpose of the work is to examine the electoral process of 2015; taking as a precedent the previous process (2011) and the scandal of corruption between former president Otto Perez Molina, former vicepresident Roxana Baldetti and a group of businessmen. It is necessary to mention the fact that immediately after the event mentioned above; Guatemala has turned into world example for taking outrage from the President before a case of corruption. Another events will be described such as the cessation of power in Guatemala, what is and of what does it consist?, the procedure to effect it according to the articles of the Civil Code of Guatemala (article 1717 to the article 1721) and the cases of political outrages that have existed in the Central American country; for the electoral process of 2015, the offers will be approached of each one of the candidates and the results of the first and second return; finally an analysis of conjuncture will do to itself, that is to say, a comparison between the change in the politics of Guatemala and the change obtained in the Guatemalan citizenship as consequence of the case of corruption.

Heberto Romeo Priego-Álvarez, Universidad Juárez Autónoma de Tabasco UJAT. México

Nery Suárez-Lugo, Escuela Nacional de Salud Pública. Cuba

“Panorama de la mercadotecnia en salud en América Latina”

La Red Iberoamericana de Mercadotecnia en Salud -RIMS-, ha propiciado hacer uso en la región de las ventajas que ofrece la globalización, al compartir el enriquecimiento teórico y práctico en mercadotecnia aplicada a la salud, al disponer de resultados para extraer enseñanzas, compartir experiencias exitosas desde la academia y los servicios, en el cambio de comportamientos, los servicios, y la realización de investigaciones para proyectar y evaluar estrategias, programas, proyectos y campañas, que repercutan en las políticas sociales que tributan al bienestar de la población. En América Latina, aun es insuficiente el conocimiento en mercadotecnia y su aplicación en la esfera de la salud, aunque entre profesionales y gerentes se manifiesta el interés por conocerla y existe una actitud positiva hacia su utilización, así como los beneficios que podría aportar, sin diferencias sustantivas entre países. Sin embargo, es insuficiente su empleo en los servicios y los programas de salud en su mayoría, carecen de estrategias, sustentadas en políticas sociales y campañas de comunicación, que faciliten los cambios de comportamientos que se requieren para mejorar la situación de salud de las personas. Si bien se cuenta con docentes preparados para ofrecer en las 165LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES universidades de la región diferentes modalidades de formación en mercadotecnia, en pregrado y postgrado, es insuficiente la comprensión de las autoridades académicas y sanitarias, de la utilidad que puede representar el crear competencias de mercadotecnia, que requiere de la integración de saberes y habilidades, que permitan afrontar eficientemente situaciones problemáticas en la salud pública actual y enfrentar los retos del milenio y la globalización, en cuanto a la cobertura universal con calidad. Estudios realizados por un equipo de investigadores de RIMS, permitió disponer de un diagnóstico al respecto y trazar un plan de acción para lograr el posicionamiento de la mercadotecnia, en su enfoque social en la salud.

Óscar Priego-Hernández, Universidad Juárez Autónoma de Tabasco. México

Miguel A. Ramírez-Martínez, Universidad Juárez Autónoma de Tabasco. México

José Félix García-Rodríguez, Universidad Juárez Autónoma de Tabasco. México

Aida B. Armenta-Ramírez Universidad Juárez Autónoma de Tabasco. México

“Los aspectos sociales de la migración en la frontera sur de México con Guatemala”

De conformidad con el Instituto Nacional de Migración, México se ha convertido en un país que recibe grandes flujos migratorios de carácter irregular en tránsito hacia Estados Unidos. Los indocumentados asegurados provienen de 7 países pero principalmente de Honduras, El Salvador y Guatemala. De conformidad con las estadísticas de migración se estima que unos 500 migrantes cada día están cruzando hacia México por las diferentes rutas de pasos formales e informales pero principalmente lo hacen por la comunidad del Ceibo Guatemala. Los migrantes utilizan diversos pasos informales de selvas y ríos en busca del ferrocarril de carga llamado la “Bestia” que se detiene en el municipio de Tenosique Tabasco en donde pueden subirse sin mayores problemas en su trayectoria hacia el centro del país y de ahí buscar las rutas hacia la frontera norte. El trabajo presenta los resultados del proyecto de investigación sobre los impactos de los flujos migratorios en la frontera Sur de México con Guatemala. Consiste en analizar la problemática relacionada con los aspectos sociales y económicos originada por los flujos migratorios en la frontera. El estudio está basado mayormente en trabajo de campo mediante una metodología de enfoque cualitativa para recabar directamente información de la situación de los migrantes en las principales zonas de concentración, así como realizar entrevistas y analizar los indicadores del desarrollo social para proponer políticas públicas y estrategias que permitan frenar la migración en esta frontera. La migración en esta frontera no solo es el paso de migrantes, implica todo un proceso complejo que se traduce en grupos de personas vinculadas a bandas delictivas y vulnerables para el contrabando de drogas, tráfico de armas, delincuencia organizada, enfermedades, violencia, narcotráfico y transformación de patrones culturales que genera conflictos de tipo económicos, de salud y de permanencia a su paso por México como país receptor.

Ma. Teresa Prieto-Quezada, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

José Claudio Carrillo-Navarro, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“Violencia online en estudiantes Universitarios”

En las últimas investigaciones que se ha realizado en América Latina, particularmente relacionado con el tema de violencia en las instituciones escolares, frecuentemente los investigadores señalan que esta pandemia que está invadiendo las escuelas, obstaculiza un desarrollo normal del proceso enseñanza-aprendizaje y contamina la interacción a distintos niveles entre los sujetos que conviven en los espacios escolares. Desde la educación primaria hasta niveles superiores, la violencia por medio de las redes sociales, es una constante en la vida de los alumnos, 166LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES apareciendo como un fenómeno multicausal y multicultural que afecta el entorno educativo y que puede desencadenar procesos tales como: deserción, reprobación, bajo rendimiento, así como falta de disciplina, civilidad, valores, respeto y solidaridad, además se ha observado como efecto de la violencia psicológica en alumnos, sentimientos de inferioridad, soledad, depresión, timidez o angustia que desencadenan violencia social. Esto plantea una problemática nueva en los ámbitos educativos de América Latina donde es imprescindible dar cuenta de una plataforma contextual que permita una aproximación interpretativa a los fenómenos relacionados con la violencia en el ámbito social y que se extienden hacia la escuela, tanto en nuestro país como en el mundo entero. Y más ahora que el problema de la violencia escolar se ha transpolado al mundo de las redes sociales relacionados con el Ciberbullying hay muchas preguntas sin responder, por ejemplo: ¿cómo se dará respuesta a estas nuevas conductas, incivilidades y violencias manifestadas por los niños y jóvenes por medio de la TICS?, ¿la violencia que expresan los niños y jóvenes es un reflejo de la crisis de valores que vive la sociedad?, ¿las instituciones educativas cómo pueden coadyuvar para detectar y resolver problemas de violencia en la escuela?, ¿qué nuevas formas de violencia surgen al interior de las instituciones, concretamente de las escuelas en América Latina?

Jocelyne Rabelo-Ramirez, Universidad Autonoma de Baja California. México

“Ingreso, educación y salud: cómo incrementar las capacidades socioecononómicas de la población en Baja California , México”

De acuerdo a la CEPAL (2011), América Latina es considerada la región con la “peor distribución del ingreso del mundo”, explicada en términos macroeconómicos por su heterogeneidad estructural, mercados laborales desiguales, existencia de grupos vulnerabeles y le presencia de brechas en materia educativa. México, país que forma parte de esta zona, está caracterizado por desigualdades regionales, en donde los estados del norte y sur se polarizan dados sus niveles de desarrollo, ingreso y pobreza. De acuerdo al CONEVAL (2014), el 46% de la población en este país vive en pobreza, sea extrema o moderada. Sin embargo, entre los estados de la forntera norte del país, y al interior de los mismos se observa esta condición de desigualdad, en donde algunos individuos se encuentran en desventaja en torno a su nivel educativo, de ingreso, acceso a salud e infraestructura., como ejemplo, se tiene que en Baja California, a pesar de su pujante economía, existen personas en esta condición. El objetivo de este documento es analizar la desigualdad socioeconómica en esta entidad federativa considerando las variables ingreso, educación y salud como aquellas que permiten, en el largo plazo, fortalecer las capacidades de los individuos y reducir la brecha. Si bien, existen esfuerzos de política pública que buscan disminuir este diferencial, estos no han sido suficientes, por lo que hemos desarrollado un programa de servicio social integral, que con la intervención de estudiantes de las Lic. En Medicina, Economía, Relaciones Internacionales, Administración Pública, Psicopedagogía y Docencia se busca fortalecer las capacidad individuales y colectivas de la población en Tijuana, Baja California.

Sandra Lucero Rivera-Martínez, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

Patricia Guadalupe Sandoval-Martínez, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“Exclusión social en América Latina. Pobreza en los asentamientos irregulares en la Zona Metropolitana de Guadalajara”

La exclusión social es un problema de múltiples dimensiones y que afecta, principalmente, a grupos en situación de vulnerabilidad, por ejemplo a mujeres, indígenas, personas con discapacidad, adultos mayores. Sin embargo, la globalización y la situación económica de los países latinoamericanos, sumada a la violencia en las ciudades, han cambiado los paradigmas sobre quiénes son los excluidos. Por esta razón, es de vital importancia comprender la relación entre la exclusión, la pobreza y la desigualdad en las zonas urbanas de América Latina, ya que los indicadores para medirlos se han mantenido e incluso aumentado; para muestra, según datos presentados por OXFAM México, más de veintitrés millones de personas en el país, no pueden adquirir una canasta básica. Aunado a los diversos elementos que generan desigualdad, la violencia en las ciudades de México es un factor que abona a que los grupos en situación de vulnerabilidad cambien, ya que son los niños, jóvenes, personas con discapacidad y 167LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES adultos mayores, con acceso limitado a educación de calidad y a ofertas laborales, los más propensos a vivir en condiciones de pobreza, y con ello, la exclusión social. Dentro de la Zona Metropolitana de Guadalajara (ZMG), existen asentamientos irregulares, primordialmente conformados por comunidades indígenas y personas en extrema situación de pobreza; estos casos son los que se pretenden analizar en la presente ponencia, con el fin último de discernir sus causales, así como encontrar los símiles entre cada uno de los asentamientos irregulares, y los efectos sociales, económicos y culturales para las personas que viven en estos contextos. Asimismo, se realizará un meso análisis de las políticas públicas implementadas por los diferentes niveles de gobierno, dirigidas a los citados grupos de población, las estrategias de los sectores privados, y la participación de las asociaciones civiles que trabajan en los asentamientos irregulares.

Alfonso Reynoso-Rábago, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

Jessica Reynoso-Gallegos, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“Una historia de éxito de una mujer empresaria de los Altos de Jalisco, México”

El estudio de las historias de mujeres exitosas en el ámbito empresarial mexicano, es un documento interesante toda vez que permite revelar, cómo la mujer se ha ido desarrollando en el mundo de los negocios en un país donde por tradición cultural, el rol que se asignaba a la mujer era predominantemente el hogar, rol que ha ido modificándose gracias en gran parte al proceso globalizador acaecido a partir de los años ochenta y que ha permitido, entre otras cosas, la incorporación de la mujer a los sectores laboral y empresarial. El documento en mención aborda esta temática a partir del análisis del perfil exitoso de una mujer empresaria de origen Jalisciense. En consecución de los objetivos de este estudio, me he valido de recursos diversos tales como entrevistas e investigación documental en torno a la figura de esta exitosa mujer. Esta ponencia analiza la información recabada siguiendo los lineamientos metodológicos de los estudios de caso y de las historias de vida, inspirándose en los enfoques de Daniel Bertaux y otros. La empresa, objeto del presente estudio, comenzó como un sencillo taller del ramo textil que adoptó las ideas de diseño y confección de prendas para dama de la tradición familiar hasta llegar a la exportación internacional de prendas para dama que diseñan profesionales expertos y hasta hoy constituyen una fuente de producción que emplea a cientos de personas. Entre los aspectos relevantes de esta historia de éxito es importante destacar que la empresa nació y creció a partir de las utilidades propias del negocio, en una época de crisis nacional. Esta historia muestra cómo a pesar del machismo imperante en México, una mujer con muy escasos recursos tiene éxito en los negocios nacionales e internacionales en mundo hecho sólo para hombres.

Luz Orieta Rodríguez-González, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

Victor Manuel Castillo-Girón, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

Suhey Ayala-Ramírez, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“Determinantes Institucionales y Socioterritoriales del Desarrollo Rural: Un análisis multidimensional”

Desde la década de los años 1950, lo rural refería a localidades apartadas de las grandes urbes, áreas con baja densidad poblacional y una actividad económica basada en el sector primario. En consecuencia, el objetivo de la mayor parte de las políticas de promoción del desarrollo rural era incrementar la productividad agrícola. Durante las últimas tres décadas dicha perspectiva se ha transformado. La diversificación de las actividades y, por tanto, de los ingresos en el ámbito rural, la heterogeneidad de los territorios y su población, la disminución de la población rural, así como los límites difusos entre lo rural y lo urbano, han dado pauta para transitar desde el llamado Modelo de Industrialización por Sustitución de Importaciones (ISI), hasta los enfoques del desarrollo local y endógeno. Bajo ese marco, el sector rural adquiere una nueva configuración espacial cuyas dinámicas demandan un análisis 168LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES multidimensional. Teniendo como contexto el estado de Jalisco, México, nos cuestionamos ¿porqué algunas regiones y municipios de la entidad no han generado procesos de desarrollo sólidos que los conduzcan a superar las condiciones marginales? y ¿bajo qué condiciones se explica que ciertos municipios del Estado hayan generado procesos de desarrollo? Nuestro objetivo es determinar los aspectos institucionales y socioterritoriales que contribuyen al desarrollo rural y que explican las transformaciones del sector rural jalisciense. De manera específica buscamos determinar si existe una conformación de patrones de desarrollo adaptativos entre los municipios rurales del Estado. En primer lugar se realizará una clasificación de los municipios rurales del estado de Jalisco. Enseguida, analizaran las transformaciones productivas que se han dado a nivel municipal incluyendo un análisis espacial para corroborar la existencia de dependencia productiva entre los municipios. Luego profundizamos en el desarrollo institucional que se ha generado en las últimas décadas y su interdependencia municipal. Asimismo, se discutirá la medición del desarrollo en los municipios a partir de una visión multidimensional que integra aspectos de diversos tipos como elementos importantes que influyen y determinan los niveles de desarrollo. Por último, se analizará la correlación entre el desarrollo de los municipios y su relación con los factores institucionales y socioterritoriales. Los datos a utilizar provienen de diversas instituciones como el Programa de las Naciones Unidas para el Desarrollo (PNUD), el Instituto Nacional de Estadística, Geografía e informática (INEGI) y del Banco de Información para la Investigación Aplicada en Ciencia Sociales (BIIACS). En el estudio se utilizará el análisis factorial a través del método de componentes principales, lo que nos permitirá, por un lado, determinar los indicadores que tienen mayor influencia en la tranformación productiva y en el desarrollo institucional y, por otro lado, permitirá obtener un indicador sobre el desarrollo con una perspectiva multidimensional.

Carlos Riojas, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“Agendas globales, agendas locales: procesos de cambio institucional en América Latina y Europa Central a finales del siglo XX”

El objetivo del ensayo es dibujar a grandes rasgos la coevolución institucional de las trayectorias históricas de América Latina y Europa Central a finales del siglo XX. Lo anterior tiene como finalidad demostrar cómo éstas se interconectaron a través del tiempo y del espacio gracias a una serie de hechos manifestados a nivel global y local. Dicha situación se relaciona a su vez con una agenda específica de cambio institucional. El texto se divide en dos apartados, primero nos cuestionamos si la eventual agenda global devino una agenda local, analizamos cómo estos espacios se interconectaron por distintas vías con fenómenos de envergadura mundial. Posteriormente, exponemos más detalles sobre los contextos de transformación global, donde destacamos los casos latinoamericanos, además, ofrecemos una comparación de los Índices de Desarrollo Humano y de Educación para explorar una eventual relación entre estos índices y los avances en los procesos de democratización. Algunos teóricos del neoinstitucionalismo económico mencionan que los niveles educativos tienen el potencial de impactar la velocidad de la transformación institucional, sin embargo, nosotros argumentamos que esta variable explica parte del proceso pero no todo el fenómeno en su conjunto.

Yunier Rojas-Bazail, Universidad de La Habana, Cuba.

“La política social ante la desigualdad en Cuba en momentos de crisis y reforma. Una reflexión cuya lección no ha sido aprendida.”

Es evidente que cuando analizamos la manera en que se ha diseñado la política social en la transición socialista cubana esta puede calificarse como una política integradora centrada en el desarrollo social, pero que opera con una lógica de unicidad, al combinar en una estrategia única, prevención, compensación y redistribución concreción de la llamada “intencionalidad social de la economía”. En ese sentido la propuesta que propongo ofrece los rasgos generales de la política social de la reforma cubana y hace una propuesta de renovación de la política social de manejo de la desigualdad en Cuba, basada en un contexto de “actualización del modelo económico cubano”. La política social debería orientarse a un manejo de la diversidad más que a una recuperación de los instrumentos de homogeneización social. También se plantean algunas propuestas para mejorar la capacidad de la gestión estatal en la reducción de las desventajas sociales y la mejora de los niveles de equidad. La propuesta de ponencia expresa con 169LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES claridad como correspondería a la intervención pública desde las políticas sociales perfeccionar la gestión del desarrollo social a través de la expansión de la sensibilidad de dichas políticas para captar y manejar las diferencias, en referencia a un patrón de justicia social. Ello implica el desplazamiento de la concepción homogenista hacia la introducción de la noción de norma socialista de igualdad-desigualdad en la política social, que establece un sistema de prioridades básicas para manejar la tensión entre equidad e inequidad. Asimismo, la importancia y originalidad está dada por el planteamiento de las diferentes tendencias de reestratificación social en la Cuba de hoy. Se explica cómo esas tendencias muestran un cuadro socioestructual donde se dibujan grupos en procesos relativos de precarización y elitización que sientan las pautas para la caracterización del esquema de estratificación de la sociedad cubana contemporánea.

Jorge Abel Rosales-Saldañaa, Universidad de Guadalajara

“Reforma Educativa y conflicto magisterial en México” La reforma de 2013 es un cambio político de alcances profundos porque lo que se propone es redistribuir el poder en la educación nacional en favor de los empresarios ávidos de lucrar con los servicios educativos, cuyo proyecto coincide con el modelo que pretende internacionalizar la OCDE para que la formación de los estudiantes esté en función de las necesidades de la acumulación capitalista. Ese cambio político se da en detrimento de la participación del magisterio, los padres de familia y los alumnos, las organizaciones populares y los grupos institucionales de pedagogos que desde hace décadas abogan por una reestructuración a fondo del sistema educativo. En cambio, como se ha señalado por muchos analistas, la reforma estructural peñista es una reforma laboral y administrativa que cambia la relación contractual del Estado con los trabajadores de la educación e introduce formas de control punitivo para someter a los maestros organizados, principal obstáculo para el avance del proyecto privatizador de la derecha encabezados por el Consejo Coordinador Empresarial, Mexicanos Primero y Televisa

Elsa Mireya Rosales-Estrada, Universidad Autónoma del Estado de México

Marcela Virginia Santana-Juárez, Universidad Autónoma del Estado de México

Francisco José Holguín-García, Universidad Autónoma del Estado de México

“Index of marginalization in México: A geographical approach”

One of the most important problems that facing the Latino American countries is the marginalization that have a lot of people, this situation is very critical because if we have a lot poor people in some country, then is very difficult for this getting a development, and is very complicated that people can be in good conditions for a social welfare. The main objective is to analyze of the marginalization distribution, the geographical perspective, we consider that the social exclusion can produce deep and extremes inequalities. Under this reflection this study has been made with regional geographical approach. Our study area is Mexico; It has analyzed the territory and places where the marginal population in México builds day to day as product of the demographical grown. The methodology used from the geographical point of view, consider a reviewing specialty literature and bases of data for getting important information, this data are the base for making the maps. And the most important results have been identified through the maps by regions.

Jesús Ruiz-Flores, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

Fernando Pedro Viacava-Breiding, Instituto Nacional Tecnológico de Morelia. México. México 170LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES

“El eje Latinoamericano de articulación en la Western Social Science Association” Antonio Santoni (1987) observa que las naciones latinoamericanas mantienen una sensibilidad reconstructiva de su realidad a través de la lente privilegiada del enfoque social, lo que implica al tiempo de lo social y económico, las aspiraciones, las expectativas, las visiones del mundo pequeño o grande de cada macro y microgrupo o incluso individuos, las relaciones entre los hombres ya sea de naturaleza artística, amorosa o afectiva. Esto es así porque de México a la Argentina, las distancias entre las clases sociales, la dialéctica entre cultura ancestral, requerimientos recientes y condicionamientos ideológicos, económicos y otros más, mantienen una relevancia viva. Latinoamérica es rica en fermentos ideales e impulsos innovadores a diversos niveles, pues aún nos encontramos cimentando cuestiones fundamentales de crecimiento material y cultural, exacerbados por condiciones de vida ciertamente estimulantes, pero a veces también desesperantes (Santoni, 1987/1995). Tenemos profundas raíces culturales, variadas tradiciones gastronómicas, literarias y extensos recursos naturales, mas llegamos a padecer el despotismo de políticos adversos a las tareas gubernamentales que asumen. Mantenemos la tarea de plantearnos el problema de la renovación y también el del vínculo pasado-presente-futuro en términos menos ideológicos (aun cuando esto paradójicamente sea por sí mismo ideológico). Al presentar ponencias en la Sección de Estudios Latinoamericanos de la Western Social Science Association, se pide a los autores hacer la referencia al contexto histórico-social no únicamente como dato, sino como algo a cuestionar en el punto mismo de partida. En esta ponencia se busca dar un panorama de la contribución de las ponencias presentadas en esta Sección desde el año 2000 en la pretensión planteada por los coordinadores de esta Sección. Se hace un análisis de las temáticas de las ponencias presentadas así como de la interlocución con otras Secciones de la Asociación. Se da cuenta del crecimiento en participación tenido en esos años así como de los diferentes sentidos y propósitos reconocidos por los participantes.

Renato Salas-Alfaro, Universidad Autónoma del Estado de México

“La vida de los migrantes mexiquenses al retorno”

Esta investigación analiza a partir de una muestra no aleatoria de retornados mexiquenses, la forma en que a su retorno emplean los conocimientos laborales que adquirieron en el extranjero y las limitaciones que enfrentan. Las evidencias muestran que apenas un diez por ciento de ellos puede aplicar todos sus conocimientos y vivir de eso, alrededor de la mitad aplica una parte y la otra mitad mantiene ociosos la mayoría de sus conocimientos, además sólo cuatro por ciento de ellos han implementado alguna mejora técnica / administrativa en sus empleos.

Sergio Lorenzo Sandoval-Aragón, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“Profesionales de la de economía en América Latina, ¿dominación o resistencia?”

Actualmente se puede observar que en la mayoría de las naciones del planeta muchas de las decisiones gubernamentales y sus políticas públicas suelen justificarse con argumentos de índole económica, al grado que el tema económico se ha vuelto la "razón de Estado" por antonomasia, por lo que también el discurso político ha adquirido un formato francamente economicista, impulsado por organismos multinacionales (OCDE, BM, FMI, etc.). Paralelamente, medios informativos han asimilado dicho discurso y lo han reproducido masivamente, vulgarizándolo. Asimismo, la ciencia económica ha ganado un enorme prestigio internacional y una posición dominante en el campo de las ciencias, al presentarse como una ciencia en pie de igualdad con las ciencias naturales, unificada bajo un paradigma universalmente reconocido y supuestamente más consolidado que cualquier ciencia social. Sin embargo, múltiples y muy diversas investigaciones -incluidas muchas realizadas por economistas-, así como muchas experiencias de la historia reciente, ofrecen contundentes argumentos que relativizan, cuando no contradicen, la creencia en una ciencia económica en estado de "normalidad kuhniana" y revelan, antes bien, una pluralidad paradigmática y una lucha por imponer una estructura de dominación a su vez económica, política, y por ende simbólica, así como una división internacional del trabajo de reproducción de dicha estructura. A grandes rasgos, se puede postular la existencia de una fuente localizada de imposición y legitimación de una concepción económica dominante y un conjunto de instituciones y agentes secundarios que no sólo contribuyen a difundirla y legitimarla, sino que también contribuyen formando los que podrían llamarse "economistas operativos", aplicadores y reproductores de las teorías y modelos económicos dominantes y, por ende, de la estructura de dominación política 171LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES y económica internacional. En la presente colaboración se argumenta que en América Latina la formación académica y el ejercicio profesional de los economistas tiende a reproducir, en su organización y distribución, aquella estructura de dominación y división del trabajo inevitablemente científico y político de los economistas. No obstante, también se argumenta que semejante reproducción no se da en un vacío de resistencia y crítica, sino más bien en constante tensión con ellas. De este modo, se propone un marco teórico y metodológico para estudiar tal fenómeno y se proporcionan resultados preliminares del análisis de algunos datos internacionales que contribuyen a validar esa hipótesis de trabajo.

Noemí Silva-Gutiérrez, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

Lydia Rodríguez-Téllez, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

Miguel Ruíz-De Alba, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

Raúl Vicente-Flores, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“Student Health in the University: Academic Stress and Engagement”

Presented herein are the results of a study directed at a sample of university students from three different majors within the University Center of Economic and Administrative Sciences (CUCEA) at the University of Guadalajara, Mexico. Student health receives inadequate attention in the field of research despite the fact that academic stress constitutes a relevant problem, notably due to its impact on both mental and physical health, academic progress, and overall quality of education. Our interest in engagement began in the labor sphere with an emphasis on the strengths of the individual and positive performance; this concept was then applied to the field of education to reference the link between psychology and scholarship. The study’s main objective consists of analyzing student perception regarding general health conditions, academic stress, and engagement based on the participation of students majoring in Economics, Public Policy, and Environmental Economics and Management. The following paper shows the results of a survey administered to a representative sample of 99 subjects during the academic period of greatest tension: final exam week. The three research instruments utilized in the study were the Survey of Academic Well- being (UWES-S), the Academic Stress Inventory (SISCO), and a brief questionnaire of socio-demographic data. Participant profiles are as follows: 59.5% were men and 40.5% were women, the average participant age was 21, and 58.5% maintained a paid position in addition to their academic responsibilities. 38.3% were Economics majors, 32.3% Environmental Economics and Management majors, and 29.2% Public Policy majors. Studies that illuminate the factors of academic stress and engagement are important and necessary to our understanding of student health and academic achievement.

Edson de Jesus Tapia-Álvarez, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“Beyond the disease: The case of an obsessive compulsive patient” This paper shows the therapeutic approach that was performed with a patient diagnosed with obsessive compulsive disorder, who was referred to specialized service in intensive psychiatric rehabilitation (SERPI) from Parque sanitario San Juan de Dios in Barcelona Spain, by obsessions related to contamination and cleaning compulsions; Therefore, in order to implement an appropriate intervention, we did a neuropsychological evaluation and a review of the literature on the most effective psychological treatments for this problem, where exposure with response prevention proved to be the best option. Finally, we carried out this treatment; the latest available data showed favorable results.

Ana Helena Treviño-Carrillo, 172LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES

Universidad Autónoma de la Ciudad de México

“Organizaciones y movimientos en el espacio urbano”

En pleno siglo XXI, los analistas observan con gran interés los nuevos modos de protesta, organización y movilización de diversos grupos sociales enfrentados, por un lado, a los problemas que acarrea el ámbito urbano, como a la oposición ante los espacios de transformación que se construyen en diversas ciudades de los países latinoamericanos. Unos se presentan de forma altamente organizada y otros, bajo expresiones de violencia, ocupando espacios públicos como lugares visibles del conflicto que marcan, al mismo tiempo, la producción, uso y representación del espacio público, así como las diferentes formas de expresión que los separa de los modos tradicionales de organización. Son sus formas heterogéneas de acción y presión ante las esferas públicas, lo que lleva a reflexionar sobre la ocupación de los espacios públicos como medios de deliberación autónoma y de generación de estrategias de acción conjunta frente a las acciones gubernamentales, procurando con ello; defender patrimonios simbólicos y culturales, proteger su espacio cotidiano y demandar una convivencia urbana que reclama continuamente su inserción en lugares de decisión y de participación, esto es, que exige un espacio de democratización plena de la ciudadanía en los espacios visibles de las ciudades. La intención de este trabajo es ahondar en la formas de movilización que se presentan en las grandes ciudades, como la de la capital mexicana, mostrando las formas visibles y tácticas de dichas organizaciones, para confrontarse a las políticas de desarrollo urbano de la ciudad como al rechazo frente a las inercias del estado que conforma o permite las condiciones de violencia que hoy en día se vive en este país.

Ana Uribe, Universidad de Colima, México

“Undocumented Students In Los Angeles, California: Academic Success, Adversity And A Resilient Way” The objective of this paper is to reflect or understand on the meaning of academic success and the complex hardships and adversities that face undocumented students who live in Los Angeles, California. A reflection on resilience, known as the ability of people to adapt and overcome adversity at all levels, will be an important reference in the development of this paper. The focus is to understand how undocumented students succeed in overcoming the challenges experienced as a result of vulnerability by the lack of legal residency. Known as dreamers, undocumented students in the United States, are a social group that in recent years has emerged from the shadows, and has positioned itself in American public opinion to demand not only recognition of their immigration status, but also for their family. With the rise of the DACA program (Deferreded Action for Childhood Arrivals), announced by President Barack Obama in 2012, undocumented students can overcome some adversity, like having a work permit, student scholarships, a bank account, or driver licenses. Although the program does not help to grant a permanent residence, it is a partial immigration relief. This working paper is based on empirical research (focus groups and depth interviews) conducted with undocumented students and community leaders during 2009-2010 and 2014-2015 in the Los Angeles area.

Adriana Lizeth Valencia-Arechiga, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

José Luis Bravo-Silva, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

Ernesto Manuel Becerra-Bizarrón, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

Adriana Yunuén Dávalos-Pita, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“Intención emprendedora en estudiantes de licenciatura de Turismo del Centro Universitario de la Costa: Una alternativa para el autoempleo, el desarrollo turístico y económico de la región” 173LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES

En la actualidad las universidades presentan una mayor sensibilidad por promover el espíritu emprendedor entre sus estudiantes, así mismo cada día crece más la aceptación del papel que juega la universidad en el desarrollo de los emprendedores, ya que son vistos como un motor de desarrollo económico, por lo que el emprendimiento universitario es considerado como plataforma para la creación de nuevas unidades de negocios que fomenten fuentes de empleo de calidad y de largo plazo para la sociedad. No obstante, los jóvenes entre 18 y 34 años de edad son los que están padeciendo las peores consecuencias de la crisis económica global actual al encontrar un escenario de desempleo al egresar de la universidad, viéndose obligados a aceptar trabajos mal remunerados, informales o temporales (GEM, 2015). Puerto Vallarta es uno de los 125 municipios que conforman el estado de Jalisco, siendo el segundo más significativo en cuestión económica y el tercer puerto turístico más importante del país. Por lo que la promoción de emprendimientos enfocados al turismo resulta de gran necesidad para atraer mayor afluencia de turismo durante todo el año y alentar la economía de la región. La presente investigación analiza la correlación que existe entre la intención emprendedora y las actitudes, apoyo familiar y la capacidad percibida por los estudiantes de la licenciatura en turismo del Centro Universitario de la Costa de acuerdo con el modelo de Liñan y Chen (2006) y como ejercen su influencia en su intención de emprender, con un enfoque cuantitativo y alcance correlacional.

Reyna Vergara-González, Universidad Autónoma del Estado de México

“La Inversión extranjera directa en América Latina. Evolución reciente”

La inversión extranjera directa (IED) es una de las fuentes de ingresos más importantes para muchos países en desarrollo, especialmente para aquellos que se ubican en la región de América Latina, como Brasil y México. Entre los beneficios que se derivan de la IED destacan su contribución a la formación de capital, al producto interno bruto (PIB) (Loría y Brito, 2005), al empleo, así como a la difusión de tecnología. Durante los últimos años casi una quinta parte del flujo de IED en el mundo ha tenido como destino la región de América Latina y el Caribe (UNCTAD, 2014). En 2009 uno de los sectores que más se benefició de los flujos de inversión fue el de recursos naturales, debido a los altos precios de los precios de las materias primas. En contraste, en el primer semestre del 2015 los flujos de IED que llegaron a la región fueron 21% menores a los registrados en el mismo periodo del año anterior. En general, los sectores más afectados por esta disminución fueron la minería y los hidrocarburos. Entre las causas de este descenso se mencionan: los precios internacionales de las materias primas, la desaceleración de la economía China y el crecimiento negativo de la región. El objetivo del documento es mostrar el desempeño de la IED para la región, identificar las diferencias en los montos recibidos en los últimos años así como aquellos sectores donde la inversión se ha concentrado, en particular se destaca el comportamiento del sector automotriz. En general, la distribución sectorial de la IED responde a un patrón de especialización productivo (Cepal, 2014) que privilegia la búsqueda de recursos naturales y la eficiencia. La información disponible muestra que los planes de inversión, en los últimos años, han estado afectados por la volatilidad de los tipos de cambio de cada país. Situación que ha repercutido de forma diferenciada en los países y en las formas de inversión.

Ana Karen Villagómez-Bolaños, Universidad del Claustro de Sor Juana. México

“La paradoja del desperdicio de alimentos y la carencia alimentaria en la población callejera de la Ciudad de México”

Según la Organización de las Naciones Unidas para la Alimentación y la Agricultura (FAO) en su informe de Pérdidas y desperdicios de alimentos, en México se pierde cada año el 37% de los alimentos producidos. Esto se debe a la falta de estándares de calidad y de certificaciones en las cadenas de valor; la deficiente administración de los productos, malas prácticas en el proceso que involucra la distribución de éstos, la falta de infraestructura adecuada y la incorrecta capacitación del personal involucrado en estos procesos. Con este volumen de alimentos desperdiciados, bien se podría alimentar a más de 7 millones de personas en pobreza extrema e inseguridad alimentaria, principalmente a aquellos en situación de calle. Podemos observar que actualmente en la Ciudad de México nos enfrentamos con otra problemática muy seria: su población callejera. No existen registros de esta problematica sino a partir de 1950: primero fueron nombrados vagabundos, despues inhaladores, luego se convirtieron en ninos de la calle y ahora se les conoce como “poblacion callejera” o "personas en condicion de 174LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES calle", que es el que usado por funcionarios en discursos oficiales; este focaliza el problema en un individuo y no lo toma en cuenta como parte de un grupo, de una poblacion, quitandoles así a estas personas los derechos a los que toda comunidad debe aspirar. Aquí se presenta un enfoque en los individuos ubicados en los asentamientos más importantes de la zona centro de dicha ciudad y se observarán sus hábitos alimenticios, así como la perspectiva de los trabajadores de las instituciones que se dedican al rescate y readaptación social. También se proponen y comentan soluciones viables.

Maricruz Villagrán-García, Universidad Veracruzana. México

Gualberto Díaz-González, Universidad Veracruzana. México

“La contemporaneidad de lo ancestral: jóvenes grafiteros de las Altas Montañas, Veracruz, México (2013-2015).”

Desde épocas prehispánicas la región de las Altas Montañas, centro de Veracruz, México, está habitada por pueblos nahualtecas y ha sido corredor industrial desde épocas de la conquista hasta hoy. La pregunta es: ¿quiénes son los jóvenes de la región que reivindican una cultura indígena?, ¿cómo se expresan? La juventud es una construcción social que genera acción colectiva para emitir un discurso y posee capacidad de agencia. El presente trabajo es un análisis discursivo de las prácticas interculturales de los jóvenes de las Altas Montañas: los “festivales interculturales” que realizan de forma periódica en los que hay artes escénicas, plásticas y visuales, talleres, conferencias sobre derechos humanos, grupos musicales de diversos géneros como el son huasteco, son jarocho, música de viento, música de banda en náhuatl, rap y rock-punk en español y en náhuatl, bailes tradicionales. Nos interesa en particular la utilización del graffiti como herramienta visual para expresar en colores, formas y textos el presente prehispánico en bardas de ciudades y pueblos. Los jóvenes grafiteros hacen murales del “México prehispánico”: un jaguar Olmeca, mazorcas de maíz, guerreros y princesas aztecas. Durante el proceso de elaboración del graffiti en comunidades indígenas, la gente (en su mayoría ancianos o niños) se acercan para observar y preguntar: “¿cómo lo haces?”, “¿qué significa?”, “¿por qué pintas eso?” Y mientras pintan, los jóvenes graffiteros les “recuerdan” el significado de su cultura, aquella “olvidada”, les cuentan una historia que reivindica la contemporaneidad de lo ancestral.

Martín Villalobos-Magaña, Departamento de Economía, Universidad de Guadalajara

Jesús Ruiz-Flores, Departamento de Política y Sociedad, Universidad de Guadalajara

La regionalización de la Universidad de Guadalajara en el estado occidental de Jalisco en México, a partir de los años noventa del siglo pasado significó entre otras cosas el acercamiento de oportunidades de educación superior a poblaciones que anteriormente debían migrar a la Zona Metropolitana de Guadalajara. En este trabajo se indaga el papel que ha tenido la regionalización de la oferta de educación superior por parte de la Universidad de Guadalajara, así como la expectativa de proyectos derivados de la metropolización de la ciudad de Ocotlán con otros municipios de la región Ciénega como factores que inciden en el impulso a la empresarialidad en términos de la capacidad para generar y crear nuevas iniciativas empresariales en la región Ciénega de Jalisco. El texto es un primer acercamiento a un trabajo más amplio en el que se busca analizar las posibilidades que implica la metropolización, la regionalización del desarrollo y la descentralización de la Universidad de Guadalajara para disminuir los índices de pobreza en las municipalidades de Ocotlán, Poncitlán y Jamay; esto es, analizar “los factores que favorecen la reducción de la pobreza, el desempleo y la desigualdad”. Igualmente analizar la densidad demográfica y la estructura urbana y su vinculación con el funcionamiento de los mercados laborales y la movilidad laboral. Palabras clave: Metropolización – Ciénega de Jalisco – Educación superior – Empresarialidad

José Eduardo Villalpando-Ruíz, Universidad de Guadalajara. México 175LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES

Juan Patricio Castro-Ibáñez, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

Adriana Ortega-Rivera, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

Fernando López-Alcocer, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“La pérdida del conocimiento tradicional en la modernidad: hacia recuperación de la herbolaria en la vida cotidiana de Nextipac, Jalisco, México”

La comunidad de Nextipac, conserva las cualidades de una población rural a pesar de la presión de la mancha urbana. El imaginario e identidad social de sus habitantes se construyó a través del arraigo de las labores en el campo, lo cual les permitió proyectarse como región productora de maíz y parte del granero de México. El oficio de campesino y su relación con el medio natural posibilitó conocer la flora para luego incorporarla a su bagaje cultural como alimento o remedios medicinales. Esa situación cambió tras la implantación del estado neoliberal y un modelo de agricultura industrializada empresarial que propició el agricidio, que actualmente ha provocado la pérdida de la diversidad biológica fundamentada en supuestos como: uso indiscriminado de pesticida que impacta en la flora; saqueo de recursos biogenéticos; pérdida de fuentes fluviales; y urbanización, entre otras. La pérdida de la flora y fauna nativa, rompe de tajo el conocimiento tradicional y atenta contra la memoria colectiva de la comunidad. Los aprendizajes y el uso de la herbolaria para fines terapéuticos, culinarios, rituales (paganos-religiosos) se reducen por la desaparición de especies en la localidad, lo que rompe la trayectoria de trasmisión del conocimiento a nuevas generaciones. Este estudio es exploratorio y busca recuperar parte del conocimiento etnobotánico y su aplicación por los pobladores de Nextipac. Para ello, se elaboró un perfil del informante y se seleccionaron a través de muestreo no probabilístico en “bola de nieve”, la información se obtuvo mediante entrevistas semiestructuradas. Algunos de los resultados evidenciaron personas con amplios conocimientos sobre el uso medicinal de plantas silvestres y cultivadas, que han sido transmitidos de padre a hijo y estos a su vez lo transmiten de igual forma.

José Tomas Vives-Urbina, Departamento de Economía, Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico

Jorge Alberto Pérez-Torres, Departamento de Economía, Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico

“Hacia una Política Migratoria Hemisférica de Movimientos Laborales Coordinados (PMHMLC)”

Desde 1990 las migraciones internacionales se han vuelto más complejas y diversas, algunos países como es el caso de México, se han vuelto país destino y país origen de corrientes migratorias. Según datos de las Naciones Unidas en el año 2013 los migrantes internacionales alcanzaron una cifra de 232 millones de personas en tránsito a nivel mundial1. Entre 1990 y el año 2013 la región de América del Norte fue la que tuvo el mayor incremento de migrantes internacionales en ese periodo teniendo un aumento neto de 1.1 millones de personas al año. Por lo que es importante tratar de cumplir con los puntos acordados en la resolución aprobada por la Asamblea General de la Naciones Unidas el día 3 de Octubre de 2013 en el que se lo integrantes de esta asamblea se comprometen juntos buscar resolver los problemas que enfrentan hoy en día los fenómenos migratorios globales.

Christine Von Glascoe, Colegio de la Frontera Norte, México

Concepción Martínez, Universidad Autónoma de Baja California, México

1 176LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES

Evarista Arellano-García, Universidad Autónoma de Baja California, México

Lourdes Camarena-Ojinaga, Universidad Autónoma de Baja California, México

“Some Considerations about Well-Being and Quality of Life. The Case of Indigenous Female Migrant Day-Laborers in Northwest Mexico”

Macroeconomic adjustment policies made by the Mexican government have converted the indigenous population into a vulnerable group, given that these policies involve economic and social changes that have accentuated poverty and reduced access to health services, education and work opportunities. This in turn has led to an increase in the migration of indigenous populations from southeastern Mexico to the northern states in search of livelihood alternatives. The agricultural valleys of the state of Baja California have become a pole of attraction for these migrants, including an increasing number of indigenous women. In the new context their only viable work situation is agricultural wage labor, an option that means arduous and long workdays, temporary employment, insufficient income and lack of social security benefits. This paper presents some considerations regarding the well-being and quality of life of indigenous female day laborers based on a qualitative study conducted with 60 women in the valley of San Quintín. The main objective was to identify the elements of quality of life as perceived by these women, and the way in which these elements articulate with the women’s living conditions, gender and ethnicity. Subjectively, “quality of life” is constructed on an individual’s perceptions of his or her life experiences. The meaning of these experiences is relevant when they are translated into social indicators of well-being in a population. Findings from this study point toward an unequal attention on the part of the state regarding the types of goods and services offered to certain population groups.

Susanne Maria Willers, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México

“The effects of violence on the reproductive strategies of migrant women from Central America in transit through Mexico”

This paper focuses on the effects of different forms of violence on the reproductive strategies of Central American migrant women in transit to the United States. Each year there is an increasing number of women, many of them single mothers, leaving Central American countries like Honduras and El Salvador, strongly affected by social violence and economic crisis, in order to sustain their families. But, due to increasing migration control measures in Mexico and the US, and to the proliferation of organized crime, todays transit migration through Mexico has become a dangerous, expensive, time- demanding and more and more circular process. The interplay of this aspects affects the reproductive strategies of migrant women and their families in the transnational social field and the possibilities of social networks to provide social capital and solidarity to its members. Experiences of deportation and violent assault are each time more common and jeopardize women’s migration projects.This paper is based on a field work- study in two Mexican border towns, Tijuana in the North and Tapachula on the Mexican South, spotlighting the migration processes and the experiences of violence of women from Honduras and El Salvador. By reconstructing migration and family trajectories of migrant women from a Life course perspective, it shows how migration policies, gender violence and inequalities in the places of origin, transit and destiny impact the reproductive strategies of migrant women in the transnational space of migration.

Andrés Zamudio, West Hills Community College. USA

“Perspectivas para un Estado sin ejército” El siglo XX es un siglo de infinitas posibilidades y oportunidades sin o con pocos precedentes en la historia. El presente ensayo le da tratamiento a tres perspectivas: la democrática, la militar y la termonuclear. Estas tres perspectivas, a juicio del ensayista, sirven como perspectivas para pensar en un Estado sin ejército o desmilitarizado; 177LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES es decir, un Estado sin precedentes. Debido a la magnitud de estas perspectivas, hemos optado por llamarlas “proliferaciones”, ya que son conocidas por todos los Estados del mundo. La democracia se ha convertido en un ideal al que, con excepción de una decena de Estados, los Estados del mundo se adhieren o aspiran. Y este rasgo acarrea un sinfín de implicaciones de toda índole, sobre todo políticas y económicas. Por primera vez en la historia de la filosofía política, el Estado ya no es Estado en tanto su relación de enemistad con los otros Estados. Por otro lado, los ejércitos del mundo jamás fueron tan numerosos y poderosos como los de la actualidad. Hasta el más insignificante ejército de hoy tiene mayor poder de fuego que los ejércitos de tiempos pasados. Al igual que con la democracia, esta proliferación también trae un muchas implicaciones políticas y económicas. ¿Hasta qué punto el ejército continúa influyendo en la política y economía del Estado? ¿Es esta influencia permisible hoy? Y si la primera pregunta tiene una respuesta positiva y la segunda una negativa, ¿es el ejército un elemento obsoleto del Estado? Y finalmente la proliferación termonuclear. Con la era termonuclear el ejército llegó al culmen de sus capacidades destructivas pues con certeza puede aniquilar al enemigo total y permanentemente. Pero en esta capacidad va en riesgo la existencia misma del Estado termonuclear. Hay nueve de estos Estados y otros más que buscan sumarse a la carrera nuclear. El resto de los ejércitos son convencionales, sin oportunidades de victoria frente a uno termonuclear. Pero esta proliferación, frente a las dos previas, resulta paradójica. Si los Estados del mundo están estrechamente tan ligados política y económicamente, y los ejércitos sin capacidad nuclear son la mayoría, ¿por qué los Estados habrían de seguir costeando ejércitos que ni son capaces de obtener la victoria y que además ni son enemigos en términos políticos? Si el balance político y la actitud democrática se deben a la proliferación militar, entonces la democracia, de cualquier tipo, es una farsa. Y si el balance militar en el mundo se debe a la proliferación democrática, entonces ésta está obligada a continuar la desmilitarización del Estado para de veras ser soberana y libre de influencias y condicionantes políticas y económicas. De otra manera el Estado de derecho corre una amenaza latente a su integridad política.

Luz Elva Zárate-Sevilla, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

Rosalío Raúl Ramírez-Alfaro, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

Rosalinda Garza-Estrada, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

Silvia Lorena Lara-Becerra, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

Edgar Raúl Ramírez –Zárate, Universidad de Guadalajara. México

“Las Juntas Intermunicipales: Un modelo asociativo para el desarrollo sustentable en Jalisco”

El objetivo de este trabajo es presentar el diseño de una propuesta viable de asociación y cooperación de desarrollo sustentable intermunicipal para el estado de Jalisco. Cada persona tiene diferentes aspiraciones según su forma de ser y su nivel sociocultural, pero existen algunas comunes a todos: vivienda digna, alimentación adecuada, educación, atención de la salud, un trabajo de acuerdo a las propias capacidades y momentos de recreación. Hoy se agrega otra que es la de vivir en un ambiente sano y equilibrado ecológicamente. A partir de la década de los 80 comenzó a crecer el interés internacional por integrar las medidas de conservación ambiental a las políticas de crecimiento económico y social. Es necesario que el proceso de desarrollo de los países tenga en cuenta todos los elementos que forman el entorno humano. Se necesita un modelo de desarrollo en el que el aprovechamiento de los recursos naturales no provoque daños irreparables; una forma de progreso económico y social que favorezca la sana convivencia y respeto de cada persona, un modelo basado en el comportamiento de la naturaleza el cual denominaremos: modelo de desarrollo sustentable o sostenido. Bajo esta premisa, el presente documento pretende desarrollar un modelo asociativo adecuado para el estado de Jalisco. 178MASS COMMUNICATION

MASS COMMUNICATION Mary Jackson-Pitts, Arkansas State University

Lily Zeng, Arkansas State University

Yousef Aladaihani, Arkansas State University

“Survey Examination of how an Anonymous Source Gains Credibility in the Political Discourse: @Karametwatan Twitter Account as an Example”

The present study investigated how anonymous sources on Twitter can gain credibility by Twitter users. The researcher examined @karametwatan Twitter account as an example of anonymous sources. A formulated theory, Anonymous Leaders was employed in order to test its assumptions. The main purpose of this study is to figure out how Kuwaiti Twitter users trust @karametwatan and the role of opposition leaders who were advocates of this account toward attributing this account as credible. A total of 650 Kuwaiti Twitter users participated in this study. The results of this study showed that @karametwatan's followers trust its tweets and attribute it as credible. Opposition leaders played a fundamental role in influencing their followers to follow @karametwatan and participate in its marches. A significant difference found between @karametwatan's followers. Those who have less than 1000 followers were dependent on others to follow @karametwatan while those with 1000 followers or more tend to depend on themselves in following this account. Further, @karametwatan's followers trust and attribute this account and opposition leaders as credible more than Kuwait government.

Manasar Alharethi, Arkansas State University

“Using Instagram for shopping in Saudi Arabia”

In a contemporary mechanized world with a wide range of opportunities, more and more people are provided with possibilities to receive information through numerous venues, the number of which is enhanced due to social networking sites. However, More than 300 million people are using Instagram worldwide and more than 70 million photos and videos are shared each day. Recently, people in Saudi Arabia have begun using social media, especially Instagram, as an online shopping store. Instagram has become one of the most important and modern destinations for shopping in Saudi Arabia. Thus, this study was to demonstrate how people in Saudi Arabia use Instagram as a marketing channel. Also, it is to explain why people in Saudi Arabia prefer to utilize Instagram for shopping over other social media platforms. However, this study will use a designed online survey and will disseminate it among Saudis Instagram users in order to examine the previous research questions and hypotheses. This study will find the relationship between four variables, which are the credibility of websites, materialism, purchasing involvement, and social self-esteem.

Manasar Alharethi, Arkansas State University

“How Saudi Women Use Their Freedom of Speech via Social Media to Support Their Rights to Drive”

Recently, two Saudi ladies were confined for over two months for trying to defy the country's ban on female driving. LoujainAlhathloul was captured for trying to drive from the United Arab Emirates to Saudi Arabia, the only country in the world where ladies are disallowed from driving. Alhathloul made a statement on twitter about her situation. And in response Maysaa Al-Amoudi decided to follow the bandwagon. Al-Amoudi was arrested when she went to the border to support al-Hathloul. Activists in Saudi Arabia attempted once, they attempted again and now they're 179MASS COMMUNICATION making a third test to the kingdom's long-standing ban on female drivers. A few ladies have recently made short drives, posting videos on social media sites, and many more are planning to get in the driver's seat. This study is to explain how Saudi women use their freedom of speech via social media to support their rights of driving cars. The first part of this study will provide a brief summary of social media and brief summary of Saudi Arabia and women in Saudi Arabia. The second part of this study will examine women drive campaigns.

Abdullah M. Almalki, Arkansas State University

“A Survey of Saudis’ Behaviors Toward Twitter as a News Gathering Tool”

This study was designed to examine Saudis’ behaviors toward Twitter with regard to newspapers and information delivery and the role that Twitter plays in getting news update. Moreover, to investigate if Saudi Twitter users trust twitter as a credible source for news and rely on it to read the news more than legacy newspaper. This research conducted an online survey and distributed it among Saudis who use Twitter to get news update. The sample of this study had been drawn online by using the “SnowBall" sampling method through Survey Monkey and the sample collected during November and December 2015. Saudi government tries to control all social media platforms. As a result of government limitation and controlling, Saudi citizens are active users of the web and social media. Saudis have adopted different social media platforms such as creating a great number of YouTube shows to express themselves and criticize the government and publishing a substantial number of non legacy newspapers due to Saudi Arabia’s low ranking in freedom of press, for which it is 164th out of 180 countries. Data of this study will be measured using frequencies, percentages, chi-square and Pearson correlation. The test of significance is set at p < .05.

Li-jing Arthur Chang, Jackson State University

“Demystifying Turnover Intentions in Cross-Cultural Context: The Influence of Demographics, Role Factors, Job Performance, Pay, Organizational Commitment, and Cultural Variables”

The study attempted to explore how a group of predictor variables affect the turnover intentions of newspaper journalists in Taiwan and the United States. More than 140 journalists from each country were sampled. The predictor variables include demographics, role factors, performance, pay, organizational commitment, and cultural variables. Regression analyses were performed to test the relationships in each sample. The results showed that for both Taiwanese and U.S. journalists, age, job interference with private life, and job performance were found to be significant predictors of their turnover intentions. On the other hand, for Taiwanese journalists alone, role ambiguity and the interaction between age and marital status were found to significantly impact their turnover intentions. In contrast, for the U.S. journalists alone, fairness of pay, organizational commitment, and vertical individualism were found to significantly affect their turnover intentions. The analysis also showed that for both samples, the model resulted in an R square of about 0.40, and performance has a curvilinear relationship with turnover intentions.

Xiaowei Chen, Eastern Oregon University

“Advertising and the Twilight of Capitalist Model of Production: A Critical/Cultural Re-examination”

This essay adopts critical/cultural studies approach to examine the correlation between advertising and the contemporary mode of commodity production. To be specific, the paper tries to investigate: (1) how advertising industry bridges the gap between mass production and mass consumption by constantly stimulating the consumers to enter the market as buyer who will otherwise remain disinterested, apathetic, and quiet; (2) how advertising/marketing strategy further deepens the alienation of exchange value from use value in commodities and the alienation of technological innovation from the general amelioration of human condition; (3) how advertising message strategy desensitize moral reasoning in marketing communication by capitalizing on stereotype, prejudice, 180MASS COMMUNICATION and societal division; and (4) how advertising could redeem itself for the past sins by advocating for social responsibility, sustainable growth, and the harmony between nature and humankind.

Rani Dabul, Arkansas State University

Gil Fowler, Arkansas State University

“Utilization Of The Uses & Gratifications Framework To Explore Internet Use By Personality Types: A Proposal”

Since the beginning of chatrooms and online profiles, the complexity of the Internet has allowed people to be who they want to be from the computer screen. In real-time conversations, communicators must live in the moment while online one may be virtually anyone at any selected time. Social networking sites allow users the opportunity to communicate in ways that traditional forms of media could not easily provide. Now, millions of people are using the Internet. People are questioning what motivates one to use social networking sites and if personality is equivalent to that motivation. The Uses and Gratifications theory has been used extensively with traditional media to explain motivations, but few researchers have applied this framework to the Internet. This proposal seeks to integrate motivational factors and personality traits to predict justifications for using the Internet. Proposed research questions are shared for discussion.

Ralph Berenger, American University in Sharjah (UAE)

Anas Al-Rasheed, Kuwait University

“A Study of College Students Perceptions of Internet Threats and Solutions in Kuwait and the United Arab Emirates”

In the short time since its development, few technologies have had such far reaching impact on society as the Internet. Regrettably, the Internet is becoming an increasingly hostile environment because of spyware, viruses and other malicious programs forcing users to become technology-savy or fall prey to the dangers. Employing a convenience sample of 250+ students in media classes at the American University at Sharjah (UAE) and at Kuwait University, this study explored their perceptions of Internet threats using a framework adopted from the risk communication perspective and fear appeal research. Students were asked (1) whether users are aware of and fear the dangers they face on the Internet; (2) whether they have changed their online habits because of these dangers; (3) what steps they have taken to maintain a safe computer environment; and (4) when necessary, where they go when there are problems. Findings and applications are discussed.

Michael B. Friedman, University of Tennessee at Chattanooga

Katharine S. Gomez, University of Tennessee at Knoxville

“Stay Away: Understanding which type of media photograph will deter people from participating in a political rally”

The study compared actual media photographs of a political rally that were presented to the public that contained both fear and anger properties. The study sought to understand which property (fear or anger) is more effective in 181MASS COMMUNICATION dissuading people from participating in the political rally. The study has value to mass communication scholars because it can offer significant insight into the power certain photographic properties that are commonly seen in media photographs can have in discouraging people from taking an active role in a political cause. The study utilized a hybrid design of a content analysis and experiment. The content analysis was used to determine which types of photographs were fear and which were anger. The experiment determined the effect the media photographs had on the public. Results from the experiment showed strong statistical support that media photographs containing fear properties are more likely to dissuade someone from participating in a political rally than media photographs containing anger properties. Strategic uses for politicians and issue advocates are discussed.

Joe Gosen, Western Washington University

“Incorporating Community Partnerships with For-profit and Non-profit Organizations into a Visual Journalism Capstone Course”

Capstone classes traditionally provide students with opportunities to apply their acquired skills toward culminating projects. Establishing these projects with community partners can provide meaningful real-world learning experiences for students and, ideally, establish mutually beneficial outcomes for the clients. Matching student interests and skills with client needs requires additional logistics and procedures to increase the potential for success. This study looks at a 10-week capstone visual journalism class offered in Spring 2015 that partnered with three nonprofit organizations, one small for-profit company, and three local newspapers and one international outdoor magazine. Students produced a mixture of graphics, photographs, video, and websites for their clients. This study compares the processes, outcomes, challenges, and successes of working a diverse client base, and offers suggestions for incorporating community partnerships into a visual journalism curriculum.

Andrew Hanson, University of Nebraska at Kearney

“The sabermetrics of “Survivor” – The importance of in-group identity to the survival in reality television”

Every day people are thrust into situations in which they are forced to work with individuals they don’t know. Often times, these people come from different backgrounds. The only rules these people are bound by are the law and norms of society, which they may or may not break. In reality television game shows such as “Survivor,” a microcosm of real life and how we live is created. In this paper, I examine how small group dynamics play out in the sixth season of the show “Survivor” where strangers are forced to work together and create a society for themselves, while eliminating people from the game gradually. This study looks at the role of the in-group and out-group identity in small groups through theories such as symbolic convergency. This is measured through examining voting patterns of players at the game’s tribal council. A quantitative analysis will be measured through the voting tendencies, while a qualitative analysis will be completed through dialogue between contestants. This paper hypothesizes that the better job a player in the game does at fostering an in-group identity, the farther the contestant will go in the game.

Ralph E. Hanson, University of Nebraska at Kearney

“Press Coverage Is Not a Faucet: Mizzou, Protests, and the Media”

In 2014 and 2015, students and student-athletes at the University of Missouri staged a series of protests over their unhappiness with how race issues had been handled on the MU campus. The protests reached a climax when a graduate student started a hunger strike and the football team staged a work stoppage until the university system’s president agreed to resign. In the days following the president’s resignation, students continued to gather in a central campus area that they declared a “safe zone,” and they demanded that journalists – both student and professional – leave them alone. This paper examines the this uneasy relationship between the University of 182MASS COMMUNICATION

Missouri, the student protestors, faculty, and the press and how these disparate groups perceived the conflict in very different ways.

Derika Harris, Arkansas State University

Michita Merriweather, Arkansas State University

“Society's Biggest Taboo: Same Sex Parents”

In today's society, entertainment media has integrated many same-sex parents into storylines particularly on the television screen. Throughout conducting this research, there is a definite possibility that children and other members of gay and lesbian-parented families may look to media representations as they form an understanding of their own identities as members of such families. This study is an exploration of how the media has had an impact on the individual's perception of same-sex parenting, with the intent of contributing a greater understanding of GLBT representation. Where exactly did these negative perceptions derive? There are a number of possibilities: personal experiences or lack thereof, hearsay, television, etc. Exploration of the derivation of individual perception of same sex parents will ultimately aid in enhancing children of same sex families development and well-being.

Dithi Hasnat, Arkansas State University

“Social Media and Identity: Connecting and Adapting Bangladeshi International Students to USA Culture and Their Own”

The research paper explores how Bangladeshi international students in the United States are using social media as a tool for connecting to their own country. This research also include the role of social media in interpersonal communication in virtual spaces and how the mode of global interpersonal communication is changing rapidly by uninfluenced of social media and computer mediated communication. The role of social media is plays a vital influence in interpersonal and intercultural communication. The emerging role of social media is connecting everyone into same cultural identity and it helps international students adopt to the new culture in United States. To aid in this conclusion, qualitative methods of interviewing have been conducted of Bangladeshi international students. The usage of social media and consumption of social media is analyzed through their interviews. Social media is now an integral tool of connecting each other in virtual spaces, it connects each other in their own country and it helps them to adopt and understand a new culture as well.

Anna Hermes, Arkansas State University

“Perceived Interactivity and uses and Gratifications of Online Interactive Advertising”

The Internet provides various feedback channels and with that it allows participants to interact. Thus, online advertisers have the option to create interactive online advertising which allows participants to actively interact with the advertisements. The purpose of this research is to explore students' experiences and perceived interactivity levels of certain interactive online advertisement features including hyperlinks, share options, surveys, branded games, downloads, mouse overs/hovers, as well as chats or feedback forms. Using the Uses and Gratifications Theory, this research also seeks to identify students' gratifications of interactivity in online advertising. The methodology of this research is a survey. The population of this survey is students at a Southern University. Findings can be used by online advertisers to create interactive online advertisements. Research questions of the study are: RQ1: What interactive online advertising features have people used?, RQ2: What interactive online features are perceived interactive?, RQ3: What interactive features are appealing to people?, RQ4: What are gratifications people receive 183MASS COMMUNICATION from interactive online ads?, and RQ5: Are people more interested in interactivity online ads than ads without interactive features?

Khairul Islam, Arkansas State University

“Digital Divide Limits Opportunities of Public University Students in Bangladesh: Research Needs and Implications”

Research indicates that university students who have inadequate access to digital technology are more likely to consume less information that can significantly limit their potential opportunities. Digitally disable graduates are also more inclined to be less productive and face more challenges compare to those "technically privileged." This concern is most evident in third world countries like Bangladesh where digital technology is only recently introduced in higher education. Research shows the majority of public university students in Bangladesh do not have adequate access to those advanced academic tools developing a significant knowledge asymmetry, which might lead graduates toward professional disparity. Further study is required to explore the impact of the digital divide on both physical access to technology and efficient uses of the digital resources among university students in Bangladesh. Focus also needs to examine digital disparity among graduates and its relation with their professions. Research questions are posed for discussion.

Myoungsoon You, Seoul National University

Youngkee Ju, Hallym University

“News Media’s Representation of the MERS Outbreak in South Korea: focusing on responsiveness and negative bias” News media has been found to misrepresent actual health risk by covering new illnesses more than chronic ones. In the present study, we investigated how news media has represented a new illness, the outbreak of Middle East Respiratory Syndrome (MERS) in South Korea. The daily number of news stories containing the words, "MERS" was calculated from news reports released between May 20 and July 1, 2015.News media sources under investigation included13 newspapers, seven television broadcasting companies, and 48 internet news media. The daily number of media reports correlated with the number of newly confirmed cases, quarantined, those in treatment, the number of deaths from disease, and those released from the hospital or quarantine.The number of news stories varied significantly according to negative index changes, such as the number of newly confirmed cases, quarantined, and those in treatment. However, news media coverage did not follow positive changes, such as the number of patients released from the hospital or quarantine. Since crisis communication as part of crisis management may require self-assuring messages, the news media's indifference to positive changes during an outbreak may moderate optimal prioritization of public health resources and encourage inappropriate public responses.

Kris Kodrich, Colorado State University

“The beat of consumerism: How Milwaukee brands like Harley-Davidson and Miller Lite help the world's largest music festival get its mojo working” Summerfest in Milwaukee is considered the "world's largest music festival," with hundreds of concerts spread out over 11 days each summer on the shores of Lake Michigan. The festival also is an incredible marketing machine for a wide variety of national companies based in Milwaukee trying to pitch their products â€“ everything from Harley- Davidson motorcycles to Miller Lite beer is displayed in full commercial glory. Motorcycles hang 25 feet in the air at one stage while 235 Miller Lite signs surround the crowd at another stage. This study examines marketing and branding as it plays out each year in a cultural mash known as Summerfest. As reflected in media coverage, public relations materials and the event itself, consumerism is just as vital as music to this event. Utilizing concepts from 184MASS COMMUNICATION political economy and consumer culture, this study examines how the brands and logos so prominent for the nearly 50 years of Summerfest have helped define a community, which takes great pride in this annual celebration of consumerism and music.

Nelice Lyimo, Arkansas State University

“Tanzania Agenda Building: The role of the mass media in the shaping of public opinion in Tanzania”

Tanzania is the biggest of the three East African countries (Tanzania, Kenya, and Uganda), and eight countries surround it. Uganda, Rwanda, Burundi, Zambia, Malawi, Mozambique the Democratic Republic of Congo and Kenya. The government of the United Republic of Tanzania is a built on multi-party parliamentary democracy. The state is controlled by the Tanzania government and the Revolutionary Government of Zanzibar. Each of these two central governments has three organs: the executive, judiciary and legislature that have authority over the conduct of public affairs. The government of the Tanzania has control over all union matters and all other issues concerning mainland Tanzania. The country has a multi-party democratic system that has been dominated by the Chama Cha Mapinduzi (CCM) party since 1992. There are at least five other parties that exist which are Civil United Front, Party for Democracy and Progress, Union for Multiparty Democracy and NCCR-Mageuzi. Magazines provide a host of clues about the salience of the topics, and television news offers various signal about salience. The news organizations can set the agenda for the public’s attention to the group of issues around which public opinion forms. The theory of agenda setting shows how the media influences the public. This theory proposes a theoretical framework of Tanzania Agenda Building that will outline how mass media can shaping the public opinion in a different media.

Omotayo Ogundijo, Arkansas State University

“Perceptions of Facebook Privacy Among Arkansas State University Students”

Online social networking offers a new, easy and inexpensive way to maintain already existing relationships and presenting oneself to others – it plays an important role in today’s society. However, this popularity and people’s enthusiasm and involvement with social networking sites also gives rise to privacy concerns and risks. In the case of new communication technologies, college students are usually the forerunners as they are free to make decisions on whatever they are sharing, but they cannot control what others post. Despite the fact that Facebook privacy policy simply states that personal information can be disclosed for advertising, marketing purposes or used by third parties, college students still reveal a considerable amount of personal information by using Facebook. Thus, this study seeks to understand college students’ perceptions towards the use of Facebook, whether they perceive their information as public or private, and whether Internet users have read the Facebook’s privacy policy.

Mary Jackson Pitts, Arkansas State University

Holly Hall, Arkansas State University

“Creating your personal brand: Differences among communication and business students”

A brand is a perception. Building a personal brand involves developing the image that you want to portray to influence how people perceive you. Employers are using the Internet and social media as a method for investigating potential employees in deciding whether to hire or even interview a candidate. Seventy-Five percent of hiring managers investigate possible hires (Dutta, 2010). Employers are using social media sites, such as LinkedIn and Facebook, to get a sense of job candidate's character and personality. Branding brings to mind...products and services. And the phrase "set your selves apart from others" has been used to 185MASS COMMUNICATION help job hunters. Branding of oneself has commonly been applied to thoughts of making one's hard copy resume look good and one's portfolio show work in a formidable way. However, in our electronic social world, students are creating a social media brand each time they post, they unsuspectingly, are creating their "personal brand." With this in mind the researchers sought to gain insight into what students believe about social media branding and how they are currently using social media to brand themselves. This study provides a comparison of communication and business students and their understanding of social media branding.

Kimberly Ragsdale, Arkansas State University

“The Need for Television Programming to Address the Negative Consequences of Adolescent Premaritial Sex”

The United States has the highest teenage pregnancy rate of all industrialized countries and although the number of teenage pregnancies has decreased since the early 1990’s, the US is still in the lead. A partial explanation for this high rate is due in part to the sexual content adolescents are exposed to in television programming. Much of the research regarding sexual content took place in the late 1990s and early 2000s when the Family Hour was popular in America. Little evaluation of tv programming and sexual content has been published since. This study proposes that we continue to examine the content of popular network television shows and determine the influenced that watching these shows has on adolescents. It also asks whether the content of these programs portray the negative risks and responsibilities of the sexual activities. The answers to these questions could have a significant social impact.

Ryan Short, Arkansas State University

“Enhancing Classroom Productivity with Social Media: The Case of Twitter as a Learning Tool”

Twitter is an influential tool that offers specific uses and opportunities in educational fields. Because of modern communication techniques and social media's presence in our life, implementation of these tools in the everyday classroom could be beneficial. This paper will look at the micro blogging cite Twitter, and how it impacts our information and perception on the information absorbed today. Twitter does not only affect the students, but also has implications for teachers, parents, and administrators as well. This paper will also examine the areas in which Twitter can be applied in the classroom, and how it can be used in current practices. And finally, this paper will offer a summary of current platforms where Twitter's methodology is already being used, and the proper measurement and monitoring tools that are accompanying it.

Ronald Sitton, Arkansas State University

“Why Multimedia Journalism? Bridging the Gap between Professionals and Educators”

Studies suggest significant differences between journalism educators and professionals’ emphasis on core skills needed by journalism graduates. While educators and professionals agree on the types of skills needed, professionals have placed less emphasis than educators on skills that include mastering interviewing techniques and various forms of journalistic writing, telling stories with design and visuals, understanding media law and ethics, taking and editing photographs, recording and editing audio and video, analyzing and synthesizing large amounts of data, and interpreting statistical data. Such differences in views of journalism education could decrease the value of a journalism degree to graduates and professionals. Graduates may not understand why they needed to learn underused skills, especially if they are not as valued by senior professionals. Professionals may not understand the future value of skills from new hires, even though media outlets could potentially save future time and money by 186MASS COMMUNICATION hiring trained graduates now. While the problem presents significant challenges to new graduates and perceptions of usefulness of journalism education, previous studies have failed to thoroughly address the issue. Although past studies have identified differences between educators and professionals’ emphasis on various skills, they have yet to suggest why such differences exist. Understanding why will increase the professionals’ perception of the value of hiring journalism graduates who possess skills professionals are likely to find valuable in the future, e.g. multimedia journalism skills. A nearly completed instrument will survey MidSouth educators and professionals in this pilot study. Data collection and analysis will be completed in time to present at the conference in April 2016.

Peggy Watt, Western Washington University “The Evolution of Editorial Ethics - Journalists in Politics”

Journalistic codes of ethics in 2015 generally preclude participation in politics; some journalists do not even vote. But this was not always the case; publisher William Randolph Hearst served in Congress. About a generation ago, the Pacific Northwest saw six publishers in the Washington State Legislature and former journalists serving as mayor of two of Washington's largest cities and as governor of Oregon. In just a generation, attitudes have changed. This study builds on a 1977 survey of journalists and former journalists who were involved in politics, including comments on how their profession prepared them for elective office and, if they remained involved in the media, how they juggled these duties. It further involves follow-up with some of the same journalists-turned-politicians as well as a younger generation of journalists who have gone from covering the news to making the news. The research identifies the evolution of understanding of journalistic ethics that today makes it unusual that a journalist would enter politics, while also acknowledging a few who have. It examines why has this changed and whether this is good or bad for both democracy and journalism.

Brittany Walker, Colorado State University

“A True Return to Nature: An Examination and Critique of Nature-Based Environmental Discourse”

Environmental discourse can naturalize certain ways of understanding the environment. In environmental discourse, a purported separation between society and nature can be problematic. This separation can create a false human- nature dichotomy that limits the scope of environmental problems and solutions. Thus, this paper seeks to use a critical discourse analysis of communicative texts produced by the Sierra Club to examine the organization's environmental discourse in relation to the nature-human relationship. The goal of this research will be to further understand how the largest environmental organization in the United States constructs environmental discourse in terms of conceptualizations of nature and society.

Hui Zhang, Colorado State University

“Effects of Two Journalistic Practices in Reporting Conflicting Health-Related Scientific Evidence on Journalists' and Scientists' Credibility” This study investigated the effects of two journalistic practices on journalists' and scientists' credibility when conflicting health-related scientific evidence is reported. The two practices were presentation format (one-story format vs. two-story format) and hedging (reporting study limitations vs. not reporting study limitations). When conflicting findings about a health-related issue are reported, journalists can use either a one-story format or a two- story format. The one-story format uses one story to report the conflict; the two-story format uses two stories, with each story representing one side of the conflict. Hedging is one practice journalists use when they decide to report limitations of scientific studies. An online experiment (N = 290) found that one-story format (vs. two-story format) increased journalists' competence but decreased scientists' competence. The finding suggests a competence transfer between journalists and scientists. The experiment also found that the transfer depended on people's news reading frequency. 187MASS COMMUNICATION 188NEW ZEALAND AND AUSTRALIA STUDIES

NEW ZEALAND AND AUSTRALIA STUDIES William C. Schaniel, University of West Georgia and Global Scholastic Services

Suzzanne Kelley, North Dakota State University

Thomas D. Isern, North Dakota State University

“RCD: A Cold Case of Collective Memory”

The illegal introduction of the rabbit calicivirus disease (RCD) into New Zealand in 1997 is one of those outrageous acts that, in retrospect, no one seems to regret. It was, as the Parliamentary Commissioner for the Environment said, a “fiasco” of biosecurity. On the other hand, the European Gray rabbit has a long history as an agricultural and environmental pest in both Australia and New Zealand, and the disease has proved surprisingly efficacious in knocking back the pests and restoring the high country environment. Writing from the context of a regional history of the Lindis region of Central Otago, we interpret this incident from two perspectives: environmental history and social history. RCD raises puzzling questions about the role of animal ecology in environmental history. The circumstances of its introduction also invoke the concept of social banditry. Finally, RCD is an intriguing cold case of collective memory, or rather, collective amnesia. No one seems to know, or recall, who executed its outlaw introduction to the country.

“History & Memory in New Zealand's High Country”

For nearly two decades, my research partner and I have trekked the high country of Central Otago, learning what we could from the region of the Lindis. Trails have led us through cemeteries and rose gardens, and across the thresholds of legendary figures. We found in our most recent return, however, that the stories are changing, and so are the people who tell them. Beloved characters Max and Madge Snow of the splendid Morven Hills; Ross and Claire Mackay, the bee-keepers; Heather Perriam, with her fine merino yarns; and Willie Wong, with his aged and sweating dynamite in the back shed are gone or deceased. While we work to wrap up our research for our larger project—a scholarly endeavor titled Learning from the Lindis—our subjects of study are in constant transformation. Gone are the hale and hardy who managed the sheep stations. Rising from the dust and rabbit-strewn hills are the wise, who now write memoirs, or the newly-established vintners who transform the history and memories of the Lindis to suit new purposes. This evolution of place, occurring almost faster than we can write, allows us to add another layer of story, discerning the emergence of a wave of collective memory transformed by the old residents and adopted by the new.

Heather Steinmann, Western New Mexico University

“Teaching Keri Hulme’s The Bone People: Emotional Response as Self-instruction”

This paper is a final report on a four-year study examining how several groups of students in the U.S. respond to Kari Hulme’s novel The Bone People in an aesthetic, rather than efferent way, experiencing issues involving the colonialism and post-colonialism of the New Zealand Maori. Instead of studying liminal states of gender, race, post- colonialism, violence, and love, in reading literary fiction, students experience what Louise M. Rosenblatt calls aesthetic reading, where “the reader’s attention is centered directly on what he is living through during his relationship with that particular text.” This differs from reading-for-information in that “efferent” reading, reading to 189NEW ZEALAND AND AUSTRALIA STUDIES take something away from the text, is outcome-centered. When students experience through reading, their empathetic reactions teach them about social issues by allowing them to teach themselves. Rather than returning to the stagnating debate regarding the societal import of literature and its inclusion in or exclusion from university course curriculum, this study uses grounded theory to qualitatively examine students’ affective responses to a novel over a period of four years to describe how the emotional relationship between an author and audience can be located and marked in the transformative moment. Previous results presented at WSSA showed students gravitating to psychological theories to explain the action of the characters; coding results from the last two years indicate students reading through a more personal lens, performing either evaluative or empathetic readings and responses to the literature.

Book Discussion

“Don Watson’s, The Bush: Travels in the Heart of Australia (Penguin 2014)”

Most Australians live in cities and cling to the coastal fringe, yet our sense of what an Australian is – or should be – is drawn from the vast and varied inland called the bush. But what do we mean by 'the bush,' and how has it shaped us? Starting with his forebears' battle to drive back nature and eke a living from the land, Don Watson explores the bush as it was and as it now is: the triumphs and the ruination, the commonplace and the bizarre, the stories we like to tell about ourselves and the national character, and those we don't. Via mountain ash and mallee, the birds and the beasts, slaughter, fire, flood and drought, swagmen, sheep and their shepherds, the strange and the familiar, the tragedies and the follies, the crimes and the myths and the hope – here is a journey that only our leading writer of non-fiction could take us on. At once magisterial in scope and alive with telling, wry detail, “The Bush” lets us see our landscape and its inhabitants afresh, examining what we have made, what we have destroyed, and what we have become in the process. No one who reads it will look at this country the same way again. 190POLITICAL SCIENCE

POLITICAL SCIENCE Ross E. Burkhart, Boise State University

John R. Baker, Wittenberg University

"The Big Hammer: Ohio's Agency Rule Process and the Limited Use of Rule Invalidation"

Ohio is one of several states using legislative review of agency rules as a tool to make sure statutory intent is followed during the rule-making process. The process has been in place since 1977, and provides the Ohio General Assembly the ultimate power to invalidate a rule if it is viewed as inimical to legislative intent. This paper reviews the historical development of the process, and examines the instances in which resolutions of invalidation have been issued. The essential finding is that this ultimate tool is used infrequently, while a less formal process of bargaining and compromise is used to work out differences over rules that emerge between legislators, agencies, and relevant interest groups. Interviews with key staffers and review of hearing testimony serve as the foundation for the paper.

Ken Corbit, University of Alabama

"Mesolevel Structures: The Interplay Between and Within Organized Sets"

Contemporary as well as antiquated social science research has attempted to explore the impact of structure and agency on the overall social arena. As a result, numerous theories have been developed to explain and predict the impacts of the causal factors, specifically with mesolevel structures, fields, orders and populations. Each of these provided additional insight into the afore mentioned arenas while additionally challenging existing theory on some levels. In order to adequately discuss the concepts, this research paper will utilize Fligstein and McAdam (2012) research the “Gist of it” as its foundation. I’ll present an overview of the article, and look at how mesolevel structure impacts Marxist theory. Ultimately my purpose is to argue that mesolevel structure weakens Marxist theory from a theoretical standpoint, but its inclusion would offer greater fullness, generalizability, and higher levels of explanation.

Natalia Kasianenko, University of Nevada, Reno

"The Paradox of Eastern European Nationalism"

While there is no clear understanding of what nationalism is, scholars rely on nationalism as an explanatory variable in their research on international and domestic conflict, party politics, and democratization. This research paper clarifies the meaning of the term and opposes the view of nationalism as exclusively aggressive and xenophobic in nature. It brings attention to benign expressions of nationalism that get neglected in the context of Eastern European states. Finally, it contributes to the understanding of the origins of nationalism and how nationalism may evolve. The research paper explores the continuum of degrees that nationalism can take in Eastern Europe. It argues that nationalism may intensify and grow from weak degrees to more intense moderate gradations of nationalism and further to malignant and aggressive forms of nationalism. Weak and moderate degrees of nationalism are driven primarily by socio-political and cultural threats that either originate from masses or are imposed by elites. The element of issue saliency that connects the nationalist rhetoric of political elites and the concerns of the masses has been largely missing from the scholarly literature on nationalism. This paper explores the tipping point where nationalism turns from its moderate degrees to strong and aggressive ones.

Derek Kauneckis, Ohio University 191POLITICAL SCIENCE

"Climate Induced Conflict and Cooperation: Assessing the State of the Literature and Directions Forward"

As regions begin to experience what are thought to be the early impacts of climate change there is a growing literature on climate induced conflict. While the potential for increased human conflict associated with climate change has profound implications for public policy, there has been little interaction across the two fields. This has impacted both the public discourse around climate change, as well as research on the mechanisms that might link climate impacts to human behavior. This presentation take a constructively critical review of the extant empirical literature, with a particular focus on how climate change is linked, or not, to current theory about the mechanisms of conflict. Policy studies literature is drawn upon to understand what conflict reduction mechanisms may be in place that serve to buffer populations from impacts to the natural system, and how change can induce cooperation as well. It then provides a theoretical framework of the conditions through which climate conflict might be expected to manifest itself. Lastly, it outlines directions forward for research on the topic with specific attention on disaggregating causal mechanisms and better understanding of climate change impacts and their direct linkages to the societal processes that underlying cooperation and conflict.

"Climate Change’s Effect on Crime"

There is compelling evidence that heat precipitates greater violence and aggression. Many studies have documented that higher ambient temperatures are associated with increasing levels of violent crime. But whereas increasing annual temperatures in the U.S. lead to the expectation of growing levels of crime, rates of violent crime have declined precipitously over time. The present research seeks to mitigate this apparent contradiction by exploring the social conditions under which climatic anomalies are associated with the prevalence of criminal activity in the United States. The most comprehensive study to date by Ranson (2014, J of Envir. Econ. & Manag.) shows that warmer weather will trigger more violent crimes. Yet, by excluding key variables, Ranson may not have accounted for known predictors for crime, including critical cultural. In addition, Ranson’s conclusions are based on fixed- effect estimation, which are of little use in explaining longitudinal changes and cross-regional variability in crime, nor do they account for dependencies due to spatial proximity and shared political structures. Our research uses data from more than 3000 U.S. counties which reported 6 different crimes for each of 12 months for a period of 30 years, and makes use of mixed-effects and spatial models. By assuming that the social effects of climate change are contingent on social, economic, political, cultural and climatic conditions, our work documents how the interaction between climatic and non-climatic conditions shapes how changes in crime unfold over time and space.

Stefanie Kunze, Northern Arizona University

"Black Pedagogy in American Indian Schools"

This paper involves an analysis of educational methods, discipline and punishment in American Indian Boarding Schools during the 1880-1930s. It is an investigation into the role of what has sometimes been termed “black pedagogy” in shaping and guiding much of the pedagogical practices commonly found in boarding schools. Black pedagogy, originally termed by German educationalist Katharina Rutschky, is a type of educational practice that was prevalent in Europe throughout the 1700s and 1800s. Practices in American Indian boarding schools of that time resemble much of these educational philosophies. This is a strong indication that European emigrants transplanted their own experiences and pedagogical training from their countries of origin into the American educational 192POLITICAL SCIENCE landscape. Recent Indian boarding school ‘survivor’ testimonies read similar to their European equivalents in their descriptions of physical and sexual abuse and neglect. This paper provides an analysis of the origins of Indian boarding school pedagogy and the stunning parallels between boarding schools on two different continents. While European boarding schools were intended to educate regular children, the Indian boarding schools were established for the purpose of assimilating indigenous children into the dominant Euro-American society.

"Diseases, Crops, Institutions, and Culture: How Climate Variability Influences the Likelihood of Conflict"

Does climate variability indirectly affect the likelihood of social conflict via ecological conditions influencing diseases and crops? Does the strength of this relationship change as a function of the interaction between a country’s environmental conditions and institutional arrangements? Does the institutional arrangement further shape political culture in a way that increases the likelihood of social conflict? This topic is situated in the growing literature on the climate-conflict linkage, which has arrived at contradictory conclusions concerning these issues. Part of the problem is the insufficient modeling of the spatiotemporal effects of climate on conflict. The present study tests the joint effects of climate, geographic conditions, institutions, and culture on the likelihood of social conflict. My research uses a global data set combining country-level aggregate data with high-resolution gridded data on local climatic and geographic conditions. An instrumental variable (IV) approach is used to account for the problem of simultaneity between institutional arrangements and social conflict. Then, a three-level mixed-effect logit model is employed to examine the connection between climate and likelihood of social conflict.

Alexander Murray-Watters, Carnegie Mellon University

"The Effect of Citizens United on Donation Networks in Nevada: A Graphical Network Analysis"

With the recent presidential candidacy of Lawrence Lessig, Citizens United and campaign finance have been frequently discussed in the media. Of particular interest is the claim that, following the Citizens United decision, financial contributions to political candidates changed in both structure and quantity. While a full analysis of this claim is beyond the scope of this paper, an initial, partial exploration is not. This study uses publicly available data released by the state of Nevada – specifically, the financial disclosures filed by candidates. Data were examined using graphical network analysis. The paper looks at patterns in Nevadan donation networks, both before and after the Citizens United decision. It addresses the following questions, with particular focus on whether existing patterns persist after Citizens United: Do donations cluster based on party and/or incumbency? Do out-of-state donations differ drastically from in-state donations? Do any of these patterns differ during mid-term versus general elections? Implications for further research will be discussed.

Ahmed Badawi Mustapha, Middle East Technical University, Turkey

"Geopolitics, Humiliation, Sectarianism, and the Making of Violence (or Militancy) in the Middle East"

This study uses historical and international sociology, constructivism, structuralism and pluralism to explore how the interplay of ‘geopolitics’, ‘sectarianism’ and ‘humiliation’ helps in better explaining and understanding the making and perpetuation of violence or militancy in the Middle East. In particular, the study examines how the rise of the Islamic State in Iraq and the Levant (ISIL or IS), and its operations could be intelligibly understood or explained by scrutinising the interaction between geopolitics, sectarianism and humiliation. There has been a number of research on the causes of violence or militancy in the region and IS group in particular. However, these works appear to have categorize the causes into endogenous, exogenous and in some rare cases, a complex admixture of both in varied proportions; and not well situated theoretically. These categorizations appear insufficient in helping our understanding of the state of affairs in the region. This research argues for a transcendental approach, 193POLITICAL SCIENCE which rises above the current categorizations and the need to be theoretically focused. This is achieved by exploring historiographical and contemporary accounts on geopolitics, humiliation and sectarianism using the above stated theoretical approaches.

Lindsay M. Perez, University of Nevada, Reno

Mauricio Alvarez, University of Nevada, Reno

Susanne Martin, University of Nevada, Reno

James T. Richardson, University of Nevada, Reno

"Studying Radicalization in the Digital Age: Assumptions and Assessments of Internet Radicalization"

Studying terrorism and radicalization in the digital age involves acknowledging that the internet can serve as a platform to radicalize individuals. Researchers seeking to understand, and potentially combat, methods terrorists use to radicalize others would benefit from measuring whether (or how) individuals are radicalized via the internet. A wealth of research has been dedicated to explaining the methods by which terrorist groups use the internet to recruit new members and encourage them to adopt the same radical ideology. Some research even suggests that the internet is used as a tool to radicalize individuals enough to support and potentially engage in acts of terror. The discussion of internet radicalization has become so widespread within terrorism literature, that it appears researchers accept it as an established mechanism for encouraging radicalization. The present study examined the degree to which terrorism literature includes an assessment of internet radicalization, rather than a description or assumption that this phenomenon occurs. Results of a content analysis indicate that researchers typically describe internet radicalization in terms of methods terrorist groups use to disseminate information to potential members in hopes they become radicalized.

Umoh Samuel, University of Kwa Zulu Natal Durban

Akabueze Oliver, University of Lagos

"Political Elites, Opposition Party and Democratic Institutions in South Africa: The Politics of Julius Malema"

The paper examines to what extent the characteristics of political elites and opposition party strengthened or undermined South Africa’s democracy, with emphasis on the 2014 National elections. Julius Malema the Economic Freedom Fighter (EFF) as political elite was the case study for the paper. Based on observations of the National Parliament session and interview with Member of Parliament, Cape Town, South Africa. Findings reveal that behaviors of some political elites undermine the quality of South Africa’s nascent democracy. Much debate focus on who governs, rather than on how to govern the citizens. The research is based Qualitative research method using interview with Members of Parliament and observation of parliament sessions to analyse the research.

Amber Overholser, University of Nevada, Las Vegas

"Tule Springs and Basin and Range: A Tale of Two Monuments" 194POLITICAL SCIENCE

This was a big year for National Monument designations within the state of Nevada with the designations of Tule Springs Fossil Beds and the Basin and Range forever altering the use and protection status of these unique lands. Though the outcomes were the same; national monuments were created and preservation demands were met, the processes were vastly different. In this multiple case study I reviewed archival documents (public documents from local, state, and federal agencies); local and national media coverage, and conducted retrospective interviews with members of the Tule Springs Coalition as well as a representative from the Conservation Lands Foundation who was instrumental in the Basin and Range project. I examine the creation of these national monuments and discuss them within the context of the democratic process. Specifically, I look at who was involved, why the monuments were created now (versus in the future or never), and emphasize how the processes involve (or don’t) citizens in local and national decision making. A discussion of whether one avenue is actually more reflective of the democratic process and the value of citizen participation in long-term planning on local level is also provided.

"On Eternal Equity in the Fin-de-Millenaire"

Globalization leveraged ethicality to unprecedented momentum. Today's most pressing social dilemmas beyond the control of singular nation states call for attention to human ethicality to back governmental regulation. In a history of turning to natural law as a human-imbued moral compass for solving societal predicaments on a global scale in times of crises; behavioral economists currently examine the human natural drive towards intergenerational fairness. Understanding the bounds of human ethicality is key to avoid ethical downfalls on currently emerging societal dilemmas of financial social responsibility and man-made environmental decline infringing on intergenerational equity – the fairness to provide an at least as favorable standard of living to future generations as enjoyed today. Whilst evolutionary grounded and practiced ever since, intergenerational fairness has not been attributed as a natural behavioral law – a human-imbued drive being bound by human fallibility. A whole-rounded ethical decision making anomalies frame is missing to test the applicability of the bounded ethicality paradigm onto intergenerational concerns. Psychological insights' potential to improve human intergenerational conscientiousness on financial social responsibility and environmental ethicality is underexplored. This paper theoretically defines intergenerational equity as a natural behavioral law and captures human ethicality bounds and system downfalls within financial social responsibility.

Mariana Trejo Sánchez, El Colegio de San Luis, A.C.

"Actors and Institutions of Governance: Use and Conservation of Beaches on the Northern Border of Mexico"

This paper aims to analyze the influence degree institutions and actors (political and social) have in the decision- making process in the Clean Beaches Committee of Tijuana, Baja California, Mexico, in order to characterize how governance processes are articulated in a border area.

Nicholas Seltzer, University of Nevada, Reno

"An Evolutionary Selection Model of Climate Change and Pastoralist Conflict in East Africa"

This multi-agent simulation tests an individual-level, evolutionary model of intergroup conflict. Design elements are abstracted from the arid and semi-arid regions of east Africa with potential implications for climate-change induced conflict. Agents were more likely to cooperate when resources were found in dense clusters, rather than widely dispersed. Conflict was more likely when inequities in land quality existed. These effects were further enhanced when agents possessed the ability to tactically coordinate their individual efforts, though in some cases dominant groups could prolong both peace and exclusive access to the best land through a primitive form of strategic deterrence. These results affirm the hypothesis that in-group cooperation and intergroup competition in humans are 195POLITICAL SCIENCE integrally related. Further, the degree to which they are related appeared to be dynamically responsive to environmental conditions. If true, this conclusion suggests environmental change this century could increase the risk of intergroup of conflict.

Stephen K. Shaw, Northwest Nazarene University

"Dorothy Day, the Catholic Worker Movement, and American Political Radicalism"

Co-founded almost 85 years ago by Peter Maurin and Dorothy Day, the Catholic Worker Movement initiated Catholic radicalism in the United States. The Movement, through its Catholic Worker newspaper, houses of hospitality, and farms for the poor, became a gathering place for radicals, anarchists, intellectuals, activists, and others concerned with both religious and social revolution. Perhaps most well-known for its commitment to pacifism, the Movement also addressed international conflict, unions and workers' rights, civil rights, poverty and capitalism, and issues of war and peace. This paper analyzes the Movement within the context of Catholic radicalism and the American protest tradition.

Karen Simpson, University of Nevada, Reno

Azamat Tashev, Ohio University

Loretta Singletary, University of Nevada, Reno

"Exploring the Role of Local Governance System in Mitigating Climate Stress in the Truckee/Carson River Systems"

Multiple regions across are experiencing shifts in vegetation season, precipitation patterns, hydrological variability, and frequent occurrence of weather extremes. Expectation are that they will intensify due to global climate change. The negative effects of these climate induced fluctuations in local natural-climatic conditions are referred to as a climate stress. Climate stress is evident in conflict over the allocation of increasingly scarce water resources. In this context, the impact of institutions and the interaction among organizations tasked with water resource management are key to understanding the environment in which conflict occurs, and how it might be reduced. This paper will present an analysis of the impact of variation in governance arrangements on local conflict-reduction and cooperation in response to climate stress on water resources. The analysis will focus primarily on the Truckee- Carson River System in northern Nevada, using data derived from extensive fieldwork with local stakeholders and water managers. The high degree of climate vulnerability in this area, combined with diversity of local water uses, communities, and water management organizations, creates an ideal environment for the examination of how institutional environment impacts climate-driven conflict, the role of various forms of interaction, and methods for stimulating social learning in complex systems.

Young-Bin Son, University of Nevada, Reno

"Inequality in South Korea: Determinants and the Quality of Institutional Structure"

Research in the field of inequality has stimulated a growing attention in Social Science. While South Korea has experienced both economic growth and depression for a long time, the issue of inequality has been emerged rapidly. 196POLITICAL SCIENCE

To reduce inequality, Korean government has presented various policies, but it has been failed. Also, recent scholarship in South Korea has tended to evaluate and emphasize the success or failure of government intervention. This paper attempts to provide the determinants on economic and social inequalities by using mixed research methods. Through the multi-level perspectives, I will narrow the gap of making casual mechanism between inequality and its determinants as well as provide deep interpretations of economic, social, political, and institutional structures on inequality. This will be followed by the capacities and qualities of politician, political party and government agencies, budgeting operation, and linkage between government and business. Furthermore, educational, electoral and religious factors will be considered. And then, I will argue that the compatibility between economic growth and reducing inequalities is confirmed in high quality of long-term strategies under strong institutional structures rather than short-term strategies.

Moana Vercoe, TURN Research

Andrea Walters, Claremont Graduate University

"Early Voting Brings Equity, Not Convenience to Native Voters Living on Reservations in Minnesota and South Dakota"

Compared to South Dakota that is renowned for the state’s poor record in relation to its American Indian population, Minnesota is considered relatively liberal in its treatment of the native population. While protracted litigation under the Voting Rights Act has resulted in the availability of satellite election offices on reservations in South Dakota, a series of meetings between Tribal leaders from three Minnesota tribes in the summer of 2014 and state representatives resulted in the similar provision of satellite election offices on these Minnesota reservations. The provision of satellite election offices that increase the temporal window for voting, while reducing the costs associated with travelling off-reservation to access the full range of voting services at election offices located in the county seats, provides a naturalistic experiment for testing the impact of early voting on impoverished communities in remote rural communities. While services such as those offered in satellite election office have largely been categorized as convenience voting with the literature, our results demonstrate that it is not convenience but equity that is achieved as satellite election services that bring equal access to reservations, thus increasing political participation through voter turnout.

Meghan Yost, Heidelberg University

"The Dark Path to Recognition: Kurdish Identity in Turkey"

Since the formation of the Republic of Turkey in 1923, the Kurds of southeast Anatolia have been restricted and repressed by the Turkish government and people. Issues involving the Kurdistan Worker’s Party, the Islamic State and the recent elections in Turkey have caused political and cultural tension between the two groups. Although the Turkish government claims that the Kurds have not been discriminated against, qualitative and quantitative evidence suggest otherwise. Recent reforms have resulted in some improvements to their status; however, more changes must be made to grant the Kurds political rights, cultural freedoms and social equality. 197PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Viola Fuentes, Northern Arizona University

Patsy Kraeger, Georgia Southern University

Chandra Commuri, California State University at Bakersfield

Kaene Antonio, Arizona State University

“Sustainability on the Rez”

World Commission on Environment and Development (WCED), also known as the Brundtland Report, Sustainable development is the development that meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs (WCED, 1987). Native American tribes such as the Navajo Nation espouse the notion that the earth needs to be revered and protected from pollution generating activities. This case study uses the five roles discussed for advancing sustainability by Young and Dhanda (2013) as the theoretical lens to analyze sustainability on the Navajo reservation. By examining tribal documents and news accounts of sustainability related policies and activities undertaken by the Navajo Nation this study will determine if the five roles noted by Young and Dhanda represent a useful lens for the analysis. The Navajo Nation tribal lands represent one of the largest reservations in the United States and the tribe’s population has grown in recent decades

Brenton Begay, Arizona State University

Virnel Demby, Arizona State University

Misaki Maruyama, Arizona State University

“Examining Technology Knowledge of Native Millennials”

As research continues to examine the traits and characteristics of the generation known as Millennials, Native Americans tend to be clumped into this category without regard for cultural differences. Ferri-Reed & Sujansky, 2009 posit that the Millennial generation includes “well educated, skilled in technology, and very self-confident”and they] bring with them to the work place high accomplishment and even higher expectations” (p. 3). This case study will examine the technology issues Native Americans in Arizona encounter coming from the reservation upon enrolling at an urban university. How does a lack of internet access on the Navajo Nation reservation vs other Arizona tribal lands impact the technological knowledge of Navajo Native American students? How different are the technological traits and skills of Native American Millennials compared to Millennials in general. With the advent of technological teaching tools such as blackboard and digication, Native American students must navigate the technological requirements in a short time as they acculturate to the University environment.

Chandra Commuri, California State University, Bakersfield

“Why are the Delta Smelt Dying? The Use and Abuse of Science in Policy Narratives” 198PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

As the Narrative Policy Framework literature has demonstrated, policy narratives play an important role in influencing policy outcomes. Policy narratives are both the means through which an advocacy coalition communicates its sense-making of a policy issue, and the strategy through which the coalition attempts to influence policy outcomes. Such narratives though are complex phenomena containing a variety of elements, taking different forms, and with varying emphasis on myths, facts, and science. I will be exploring the relationship of policy narratives with science. The paper focuses on a single case “the highly contentious struggle for solutions to deal with declining delta smelt fish populations in California’s San Joaquin delta. Various “neutral”, mostly governmental, agencies put out nuanced scientific arguments about the causes of the problem. However, the two rival coalitions selectively weaved evidence from these reports into their narratives in order to promote the policy outcomes they desired. Further, both narratives also selectively attacked, with intent to discredit, parts of these scientific reports. I seek to identify some conditions under which a policy narrative ignores, incorporates, and/or discredits scientific information.

Manuel Diaz Flores, Universidad Autonoma De Aguascalientes

Roberto Gonzalez Acolt, Universidad Autonoma De Aguascalientes

Bogar Garcia Martinez, Universidad Autonoma De Aguascalientes

“Fiscal Federalism In Mexico: One Institutional Problem?”

The Mexican fiscal federalism has been studied from different theoretical and methodological focus and some Authors have proposed changes to the National System of Fiscal Coordination in order to strengthen municipal and state government finances. However, success has been low and still has a scheme highly centralized on fiscal coordination across levels of government. As a result of this centralization it has a strong federal government in difference of weak sub-national governments. This lack of resources to subnational governments has led to high levels of debt and their capacity of generate own resources is very low. What this paper proposes is to design a proposal for improving the Mexican fiscal federalism that combines at least three dimensions: one economic outlook, which has been used to support the changes in the distribution formula and the calculation of the collection. Another is the policy dimension that includes the political parties. The last one focuses on making an organizational analysis in order to implementing the proposals has been chosen. Therefore the focus is on analysis of fiscal institutions of Mexican federalism, because these institutions are those that have failed to implement policies to strengthen public finances in the state and municipal levels of government. Keywords: fiscal federalism, public policy, institutions, organizational change, and political representation.

Viola Fuentes, Northern Arizona University

Misaki Maruyama, Arizona State University

“Analyzing how Public Universities Carry Out Stakeholder Management Analysis”

Strategic management, SWOT analysis and stakeholder analysis represent organizational management tools slowly being accepted and used in the public sector. This case study examines how public universities in Arizona undertake strategic planning and strategic management. According to Babiuch and Farhar (1994) “The goal of stakeholder analysis is to understand how stakeholder groups are likely to be affected by a proposed action, how proposed actions can be modified to result in the greatest number of positive impacts, and how potential negative impacts can be mitigated by modifying the proposed action. Stakeholder analysis is anticipatory, looking to the future rather than describing and explaining a current situation or documenting one that has already occurred” (p. 22). Public 199PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION universities who are implementing new programs or modifying existing programs can benefit from stakeholder analysis to better manage their organization’s relationship with key stakeholders particularly politicians and other public agencies.

“Public Administration, Social Media and Digital Governance”

This paper will focus on the emerging forms of digital governance we will experience in the coming generation. Content analysis will be used to explore the ways that communications technology has shaped recent government practice in the areas of social media use and technology to transmit information to different generations of citizens. Social media popularity has caused government agencies to shift from traditional e government applications to social media applications hence the term digital governance. The use of digital governance by different local governments and state politicians in the State of Arizona will be analyzed.

Yousueng Han, Indiana University-Bloomington

“Impact of Accountability on Performance in the Federal Government: Moderating Role of Autonomy”

This study is to examine the impact of accountability on performance for the federal government. This research firstly investigates the effects of formal accountability system on perceived performance of federal employees. Secondly, the impact of informal accountability mechanism on the perceived performance is examined. Thirdly, the moderating impact of autonomy on the relationship between accountability and the perceived performance is analyzed. Based on existing literature, relevant formal and informal accountability mechanism can positively affect performance, while granting more autonomy to employees can moderate such relationship. Based on previous literature on accountability, the notions of formal and informal accountability for the federal agencies are addressed and theories concerning the relationship between accountability and performance are also suggested. For example, since New Public Management (NPM), pay-for-performance system has been emphasized, and such system can be recognized as NPM typed formal accountability mechanism. Characteristics of public organization such as goal ambiguity are also controlled for testing the hypotheses concerning impact of accountability on performance. 2012 Federal Employee Viewpoint Survey (FEVS) as main data source is used to empirically test the relevant hypotheses. Those empirical findings are expected to contribute to developing theory on public accountability and also to be useful in inducing practical implication on why the combination of accountability and autonomy for the public organization, especially federal agencies, is important for performance.

Susan Johnson, New Mexico State University

“Unlikely Contributions of an Urban Guerrilla”

Unique to other Latin American countries, Mexico, from the 1960s to the 1970s, was home to roughly thirty guerrilla movements. Much work has been done to understand the internal values, motivations and influences of armed movements of this era (Cedillo and Calderón 2012, Castellanos 2007). Studies analyze how leftist ideas made their way to rural areas, with social protests leading the way to a seemingly democratic Mexico (Trevizo 2011, Carr 1992) and how transnational and domestic activism triggered reform of Mexico’s human rights policies (Anaya Muñoz, 2009). Few studies, however, have centered attention on the psychological elements of radical behavior, and how this behavior spurred state terrorism. This paper focuses on the largest and most violent of these groups, the September 23 Communist League, whose actions incited state fear beyond typical Cold War panic of that time. Their tactics ignited delegitimisation the Mexican government and unveiled its abusive policies. This study fills a gap in the existing body of work by placing armed struggle within a framework of relationship regulation theory (Rai and Fiske 2011) and moral motivations for violence (Rai 2015). 200PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

Dongjae Jung, Arizona State University

“Analyzing Public Partnerships in Arizona and Korea”

With the global economic recession, local municipalities and universities find themselves competing for funding. As public sector revenue falls, states and countries struggle to find innovative ways to deal with decreased funding. With funding shortfalls, governments need to decrease expenditures and increase revenues. Since most taxpayers hate tax increases, governments are forced to decrease expenditures. Cutting public funding tends to be easier to accomplish compared to raising tax rates. Although an educated workforce represents the key to global competiveness, the public sector has had to cut university budgets. This case study research studied the public partnership forged between the City of Phoenix and Arizona State University which resulted in the development of the ASU Downtown Campus. To determine whether governments in other countries turn to public or private partnerships in times of financial need, this paper compared the ASU experience with public/private partnerships in Korea.

James B. Kaatz, Missouri State University

“Using Spiritual Principles In The Twenty-First Century Public Organization”

This paper focuses on using spiritual principles in public organizations to gain increased organizational performance, better citizen services, and more highly satisfied employees. All of the principles employed can be found in the “New Thought” Christian movement as well as in more traditional Christian thought and other religious traditions worldwide. There are many commonalities among these belief systems that will lead to desired organizational outcomes violating church and state separation. Spiritual principles are seen as both an integral part of organizational management and as being deeply personal held beliefs. Public organizations will see increased positive outcomes by incorporating common spiritual principles such as connectedness, abundance, compassion, service, understanding and creativity (among others) into everyday operations. Those same organizations will see increased individual employee satisfaction by encouraging individuals to follow their own spirituality while at work and through the use of spiritual principles in day to day operations.

Patsy Kraeger, Georgia Southern University

“Organization, representation and Collective Action: Notes on the Sweet Briar College Turnaround”

Saul Alinsky wrote that millions feel excluded from democracy and lost in “urban anonymity”. He proposed community organizations to harness the power of people to move democracy forward. Sweet Briar College is a women’s college in Virginia. In March of 2014, the Board of Director’s voted to close the college without reaching out to stakeholders. This paper presents focuses on the coming together of thousands of alumnae in a short period to “Save Sweet briar” by the development of a unified presence through social media to a formal separate nonprofit to ensuing law suits that resulted in a settlement to keep the college open. The methodological model will follow Kramer and Kania’s (2011) Collective Impact model which assess success of collective impact based on these five structures being in place: shared values, open and constant communication, mutually reinforcing strategies and a backbone organization. A content analysis will be used to analyze the documented materials on the Saving Sweet Briar website from news articles to legal pleadings. It is anticipated that the findings will reiterate Alinsky’s theory on the power of 201PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION community organizations, albeit in different contexts, offering wisdom for other communities seeking and achieving change despite great odds of success.

Colleen T. Wilcox Long, University of Nevada, Reno

“Bureaucratic Administration and Citizen Participation: Can Both be Reconciled under a Constitutional Democracy?”

The United States of America was founded on the principles of liberty and equality. By 1789, the first federal, democratic, government was established under the guidelines of The Constitution of the United States. To prevent any person or group from establishing tyrannical rule, the principles of separation of powers and checks and balances were included. The bureaucratic administration emerged to implement laws. With the creation and adaption of policies, the size and focus of the bureaucratic administration has changed. Thus, the question arises as to whether the bureaucratic administration that has evolved under this democratic, constitutional government can support and accept the role of the citizen as a voluntarily, active participant. The different bureaucratic administrations that emerged altered not only the way the national government acts, but the way citizens respond. The writings and works of prominent scholars give insight into the emergence of the current bureaucratic administrative state and into the creation of the constitutional democracy established in the United States. Can a bureaucratic administration and citizen participation be reconciled under the constitutional democracy that exists in the United States today? This paper analyzes the role of the bureaucratic administration and the citizen in the United States today.

Christina Medina, New Mexico State University

“Our Next Education President? What the 2016 Presidential candidates are (or are not) saying about education reform in America."

As public policy has assumed an increasingly pivotal role in the educational system, a growing number of scholars are turning attention to the processes through which rules and regulations are adopted and the consequences they have on teaching and learning. A history of education policy at the federal level illustrates the importance for faculty in teacher education programs to understand how federal legislation such as No Child Left Behind (NCLB) exemplifies the growing trend that â€œLawâ€ in the form of federal policy has come to have a huge impact on instructional delivery and teacher preparation at the local setting. At the local/state level, states across the country, state legislators, and state boards of education are enacting more polices that set the general framework within which local schools operate and in many situations establish the explicit means and measures for determining effective teaching and learning (McDermott, K. 2009). Two states, Colorado and New Mexico have enacted recent legislation that illustrates the influence of state policy on teacher preparation and the measure of effective teachers. This research seeks to understand what has been the impact of such educational policy on teacher preparation? It also seeks to understand the role that policy entrepreneurs such as Governors play in the policy process. Findings from an examination of Executive Order Legislation in Colorado and New Mexico will be presented. The implications of the reauthorization of the Elementary and Secondary Education (ESEA) Act will also be discussed.

Akuebueze Oliver, University of Lagos

“Diaspora, Migrant Association and Nation Building; Case of Ndigbo Association in Durban, South Africa”

Quite a number of migrants have found their way to other countries outside their home country in search of greener pastures. Some of these migrants live permanently in the host country, thereby comprising migrants referred to as Diaspora .Migrants also referred to as foreigners can either negatively or positively enjoy the migration in the host country. However, vulnerable groups such as females, asylum seekers and refugees can be disadvantaged and limited accessing social services and programmes intended to improve their stay and conditions in the host country. Migrant association and NGOs are steeping in by playing key roles in assisting migrants in terms of 202PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION accommodation, empowerment, tax remittance and fight against migrant human right abuse, which contributes to migrants empowerment and nation building. These migrants association also assist migrants in negotiating their survival and adaptation amidst murky waters. Nigeria associations, who have formed themselves into Diaspora association, as a means of maintain link between host country and home country . The objective of this paper is to examine the roles of migrant association in Diaspora .What are the features and activities of migrant association? The theoretical approach for the study is drawn from Kadushin(2004) social network . Theory. Based on interview with executives of Nigeria Association in Durban South Africa , findings reveals that migrants association are key actors in the social and economic development of migrant and contributes to nation building. development in their countries of origin if given an appropriate framework to maximize the benefits.

Kemoli Sagala, Kenya School of Government, Nairobi (Kenya)

“Neo-Pluralism, Public Participation, and Devolution in Post-2010 Kenya”

On August 3, 2010 Kenyans overwhelmingly approved through a national referendum the Constitution of Kenya, 2010. The Constitution was promulgated on August 10, 2010 and it introduced two levels of government, the national government and the 47 County Governments of Kenya through the constitutional principle of devolution. Public participation also known as citizen engagement is the key defining feature of devolution in Kenya. By drawing from the neo-pluralist theory and the constitutional theory, this qualitative research paper investigates through select cases the role of citizens in public policy making in post 2010 Kenya. Three broad research questions are posed, namely: How have the national and county governments implemented the constitutional principle of public participation in decision making? How have citizens utilized their constitutional right of public participation? What lessons and modalities of public participation can other countries learn from devolution in Kenya? The research strategy incorporates primary and secondary sources of data. The primary sources of data consist of participant observation and interviews conducted in Kenya with selected key informants and stakeholders in Kenya drawn from Civil Society Organizations (CSOs), citizens, national and county government officials, and development partners. The secondary data comprise of literature review, document reviews of the Constitution of Kenya 2010 and the laws of devolution, and documentary evidence adduced from desktop research and scholarly publications.

Olaniran Temitope, Durban University of Technolology

Umoh Samuel Uwem, University of Kwazulu-Natal

“The Oil, Multinational ,Militant and The Government; Lack in the midst of Plenty?”

The oil sector is crucial to the Nigeria’s economy. It accounts for over 95% of Nigeria’s export earnings and about 40% of government revenues (IMF, 2011). The Niger Delta region is one of the key oil producing region. Multinational company as the Royal Dutch Shell and Chevron have positioned themselves in the region to tap into the opportunities the oil has to offer. Despite the wealth derived from the region, it is impoverish evident with poverty and under development. From time immemorial there have been violence, competition for oil wealth between ethnic group; and fracas between multinational and the militants .The MEND (MOVEMENT for the Emancipation of the Niger Delta) have also been formed by some disgruntled youths. They have been involved in small arms proliferation, vandalism, kidnapping, oil bunkering and theft based on grievances that they have not benefited from the regionâ€™s oil wealth. In recognition of these, the federal government initiated the amnesty program in July 2009 as a strategy for addressing developmental issues in the Niger Delta region and the Petroleum Industry Bill (PIB) as a regulatory framework for the oil economy. With this background, the paper takes an overview on the Petroleum Industry Bill (PIB) and its implication on Nigeria’s economy. The paper discusses the contribution of oil in Nigeria economy; the nature of the amnesty programme, rationale; and questions if the amnesty programme is effective in tackling issues of poverty and empowerment of rehabilitee militants 203PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 204PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUDGETING

PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUDGETING Christopher Goodman, University of Nebraska at Omaha

Thad Calabrese, New York University

Thad Calabrese, University of Colorado Denver

Todd Ely, University of Colorado – Denver

“Comparing the Consistency of Endowment Reporting Across Data Sources”

As noted by Bowman (2002), endowments are a unique feature of not-for-profit finance. Much of not-for-profit finance literature finds differences between endowed and unendowed organizations. That is, not-for-profits with assets intended to generate investment income for perpetuity seem to make different decisions than those without. Endowments are one area of fiscal slack poorly researched and understood to date. One particular reason for this lack of research is the dearth of good data on these assets. Endowments are reported only in the notes to the financial statements or in the Form 990 Schedule G since 2008 – neither of which are easy to collect for analysis. To overcome this limitation in available data, Bowman et al. (2012) devised a method for determining whether a not- for-profit is endowed or not using publicly available data. However, the validity of the measure has never been empirically tested. Another source of endowment data independent of these financial data is the National Association of College and University Business Officers (NACUBO), which publishes endowment data on higher education institutions derived from annual surveys. This paper will analyze the consistency of data reported in the Form 990 Schedule G, the audited financial statements, the method outlined in Bowman et al. (2012), and the annual NACUBO endowment survey. The goal of this project is to improve future research efforts by empirically testing and validating how each data source compares to the others.

Can Chen, Florida International University

Hai (David) Guo, Florida International University

Howard Frank, Florida International University

“Effects of Capital Budgeting Institutions on the Level and Accumulation of State Capital Investment: A Long Panel Study”

Capital budgeting is a key component of government fiscal practices. States vary significantly in their fiscal institutional arrangements for capital budgeting and finance practices. Given the significant amount of public capital outlay and its critical role in socio-economic development, understanding the impact of capital budgeting institutions on state capital finance is critical. Current literature on capital budgeting is mostly descriptive case studies. There lacks an empirical examination of the relationship between capital budgeting institutions and capital investment. To fill this gap, this study will explore the two research questions: Does the capital budgeting institution affect state capital finance decisions? If so, how does the variation of state capital budgeting institutions in capital planning, project selection, and capital finance affect the level and accumulation of capital investment? Based on the theory of fiscal institutions, this research will empirically examine the effects of state capital budgeting institutions on the level and accumulation of state capital investment from 1985 to 2010. This research will make the following contributions to the field of capital budgeting: to expand our understanding of the role of fiscal institutions on state 205PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUDGETING capital finance, to explore how capital budgeting institutions matter, and offer policy suggestions for developing sound capital planning and budgeting practices.

NakHyeok Choi, Florida International University

Milena Neshkova, Florida International University

Tobin Im, Seoul National University

“Government Competitiveness in Grant-in-Aid Systems”

The study aims to develop an index of government competitiveness based on the performance of the U.S. states in the recent grant-in-aid cycle under the 2009 American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (ARRA) and explain what makes some governments more competitive than others. We focus on TIGER (Transportation Investment Generating Economic Recovery), a discretionary grant program of the Department of Transportation. As a merit- based program in which subnational governments compete with each other, TIGER offers an excellent case for studying government competitiveness and the factors that enable states to acquire more grant money. The study uses data from 2009 to 2013.

James K. Conant, George Mason University

“The Life Cycle of the Council on Environmental Quality: 1970-2035”

The Council on Environmental Quality was created in the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969. Located in the Executive Office of the President, this small agency was assigned responsibility for creating the environmental impact statement (EIS) process, developing an assessment of the nation's environmental condition, recommending policies that would protect human health and the environment, and coordinating the implementation of environmental policy across the executive branch. In this paper, life cycle models are used to develop predictions of the likely paths for this important organization from 1970 to 2010. Then, the actual path of the organization is "mapped" using budgetary data and compared to the predicted paths. The findings are used to offer predictions about the future of the CEQ.

Chris Crawford, University of Central Oklahoma

Aimee Franklin, University of Oklahoma

“Social and Economic Changes on Oklahoma Indian Lands: Exploring the Impacts of 25 Years of Indian Gaming”

Since the passage of the Indian Gaming Regulatory Act (IGRA) in 1988, there has been tremendous growth in the Oklahoma gaming industry. Within the state, 32 of 38 federally recognized tribes operate the more than casinos. Twenty-three of these tribes operate two or more casinos with the Chickasaw tribe having the highest number at 21. In addition, Oklahoma has authorized the operation of three racinos that generate revenues for the state. This empirical study explores how the growth in gaming activities and related revenue has changed the lives of Oklahomans, and in particular those who live on Tribal lands. The research also explores legal and political trends to determine if the history of gaming in Oklahoma mirrors national trends. We explore critical events to identify issues likely to remain salient in the future, especially as compact renegotiation begins in 2020. We use data from the U.S. Census and gaming compacts to examine the impact of revenue sharing, exclusivity agreements, and other 206PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUDGETING provisions on socioeconomic conditions. This research contributes to our understanding of the realized costs and benefits of Indian gaming in Oklahoma.

Carol Ebdon, Florida International University

Can Chen, Florida International University

“School Food Services: Privatization and Procurement”

With recent reform efforts to improve nutrition in schools, the role of food service operations has become more important. About 13% of school districts contract for food services management, but with wide variation across states, ranging from 86% in Rhode Island to six states with no contracts. However, little empirical work exists on contracting for this vital service. To fill this void, we explore contracting and procurement practices in 10-20 school districts in Florida and Nebraska, based primarily on interviews with key individuals and a review of public documents. Drawing from the broader literature on government contracting, we focus on the rationale for, as well as the benefits and challenges of, contracting versus internal school food service provision. In addition, we review similarities and differences in local food procurement policies between districts that contract and those that do not. Finally, we explore whether contracting has an effect on school participation in Farm to School or other reform efforts to improve school food nutrition. This study will improve our understanding of school food service operations. Our findings may provide valuable insights and recommendations for practice, as well as for policy reforms, and may assist with theory-building in this area.

David Edwards, University of Tennessee at Chattanooga

“Does Size Matter? Assessing the Financial Management Capacity of Tennessee Cities”

American cities range in population from millions down to dozens. According to the National League of Cities, there are fewer than 100 cities whose populations exceed 200,000 while more than 9,000 have populations of 1,000 or less. Indeed, American cities with populations less than 25,000 outnumber those with populations greater than 25,000 by a ratio of 16 to 1. Yet, the smallest cities must comply with the same financial reporting requirements as their larger counterparts. The proposed paper will examine the impact that size has on financial management capacity. Previous research has questioned the management capacity of smaller cities generally and across a range of local government responsibilities, with most concluding that bigger is better when it comes to managing the public's business. This paper focuses on financial management capacity as a basic and essential function of local government by reviewing municipal audits from Tennessee cities in order to assess the difference that size makes on three measures of financial management capacity--audit findings, accuracy of financial forecasts, and change in unrestricted reserve funds.

Todd Ely, University of Colorado – Denver

Christine Martell, University of Colorado – Denver

“Costs and Consequences of Mini-Bonds”

Public officials use mini-bonds, small denomination municipal bonds, as a mechanism to broaden public access and exposure to tax-exempt investments financing public infrastructure. Mini-bonds are not new, but they run counter to commonly-accepted rules about how governments should raise capital. Given that officials and advisors are aware of these inefficiencies, they must perceive significant non-financial benefits from mini-bond issuance. This paper provides an historical overview of mini-bonds including the rationale and challenges before using issuances by the 207PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUDGETING

City and County of Denver since 1990 to illustrate the trend in issuance costs. Denver’s most recent mini-bond issue, sold in the summer of 2014, is used as a contemporary case study of the practice. A series of considerations for government officials contemplating the issuance of mini-bonds is presented. Mini-bonds are a conscious financing decision by public officials where the additional costs can be quantified, but not the potential benefits of increased publicity, citizen engagement, and improving the perceived equity of tax-exempt financing. Preliminary findings suggest the additional costs of mini-bond issuance are substantially higher than traditional bond offerings, interest costs exceed market rates, advertised tax benefits are unlikely to be achieved by targeted investors, and the goal of broad-based purchases is unfulfilled.

Jayce L. Farmer, Texas State University

Dianne Rahm, Texas State University

Billy Fields, Texas State University

“Eagle Ford Shale Development and Local Government Fiscal Impacts”

This paper explores the impact of the Eagle Ford Shale development on the fiscal behavior of local governments within the south-central region of Texas. We assess impacts on four fiscal areas of interest, which include revenue generation, tax structure modifications, capabilities to manage fiscal stress and strategies of revenue stabilization. A 2014 survey of 41 local governments within this region reveals that this shale development has contributed to sudden substantial increases in local revenue for these jurisdictions. Yet, several of these entities lack a long-term outlook regarding their fiscal planning strategies. The findings provide insight regarding the impacts of the boom in Texas oil and gas drilling on the financial management decisions of local government officials.

Christopher B. Goodman, University of Nebraska at Omaha

“A Permanent Solution to a Temporary Problem: Factors Associated with the Annexation of Sanitary and Improvement Districts in Omaha, NE”

The governance of metropolitan areas is complex in appearance but reflects the culmination of many individual decisions about how residents prefer to govern themselves. Residents have many choices available to them in modifying their local governance structure. They may choose to create or dissolve special districts or municipalities, add to or remove areas from municipalities, or merge local governments together. Collectively, these are known as boundary changes and each has implications as to the number of participants in the process and the amount of conflict among participants. Guiding this process is state law. This research examines two types of boundary changes within the context of the Omaha, NE metropolitan area: special district dissolution and municipal annexation. In Nebraska, the creation of a particular kind of special district, a sanitary and improvement district (SID), is a common method of financing capital improvements required to facilitate development on the urban fringe. These districts act as placeholders for eventual municipal annexation; financing capital improvements and providing public services until the city can expand to these areas. Rather than being static actors, the trustees of the SID can alter the financial condition of the district, making annexation more or less likely to occur. Additionally, cities in Nebraska enjoy broad annexation powers allowing the annexation of virtually unlimited acreage of land via a municipal ordinance. These factors make this particular examination unique in the literature on boundary changes. With the possibility that both participants are acting strategically, the question becomes who is leading whom? Using a proportional hazard model, the risk of an SID being annexed in any given year is determined with attributes of SIDs and the City of Omaha as covariates. Disentangling this relationship is important to the study of boundary changes and local governance. 208PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUDGETING

James Harrold, University of Nebraska at Omaha

Junghack Kim, University of Nebraska at Omaha

“Influence of State Income Tax Policy on Military Retiree Residency Decisions”

A recent article in The Wall Street Journal noted that lawmakers in 19 states are seeking to create or expand income- tax breaks for military pensions in the hopes of attracting highly skilled veterans (WSJ, 20 Mar 2015). Military retirees represent a special subset of the general retired population in that a large proportion of this group is of working age. As of the end of fiscal year 2013, there were 2.1 million military retirees, with 53 percent under 65 years of age. All of these retirees have a stable annuity income, many if not most are college graduates, and virtually all have proven job skills and experience. Many states have proposed or enacted tax policies that either do not tax pensions in general, or do not tax military pensions in particular. These competitive policies are founded in the belief that an attractive tax policy will compel military retirees to reside in, and contribute to the state by gaining skilled employment. A perusal of data from the Department of Defense Office of the Actuary (OACT) shows that around 66 percent of all military retirees in the U.S. live in about 15 states, though the ranking of these states has changed somewhat over the past decade and a half. The question is why retired military persons select these states, or any state. Do state tax policies make a difference, or are there other more significant factors? For example, do military retirees decide to live in particular states because of the presence of large military installations that provide the possibility for second-career employment with either the federal government or government contractors? Do retirees select locations based on favorable weather? Do military retirees simply choose to return to their state of birth after serving in the military? The study uses a panel of data from 2000 to 2013 and time-series regression to help determine which factors are causal in the residency decision. The dependent variable is residency, as indicated by the OACT data, and examines all 50 states and the District of Columbia. The independent variables are of two groups: DoD effects and state effects. DoD effects include variables such as the size of Defense installations, the active duty population of the state, and the amount of Defense dollars expended in the state annually. The state effects include variables such as tax burden placed on military retirement pay, and economic indicators such as unemployment and median income. The model uses fixed effects to account for time-invariant characteristics such as climate. The major contribution of this paper is in its examination of state tax policies that purport to result in residency of a population of persons (military retirees) who are perceived to benefit the state in the long run. Whether these policies actually succeed or are merely coincidental to other factors is of primary interest.

Daniel Hummel, Idaho State University

“The Potential Effects of the Social Costs from Alcohol Consumption on State Financial Condition”

A vibrant academic discussion has developed on the social costs from alcohol consumption since the 18th Amendment was repealed by the 21st Amendment effectively legalizing alcohol in 1933. The costs usually associated with alcohol consumption are medical, productivity and crime costs. The costs in healthcare, productivity and crime related to alcohol consumption is largely on the private realm such as hospitals, insurance companies and employers. The government still accounts for more than 42% of the costs on average. These realities have led to policy making that has largely focused on either attempting to reduce the incentive to consume alcohol or cover the costs related to its consumption. This has usually embodied either increased prices or taxes on alcohol. The deficiency in taxation and pricing is that over time the effects decrease due to rising inflation. This paper is a state- level assessment of the potential effects of alcohol consumption on state financial condition while controlling for extraneous factors and state fixed effects over time from 2010 to 2013. Data collection and analysis is currently ongoing.

Mikhail Ivonchyk, University of Georgia 209PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUDGETING

“The Impact of Dodd-Frank on Municipal Bond Prices”

Efficient management of resource acquisition is one of the primary challenges faced by municipalities. External expertise, such as advice from financial advisors, is often used when bonds or other debt instruments are needed to acquire capital assets. Prior research suggests that the quality of advice provided by financial advisors is inversely related to the interest costs of new debt issues (Allen and Dudney, 2010). The cost of such quality advice, however, may not be fully offset by the corresponding benefit of lower interest costs (Forbes et al., 1992). The Dodd-Frank amendment to Section 15B of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 added a new requirement that municipal advisors must register with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and Municipal Securities Review Board (MSRB), effective July 1, 2014. The registration explicitly imposes a fiduciary duty on municipal advisors and prohibits them from serving as underwriters on the same debt issues for which they advise due to the conflict of interest. Unless qualified for an exemption, an unregistered entity or individual providing advisory services will violate federal securities laws and be sanctioned by the SEC. According to the SEC, the rule is intended to mitigate certain problems with the conduct of some municipal advisors, including pay-to-play practices, undisclosed conflicts of interest, inadequate training or qualifications, and failure to place the duty of loyalty to their clients ahead of their own interests. The purpose of this paper is to explore the implications of the new requirement on municipal borrowing costs, especially for smaller municipal borrowers like cities and counties. To address this research question, I estimate true interest costs of monthly municipal debt issues in California from 2013 through 2015, which spans a period of time both before and after the implementation of this new requirement. Using fixed effects regression for panel data, I will control for the implementation of the requirement, as well as the passage of time post-implementation, along with typical controls that are well established in the extant literature to estimate my dependent variable. Ultimately, this new requirement is intended to change the way municipal securities market participants behave. The fiduciary duty should discipline and more consistently educate municipal advisors, provide additional protection to borrowers, and result in more accurate and symmetric information for municipal borrowers. As a result, the registration requirements may leave in practice only the most qualified professional advisors. Thus, the rule should improve the quality of financial advice and potentially reduce municipal borrowing costs further than before the amendment was enacted. This requirement might also have unintended consequences that adversely affect municipal fiscal outcomes. A large number of market participants with substantial expertise in the municipal finance area, such as investment banks, broker-dealers, underwriters, legal counsel, accountants, and others could facilitate the issuance process prior to the rule. As of July 2014, unless registered as municipal advisors, they can only provide general factual information that is not customized to a specific issue. Given the broad definition of advice, it is easy to cross the line and be subjected to SEC sanctions. Consequently, the rule might inadvertently inhibit the information flow to issuers and therefore increase municipal borrowings costs, which should be especially problematic for smaller, less experienced jurisdictions. My preliminary results suggest that the new regulation may have inadvertently increased the costs of municipal borrowing.

G. Jason Jolley, Wayne State University

Kristin O’Donovan, Wayne State University

“Local Sales Tax Base Impacts in Appalachian and Non-Appalachian Counties: The 2012 Derecho Storm in Ohio”

In the summer of 2012, a series of severe storms caused by an historic derecho wind weather system resulted in the third costliest natural disaster in Ohio in nearly 40 years. The storms led to over $400 million in insurance losses and a presidential disaster declaration in 37 of Ohio’s 88 counties. The purpose of this paper is to examine the economic effect of the storms on rural Ohio counties. The central theory is that the storms have the potential to have a positive economic effect. Harper and Hawkins (2006) found a positive local sales tax benefit in the aftermath of a series of hurricanes in Florida in 2004. This paper utilizes the Harper and Hawkins modeling approach to examine whether differences in taxable sales and similar duration impacts occurred in Ohio following the series of 2012 derecho storms. Differences in sales tax benefits, either effect or duration, would have significant implications for Appalachian Ohio counties, which are more economically distressed and have less diverse and dense retail bases. 210PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUDGETING

Hina Khalid, State University of New York - Albany

Erika Martin, State University of New York - Albany

“School Finance Reforms: Did They Increase Equity, and Does the Choice of the Equity Measure Influence the Outcomes?”

State-based school finance reforms aiming to update the financing plans for K-12 education were implemented from 1970 to 2010 across the United States. The objective of these reforms was to mitigate inequities in per pupil expenditures and revenues across rich and poor school districts. A challenge of research in this area is that there are competing methods to measure equity outcomes, which makes it difficult to compare findings across studies. We did a systematic literature review to assess (i) which types of school finance plan were effective at achieving their objective of increasing equity, and (ii) if the results remain consistent across different measures of equity. We developed a research protocol using guidelines for systematic literature reviews from the Institute of Medicine and Patient Centered Outcomes Research Institute for systematic reviews. The protocol had the following components that were specified in advance: the search strategy, the inclusion and exclusion criteria for studies, and the data extraction strategy. Due to heterogeneous outcomes, findings were summarized qualitatively and not using meta- analysis statistics. Out of the 114 identified studies, we extracted data from 15 studies that were eligible following our inclusion and exclusion criteria. The two main types of financing plans identified in the studies were foundation plans and equalization plans. In the 3 of the 15 cases reviewed, states switched from an equalization plan to a minimum foundation plan or vice versa. In 12 states minimum foundation plans were implemented pre and post reform. The equity measures extracted from the studies were the range, restricted range, federal range ratio, coefficient of variation, gini index and McLoones index. The equity results vary by type of plan and equity measure. In five studies, equity decreased on all the included measures. In one study, equity increased on all the included measures. In two studies, equity decreased on one measure and increased on the rest of the measures. In the remaining studies results diverged on two or more measures. It is not possible to say if foundation or equalization plans lead to an increase or decrease in equity, as (i) the results are sensitive to the choice of the equity measure, and (ii) there is a lot of within plan variation in financing plans implemented across different states, making it difficult to compare across them. Different equity measures capture equity for different segments of the population, and as the choice of the equity measure influences study conclusions, researchers should explicitly state for which segment of the population equity is being studied. Second, comparing across financing plans is more complex than simply lumping them into two categories (equalization and foundation) as there is substantial variation in the same type of plan across different states.

Junghak Kim, University of Nebraska at Omaha

Jongmin Shon, Rutgers University - Newark

“The Impact of Revenue Structure on Borrowing Scale Examining U.S. State Governments”

Debt financing through borrowing money from bonds market has been the main fiscal instrument to finance capital projects in state and local governments. Given that larger amounts of bonds lead a government to have less fiscal capacity, the existing literature paid attention to diverse drivers behind amounts of bonds, also referred to as borrowing scale. The literature, however, has provided that we have limited knowledge about the impact of revenue structure on borrowing scale. Decreasing the reliance on property and income taxes, and shifted toward the use of fuels and other selective taxes, user charges and fees, state governments have currently experienced significant changes in revenue structure. The research on this trend has mainly focused on two implications: 1) the positive effects that reduce revenue volatility, and 2) the negative effects that increase complexity of and fiscal illusion in revenue structure and fiscal illusion. The less revenue volatility enables a government to more exactly predict how much they need and spend for the next fiscal years; thus, it should be easy for a government to reduce borrowing scale. In contrast, the greater complexity and fiscal illusion raises the demand for expenditures, which might result 211PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUDGETING in more issuances of bonds that can cover upcoming expenditures. Following our expectations, this paper aims to test these two competing views on the role of revenue structure in borrowing scale. Findings, based on path analysis would make a contribution to the literature on both revenue diversification and municipal bonds.

Olha Krupa, Seattle University

“Where are the Cost Savings? Insights from a 9-year Study of Assessor Consolidation.”

Although the proposition that larger governments operate more efficiently than smaller is a contested claim, studies of consolidation effects with long time dimensions are rare. To address that gap in research, this study evaluates the impact of property tax assessment performance on government expenditures over a nine-year period using detailed expenditure records in Indiana from 2006 to 2014. Examining the results from a major township assessor consolidation, in which 95.7 percent of township assessors have been eliminated in 2008, this study shows that administration of property tax demonstrates economies of scale in regard to workloads, cost of labor and assessment complexity. However, while assessment accuracy and performance demonstrate potential for significant improvement through consolidation at a fraction of cost, the much-expected long-term cost savings from the reform were nowhere to be found.

Shinwoo Lee, Indiana University

Yulianti Abbas, Indiana University

“Centralized Bureaucracy and Budgetary Performance: Implications from Revenue Forecasting Accuracy”

Grounded on two major theoretical underpinnings, risk aversion and centralized bureaucracy, this research investigates the probable role of budgetary institutions, which exist to hold accountability of bureaucrats in budgetary process, on improving performance in budgetary outcomes. Although traditional research has identified a list of determinants of revenue forecasting errors, recent scholars began to emphasize the necessity of considering how revenue forecasters will react to more strict budgetary institutions in forecasting process. Along with this line of research, we examine the impact of balanced budget requirements (BBRs), which has not been systematically tested yet, on reducing revenue forecasting errors. Further, we consider the possibility that the impact of BBRs on revenue forecasting accuracy may be moderated by the level of centralization in budget office. Using two distinctive measures of revenue forecasting accuracy from the Comprehensive Annual Financial Report at each state government, we test those relationships through a panel data approach between 2004 and 2014. Empirical results will present valuable implications in accountability and performance from financial management perspective in state governments.

Soomi Lee, University of La Verne

“Political Economy of Parcel Tax in California School Districts”

This paper examines the parcel tax (tax per unit of property) that has been used only in California to provide public education. In particular, I focus on political costs of parcel tax adoption and examine district characteristics that are amiable to parcel tax adoption. After the passage of the proposition 13 that limited the ad-valorem property tax rate in 1978 California school districts have experienced severe revenue constraints. To supplement the funding constraints for public education, residents in some school districts have voluntarily agreed to raise parcel taxes since the state constitution allows special taxes in special districts by a two-thirds of supermajority votes. Previous literature has shown that school districts with a higher average income are more likely to raise parcel taxes for additional school funding. However, I argue that because parcel tax is regressive and requires a two-thirds of voters’ 212PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUDGETING approval, districts’ income distribution rather than income level would more likely influence the likelihood of parcel tax adoption. In addition, I will also examine social and demographic fragmentation that increases political costs of parcel tax adoption. Scholars, practitioners, and ordinary citizens have paid little attention to parcel taxes because parcel tax revenues consist of a small percentage of total revenue. However, in 2014, California legislators required the State Controller to report locally assessed parcel taxes. Thus, it is timely and important to initiate this research to study parcel tax use and its ramification systematically. I will also discuss the implications of funding disparities for public education.

Jekyung Lee, University of Georgia

“Risks, Signals, and Information: An Empirical Analysis of Credit Outlooks in the Municipal Bond Market”

Existing literature on municipal bond sales demonstrate that there are a number of factors which determine the borrowing cost in the municipal bond markets. Credit outlook, which is assigned by the credit agencies, is provided with the rationale to help resolve information asymmetry problems which arises from information differences and conflicting interests among the active players in the market. Credit outlook functions as a unique market signal in an intermediate term for the default risk as a certification method, and plus, it serves as a monitoring and surveillance tool for the issuers. However, there is very little empirical research testing the credit outlook as a key element in municipal markets. Expanding information asymmetry information theory, this study will examine how the credit outlook affects the true interest costs (TICs). I will use a 2SLS Pooled regression for the covariates of true interest costs with the first-stage regression model using lambda coefficients for multinomial selectivity to address the endogeneity issues in method of sales, using a sample from the municipal bonds issued by local governments in Texas (FY2007-2012). This analysis will help fill the void and encourage further investigation of the role of credit outlook in municipal bond markets.

Gao Liu, Florida Atlantic University

“Does Fiscal Decentralization Lead to a Smaller Nonprofit Sector: A Cross-county Analysis”

This study empirically examines the relationship between fiscal decentralization and the size of the nonprofit sector (NPS) using a panel dataset of OECD countries. According to government failure theory, the NPS surfaces to supplement the homogeneous provision of government services (Weisbrod, 1977, 1991). Government services, due to their homogeneity, are incapable of satisfying the heterogeneous demands of consumers, who consequently have incentives to form nonprofit organizations (NPOs) to supply collective goods in a more heterogeneous way. Thus, NPOs should be most active in regions where there exists the largest supply-demand gap between the homogeneous governmental services and the heterogeneous citizen preferences. On the other hand, the literature of fiscal federalism has documented that a more decentralized government system leads to more efficient and diverse public services. A decentralized government system is more likely to satisfy its residents by providing more options of public services, being physically close to its social members and inducing inter-governmental competitions. If government failure theory is correct, we can feasibly expect that the size of the NPS should vary inversely with the degree of government fiscal decentralization. By empirically testing this hypothesis using cross-country analyses, this study advances our understanding of the government-nonprofit relationship and fiscal decentralization.

Yaotai Lu, Florida Atlantic University

“Public Asset Management System of the U.S. State Governments”

U.S. state governments own a large array of fixed assets and lease a great number of parcels of private real properties for public uses. This paper explores a new public asset management system of the U.S. state governments by analyzing current public asset management systems developed by different authors and public procurement 213PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUDGETING systems used by OECD and GAO. The analysis results in a new public asset management system that consists of six cornerstones, including Legal and Regulatory Requirements, Organization Structure, Management Process throughout the Life Cycle of Assets, Human Capital Strategy, Information and Technology Resources, and Monitoring, Integrity, and Transparency. A survey with fifty state governments was conducted to find out if components of each cornerstone was implemented at state governments. Data analysis demonstrated that the new asset management system works although each cornerstone presents different strengths.

Bruce McDonald, North Carolina State University

Susan Camilleri, North Carolina State University

Vincent Reitano, North Carolina State University

“From Fiscal to Physical Health: The Impact of a Hospital's Financial Stability on Quality of Care”

Recent discussions in health care policy and a national health care system have raised questions on what it takes to provide quality health care in the United States. For many, the perception of quality service is dependent upon the resources provided by a hospital. However, the combination of tough economic times and rising medical costs has placed financial strain on many hospitals. What impact this strain has on the ability to continue to provide quality service remains uncertain. Using a sample of 1,459 nonprofit hospitals, and controlling for institutional and local influences, we estimate the impact of financial instability on measures of hospital quality in the United States. It is anticipated that poor financial health leads to a lower quality of care, whereas a high debt ratio produces an improved perception of hospital quality.

Bruce McDonald, North Carolina State University

Aya Ofunniyin, North Carolina State University

“The Effect of Defense Spending on National Debt”

It is commonly believed that an increase in a country’s defense spending is linked to its level of national debt; however, governments have more than one option to finance their expenditures. These options include cuts to other programs, new taxes, and utilizing existing surpluses. This study explores the belief of a defense effect on debt with a dataset of the United States from the years 1960 to 2012. After developing a theoretical model that reflects the drivers of a country’s debt, we show that defense spending, on average, does not typically impact the level of debt. This finding has impacts for the United States and its allies given their involvement in the ongoing involvement in the Middle East and the growing concern in the United States over its level of national debt.

John L. Mikesell, Indiana University

“The Impact of Structure on the Growth, Reliability, and Recession Recovery Profiles of State Retail Sales Taxes: 1970 – 2014”

Retail sales taxes have been a significant state tax contributor through economic expansion and economic collapse. However, individual taxes differ considerably in their growth rates, reliability (volatility and stability), and recession recovery ratios. This paper examines the impact of breadth of service coverage; breadth of coverage of household goods; breadth of business input exemption; inclusion of non-profit and governmental organization 214PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUDGETING purchases; and taxation of motor fuels on secular and cyclical performance of the tax. Research from two decades ago indicated that breadth lowers revenue elasticity and recession sensitivity but that work pre-dated the Great Recession, excluded the expansion of the 1990s, and did not explore the impact of individual structural features. By building from this earlier research, this paper promises evidence for more resilient retail sales taxes.

Young Joo Park, State University of New York - Albany

“Overhead Costs and Long-Term Financial Sustainability - Evidence from Government, Nonprofit, and For-Profit Nursing Homes”

Achieving long term financial sustainability is a key concern for financial decision makers in the government, nonprofit, and for-profit sectors. Lowering overhead costs has often been considered as a cutback management strategy and a yardstick to evaluating organizational "financial accountability" in response to fiscal constraints. Reducing overhead costs, however, is not always the best way to improve long term financial sustainability since it may affect the long term strength of organizational structures such as accounting, fundraising and staffing. In turn, weak organizational infrastructures can compromise organizational effectiveness (Wing 2004). This has been a serious issue for nonprofit organizations in particular: funders’ strong, unrealistic expectations of low overhead costs make nonprofits less likely to invest in infrastructure, limiting productivity and the achievement of program goals (Gneezy, Keenan, and Gneezy 2014; Gregory and Howard 2009). In short, there is a tension between the perceptions of public and private funders that low overhead costs signal "financial accountability", and literature demonstrating that low overhead costs may adversely affect organizational sustainability. This paper intends to contribute to our understanding of the optimal level of overhead costs by ownership type. Nursing homes, a mix of public, nonprofit, and for-profit organizations largely financed by government, have been flagged as healthcare organizations with steadily increasing overhead costs (The Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation 2013). This is a salient policy issue because by 2029 more than 20% of U.S. population is projected to be 65 years and over (Colby and Ortman 2014) and, accordingly, government spending on nursing facilities through Medicaid and Medicare is expected to increase considerably. While national overhead costs for nursing homes have been estimated (Woolhandler, Campbell, and Himmelstein 2003), no studies have analyzed the level of overhead costs that are optimal in this sector. This paper addresses two primary questions. First, are nursing homes with lower overhead cost ratios more likely to succeed, with respect to financial stability and quality of care? Second, how do the effects of overhead cost ratios vary by ownership type (government, non-profit, or for-profit)? We examine these questions by looking at datasets from the Healthcare Cost Reporting Information System (HCRIS) and Nursing Home Compare published by the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) from 2005 through 2014. Overhead costs, an independent variable, are measured using methods previously used for hospitals (Woolhandler et al. 2003; Woolhandler and Himmelstein 1997). Dummy variables for government, non-profit, and for-profit are also included to investigate the moderating effect of ownership type. Two dependent variables are employed: (1) current ratio and quick ratio are used as proxies for nursing home financial stability; and (2) quality of nursing homes.

Yuhua Qiao, Missouri State University

“Property Tax Assessment in Missouri: Progress and Challenges”

Property tax assessment is the key to a fair and efficient property tax administration. However, it was one of the areas that have been complained about. In the past few decades, various reforms either required by the court or by state laws have been implemented to improve the tax assessment. It is important to understand the update practice of property assessment, but there has little research devoted to it. This paper will use Missouri as a case study, examining its reassessment program – how much it has improved the assessment uniformity within the state and what challenges it has in implementing the program.

Vincent Reitano, North Carolina State University 215PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUDGETING

“Estimating Fiscal Spillover Effects of Charter School Competition on School District Finance”

As overlapping educational jurisdictions, charter schools and traditional public schools compete for scarce common pool resources. This leads to a tragedy of the commons, in which school districts with high charter school competition face resource reallocation and excess fiscal stress. To measure the effects of charter school competition, the Oaxaca-Blinder Decomposition methodology is used, which was recently shown to be equivalent to the quasi- experimental doubly robust propensity score reweighting estimator. A decomposition of all Pennsylvania school districts (N=500) over four years reveals a statistically significant gap of 9.94% in expenditures and 9.5% in revenues between districts with high and low charter school competition. This indicates that revenue allocation across a population enumeration of school districts in Pennsylvania falls .54% short of expenditures over four years. A secondary decomposition reveals the residual effects of this disparity, with an index of financial condition measuring 7% lower in districts facing high charter competition relative to districts with low competition. These results challenge assumptions regarding decentralized public service provision and suggest that school district funding should account for spillover effects associated with high charter competition in order to maintain equity across all public school districts in a state. Further, the results allow for greater development of the theoretical mechanism underlying the fiscal spillover effects of charter competition, given that the decomposition provides estimates of the explained (between school district) and unexplained (market) variation underlying each measured financial gap.

Elizabeth A.M. Searing, State University of New York - Albany

Jesse D. Lecy, Syracuse University

“Taking the First Step: Determinants of Professionalization in Small Not-for-Profits”

The majority of not-for-profits are small with only a modest group professionalizing each year. To better understand the process of professionalization, we focus on two questions. First, what do the internal dynamics of a not-for-profit look like as it approaches and crosses the professionalization threshold? Finding elements within the organization that shift as the threshold is crossed offers guidance on both the growth mechanisms and the thresholdâ€™s impact. Second, do the characteristics of those not-for-profits which cross the line differ significantly from those who do not? If they do, then we gain insight into which not-for-profit organizations will remain grassroots civil society and which will professionalize. We present here two approaches that illuminate different aspects of the puzzle. First, we utilize the long NCCS Core data panel to compare the characteristics of organizations which remained grassroots with those who professionalized. As a second approach, we employ both logistic regression and discrete time hazard analysis using the NCCS Digitized data to follow individual organizations as they cross (or fail to cross) the professionalization threshold. These findings are valuable to both scholars and not-for-profit professionals who may, or deliberately may not, choose to grow.

Rebecca Simonsen, Service Employees International Union

Bill Simonsen, University of Connecticut

“The Labor Supply Effect of an Unconditional Basic Income”

The literature on the unconditional basic income includes various designs and methods of implementation, but its essential and controversial quality is the omission of a work requirement. Originally a conservative proposal put forth by Milton Friedman (called the negative income tax), basic income policies have garnered support from both the left and the right: championed as a universal social safety net on the left and an individualized, efficient answer to traditional welfare state policies on the libertarian right. Basic income programs have been gaining significant 216PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUDGETING traction in global policy debates as well. We compare the labor supply effects of various possible basic income thresholds by employing a structural model defined over a subset of discrete hours. Specifically, our results show the changes in hours worked resulting from various unconditional basic income levels. To our knowledge, we are the first to use this method to simulate the labor force effects of an unconditional basic income in the United States.

Hao Sun, State University of New York - Albany

David S. T. Matkin, State University of New York - Albany

“The Application of Forensic Analytics in Evaluating Financial Reports”

The accuracy of financial reporting by public organizations is an underdeveloped yet meaningful research topic. According to Government Finance Quarterly (2013), organizations lose five percent of their revenue to fraud every year. Government is one of the most commonly victimized sectors, behind only the banking and financial services sector in 2012. In addition to financial loss, financial fraud, waste, and abuse also harm the legitimacy of public institutions. Unfortunately, since most research on financial fraud focuses on events where fraud has already been detected and reported, this means that cross-sectional research is likely to be highly biased toward a potentially small subset of cases. This study seeks to apply analytical techniques from forensic auditing to test for conditions that increase the likelihood that local governments will report inaccurate financial data. The analytical technique is based on Benford’s Law, a law of nature about the distribution of numerical values. We test two hypotheses on the conformity of financial reporting to Benford’s Law (lack of conformity suggests increased risk of inaccurate reporting). The first hypothesis is that local government reporting is less likely to conform to Benford’s Law when there is less external financial oversight (fiscally self-dependent vs. external reliant). The second hypothesis is that local government reporting is less likely to conform to Benford’s Law when a government is under fiscal stress (sharp revenue decrease). The data is acquired from Florida Department of Financial Services (DPS). There are 14,525 observations covering different parts of revenue and expenditure in the financial reports of city governments in Florida from the year 1973 to 2009. Advanced forensic analytics (the first-two digits distribution) are applied to examine the 14,525 observations. We divide the data into two groups respectively in order to compare the actual distribution of the first two digits of the total revenue data with the expected distribution in Benford’s law. Preliminary evidence indicates that local governments that receive a high proportion of their revenue from government grants and transfers are more likely to produce financial reporting that complies with Benford’s Law. In addition, we also find evidence that systematic economic stress reduces the compliance of local government financial reports with Benford’s Law.

Min Su, Georgia State University

“Does Financial Slack Stabilizes Municipal Expenditure?”

Public choice scholars are concerned that idle resources in government may encourage inefficiency, satisficing, political rent seeking, or agency problems whereas organizational theorists believe that slack is a crucial buffer against risk and reduces potential disruptions of public service delivery. Can financial slack stabilize government spending? Much research has been done at the state level but very few studies focus on local expenditure stabilization; and among these studies, almost all rely on data in one state (Marlowe 2005) or a particular metropolitan region (Hendrick 2006). This study uses a 10-year panel data set that includes a sample of cities across the United States to examine the expenditure stabilization effect of accumulated slack in municipal governments. This study tests whether (1) in the short-term, accumulated slack helps municipal governments adjust spending levels when confronted with revenue changes; and (2) in the long-term, accumulated slack stabilizes municipal governmentsâ€™ expenditure trends. Preliminary results suggest that municipal governments save a substantial proportion of surplus and appear to mitigate expenditure reductions by using accumulated slack, especially slack saved in the previous year. The results also indicate that cities anticipate revenue decline and save for that purpose. This study adds to the literature of local counter-cyclical expenditure stabilization. Findings from this study are 217PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUDGETING expected to shed light on municipal financial slack accumulation and to improve our understanding of the role of financial slack in municipal finance.

Kangkang Tong, University of Minnesota

Jerry(Zhirong) Zhao, University of Minnesota

Anu Ramaswami, University of Minnesota

“Exploring the determinants of investing in the capital assets of urban infrastructure in China: demand and supply capacity at city level”

Chinese local governments invest heavily on urban infrastructure during its fast urbanization process. Although it is generally believed that demand for public services and supply capability will influence the governmental investment in public service, it is an unknown relationship between these influential factors and public expense on urban infrastructures under Chinese context. In this research, multivariable regression technique is adopted to study the correlation between urban infrastructure investment and the factors indicating demand for urban infrastructure service and supply capability. Demand on urban infrastructure service is indicated by household income, economic growth rate, population growth rate, and population density. The intergovernmental grants, self-raised revenue, and debts are used to indicate the supply capability. The data of 285 cities come from China Urban Construction Statistical Yearbook and Chinese City Statistical Yearbook. Results illustrated that household income are positively correlated with the investment on the demand side, while the self-raise fund and percentage of debts are significantly influence the investment level. These results identified key factors influencing governmental investment in urban infrastructure in China, which provides empirical evidence on the topics related to governmental investment behavior.

Gerard C. Wellman, California State University - Stanislaus

Nancy Hudspeth, California State University - Stanislaus

“Funding Fairness: A Case Study Analysis of How Funding Mechanisms Complicate Equity in Public Transportation in the United States”

There are many ways social equity is compromised through transportation policy. From Rosa Parks and the Freedom Riders to freeways that demolish inner city neighborhoods, the history of transportation policy in the United States is fraught with discriminatory policies that perpetuate segregation, immobility, and oppression. Public transportation policy is a primary locus of such inequities; for example, retrenchment of public transportation funding which reduce services, zoning and development decisions which complicate the provision of transit services, and even outright refusals to allow public transportation to operate reveal the extent to which mobility and access are closely related to social equity. This study focuses on funding constraints which challenge the ability of public transportation agencies in the United States to provide necessary services to transit dependent populations. Focusing on four case studies of transit agencies throughout the United States, and drawing from interviews with transit administrators as well as a critical examination of various funding mechanisms, this research answers the question “How do established funding mechanisms complicate social equity in public transportation service delivery?”

Daniel Williams, Baruch College - CUNY 218PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUDGETING

“How did Performance Become Productivity? Performance Budgeting in the 1950s and 1960s”

In the 1970s and 1980s the performance paradigm shifted from productivity (outputs) to performance (outcomes). This, however, was not the first shift in the paradigm. While more rudimentary, performance literature in the 1910s and 1920s was concerned with the outcomes of government policy. This concern competed with concern over productivity during and after the Great Depression. In the 1950s, government performance experts took a sharp interest in productivity leaving little room for attention to outcomes. This focus continued throughout the 1950s, 60s, and into the 1970s. Who was involved? Why did performance become productivity? And, how and when did the paradigm shift back? This paper will explore the development of performance budgeting and the focus on productivity in the United States during mid-twentieth century. It explores institutional contributions from the International City Managers Association, Public Administration Clearing House, Municipal Finance Officers Association, Institute of Public Administration (in New York City), RAND, and others; and individual contributions from Clarence Ridley, Herbert Simon, A. E. Buck, Frank Sherwood, Frederick Mosher, and later contributors.

Zhiwei Zhang, Kansas State University

Shaoming Cheng, Florida International University

Hai (David) Guo, Florida International University

“A Potential Solution to Financial Self-Sufficiency of Local Governments? – An Empirical Assessment of Small Business Establishment in Florida”

Since the inception of New Public Management (NPM), the focal point has always been market-driven competition, businesslike service delivery, and how to do more with less. Although prudent public officials who focus on value- for-money are crucial and greatly appreciated, but one can only do so much to cut cost without jeopardizing the quality of public services. Thus, being a good steward is not enough in the public sector. How to expand revenue stream and foster a diversified portfolio is also critical to the public sector’s financial health. However, tax and expenditure limits (TELs), such as California’s Proposition 13 and Massachusetts’s Proposition 2 ½, often restrict the ability of the local government to increase revenues or spending. This led to a search for alternative sources of revenue, particularly those not subject to constraints (Mullins and Wallin, 2004; Joyce and Mullins, 1991). Such a combination creates a unique challenge to local public officials as many of them facing ever increasing demand for public services on one hand, and struggling to meet their financial obligations on the other. Thus, in this proposal, we turn our attention to examine the importance of small businesses to local economies. In particular, we would like to test how number of small business establishments at county level in Florida could impact financial stability of those county governments. We also propose to use revenue diversification (HHI index) to gauge the financial stability. Spatial panel analysis will be carried out to control spatial autocorrelation in county governments’ revenue diversification decisions as a result of cross-jurisdictional imitation and/or competition. . 219RURAL AND AGRICULTURAL STUDIES

RURAL AND AGRICULTURAL STUDIES Jessica Clark, Western Wyoming Community College

Andrea Mott Glessner, Cowley Community College

Anthony J. Amato, Southwest Minnesota State University

“Permanent Moonshine: Corn, Crep, and the American Midwest”

In early December 2015, with gasoline prices south of two dollars a gallon, the United States Environmental Protection Agency announced an extension and expansion to the ethanol mandate. The move received mixed reactions across the US. An odd alliance of big oil, environmentalists, and conservatives decried the expansion, and an shaky coalition of famers and Midwestern lawmakers welcomed it. A review of ethanol production and the arguments for it and against it reveal the complexities at the heart of the concept of sustainability. The demands for corn cultivation for ethanol production have received much criticism for their negative impact on the Conserve Reserve Program and Conserve Reserve Enhancement Program. Ethanol production, some argue, have kept and pulled into production otherwise marginal lands that would have gone into conservation programs. “Permanent Moonshine” explores this hypothesis and expands into the lesser-known controversies of ethanol and conservation across the prairies.

Amanda B. Biles, North Dakota State University

“Feeding the Multitudes: Faith, Foodways, and Fundraising on the North American Prairie”

This paper examines the tradition of the Fall Supper on the North American prairie. This regional practice developed in farming communities of the plains in both the United States and Canada, emerging as a unique comingling of immigrant foodways with the distinctly North American prairie farm experience. Initially a harvest celebration– often used to raise money for local church efforts or community endeavors—the tradition quickly became a bastion of female leadership and a symbol of ethnic heritage. Forming largely in church basements and community centers, the practice has since been adapted into numerous incarnations, including some—like the “Prairie Fairies Fowl Supper”—that raise money in support of LGBTQ charities. Though modern regulations, declining church membership, and urbanization have heavily impacted the practice, hungry folks can still fill their plates at hundreds of suppers across North Dakota, Minnesota, Manitoba, and Saskatchewan each Autumn.

Jessica Clark, Western Wyoming Community College

“‘Who Lived in Gebo!:’ Reconstructing the Narrative of a Forgotten Place”

“Naturally being a gungho Union Camp,” writes Jack King, a former resident of Gebo, Wyoming, “Labor Day was a big event.” He remembers elaborate celebrations, lasting on the upward of 24 hours, in honor of this day. There were age-appropriate activities for all, from three-legged races to greased pig contests to bike races and more. And, “endless FREE POP, ICE CREAM, BEER AND FOOD FOOD FOOD.” The festivities also included street bands, dances, and boxing matches. Labor Day was a time of celebration in this imagined community – a community that is all but forgotten. In 1987, nearly 20 years after the town was bulldozed, Jack King decided to set his childhood memories to paper in his memoir aptly titled: “Gebo: My Home Town as Remembered 48 Years Later!” According to King, his childhood hometown “does not now exist it is not a ghost town … it no longer physically exists!” 220RURAL AND AGRICULTURAL STUDIES

Established in 1907, near present-day Thermopolis, Gebo existed as a coal camp for the Owl Creek Coal Company (henceforth Owl Creek). Named after Samuel Wilford Gebo this town operated as a company town, with Owl Creek owning most (if not all) of the local businesses, including the market, the real estate (housing), and the bank. At its height this town existed with more than 20,000 people, mostly miners and their families. Yet, by 1971, there was almost no physical remnants of the town, and, presently, few remember this place. Regardless, the children of Gebo will never forget – this town shaped their sense of place, their sense of history, and their sense of identity.

Melia Dayley, Western Wyoming Community College

“Shepards of Change: The Matthew Shepard Legacy”

A brisk fall breeze blew through the October night air as a pickup truck rolled down an empty Wyoming road. The three college students in the truck pulled over to a wooden fence on the outskirts Laramie. Two of the boys, Aaron McKinney and Russel Henderson, pulled the third boy Matthew Shepard out of the truck and commenced with a vicious beating. Using the butt of a .357 magnum, McKinney bashed Shepard's skull repeatedly until blood ran freely from him and a notable indent in Sherpard's head appeared. McKinney and Henderson tied up the unconscious and barely alive Shepard to the wooden fence, stringing his arms out to the side of him. Shepard's limp body leaned against the ground and fence in the cold evening air. Two bicyclists discovered Shepard the next morning and thought the beaten, bloody, and bruised body resembled that of the crucified Christ. This vicious murder of Shepard, a gay Wyoming boy, garnered attention regionally and nationally, as a hate-crime narrative began to take hold. Amidst overwhelming feelings of confusion and sadness, Wyomingites struggled to make sense of such a cruel act in their state, a state with an internal identity rooted in a history of equality. Headlines told stories of an act of hate by two unruly and uncivilized young men. Politicians, churches, and college students all responded to the news reports by speaking out and creating anti-hate-crime activist initiatives. Yet, in addition to the hate- crime narrative, there was evidence that this murder was nothing more than a drug deal gone wrong. This perspective, however, never gained wide acceptance, as the story of hate had already grasped the public's attention, and Shepard had transformed into a martyr for equality in the equality state. In other words, the mass media, religious and secular institutions, and politicians created a hate-crime narrative by responding to the traumatic memories of this horrific murder.

Stephen L. Eliason, Montana State University – Billings

“Motivations for Choosing a Career in Conservation Law Enforcement”

Conservation law enforcement is a type of specialized policing that occurs mostly in rural areas. Game wardens have the primary responsibility of enforcing hunting and fishing laws. Little research exists on the motivations for entering this branch of specialized law enforcement. This study took a qualitative approach to data collection and examined the motivations of Montana state game wardens for choosing a career in wildlife law enforcement. Three main categories for becoming a warden were identified that included a desire to work in the outdoors, a desire to protect natural resources, and other. The findings of this study enhance our understanding of rural policing.

Jazmín Anaid Flores-Zuňiga, Universidad del Claustro de Sor Juana

Omar Adrían Domíguez Carrasco, Universidad del Claustro de Sor Juana

“La Gastronomía como propuesta para el fortalecimiento de la cadena agroalimentaria; el caso de los pequeños productores de nopal en Tlalpan” 221RURAL AND AGRICULTURAL STUDIES

Desde la crisis macroeconómica de 1982 y el ajuste estructural derivado de éste, la agricultura en México ha sufrido un profundo proceso encaminado a privilegiar la capitalización del campo a través de empresas agroindustriales, afectando de manera sustancial al pequeño productor. La importancia del pequeño productor se fundamenta en el discurso de la soberanía alimentaria y se presenta como actividad clave para la reactivación de las economías locales con su valiosa participación dentro de los mercados regionales y como parte de la cadena de valor agroalimentaria.Es el caso de los pequeños productores de la delegación Tlalpan ubicada en la Ciudad de México, podemos observar que sufren los impactos del modelo político-económico consumista actual. Su principal producto es el nopal, el cual se presenta como la forma de sostén económica de muchas familias agrícolas remanentes en las inmediaciones de la capital del país. Los mercados públicos de esta delegación están formados por 20 establecimientos integrados por 1,483 locales con una superficie de 48,702 m2. Estos se presentan como el espacio idóneo de distribución y comercialización de los productos agrícolas. La propuesta que tenemos es la de fortalecer la cadena de valor agroalimentaria enfocándonos en la última fase del producto; la gastronomía. Desde este enfoque proponemos innovar las presentaciones de los platillos basándonos en el análisis de las recetas regionales, experiencias de agrotiendas e investigaciones académicas centradas en este producto. La innovación se plantea en incorporar el conocimiento tradicional gastronómico con el conocimiento científico y las nuevas tendencias de restaurantes fundamentados en la ideología de la “economía popular” Tomando en cuenta la importancia del abastecimiento local y el respeto a las tradiciones y costumbres de la zona. Se utilizó metodología cualitativa, trabajo de campo y pruebas sensoriales para conocer las características de los platillos presentados en las comunidades.

Andrea Glessner, Cowley County Community College

“Gender Distinctions in the Fight to Save the American Mustang”

Since the mid 1950s the fight to save American wild horses has gained a lot of attention. Much of the effort for long-term conservation and protection has been embraced by men and women, yet there are still gender distinctions in the way the public and the media portrays certain individuals. This paper will examine some of these gender distinctions and analyze the reasoning that goes into them. Women at the forefront of the protection movement, especially famous ones like Wild Horse Annie, are viewed in a positive, almost motherly, way. Many men, however, are viewed in negative ways and are often cast as villains. Their roles in the fight to conserve the American mustang cannot go unnoticed, but sometimes they do. These perspectives are shaped by what the public knows, or does not know, about each individual and his or her part in the fight to save one of America’s most iconic figures. Examining these perspectives will provide a better understanding of gender distinctions in the fight to save the American mustang.

Jessica Clark, Western Wyoming Community College

Field trip attendees will meet in the hotel lobby at 9:45 a.m. Cost: $15 (includes $5 museum admission and transportation)

Join us for the annual Rural and Agricultural Studies fieldtrip! Reno is a city full of history and we will be exploring a few local landmarks and cultural hotspots. Attendees should plan on having breakfast before meeting up in the hotel lobby. After breakfast, we’ll hop in a vehicle and head to the Nevada Historical Society, which is the oldest museum in Nevada and is located at the northern end of the University of Nevada, Reno campus. This museum was constructed in 1904 and houses a variety of exhibits that encompass details pertaining to local and regional history. Field trip participants will have time to peruse the exhibits and visit the museum store. If time permits we may be able to visit the university library. Once we pull ourselves away from the exhibits, and possibly the library, we’ll travel to Miguel’s Mexican Food for lunch. This is one of the finest and tastiest restaurants in town! After lunch we’ll take a short drive into downtown Reno where we will enjoy the Riverwalk and Arts District. This will include 222RURAL AND AGRICULTURAL STUDIES a stroll along the Truckee River and a chance to visit the variety of stores, coffee shops, and art galleries located here. We may also get a chance for photos at the Reno Arch, a famed landmark. Unfortunately, this will be the end of our tour. We will return to the conference hotel by 4:15.

For questions about “Reno’s Light Side” contact Andrea Glessner at [email protected] or Jessica Clark at [email protected].

Clarence A. Herz, North Dakota State University

“North Dakota’s First Oil Boom”

From the discovery of oil in April 1951 until roughly 1966 North Dakota experienced its first oil boom and companies flocked to North Dakota upon learning of the news that Amerada had struck oil. The State had no infrastructure, no petroleum industry, and labor pool to draw from so the first few years saw a rush of city, county, and state leaders trying to accomplish a great deal. Some men, such as Thomas Leach, and Wilson Laird were instrumental during this period. How did so few men accomplish so much in such a short amount of time? Answers to these any many more questions will be examined.

Thomas D. Isern, North Dakota State University

“RCD: A Cold Case of Collective Memory” [cross-listed with New Zealand & Australia Studies]

The illegal introduction of the rabbit calicivirus disease (RCD) into New Zealand in 1997 is one of those outrageous acts that, in retrospect, no one seems to regret. It was, as the Parliamentary Commissioner for the Environment said, a “fiasco” of biosecurity. On the other hand, the European Gray rabbit has a long history as an agricultural and environmental pest in both Australia and New Zealand, and the disease has proved surprisingly efficacious in knocking back the pests and restoring the high country environment. Writing from the context of a regional history of the Lindis region of Central Otago, we interpret this incident from two perspectives: environmental history and social history. RCD raises puzzling questions about the role of animal ecology in environmental history. The circumstances of its introduction also invoke the concept of social banditry. Finally, RCD is an intriguing cold case of collective memory, or rather, collective amnesia. No one seems to know, or recall, who executed its outlaw introduction to the country.

Tom Isern, North Dakota State University

William C. Schaniel, University of West Georgia & Global Scholastic Services

“Don Watson’s The Bush: Travels in the Heart of Australia (Penguin 2014)” [cross-listed with New Zealand & Australia Studies]

Most Australians live in cities and cling to the coastal fringe, yet our sense of what an Australian is – or should be – is drawn from the vast and varied inland called the bush. But what do we mean by 'the bush,' and how has it shaped us? Starting with his forebears' battle to drive back nature and eke a living from the land, Don Watson explores the 223RURAL AND AGRICULTURAL STUDIES bush as it was and as it now is: the triumphs and the ruination, the commonplace and the bizarre, the stories we like to tell about ourselves and the national character, and those we don't. Via mountain ash and mallee, the birds and the beasts, slaughter, fire, flood and drought, swagmen, sheep and their shepherds, the strange and the familiar, the tragedies and the follies, the crimes and the myths and the hope – here is a journey that only our leading writer of non-fiction could take us on. At once magisterial in scope and alive with telling, wry detail, “The Bush” lets us see our landscape and its inhabitants afresh, examining what we have made, what we have destroyed, and what we have become in the process. No one who reads it will look at this country the same way again.

“History & Memory in New Zealand’s High County” [cross-listed with New Zealand & Australia Studies]

For nearly two decades, my research partner and I have trekked the high country of Central Otago, learning what we could from the region of the Lindis. Trails have led us through cemeteries and rose gardens, and across the thresholds of legendary figures. We found in our most recent return, however, that the stories are changing, and so are the people who tell them. Beloved characters Max and Madge Snow of the splendid Morven Hills; Ross and Claire Mackay, the bee-keepers; Heather Perriam, with her fine merino yarns; and Willie Wong, with his aged and sweating dynamite in the back shed are gone or deceased. While we work to wrap up our research for our larger project—a scholarly endeavor titled Learning from the Lindis—our subjects of study are in constant transformation. Gone are the hale and hardy who managed the sheep stations. Rising from the dust and rabbit-strewn hills are the wise, who now write memoirs, or the newly-established vintners who transform the history and memories of the Lindis to suit new purposes. This evolution of place, occurring almost faster than we can write, allows us to add another layer of story, discerning the emergence of a wave of collective memory transformed by the old residents and adopted by the new.

Kyle Livie, California State University, Monterey Bay

“Cultivating Community: Parades, Pageants, and Power in Rural California Towns, 1917-1937”

Collective behavior in rural places has been the topic of considerable study in sociology and history, with attention paid to how claims of distinction in small towns were tied to social, cultural, and demographic change in those communities. Parades, festivals, and pageants are common tools for rural communities to construct shared values and understandings in those places, often steeped in history, culture, and economy in ways that reflect complex hierarchies of power that otherwise are difficult to detect. This paper will explore how parades and pageants can be decoded to develop a deeper understanding of rural places, using two rural communities in California as case studies. In each example, this paper will show how parades were choreographed events that both directed and reflected social and cultural values in those towns in ways that were intended as well as accidental. In Petaluma, California, town leaders marshaled considerable resources to produce a parade celebrating the first national Egg Day in 1917. Attempting to further establish cultural connections between the town and egg production, the parade was designed in a way that could be read easily by spectators even as the town struggled with transitions to the local egg and poultry industries brought by new migrants to the region in the 1910s. In Glendora, California, concerns about the changing racial composition of the countryside encourage white community leaders to use tropes of the Spanish fantasy past to construct the “Golden Get-Together” in May 1937. This celebration featured a town parade that narrated the town’s history in racialized terms and a pageant that turned the town’s history into a romance inspired by popular celebrations of the Ramona pageant in the San Gabriel Valley. The paper will discuss ways that material documenting small town celebrations can be linked to demographic and economic data as well as cultural ephemera produced by small towns.

Peter J. Longo, University of Nebraska at Kearney 224RURAL AND AGRICULTURAL STUDIES

“Understanding Civic and Community Life on the Rural Great Plains through the Actions of Citizens”

The rural Great Plains has brought forth a cast of community-minded citizens. Civic and political contributions, after all, define a place and ultimately can bring about the good life. A brief illustration of Cody, Nebraska, a remote town of less than 200, found in the sparsely populated Sand Hills, illustrates the positive impact of civic behavior in the aggregate. Cody’s town motto is “too tough to die.” A creative team of teachers, students, and citizens proposed (2009) and in due course delivered (2013) on a student-community operated grocery store. This paper will examine the civic contributions in Cody and similar rural communities. Additionally, this paper will analyze the contributions to rural life made by Wilma Mankiller, Junius Groves, Virginia Smith, and George McGovern. These vignettes will demonstrate that rural suitability is found in the positive civic contributions of rural citizens.

Chris McGovern, Connected Nation, Inc.

Tom Koutsky, Connected Nation, Inc.

Hongqiang Sun, Connected Nation, Inc.

“Measuring the Impact of E-Rate Modernization Rules on Rural Schools”

In 2014, the United States Federal Communications Commission (FCC) adopted two orders designed to modernize the Universal Service Fund’s E-Rate program that helps make high-speed Internet service affordable to schools and libraries. These new orders were intended to help ensure affordable broadband access to schools and libraries at speeds that are robust enough to support digital learning, maximize the cost-effectiveness of spending for E-Rate supported purchases, and simplify the process of applying for E-Rate funds. In 2015, schools across the country began submitting applications for E-Rate funds for the first time under these new rules. This paper analyzes differences in E-Rate funding requests across the country, focusing on disparities between urban and rural school districts. In particular, this analysis measures differences between urban and rural schools in terms of their broadband costs, connection speeds, and allocations of Category One funds that help pay for data transmission services, voice service, and Internet access and Category Two support which helps schools afford internal Internet connectivity and maintenance of internal broadband services such as Wi-Fi access. In addition, this study focuses on differences between urban and rural schools in their ability to meet short-term and long-term broadband connection benchmarks as set forth by the FCC. Studies have repeatedly shown that for rural schools, maintaining internal connectivity and upgrading outdated or non-existent Wi-Fi services pose a much larger hurdle to keeping students connected to online educational opportunities. As such, measurements of these funding requests and spending, concomitant with broadband availability mapping, will create a clearer picture of the challenges being faced by rural schools and how a modernized E-Rate service can help reduce the broadband access gap between urban and rural schools.

Savannah Mitchell, Western Wyoming Community College

“The Man Behind the Mountain: The Untold Story of Finis Mitchell”

A week after turning 90, on November 23, 1991, Finis Mitchell, along with his wife Emma (Nelson), met their new great-granddaughter, Miranda Mitchell. Fortunately, for the Mitchells, another family member captured this moment on film. A photograph reveals the pride and joy Miranda brought to both her father, Alvin Mitchell, and great- grandfather, as love radiates through the eyes of all present, from Emma in the background to Alvin and Finis in the foreground. Indeed, despite Mitchell’s rough exterior, from his flannel shirt to his worn coveralls to his thick framed glasses, he wears his tenderness and love with pride. Miranda must have felt this love as she appears swaddled in a blanket, none too fussy in the safety of his arms. The smile Mitchell shares with his family is not that of a mountaineer, but of a great-grandfather. Recreated from a photograph this image of Finis Mitchell, reveals the 225RURAL AND AGRICULTURAL STUDIES complexity of a Wyoming mountaineer. This was more than a rugged outdoorsman. The man behind the mountain was a husband, father, and grandfather. Family folklore and memories suggests that tender moments, such as the one depicted above, were not rare or uncommon they were just socially or publically unknown. Given that museums, newspapers, and public ceremonies, have largely created the story of Finis Mitchell, it is not surprising that they focused primarily on his public identity, including his work in the Wind River Mountain Range. Indeed this social memory identifies him as being the Lord of the Winds. Yet, an examination of the family documents, from photographs to oral histories, reveals there is more to his identity, and therefore more to this story. This new, more complex story arises because the social memory of Finis Mitchell paints him solely as a Wyoming mountaineer and legislator, at the expense of the personal narrative gleaned from family folklore and documents.

José Manuel Núňez Olivera, Universidad de Guadalajara

Josefina Elizabeth Godínez Chavoya, Universidad de Guadalajara

“Gestión de la Comercialización del Maíz en la Localidad de San Miguel de la Paz, Municipio de Jamay, Jalisco”

Con el fin de determinar las condiciones actuales llevadas a cabo para la producción y comercialización del maíz entre los productores de la localidad de San Miguel de la Paz (SMP), en el municipio de Jamay, Jalisco, se llevó a cabo este estudio. Es una realidad en esta localidad y en una gran mayoría de localidades no sólo del estado de Jalisco, sino del país en general, que entre el 80 y 90% de los productores de maíz entregan su cosecha a un comprador (sin haberla levantado aún), sin saber de antemano, cuál será el precio que recibirán por su cosecha; sin embargo, la carencia de dinero, sumado a la necesidad de sembrar su tierra y de prepararla adecuadamente en función de la compra de los insumos necesarios, los hace recurrir de manera sistemática a su comprador, para que les dé un adelanto económico (préstamo) que les permita tener los recursos suficientes para poder comprar los insumos necesarios para la siembra. Así, su cosecha (sea cuál sea), ya está comprometida, sin saber a ciencia cierta, cuál será el precio por tonelada que recibirán y por ende, la ganancia económica que percibirán. Los mismos agricultores señalan que la principal problemática que tienen para la siembra del maíz se encuentra en la pobreza crónica que padecen, sumado a la indiferencia de las autoridades gubernamentales por el campo, manifestada en la ausencia de programas suficientes de apoyo y/o subsidios económicos, a lo que se suma el alto costo de los insumos y el bajo precio pagado por el producto cultivado. Es un hecho asimismo que la ausencia de políticas públicas y de capacitación por tipo de productor, tanto en la producción como en la comercialización, ha provocado esta descapitalización crónica que los hace depender económicamente de los intermediarios o compradores de su producto.

Lisa Payne Ossain, Des Moines Area Community College

“‘Too Much’ & ‘Too Little’: Rural Iowa after 1933”

“Dairy families lived in this neighborhood thirty years ago,” explains David Faldet about the long-term consequences of New Deal government policies on Iowa’s farmers, “but the pattern and use has changed. The steady money, from the markets and subsidies of the Farm Security Agency, is no longer in small dairy operations.” Explaining the irony of that government agency’s title, Faldet continues: “The money has gone to row crops and the hogs that consume a steady diet of subsidized grain from infancy to slaughter.” He further details the long term consequences of such a government policy in that a contemporary farmer along the Upper Iowa River with “steeper fields shifted to corn and beans” now harvests 4.5 tons of corn per acre of tilled soil each year, but the loss of topsoil from that intense harvest can be almost ten times that amount in a single growing season. “The formula,” as Faldet concludes, “does not allow for a long future of farming.” Despite its acreage limitations, the New Deal’s Agricultural Adjustment Agency (AAA) ultimately encouraged an industrial approach to agriculture with its emphasis on row crops and specialized livestock. To possibly manage agricultural market prices, the federal government directed and limited specific crop acreages and livestock production, but yields still increased due to the newly developing hybrid corn along with scientific animal husbandry. Still, market prices never rose significantly 226RURAL AND AGRICULTURAL STUDIES because American farms continued to overproduce, and thus the financial independence of the family farm subsequently eroded. In September 1939 with Europe’s sudden emergence into the Second World War, Iowa’s farmers found themselves at the forefront of “Food for Freedom,” a national campaign creating the “farm front” by encouraging all-out production with specific crop and livestock specialization along with increased mechanization. Dramatic, short-term profit resulted from their urgent, global need to feed the United States military and Allies. The Second World War changed American agriculture in many dramatic and probably permanent ways. The all-out production model during the Second World War and into the post-war era developed rapidly and expanded geometrically. By the 1970s, as Iowa farmer Bruce Carlson’s explains Iowan’s new approach to the land, only a few farmers had “followed their instincts and never left crop rotations, wind breaks, and the many practices that farming fence-to-fence with lots of chemicals and big equipment seemed to make passe.” Carlson also questions the turmoil of the state’s later farming generations: “We speak of tolerable soil loss. Why do we farm on a limited and depletable medium and speak of its demise as tolerable?”

Lisa Ossian, Des Moines Area Community College

Anthony Amato, Southern Minnesota State University

Clarence Herz, North Dakota State University

David Mills, Minnesota West Community & Technical College

“The Eleventh Annual Rural and Agricultural Studies Section Roundtable Book Discussion featuring David Mills’ Cold War in a Cold Land: Fighting Communism on the Northern Plains (University of Oklahoma Press, 2015).”

In this recently published work, historian David Mills provides a regional look at how the American heartland faced the Cold War. Mills analyzes Cold War politics and how farmers and landowners on the northern Great Plains reacted to anticommunist programs. In doing so he examines the roles of religion, economics, and politics and how they provided a base for these programs. This work adds to the growing number of publications focused on regional and northern Great Plains history. This book is geared towards individuals who have an interest in Great Plains History and the Cold War.

Eric Schmaltz, Northwestern Oklahoma State University

“Coming Full Circle: Twenty-First Century Reflections on the German from Russia Diaspora in North America”

This brief presentation traces and offers some cursory perspectives on the subsequent development of North America’s German from Russia diaspora that had begun in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Though sometimes underappreciated, Germans from Russia (or German-Russians) have played significant historical roles over the past two and half centuries in connecting different parts of the globe, whether in economic, cultural, or religious terms. Once predominantly an agricultural people, this immigrant group’s descendants now numbering a few million have become more integrated into the national fabric of Canadian and American life, though since the 1960s and 1970s they have also increasingly participated in the era’s broader ethnic revival phenomenon. Additionally, with the Cold War’s conclusion, they have either reestablished or strengthened their diaspora, transnational, and family networks abroad. For the group, the number of academic studies, personal memoirs, oral history endeavors, and family genealogical pastimes have exploded in recent decades, but the dramatic recent appearance of the Internet or “digital commons or village,” DNA genealogy’s tantalizing research frontiers, and 227RURAL AND AGRICULTURAL STUDIES archival and investigative resources from once forgotten or previously inaccessible historical records (including Nazi, Soviet, and domestic documents and family heirlooms) only recently coming to light, among other things, has begun to expand the potential of serious studies into a changing diaspora identity and the accompanying transformations in gender, religious, and cultural attitudes among the immigrant descendants. Significantly, both scholars and ethnic group members can now better reflect upon the course of events during the middle to latter part of the twentieth century, i.e., well beyond the initial immigrant experiences with an emphasis now placed on the memories, stories, and interpretations of later generations. Adding to the excitement of research possibilities at the dawn of the twenty-first century is a growing sense among many German-Russians worldwide that historical circumstances are somehow now coming “full circle.” With a degree of anxiety, a handful of thoughtful and farsighted group members have further concluded that it will become more of an imperative not just to preserve history and culture among descendants of Germans from Russia who are increasingly intermarrying with other traditions, but to encourage others outside the ethnic group to learn about and carry on the German-Russian story. Continuing to build upon their contacts and networks with like-minded organizations, groups, and individuals across the globe, special collections and exhibits at academic and public institutions, sometimes receiving assistance from traditional heritage societies and private entities, will probably assume greater responsibilities and possess more resources and capabilities to help collect, disseminate, and even promote materials on this heritage over the long duration. The remnants of the German from Russia diaspora will also likely assume an even more pronounced transnational (international or cross-border) character, one that combines academic resources and contemporary trends in technology and information-gathering with its cultural content grounded in a traditional ethnic identity—a sort of new incarnation of an already evolving hybrid entity that currently straddles six continents. Ever wider research opportunities thus await scholars, students, and enthusiasts concerning the unfolding German from Russia narrative.

“Teaching Ker Hulme’s The Bone People: Emotional Response as Self Instruction” [cross-listed with New Zealand & Australia Studies]

This paper is a final report on a four-year study examining how several groups of students in the U.S. respond to Kari Hulme’s novel The Bone People in an aesthetic, rather than efferent way, experiencing issues involving the colonialism and post-colonialism of the New Zealand Maori. Instead of studying liminal states of gender, race, post- colonialism, violence, and love, in reading literary fiction, students experience what Louise M. Rosenblatt calls aesthetic reading, where “the reader’s attention is centered directly on what he is living through during his relationship with that particular text.” This differs from reading-for-information in that “efferent” reading, reading to take something away from the text, is outcome-centered. When students experience through reading, their empathetic reactions teach them about social issues by allowing them to teach themselves. Rather than returning to the stagnating debate regarding the societal import of literature and its inclusion in or exclusion from university course curriculum, this study uses grounded theory to qualitatively examine students’ affective responses to a novel over a period of four years to describe how the emotional relationship between an author and audience can be located and marked in the transformative moment. Previous results presented at WSSA showed students gravitating to psychological theories to explain the action of the characters; coding results from the last two years indicate students reading through a more personal lens, performing either evaluative or empathetic readings and responses to the literature.

Sharon Stewart, Des Moines Area Community College

“The Fashionable Evolution of Rural Women”

In the short span of three decades (1910-1939), women in the United States went from full length dresses and skirts to a hemline that played just above the knee. In the same short time, women entered the work force, and found a place within the world of academia. In comparing the duality of the fashion presented in the much distributed magazines and newspapers with the pamphlets showcasing the degree offerings of Iowa State’s Home Economics 228RURAL AND AGRICULTURAL STUDIES program, a rather stunning story of the women who ploughed the ground for women’s education begins to parallel the quickly shrinking hemline. Within each decade of fashion, a closer look at Iowa State’s Home Economic program, similarities begin to string the national image of the advertised woman with the local focus of education opportunities for women of Iowa. Prior to the eruption of The Great War, the fashion presented in an array of magazines clearly depicts a woman whose hands rarely, if ever, got dirty. The large hats that often accompanied the long frilly almost whimsical dresses were in no sense practical. Quickly fashions changed as America joined the Great War. The United States involvement in The Great War may have only been four years, but the effect of the newly found confidence and ability to survive would prepare the woman of the early 20th century for economic explosion and the Great Depression that soon followed. The 1920s women’s fashion presented a masculine silhouette, boxy in form, yet the textiles very light and feminine. The advertisements of this era show a far more sophisticated style. Button blazers and vests are accompanied by a feminine, brimless version of the top hat. Toward the end of the roaring 20s the market crash, along with other circumstances, led the nation into an economic fall unlike anything previously experienced. The language of advertisements carried an almost militant tone with such words as headgear, beret, and utility. Women, often taking the roll of the breadwinner while remaining the homemaker, were now facing a battlefront at home. Within each decade of fashion, a parallel can be drawn in the advertisement of the Iowa State’s Home Economic program. In 1916, Catharine MacKay, wife of Iowa State’s president, embarked on the task of beginning a Home Economics program for women at Iowa State University. Through the next two decades the program went from a two week vocational training in home making to a competitive degree with specialties ranging from food science, journalism, and institutional management. Like the fashion leading up to the 20s, women were beginning to show a little more of themselves. The Home Economics program of Iowa State University would not only be among the most respected programs, it would offer degrees that placed women alongside men in the ever evolving work force.

Andrea Walters, Claremont Graduate University

“The Distant and Persistent: The Effect of Rural Living on Poverty”

Rural residents live, by definition, in regions characterized by unoccupied land. Whether rural by choice or by chance, this decreased concentration of people and places can have the unintended consequence of raising the cost of daily life for rural residents. For the rural poor, the increased cost associated with higher travel time and longer distances means that the rural poor pay a premium on daily life that limits their economics opportunities. While both urban and rural households suffer from persistent poverty, U. S. Census Bureau data suggests that rural or ‘nonmetro’ areas have the highest incidence of persistent poverty. The paper is an economic analysis of the effect increased travel distance has on incomes for rural Americans. While there is some literature examining the effect of travel distance on healthcare outcomes, economics literature regarding distance and rural development is thin at best. Correlating travel distance with several measures of wealth and wellbeing allows for a more complete analysis of the practical challenges faced by rural actors, enhancing our understanding of the measurable differences between urban and rural life.

Pei Xu, California State University Fresno

Todd Lone, California State University Fresno

Patrick Berends, California State University Fresno

“Dairy Price Risk Management in California: An Online Teaching Model Approach to the Problem and Issues”

Though the dairy industry in California is an extremely important component of the state’s agriculture, it is faced with significant financial hardships. Since 2000, milk price variation has become a common occurrence when government sponsored milk price supports fell below the market clearing level. Besides this uncertainty in milk 229RURAL AND AGRICULTURAL STUDIES price, feed cost instability is another major factor challenging U.S. milk production. Being able to lock in a higher milk price or a lower feed cost through futures and options contracts could greatly contribute to farm profit margins. Our preliminary study conducted in 2015 shows that dairy farmers intended to use futures contracts and the insurance programs to help reduce cost risks and to maintain a price over cost margin. However, farmers were found lack of knowledge about risk management instruments, a primary barrier to the adoption of risk management. In this study agribusiness researchers developed an interactive online teaching course in November 2015, which will be released to California’s dairy farmers. The course is pre-tested with 135 agribusiness college students to gather their opinions about the online learning experience and to identify factors affecting learning attitudes. Discrete choice model results suggest that: 1) senior students who have previously taken an online course tend to rate low for the online learning experience. These students are unwilling to interact with other students in online activities. 2) Female students are found to be less likely to rank high for the online course because they feel the course required more work and more time. And 3) participating students believed the online coursework is more difficult than a face-to-face course. Given the literature offers very little information about farmers’ acceptance of an online course, results from this study are of outmost importance to the adjustment of the existing course. The revised course should focus on the development of interactive course activities to better engage dairy farmers; should provide additional course work help to female participants; should propose appropriate instructive methods to better explain risk management concepts to dairy farmer participants. 230SLAVIC STUDIES

SLAVIC STUDIES Sponsored in Part By: The National Association for the Study of East European and Eurasian Studies

Robert Niebuhr, Arizona State University Maria Grazia Bartolini, Milano State University

“The discourse of Martyrdom in Late Seventeenth-Century Ukraine. The ‘passion-sufferers’ Boris and Gleb in the Homilies of Antonii Radyvylovs’kyi”

This paper investigates the rhetoric of martyrdom that developed in seventeenth-century Ukraine. My focus is limited to the discourse of Orthodox martyrdom as it is developed by Ukrainian Baroque preachers recounting the life and death of the martyrized princes Boris and Gleb. In particular, I focus on two exemplary cases, Antonii Radyvylovs’kyi’s “Slovo pervoe na sviatykh strastoterpets kniazei Borisa i Gleba” and “Slovo vtoroe na sviatykh strastoterpets kniazei Borisa i Gleba” (Kiev, 1676). In tracing the contours of ideologies of martyrdom that arose in the specific cultural setting of seventeenth-century Kiev, I shall tackle the problem of inter-confessional encounters, in particular of those taking place along the Orthodox-Catholic divide, by evaluating the impact of the “martyrological revival” experienced by post-Reformation Europe in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. However, the image of the Eastern Slavic Orthodox martyr as it emerges from the homiletic sources will be seen not only within the context of the international (Counter-Reformation) influences, but also within the context of the refiguring of the Ukrainian religious landscape after Petro Mohyla’s reforms.

Mark A. Cichock, University of Texas at Arlington

“Symmetrical or Asymmetrical Cyber Security Policies: Comparing Baltic and Russian Goals”

As studies of cyber security become more common there is an assumption that cyber security follows distinct patterns from state to state. There is also an expectation that from one state to the next cyber security policies will reflect the approximate generally-held value orientations and national interests of state actors. Practical assessments seem to indicate otherwise: while the Baltic and Russian states may take pathways typical to many states, there is a considerable differential built into each state's policies based on factors including size, defensive capabilities, institutionalism, resources, and the propensity of leaders to employ defensive or offensive strategies. This study assesses the cyber security policies of the Baltic and Russian states to determine where that differential occurs within the approximate space of these states’ decision-making processes. In the process it seeks to understand how cyber security policies are valued as instruments for achievable results or as more comprehensive prioritizations of a state's sovereignty and independence.

Evguenia Davidova, Portland State University

“Nineteenth-Century Balkan Journeys: The Case of Eastern Orthodox Clergy”

The paper focuses on the spatial mobility of various representatives of clergy—from monks to priests to bishops— and sheds light on social and ethnic interactions and everyday life of local communities. While some of them performed hajj, others traveled around the Balkans, Russian, and Habsburg realms in order to collect alms, accomplish political missions, or escape persecutions. The paper’s argument revolves around the idea that those journeys were framed within traditional religious itineraries and social functions but also acquired secular components that enabled new social, political, and cultural practices. In short, clerical mobility illuminates 231SLAVIC STUDIES connections between church, state, and society, each in flux. Clergy not only physically moved within vibrant imperial and national environment but also observed it, and in some cases, changed it. The paper is based on various primary sources: correspondence, wills, diaries, as well as newspapers, autobiographies, memoirs, and travelogues.

Thomas Davis, Rowan University

“Russification and the Red Army: A force of Russian Hegemony over the Slavic Peoples”

Mass conscription by the Soviet Union was a means to russify the Slavic populations of Eastern and Central Europe. Josef Stalin hoped that by bringing different ethnic groups, countries and nationalities into the Red Army he would successfully be able to russify certain Slavic populations. The mass deportation of other non-Slavic populations such as Volga Germans, Chechens and others strengthens the russification program of the USSR. One way in which Stalin carried this out was by mass conscription in a Russian speaking army that had brutal discipline for all those outside of the “party lines.” By looking at the ethnic make-up of different Red Army units and the discipline practices used to ensure conscript and unit coherence, it is apparent that Stalin, himself a russified Georgian, hoped to bring some sort of Russification to the units in the Red Army. There was little room in the Red Army for non- Slavic peoples, but unlike Hitler, Stalin acted out of pragmatism and not a sense of racial superiority. If a group of people could possibly swear allegiance or devote anything less than their “full measure” to the Soviet Union then there was no room for them in the Red Army.

Nataliia Kasianenko, University of Nevada, Reno

“State-controlled Media and Nationalism. Evidence from Russia and Ukraine”

Recently, nationalism has become a potent phenomenon in Eastern Europe. With the conflict between Ukraine and Russia, nationalist sentiments in both countries have been rising. This research explores how a government may use media in order to intensify nationalism and receive public support in the two countries, Russia and Ukraine. The paper incorporates saliency theory to understanding nationalism. The argument put forward in the research is that nationalism can be intensified if the elites emphasize the salience of certain issues important to voters and incorporate these issues into their nationalist rhetoric. However, nationalism will not be picked up by the masses if there is no unifying basis for national identification in a country. Therefore, historical and cultural context matters when it comes to the success of political elites in advancing nationalism. The research paper uses qualitative methodology to analyze print and television media at the national level in Ukraine and Russia. The research addresses the following questions: What determines the success of political elites in promoting nationalism from the top in Russia and Ukraine? What salient issues are associated with nationalism? Did nationalist rhetoric change with the conflict between the two countries?

Joseph Kellner, UC Berkeley

“As Above, So Below: Astrology and the Soviet Collapse”

My dissertation is a cultural history of the Soviet collapse, focusing on the spirited and highly visible search by many educated urban Soviets for meaning after the discrediting and disappearance of state ideological control. This search led its seekers beyond conventional political philosophies or the USSR’s traditional faiths towards more radical conceptions of the world and the place of humans within it. For observers of the era's culture, astrology has become shorthand for this larger transformation—it was the brightest star in a constellation of new ideas, discussed and propagated widely in the press and enduring to the present day. To more skeptical observers, the astrology boom was puzzling—neither the Soviet Union nor Tsarist Russia had a notable tradition in astrology, and no foreign groups were invested in its success. By locating and assessing astrology's roots in the postwar Soviet Union, this 232SLAVIC STUDIES paper suggests that the discipline’s logic and spiritual content are in fact quite compatible with the official Soviet culture that long sought to discredit it.

Tom Koritschan, Stanford University

“Uranium on Trial: Mines and Minds in Czechoslovakia, 1946–1951”

This paper analyses the trial of a uranium–mine’s management in Czechoslovakia in 1951. The main defendants were found guilty of sabotage and treason and charged with death and lifelong prison sentences. At first sight, the case looks like a number of other comparable trials of the time across Eastern Europe, serving its function to create a monopoly of power for the communist party and stabilize the new political system. A closer examination reveals that there was much more at stake. It is the only trial where the accused were working with uranium. In addition to the Erzgebirge in the GDR, the Soviet race for the bomb went hand in hand with the development of Czechoslovak uranium. The Jachymov mine trial has not yet been analyzed by any historian. Based on trial documents published in 2004 and meeting transcripts of the Czechoslovak communist party in the Hoover Archive, I will try to answer how this trial sheds light on the workings of the Czechoslovak State Security (StB) and why it was made public in the first place; both Czechoslovakia and the Soviet Union must have had a vital interest not to draw attention to their uranium production.

Lynn Lubamersky, Boise State University

“The Memory of the Polish Lithuanian Commonwealth and its significance Today”

The memory of the Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth might appear, at first glance, to be a rather irrelevant topic in the year 2016. After all, how can there be any point fighting over the memory of a state that ceased to exist over 200 years ago? But the recent conflict in Ukraine has highlighted the memory wars that underscore the actual war now taking place there. Putin’s Russia is a revisionist power, since it is the first state to re-draw the boundaries of post-World War II Europe by annexing Crimea. It prepared the groundwork for this annexation by engaging in memory warfare. Putin’s Russia has re-written the history of the recent and more distant past by, for example, rehabilitating Stalin to frame him heroically as the liberator of Europe and rationally as a great modernizer of the state in the tradition of Peter the Great. More sinister for Lithuania and the lands of the former Polish Lithuanian Commonwealth, Russia’s current political elite views history as a tool of domestic and foreign policy. This paper examines the memory of the Polish Lithuanian Commonwealth from the perspective of those in the successor states as well as the use of that memory by Russia.

Jesus Madrigal, UC Berkeley

“Art for the New World: The Soviet and Mexican Avant-garde (1920–1940)”

In 1938 Leon Trotsky wrote, “In the field of painting, the October Revolution has found her greatest interpreter not in the USSR but in faraway Mexico.” The man he had in mind was the Mexican muralist Diego Rivera. Trotsky was not just flattering his benefactor who had helped him gain asylum in Mexico. He was recognizing the shared spirit of the groups of artists who had dedicated their lives and work to the first two revolutions of the twentieth century. This paper will focus on moments of encounters between the two avant-gardes: Mayakovsky’s visit in 1925, Eisenstein’s filming of Que Viva Mexico, and Siqueiros’ attempt to murder Trotsky in the name of Stalin.

Robert Niebuhr, Arizona State University 233SLAVIC STUDIES

“Yugoslav Foreign Policy and Tito’s Twilight”

This paper examines the moods in Yugoslav foreign policy during the 1970s, or the time of Tito’s twilight. During the prior decade, the Yugoslav government enjoyed the glory of leading the Non-Aligned Movement but by 1968 things changed. No longer in command of a global movement, the Yugoslavs searched for a meaningful foreign policy that could still aid in the construction of a domestic legitimacy. First, this paper explores the global observations of Yugoslav policymakers in the wake of these changes and takes a particular interest in Yugoslav perceptions of China. Second, this paper attempts to situate these moves in light of the general return to European concerns, with Tito’s involvement in the Helsinki Accords.

Sabina Pachariz, Marmara University, Istanbul

“The Migrations of Bosniaks from Former Socialist Federal Republic of Yugoslavia to Turkey in the Period 1945- 1974: the Case of Sandzak”

The subject of this study is the migrations of Bosniaks from the former Socialist Federal Republic of Yugoslavia (SFRY) to Turkey in the period 1945-1974. More specifically, such emigration was widespread amongst Bosniaks from the Sandzak region, while such emigration occurred only sporadically amongst those from Bosnia and Herzegovina. Sandzak was distinctive for its specific economic and socio-political situations, which seriously disadvantaged the populace and which were the central driving force of emigration. Due to the long-established historical bonds, the migrants tended to perceive Turkey as their “original” homeland, particularly since they were primarily concerned with preserving their religious and cultural identity. As a result of various administrative and international regulations that came into effect at the time, the emigrants bound for Turkey had to transit through Macedonia, often with a lengthy stay in Macedonia. Over time, this came to have a pronounced and long-lasting effect on Macedonia’s ethnographic composition. While questioning the widely promoted official SFRY ideology of “Brotherhood and Unity,” this study examines the effects of the policies of the ruling SFRY regime, and highlights the importance of a fuller appreciation of the role of religious and national identity within a multi-ethnic communistic country in the Balkans.

Natalia Reshetova, Stanford University

“Chronology and Scope of the Great Russian Famine of the early 1920s”

When did the famine typically associated with the early 1920s really start? How long did it last? Recent Western and Russian historical scholarship states that before the famine of the early 1920s there was a large-scale famine during the early years of the Russian Civil War, to which historians have not paid much attention. Was there one famine or did two famines co-exist? Was the famine All-Russian? This paper addresses these and other questions and concentrates on new archival materials that support analysis of chronology of the first purely Soviet famine, as well as its scope, geography (famine regions) and distinctive features, which are not, to date, adequately reflected in historical scholarship. I argue that the unfinished famine of the period of the Civil War, both in the form of chronic hunger and absolute starvation, was overlapped by the new famine, which was already apparent in the fall of 1920. The consequences of this famine had not fully disappeared in 1924-1925. In conclusion, this project, by closely examining a wide variety of historical sources, sheds new light on the highly relevant issue of the mass famine as a socio-political and economic process that lasted several years.

Kyeann Sayer, University of Hawaii Manoa

“‘The German Yoke,’ Lutheranism, and Anna Ivanovna’s Court: Russia and Pan-European Interdenominational Struggle in the 1730s” 234SLAVIC STUDIES

Throughout the 1730s, the Russian court remained a locus of interdenominational cross-fertilization and conflict, integrated into pan-European interdenominational struggles. In 1732 the Duke of Illyria, previous Spanish envoy to the Russian court, published the inflammatory text Examen Veri with the help of Russian Orthodox clergy, denouncing Russian Empress Anna Ivanovna's Lutheran-dominated regime and castigating Lutherans and Calvinists. The text's publication evoked the contentious period of Peter I’s church reforms in the early eighteenth century, as well as the Jansenist controversy. During Peter I’s reign, as influential Baltic Germans became integrated into the elite as a result of the Great Northern War, Peter wrested autonomy from his church and created a new blend of sacral authority among the elite. Accusations of Lutheran sympathies emerged during Peter’s time and bubbled up again through Examen Veri as Baltic Germans became prominent during Anna Ivanovna’s reign. That Anna Ivanovna’s decade, often associated with the “German yoke” of Baltic and Westphalian advisors, was also to some degree portrayed as a “Lutheran” yoke reveals continuity with Russian and Ukrainian criticisms of Peter’s church reforms.

Joseph Schlegel, University of Toronto

“Andrei Bely’s Nekrasov: Aesthetic Reappraisal of a Civic Poet”

The Russian Symbolist poet, novelist, and theoretician, Andrei Bely, dedicated his second collection of verse, Ashes (Pepel’, 1909), to an unlikely figure: the mid-nineteenth-century civic poet and publisher, Nikolai Nekrasov. Additionally, one of Bely’s influential essays, “Lyric Poetry and Experiment” (“Lirika i eksperiment”), written in the same year, arranges Nekrasov as the primary example for each of Bely’s innovative techniques of metrical analysis. In this paper, I analyze Bely’s appropriation of Nekrasov in both poetry and theory. Bely’s extended treatment of Nekrasov within the context of poetic theory offers a range of aesthetic possibilities, which Bely explores artistically within the partnered poems of Ashes. Bely relinquishes the content-driven approach to Nekrasov’s work in order to effect a dramatic shift in tone through the adoption of Nekrasov as an aesthetic model of poetic form. The impact of Bely’s reappraisal of Nekrasov is apparent in the work of later modernist writers, including Kornei Chukovsky, Boris Pasternak, and Vladimir Nabokov.

Walter N. Sisto, D'Youville College

“Sergius Bulgakov: Sophiological interpretation of Ascension of Jesus Christ into Heaven”

In recent years scholars of Russian Religious Renaissance and Russian Sophiology have begun to examine the theological thought of one of the most remarkable thinkers, Sergius N. Bulgakov. This paper contributes to that growing body of literature on Bulgakov’s theology, particularly examining his mature theology authored in the last years of his life. This paper will examine an important aspect of his eschatology that has been overlooked, his theology of the Ascension of Jesus Christ to heaven. I will argue that Bulgakov’s sophiological interpretation of the Ascension provides unique insights on the Parousia as well as helps to explain how God is in the world and the world and God, and the implications the Ascension for what Bulgakov calls “churchly living.”

Tatyana Sochiva, Saint Petersburg State University

“Image of Apocalyptic Whore in ‘The Book of Interpretations and Morals’”

A topic of my paper is Image of apocalyptic whore in “The Book of Interpretations and Morals” by protopope Avvakum.”“The Book of Interpretations and Morals” is exegetical didactic and polemic work, created in the 17th century by an outstanding Russian writer and spiritual leader of the old believers, protopope (archpriest) Avvakum. 17th century in Russia was known for destruction of old cultural traditions and deep schism that were perceived by Avvakum and other old believers as apocalyptic signs. Many researchers, including well-known American Slavists 235SLAVIC STUDIES

Serge A. Zenkovsky and Priscilla Hunt, wrote about apocalyptic motifs and eschatological views in Avvakum's works. But there is no yet research devoted to apocalyptic images in “The Book of Interpretations and Morals.” The purpose of the report is to analyze the main symbol of the book —apocalyptic whore—in connection with the problem of the ideological and artistic integrity of the book. 236SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY

SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Pete Martini, Heidelberg University

Mauricio J. Alvarez, University of Nevada, Reno

Lindsay Perez, University of Nevada, Reno

Susanne Martin, University of Nevada, Reno

James T. Richardson, University of Nevada, Reno

“Historical Triggers of Uncertainty and Its Relationship to Support for Violent Activism in the United States”

The experience of uncertainty has been linked to stronger support for radical or extremist groups. The majority of experimental research on this link relies on individuals’ idiosyncratic experiences to trigger uncertainty. That is, individuals are primed with uncertainty by being asked to recall circumstances in which they felt uncertain. This project sought to expand the literature on uncertainty and extremism by using two specific historical events as potential triggers of uncertainty: the beginning of the Great Recession in 2008, and the 2008 election of Barack Obama. The Great Recession could represent a trigger for uncertainty due to its impact on individuals’ economic stability. The election of Barack Obama could represent a trigger for uncertainty because for the first time, a non- White individual became president of the United States. Participants recruited via Amazon.com’s Mechanical Turk. First, participants were randomly assigned to recall one of these two events, to recall one instance in which they felt uncertain about their future, or to recall one instance in which they felt certain about their future. Following this, participants completed a measure of support for peaceful and violent activism, and provided demographic characteristics (age, gender, political affiliation). Implications of this project for uncertainty theory and the understanding of radicalization processes are discussed.

Jacob Blackard, University of Nevada, Reno

Colleen Murray, University of Nevada, Reno

“Risk and Benefit Perceptions, Affinity for Technology, and Attitudes Toward Drones”

Civilian use of unmanned autonomous vehicles (drones) has quickly grown to include first responders, business, media, and recreationalists. The public is expected to weigh perceived risks and benefits in forming their attitudes toward drones. However, risk and benefit perceptions may be colored by one’s affinity for technology, resulting in attitudes that differ from what perceived risks and benefits alone would predict. A national sample of 706 participants (ages 18 to 75) was collected via Amazon Mechanical Turk during June-July 2015. The online survey required 25 to 40 minutes to complete. Most participants had no direct experience with drones (only 7 owned a drone, 8 had jobs that utilized robots or drones, and 13 had hobbies using drones or robots). Most participants were ages 18 to 44, and overall attitudes toward drones did not differ across those ages. For the overall sample risk and benefit perceptions were negatively correlated (r = -.172). Multiple regression analysis found significant main effects for the three variables, but there were no interaction effects (R square = .386). Overall attitude toward drones (the dependent variable consisting of a single Likert item with a range of 1-7) was positively related to perception of drone benefit and affinity for technology, and it was negatively related to risk perception. Affinity for technology did not serve as a moderator of attitudes, but had an effect independent of risk and benefit perceptions. 237SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY

Marisa Crowder, University of Nevada, Reno

“New insights into the assessment of U.S. honor culture: Convergent measures predict divergent outcomes”

Distinct regional patterns in self-inflicted and interpersonal violence across the United States have long been the focus of research on U.S. honor culture. Honor culture refers to a cultural formation that prizes individuals’ social reputation and sanctions potentially aggressive action in defense of this reputation. Researchers interested in studying honor culture in the U.S. typically use Gastil’s (1971) Southerness index or Cohen’s (1998) dichotomous classification of U.S. honor versus non-honor states. Although which measure is preferred typically depends on the academic discipline (psychology, sociology, and criminology), even within the same discipline authors sometimes use different measures across different studies. We suspected that the two measures do not tap into the same construct, implying that findings obtained with these two measures are not comparable. Though the measures are correlated with each other, we found that Cohen’s classification and Gastil’s Southerness index did not predict the same outcomes when controlling for other culturally relevant variables. Rather, they differentially predicted patterns of violent crime and suicide rates, some of the most frequently studied outcomes associated with honor culture. This challenges many findings of culture research, which links the high suicide and murder rates to the violent culture of honor. Implications and future directions will be discussed.

Laverne DaCosta, Arizona State University

“Extreme Violence in Classrooms: Why Not Leverage Cell Phone Use Instead?”

This conceptual work is an exploration of psycho-social theories that help to frame pedagogy. The discussion comes to focus on questions of philosophical beliefs about teaching and learning, power, and the use of technology. While there is a push to integrate digital technology in American classrooms in the effort to become competitive in a digital world, many schools have instituted policies that prohibit students from using personal digital devices on their campuses. Despite these rules, students continue to use personal cell phones for text messaging, to search for information, and for the myriad other reasons for which young people use their cell phones in classrooms all across America. Situated in critical pedagogy, I examine the taken-for-granted educational discourses of creativity, community, and collaboration and call for a more participatory environment where teachers should consider leveraging cell phone use in classrooms given the inevitable.

Alicia DeVault, University of Nevada, Reno

Monica K. Miller, University of Nevada, Reno

“Gender and Attitudes Toward Transgenders as Predictors of Transgender Adoption Rights”

While transgender rights have received widespread media attention, research is still scarce. Negative attitudes lead to more discriminatory behavior; furthermore, men and women might have differing attitudes toward transgenders. Consequently, a survey was conducted which examined whether attitudes toward transgenders, gender of the participants, and the interaction between these two variables significantly predicted transgender rights to adoption. It was hypothesized that (1) there will be a main effect of gender such that women will be more likely to support transgender rights to adoption, (2) there will be a main effect of attitudes such that more positive attitudes lead to more support for transgender rights to adoption, and (3) there will be an interaction between gender and attitudes 238SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY toward transgendered individuals such that men will have more negative attitudes than women and demonstrate less support for transgender rights to adoption. After controlling for political and religious affiliations, hypotheses were partially supported. Attitudes toward transgenders and the interaction between attitudes and gender of participants were significant predictors; gender was not a significant predictor. More research is needed to determine if these results exist after experimental manipulation (e.g., manipulating the gender, age, and race of the transgender person seeking to adopt a child).

Yousueng Han, Indiana University-Bloomington

“Conceptual Bases of Individual Accountability”

Accountability research needs to reflect the distinction between organizational and individual level accountability. Based on previous literature, individual accountability is defined as expectation that my decision or action about rules should be explained to salient audience(s), with the belief accompanying rewards based on evaluation. Conceptually distinguishable five-sub dimensions builds up the formal definition of individual accountability. Relevant theoretical framework linking organizational accountability and individual accountability is made for future research. Each component and integrated construct need to be also empirically tested.

Ann E. Jones, University of Nevada, Reno

Marta Elliott, University of Nevada, Reno

“Social Desirability in Measures of Religion and Spirituality: A Bogus Pipeline Study”

A primary concern in the psychology of religion is the distinct possibility that responses to empirical assessments of individuals’ degree and type of religiosity and spirituality are exaggerated owing to social desirability bias. In spite of increased secularization in American culture and a growing distrust of organized religion, religious involvement, personal religiosity, and spirituality are still viewed as highly desirable characteristics. This study estimates the extent of social desirability biases that affect self-reports of religion and spirituality by utilizing a bogus pipeline procedure. In this procedure, participants are convinced that experimenters can detect disingenuous responses to individual items on questionnaires through the use of physiological measures, although no physiological data are actually collected. If the self-reports of participants in the bogus pipeline condition indicate greater religiosity or spirituality than those in the control condition, self-report bias is indicated. The bogus pipeline procedure has been used in other areas of study to increase veracity of self-reports when social desirability effects are present (such as reporting sexual behaviors or prejudice). The results indicate that social desirability biases influence multiple constructs including religious orientations, religious coping, and daily spiritual experiences. Implications for future research relying on self-reports of religion and spirituality are discussed.

Michael J Kwiatkowski, University of Nevada, Reno

Gwen Hullman, University of Nevada, Reno

“Freedom to express or privacy of one’s identity: A comparison of two models to examine identity presentation within Internet usage”

How individuals present themselves while online is a growing concern with regards to issues of privacy, information, and association. As such, people may balance issues of expression/association with issues of privacy in an effort to present themselves in the manner they see fit. This balance between protecting one’s identity and 239SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY expressing the identity needs to be examined as individual continually and increasingly utilize the Internet to present their identity. This study attempts to model attitudes toward freedom of expression and freedom of association as a representative of identity presentations, specifically representing being able to do so without restrictions to who the identity is shared with or how it is shared. As such, two SEM models were constructed and tested to determine the relationships within the larger construct of identity presentation. Further studies are planned and discussed based upon the results.

Michael J Kwiatkowski, University of Nevada, Reno

Gwen Hullman, University of Nevada, Reno

“Negotiating a deal or negotiating our conversation: A dyadic, experimental approach to the impact of suspicion upon changes in conversational goals within a negotiation”

Negotiations are inherently at least two person interaction. To appropriately deal with the interaction, a dyadic approach to the desired outcomes, or conversational goals, within the negotiation provides insight into how goals may change when in conflict with another person. In addition to conversational goals, being suspicious of the other person in a conflict may change how the conflict unfolds and is resolved. The experimental manipulation of suspicion for the interdependent roles within a negotiation provided insight into how suspicion impacts conversational goals. Gender, resolution of the conflict, and other factors were examined along with suspicion. Two models were utilized to examine the dyadic nature of the data: a multi-level model and an actor-partner structural equation model.

Brian M. Lee, University of Nevada, Reno

“Religious Freedom in Europe: An Analysis of Article 9 Violation Cases in the European Court of Human Rights”

The tragic events of World War II led to the establishment of the Council of Europe and the European Convention of Human Right and Fundamental Freedoms. Article 9 of these fundamental freedoms guarantees religious freedom. After the break-up of the Soviet Union, numerous nations wanted to affiliate with the Council of Europe, which contributed to the European Court of Human Rights enforcing Article 9 for the first time in 1993 in what other researchers consider a “pilot judgment”. Since then, numerous cases involving potential Article 9 violations have come from many states within the Council of Europe. However, some previous research has suggested that there may be an unequal treatment of cases before the European Court of Human Rights between cases that come out of original member states and states which joined later in history. This paper examines the outcome of cases involving allegations of Article 9 violations, and contrasts the outcomes between original member states of the Council of Europe, and states which joined later, as well as capitalist countries compared to post-communist countries. Implications of the findings will also be discussed.

Samuel Lindsey, Adobe Systems, Inc.

Victoria Springer, Adobe Systems, Inc.

Stephanie Vezich, Adobe Systems, Inc.

Peter Merrill, Adobe Systems, Inc. 240SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY

Mark Nichoson, Adobe Systems, Inc.

“Art in algorithms: Results of a hu(man) vs. machine test of creative outputs”

Can you tell the difference between an artistic creation made by a human from one made by a program? If the origin was masked, would you prefer artistic creations made by a professional creative artist or a computer algorithm? Across two studies, this research explored the ability of humans to detect artistic differences originating from a creative human versus a computer algorithm. A crowdsourced sample of 200 respondents in the United States, watched a series of two comparative videos that were made using the same media assets (i.e., photos, video, audio) but artistically assembled differently based on creative decisions manually made by professional video artist and â€˜decisions’ automatically generated by a computer algorithm. Algorithmic rules were based on information the algorithm was programmed to learn from the media assets. Respondents were asked which video they preferred, and then told one video was created by a human professional video editor and another video by a computer algorithm. Participants answered which video they thought was generated by the computer. Results revealed participants preferred the algorithm-generated video or had no preference more than 50% of the time, and up to 65% of respondents incorrectly guessed or could not discern if the videos were created by computer algorithm. The findings suggest that art is not only an expression of human creativity and imagination, but can also be perceived as an expression of machine-generated creativity.

Lisa Maletsky, University of Nevada, Reno

Aubrey Etopio, University of Nevada, Reno

“Green Dot Bystander Intervention Pilot Program Baseline Evaluation Results”

Preventing relationship abuse (i.e., bullying, interpersonal and romantic-based violence, sexual assault) on high school campuses has become an increasingly important social issue. Green Dot is a bystander intervention program that teaches youth safe ways to intervene in active or impending situations of violence, and was created based on the social psychological constructs of diffusion of responsibility and pluralistic ignorance. An evaluation was planned to examine the impact of a Green Dot pilot intervention at a Washoe County high school. Although previous surveys have documented youth’s reports of intentions to intervene in violence, in actual situations of violence youth rarely act, making these self-reports unreliable. A baseline survey was constructed based on the program’s logic model and the underlying theory of the program, and asked students to rate both themselves as well as perceptions of their peers on several parallel items. Results indicated that youth were highly positive in their ratings of willingness to intervene in situations of violence but that they were significantly less likely to rate their peers as willing to intervene. The discrepancy in reports of personal behavior versus peer behavior may highlight why bystander intervention behaviors are actually uncommon in practice. Implications for the pilot program as it moves into the implementation phase are discussed.

Pete Martini, Heidelberg University

“Americans, Religion, and the Justifiability of Violence”

The perceived increase in gun deaths over the past decade has many looking at the nexus of religion and violence. In the past year alone, several high profile acts of violence have strong ties to religion. Many lay observers foster beliefs that some religions, like Islam, simply condone violence to a greater degree than Christianity. The present 241SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY study sheds light on the complexity of the issue. Amazon’s Mechanical Turk was utilized to obtain a sample (n = 3,189) of Americans who were asked a variety of questions on religious denomination and the justifiability of violence. Results suggest that, broadly speaking, individuals identifying as Muslim see violence as more justifiable. However, follow-up analyses indicate that this effect has little to do with religiosity but more likely related to political ideology. Implications and future research will be discussed.

Christine M. McDermott, University of Nevada, Reno

Monica K. Miller, University of Nevada, Reno

“Impact of Judicial Instructions and Belief in Memory on Perceptions of a Case Involving Eyewitness Testimony”

There are many problems associated with eyewitness identifications; however, this type of evidence is compelling for jurors (Leippe, 2009). The persuasiveness of eyewitness testimony has contributed to wrongful convictions and incarcerations. In fact, 75% of the wrongfully convicted persons released by DNA evidence were convicted based on eyewitness testimony (Innocence Project, n.d.). New Jersey has created new judicial instructions in an attempt to educate jurors (State v. Henderson, 2011), but previous research questions the efficacy of judicial instructions (c.f., Lieppe, 2009; Loftus, 1996). The current study examined if judicial instructions and pre-existing belief in the fallibility of memory impacted perceptions of the eyewitness or defendant in a case involving eyewitness testimony. University students (n = 206) participated in a 3 (instruction type: no instruction, instruction only, instruction plus verdict form) x 4 (eyewitness conditions: ideal, poor lighting, cross-race, excessive confidence) experimental design. Result indicate that judicial instructions did not significantly impact assessments of the eyewitness, the defendant, or verdicts. However, belief in fallibility of memory significantly reduced assessments of eyewitness credibility under flawed conditions. Pre-existing belief in fallibility of memory also significantly decreased perceptions of defendant guilt. These results have implications for academics and legal practitioners.

Dara Naphan, University of Nevada, Reno

Marta Elliott, University of Nevada, Reno

“Women, Identity and Persistence in Engineering”

In the current study, we explored factors that predict women’s persistence in college engineering, a field in which women have been historically under-represented. Through a survey, we measured 400 women’s 1) perceptions of micro-aggressions and discrimination against them as women in engineering, 2) the importance of their identities as women and as engineers, 3) the degree to which they felt those identities conflicted with one another, 4) strategies for coping with being a woman in a male-dominated field, 5) sense of belonging, 6) self-efficacy and 7) perceived likelihood of persistence. Focus groups were also conducted with groups of women who had higher and lower levels of perceived persistence in engineering, and with women who switched out of an engineering major. We found that the importance of being a woman negatively predicted persistence, while the importance of being an engineer positively predicted persistence, as did sense of belonging and self-efficacy.

Jenny Reichert, Heidelberg University

Monica K. Miller, University of Nevada, Reno 242SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY

“Social comparison processes and adults' judgments of children's weights and intentions to control children's weight”

Childhood obesity rates are increasing in the United States, partly because adults, especially parents, are unable to recognize overweight and obesity in children. This could be in part because social comparisons allow parents to compare their child to other overweight children and rationalize that their child is “normal”. This study assessed the accuracy of adults’ judgments of children’s weights and investigated whether social comparison manipulations affect how parents judge their child’s health status based on the child’s weight, the health status of another child based on the child’s weight, and their intentions to control their children’s weight. An experimental manipulation provided parents with a photograph of a fictional child that served as a social comparison to their own child. The children varied in gender and age, and were either slightly underweight (upward comparison), normal weight (control comparison), or severely overweight (downward comparison). Participants completed a survey measure in which they judged the subjective health status of the child in the photograph based on the child’s weight. Parents provided the height and weight of their own child and then judged the subjective health status of their child based on their child’s weight. The child’s BMI was calculated in order to create an objective measure of the child’s health status to compare to the parent’s subjective judgment of the child’s health status. Overall, only 22.8% of all participants correctly identified the weight status of the fictional child, and only 26.39% of parents correctly identified the weight status of their own child. Results reveal that parents were unable to accurately judge the health status of the downward comparison in the photograph when compared to the control comparison and the upward comparison. Further, parents are less accurate in judging their child’s weight (i.e., correctly identifying their child’s weight status) when given an upward comparison than when given a control comparison. This lends support to the notion of vicarious social comparisons, according to which parents can vicariously personally experience the cognitive effects of a comparison made between their child and another child, rather than a comparison made between the self and another. Social comparison did not affect parents’ intentions to control their child’s weight. Addressing children’s weight requires helping parents recognize when their child is overweight or obese, but parents’ accuracy may rely on comparisons between their child and another child rather than on objective measures of health. This research can be used in the development of programs designed to increase recognition of overweight and obesity in children to slow rising obesity rates.

Marcella Shrout, The University of Nevada, Reno

Daniel Weigel, The University of Nevada, Reno

“Should I Stay or Should I Go? Understanding Partner’s Decision-Making Process Following Infidelity”

Infidelity is one of the most serious problems that arise in relationships, and it is one of the leading causes of divorce. The extant research on infidelity focuses on understanding why partners engage in unfaithful behaviors or reconciling the relationship through marital therapy. The present paper, however, focuses on the noninvolved partners’ decision-making processes associated with relationship maintenance or dissolution after infidelity. This paper integrates theoretical concepts from social norms, biased information searching, attribution theory, and forgiveness to develop a conceptual model for understanding how noninvolved partners decide to stay or leave an unfaithful relationship. We propose that once an infidelity becomes known, the noninvolved partner’s social norms establish expected behaviors about staying or leaving the relationship. To comply with these norms, the partner searches for information that supports a situational or dispositional attribution about the infidelity. Once an attribution is made, the partner assigns blame to the unfaithful partner or to the situation, leading to high or low forgiveness. Depending upon the level of forgiveness, the partner then decides whether to stay or leave the unfaithful partner. Infidelity is estimated to occur in 20% to 60% of marriages in the United States, and up to 75% of college students have reported engaging in unfaithful behavior. This paper helps understand why some noninvolved partners stay while others leave the relationship.

Theresa B. Skaar, University of Nevada, Reno 243SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY

Kathryn A. Herzog, Metropolitan State University

Kerry S. Kleyman, Metropolitan State University

“The Curmudgeon Effect: The Relationship Between Perceived Age and Conservatism”

The common stereotype in research in the area of political ideology identifies physical age as an indicator of a conservative leaning. However, much of this literature notates age as secondary or demographic descriptions, instead of focusing on the complexities of developmental influences. Further, in the literature, there is conflicting evidence on the influence of age and conservatism. One camp focuses on the attitudinal stability or change, while the other focuses on the age-related rigidity. Thus, the current study investigated the relationships between age, perceived age, and hypothesized conservative leanings. It was further predicted that perceived age is a stronger predictor than physical age, and that there would be differences in social vs. economic conservative ideology amongst these age differences. A cross-sectional sample was recruited from urban areas in Nevada and Minnesota. A self-directed instrument was utilized, and included measures of perceived life expectancy, and social and economic political ideology, while controlling for dispositional optimism, depression, and self-rated health. The results indicated support for perceived age as a stronger predictor of overall conservative ideology than physical age itself, and further, that social issues (vs. economic issues) are more likely to differ between said age differences. What this seems to indicate is that conservative ideology shifts in a more predictable way, as we perceive our age placement within society. Understanding age and perceived age differences through the lifespan on political ideologies is an important piece of the puzzle, considering the proportion of the population of people aged 65 and older is rising. The discussion is focused on the need for continued research on developmental influences in the area of political cognition and behavior.

“Barriers to creativity: Why the way we see ourselves matters”

Do you think of yourself as a creative person? Do you aspire to be more creative regarding the things you make in your personal life â€“ for family, friends, and loved ones? This study explored these types of self-cognitions and probed for barriers that might hinder personal creativity. That is â€“ are there things that are keeping you from being as creative as you want to be? Conducted with an online crowdsourced sample of over 500 respondents in the United States, this study revealed that 4 out of 5 everyday creators (non-professionals) felt at least ‘somewhat’ creative. Just as many also aspired to be more creative. When asked what being more creative meant, respondents communicated a desire for more ways to express themselves, increased proficiency and skill, as well as more passion and inspiration. Despite this desire to be creative, 2 out of 3 of these same respondents felt that they experience barriers to their creativity. One of the most common was their thoughts or feelings about their own creativity. Difficulty getting started and insecurity about being ‘good enough’, lacking inspiration, and not ‘feeling creative’ all played a role in challenging creativity. Respondents shared experiences of discouragement, self-consciousness, and inadequacy. When asked what would help them feel ‘good enough’, they expressed a hopeful desire for positive feedback and encouragement, as well as gaining more experience and skill. This suggests that our own cognitions have the ability to create barriers to creativity, but also holds the key to removing them.

Victoria Springer, 244SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY

Adobe Systems, Inc.

“Creativity at work and play: How context shapes our thoughts on creativity”

What comes to mind when you hear the word ‘creativity’? What does it mean to be ‘creative’? For some, these words conjure images of artistic talent and inspired genius. For others, creativity may represent novel and imaginative thinking. This study was intended to investigate the characterization of creativity and the extent to which context influenced its meaning. Conducted with an online crowdsourced sample of over 500 respondents in the United States, this study explored how people think about creativity as it relates to their personal projects, in contrast with what it means to be ‘creative’ at work or school. When it comes to personal projects, respondents used expressive language, associating creativity with imagination and art. When asked what creativity meant in the context of work and school, predominantly cognitive and instrumental language emerged including words such as think, solutions, different, and ideas. Despite the differences in what it means to be ‘creative’, we found remarkable consistency in what people found most satisfying about the types of projects they completed in each context. ‘Accomplishing what I wanted to do’ was the most satisfying outcome of both personal and work / school projects, followed by ‘making something with my own hands’, ‘the personal value of what I make’ and its ‘uniqueness’. This implies that satisfaction with what we make is not dependent on the context of creation. Taken together, this work suggests that though creativity is a multifaceted, context-dependent construct, it is underpinned by a common sense of satisfaction with creation.

“Social aspects of creativity: What it means to share and build creative communities”

Is the desire to create intrinsically linked with the desire to share the things we make? Why do we share, and how does feedback from our social peers influence our creativity? What does it mean to be part of a creative community, and what are its defining features? Drawing from a review of academic and syndicated research, we outline best practices related to fostering active and creative communities, which we organize into three stages: 1) Creating an inviting environment, 2) attracting the right users, and 3) treating those users well. The strategies we cover have been tested with groups ranging from astrophysicists to children at summer camp to examine the extent to which the effects are generalizable. We also walk through specific examples of online creative communities to assess how well they embody these best practices. We then apply these principles in a study on photographers in creative communities. Using a combination of survey and qualitative interview methodologies, we examine why a variety of photographers ‘from hobbyists to professionals’ join creative communities, what they hope to achieve in doing so, and why they sometimes abandon those communities. Our findings map onto the best practices identified in our literature review and provide suggestions for future communities in this creative domain.

Emily F. Wood, University of Nevada, Reno

Monica K. Miller, 245SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY

University of Nevada, Reno

“Relationship between Individual Differences and Attitudes toward Immigrants in a Student Sample”

The number of immigrants living in the United States has increased steadily over the past few decades. Negative attitudes toward immigrants, which might lead to prejudice and discrimination, can have adverse effects on immigrants in the realms of the legal system, workplace, healthcare, and education. The present study investigated the relationship between individual differences and attitudes toward immigrants in a student sample. Participants (n = 539), who scored higher on attributional complexity (i.e., tend to make more complex attributions) had more positive attitudes toward immigrants and individuals who tend to make dispositional attributions for the causes of crime had more negative attitudes. Students who identified as Democrats compared to Republicans and Independents had more positive attitudes toward immigrants. Faith in intuition was nearing significance (p = .051); higher faith in intuition scores were related to more negative attitudes toward immigrants. Need for cognition and legal authoritarianism were not significantly related to attitudes. Attributional style, cognitive processing, and political affiliation were related to attitudes explaining 24% of the variance. As immigration continues to be a salient topic in public and political discourse, it is important to understand what contributes to individuals’ attitudes toward immigrants. Implications are discussed. 246SOCIAL WORK

SOCIAL WORK Moises Diaz, Utah State University

Bill Pederson, Northern Arizona University, Yuma

Stephen Baldridge, Abilene Christian University

Bre Heinrich, Abilene Christian University

Tausha Pearson, Haiti Mama

“Reunification vs. Orphanage Care: Community Based Social Work in Haiti”

This study explored the effectiveness of the Assertive Community Rehabilitation model in reunifying homeless children in Haiti with their families. After the 2010 earthquake, the number of unaccompanied youth in Haiti has grown exponentially. The typical response from the U.S. is to fund the establishment of orphanages to care for these children. It has been estimated, however, that as many as 85% of these homeless youth have families, but are not in the care of their families due to poverty. This study interviewed children both in orphanages and children that have been reunified with their families to determine and compare health outcomes (BMI, nutrition) as well as emotional well-being outcomes (attachment to caregiver) to help encourage the funding and growth of reunification programs over institutional care.

Douglas Crews, Wichita State University

“Conceptualizing and Cultivating Self-Compassion for Social Work Practice”

This paper presentation will explore the foundations of self-compassion in order to provide a means of skill development to help social workers define and cultivate self-compassion. By understanding both the foundations of self-compassion and how other conceptualize self-compassion, social workers may begin to understand and articulate what self-compassion can mean for themselves and for their clients. Through this presentation, participants will be able to define self-compassion and recognize the foundational components of mindfulness vs. over-identification, self-kindness vs. self-judgment, and common humanity vs. isolation. Participants will learn about different skills connected to the practice of self-compassion. Examples of some of the learning objectives are 1) self-compassion is a skill that can be taught; 2) people can learn to be more self-compassionate; and, 3) self- compassion is always available, as long as one is willing to extend that compassion to one’s self. Participants will begin to integrate the foundations of self-compassion into professional social work practice by exploring tools to build self-compassion in one’s self and in the lives of the clients they serve.

Aziz Dayanir, Istanbul University

Murat Kalkan, Istanbul University

Muhammet Enes Kayagil, 247SOCIAL WORK

Istanbul University

“Evaluation of Social Services and Policies Implemented for the Elderly in Turkey”

In this presentation, social policies and social services implemented for the elderly in Turkey will be evaluated. The “older population” refers to those aged 65 and over. The size and structure of the older population is important to public and private interests, both socially and economically. There is a considerable growth in older population in the world. The reasons for the increase in the elderly population are important. Structure and the future of old age in Turkey. What are the social policies and social services for the elderly implemented, shortages, positive and negative sides? We will handle problems of the elderly in Turkey By examining current data on the implementation of social service programs for the elderly population, the presentation will be designed into a two-stage structure. The first stage, the concept of aging, aging problems and the appearance of old age in Turkey. In second stage, considering the country's socio-economic and cultural conditions we make policy recommendations in order to improve the situation.

Stan de Mello, University of Washington

Morna McEachern, Seattle University

Ebasa Sarka, University of Washington

“Selling Illusions? Multiculturalism: Challenges to the US & Canada Integrating Refugee Populations into Communities”

This paper seeks to critically explore the concept of multiculturalism as a policy designed to integrate, among others, refugee populations into Canada and the United States. The current acute refugee crisis in Europe stemming from the conflicts in the Middle East, has both challenged and renewed the hope and promise of multiculturalism. We will examine the complex dilemmas & challenges that multiculturalism presents as a policy and the implications for social work practice. Canada officially adopted Multiculturalism as policy to integrate new populations that has generally served the country well. Enacted in 1988, it has most recently come under increasing pressure, especially with the acute refugee crisis in Europe. The United States, in contrast, has pursued a "melting pot" approach to integrating refugee populations from around the world. Again, the current crisis has again been a point of intense debate on how the country should respond to this newest wave of refugees. Social workers in both countries are particularly tasked with facilitating the interactive social processes between societies’ status quo populations and those groups seeking acceptance and recognition (NASW,2005). Thirty years ago, many Europeans saw multiculturalism—the embrace of an inclusive, diverse society—as an answer to Europe’s social problems. Today, a growing number consider it to be a cause of them. That perception has led some mainstream politicians, including British Prime Minister David Cameron and German Chancellor Angela Merkel, to publicly denounce multiculturalism and speak out against its dangers (Malik, 2015).

Sue Ellen Gardner, Newman University

“Ethical Dilemmas in Working with People who Hoard”

Basic information about hoarding and insight into the appropriate time to intervene precedes the main focus of ethical concerns when working with older adults who hoard. Potential ethical dilemmas between older adults who hoard, their families, and the social work practitioner are discussed using the NASW Code of Ethics. Two ethical decision making models, specifically designed for hoarding, are presented. The attendees process interactive examples. 248SOCIAL WORK

Ivan Gutierrez, Northern Arizona University, Yuma Branch Campus

Nubia Quintana, Northern Arizona University, Yuma Branch Campus

Alexis Carillo, Northern Arizona University, Yuma Branch Campus

Rosario Pulido, Northern Arizona University, Yuma Branch Campus

Blanca Chavez, Northern Arizona University, Yuma Branch Campus

“Pathways to Pesticide Exposure among Farm Workers in Yuma County”

The following paper identifies the pathways for pesticide poisoning among farmworkers in Yuma County, Arizona. Workers bring pesticides into homes in the form of residues on theirs tools, clothes, shoes, and skin (Farmworker Justice, 2013). According to Environmental Protection Agency and Food Security (2012), there is a probable 5.1 billion pounds of pesticides applied to crops each year, and thousands of them experience the effects of pesticide poisoning. It will also include the different variables for potential risks of pesticide poisoning. Consequently, this paper is a quantitative exploratory study examining farmworkers knowledge on pathways to pesticide poisoning or exposure. Since no data collection instrument existed, this paper develops a measurement tool in which reliability and validity has not yet been established at this time. In spite of employer provided pesticide prevention programs, our findings suggest that farm workers are still being exposed to pesticide poisoning.

Myriam Hernandez, Northern Arizona University, Yuma Branch Campus

Juanita Cabrera, Northern Arizona University, Yuma Branch Campus

Ivan Gutierrez, Northern Arizona University, Yuma Branch Campus

Luz Chavez, Northern Arizona University, Yuma Branch Campus

“Motives for Deportees and Migrants to Remain on the Border”

Undocumented immigrants experience a dangerous struggle by trying to cross the Mexico-United States border illegally. This paper will focus on the motivations of these individuals who attempt to cross the border. Research was developed based on a literature review illustrating motivations, dangers, and sufferings among undocumented immigrants. According to the U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), 315,943 individuals were removed from the country in 2014. In a study made by DeLuca (2010) in Nogales, Sonora, Mexico, eight deportees declared that their main motivator to cross the border was employment and the opportunity to improve their families in Mexico. Moreover, our initial plan was to conduct a qualitative study by investigating a sample population of undocumented persons on the Mexico-United States border that have attempted or were able to cross illegally to the United States at some point in their lives. The objective of this study is to analyze and interpret their experiences arriving at the border, and to determine factors influencing their motivation to cross to the United States. We were not able to conduct our research due to policies and regulations for international projects. This paper will share what prevented us from completing this research project. 249SOCIAL WORK

Brandi Hissong, Glenns Ferry Health Center Inc.

“Behavioral Health Integration”

The concept of behavioral health integration is quickly growing across the nation as health care providers begin to recognize the importance of treating both the physical and mental health of patients. However, this concept is not generally being taught in social work programs. There are distinct differences between traditional psychotherapy and the brief therapy that is delivered in integrated health centers. This presentation will discuss some of the key skills behavioral health integration providers need, how to effectively communicate with medical providers and the improvements that have been made in one Idaho health care center since behavioral health integration.

Diane M. Hodge, Radford University

Haley Ann Whitcraft, Radford University

“Organizational Factors Contributing to the Retention of Social Workers”

The purpose of the study was to examine factors that keep social workers in direct practice, despite the high stress nature of the field. The study focused primarily on organizational factors such as compensation for work, supervision, employee benefits, company decision-making policies, teamwork dynamics, and hiring procedures. This was a quantitative online survey. The population consisted of social work alumni from the official master’s of social work alumni listserv. Participants were asked through email contact to participate in the survey only if they were currently in direct practice social work, did not intend to leave the field within the next year, and had been in direct practice for at least 5 years. Approximately forty alumni responded. The study population consisted of both male and female graduates of various ages of the social work master’s program. The data was analyzed using SPSS and results indicated several significant findings that will be presented.

Samara Katten, California State University Northridge

“Wellness, Quality of Life, and Job Satisfaction in a University Setting”

Increasingly, universities are implementing wellness programs for faculty and staff, although little literature exists regarding the impact wellness programs have on employees. The purpose of this study is to explore the relationship between quality of life and job satisfaction in a university setting. At the end of the fall 2015 semester, wellness program participants (N=300) from a large public university will complete an online survey comprised of three standardized instruments: the Health Risk Appraisal (HRA), Job Satisfaction Survey (JSS), and World Health Organization Quality of Life Instrument – Short Version (WHOQOL-BREF). Based on previous surveys of this population, the response rate is expected to be above 50%, with all data collected by January 1, 2016. Barriers to participation will be explored using qualitative fill-in-the-blank questions at the end of the survey. Results are expected to reveal that job satisfaction is related to quality of life, and that participants enjoy the wellness programs provided on-site. Based on previous literature, barriers to participation are expected to include lack of incentives, inconvenient location and time limitations. In addition to exploring the relationship between quality of life and job satisfaction, results will help the wellness program staff employees create additional programs and minimize participation barriers.

Victoria A. Knoche, University of Nevada, Reno 250SOCIAL WORK

Alicia Summers, University of Nevada, Reno

“Evaluating the Use of a Checklist to Enhance Decision-Making and Outcomes for Older Youth Exiting Foster Care”

Youth emancipating from foster care often show poorer health, educational, and economic outcomes in comparison to those in the general population. This paper examines the efforts of a court in Prince George’s County, Maryland to improve these outcomes by implementing an emancipation checklist as a decision-making tool to evaluate and determine whether foster youth were ready for emancipation and independence. The project sought to achieve better outcomes for youth with APPLA (another planned permanent living arrangement) plans and who may be emancipating out of the system by reminding judges to inquire about key issues such as adequate housing, appropriate job/employment, permanent adult connections, educational/vocational stability, resource connections, survival documents, and clearing of criminal and delinquency impediments. Participants were foster youth, age 18- 21, who resided in Prince George County. Results suggest that there were significant improvements in stability indicators since the implementation of the checklist in identifying core values, obtaining identifying documents and medical insurance, and checking their credit score. Additionally, results indicated that there were a few gender and age differences such that females indicated that all their criminal or delinquency cases had been resolved more often than males, and older youth (those staying in foster care longer) had a significantly higher percentage of stability indicators. Furthermore, youth’s attendance at hearings was a significant predictor of percentage of stability indicators such that the more hearings attended, the higher the percentage of stability indicators achieved at exit from foster care. An implication of these findings could be the use of this checklist as a judicial tool acting as a reminder to engage youth in discussion around important topics.

William B. Pederson, Northern Arizona University, Yuma Branch Campus

“A Multi-theoretical Approach to Social Work Practice along the U.S. / Mexico Border”

A variety of complex issues exist along the U.S. Mexico border: poverty, education, health, unemployment, migration, trafficking, militarization, and the environment. These issues require social workers to use multiple theoretical perspectives to guide their planned change process with all micro, mezzo, and macro level clients systems in the borderland region. Hutchison discusses eight theoretical perspectives (systems, conflict, rational choice, social constructionist, psychodynamic, developmental, social behavioral, and humanistic) which guide social work practice. The purpose of this paper is to discuss the utility and applicability of these multiple theoretical perspectives for social work practice along the U.S. Mexico border.

Aloha VanCamp, University of Detroit, Mercy

“Emerging Issues in Social Work Education: The Intersection of Legalization, Decriminalization and Medical Marijuana Use and Its Impact in Higher Education”

Research on marijuana use in college suggests that approximately 5.9 percent of students use marijuana on a daily or near-daily basis. With the legalization, decriminalization and the proliferation of available medical marijuana, college students are using it more now than any time in the past 35 years. This exploratory study examines the influence of the relaxed laws around marijuana use and the student-instructor issues that arise in professional social work programs.

Ruth Whisler, Northern Arizona University, Yuma Branch Campus

Mary Haunschild, Northern Arizona University, Yuma Branch Campus 251SOCIAL WORK

Natasha Coonrod, Northern Arizona University, Yuma Branch Campus

Vanessa Palomino, Northern Arizona University, Yuma Branch Campus

Dan’Elle Jones, Northern Arizona University, Yuma Branch Campus

“Kids in Crisis? Social Work in Arizona Public Schools”

This research will address the lack of qualified social workers within public schools, grades K-12, in rural Arizona, specifically Yuma County. The study is being conducted by a group of current and prior Northern Arizona University-Yuma students and a professor who have identified the lack of social work services for this population of children and their families. The plan is that NAU-Yuma BASW seniors will join public school teams as social work interns to understand, assess, intervene and evaluate the lack of services and then conceptualize potential solutions that social workers could provide for these vulnerable populations. The data will provide necessary tools to understand and thus be the beginning of programs to provide social work services to Yuma County public school students. Northern Arizona University-Yuma has a vibrant, growing and well-respected student intern program. Students have been successfully working in their communities and being hired upon graduation to grow and improve lives within their service areas. Many student interns have the desire and dedication to utilize their professional skills within the public school systems in Arizona. Students, many of whom have come through these very systems, are aware of serious lacks of resources for students and their families, as well as faculty and staff within the public K-12 educational systems in Yuma County, Arizona. It is because of their desire and with their valuable input and energy that this research is being undertaken.

Ohenewaa White, Alvernia University

“Wellness Wednesday: An Intergenerational Community Health Project

The World Health Organizations (WHO, 2014) defines health as “a state of complete physical, mental and social well-being and not merely the absence of disease or infirmity. Similarly, mental health is defined as “a state of well- being” (Coreil, 2010), as evidenced by an individual’s ability to operate in their relative potential, access their personal resilience, and work and contribute to their community (p. 349). Individual behavior change is an important part of improving health; however, it is only a small component. More significant is system level change based on the understanding that "the choices of individuals are often limited by the environments in which they live" (Lee, 2008), and similarly, health is "embedded in the larger conditions in which they live and work" (Lee, 2008). The Philadelphia East Germantown Wellness Wednesday initiative, a collaborative effort between a national grassroots foundation and community members, is a community level health intervention designed to promote physical and mental health and social cohesion across generations. The purpose of this presentation is to discuss the project rationale, and lessons learned during years 1 and 2, and recommendations will be provided for community organizing as a strategy for engagement moving forward.

Patricia Worthen, Northern Arizona University, Yuma Branch Campus

Aneth Mejia, Northern Arizona University, Yuma Branch Campus

Ayesia Gomez, Northern Arizona University, Yuma Branch Campus 252SOCIAL WORK

Vanessa Palomino, Northern Arizona University, Yuma Branch Campus

Mary Haunschild, Northern Arizona University, Yuma Branch Campus

Irma Corrales, Northern Arizona University, Yuma Branch Campus

Jacque Warner, Northern Arizona University, Yuma Branch Campus

Dan’Elle Jones, Northern Arizona University, Yuma Branch Campus

“Bullying Community Change Project”

The focal point of this presentation is to spread awareness of bullying in the Yuma community. Bullying is defined as unwanted, aggressive behavior among school aged children that involves a real or perceived power imbalance (Stopbullying, 2015). Bullying can take the form of verbal, emotional or physical abuse as well as cyberbullying. Through national, state and local statistics, the problem of bullying was presented to the Yuma community. Utilizing the planned change process, students from Northern Arizona University Social Work Program were able to engage, intervene, assess and evaluate a community change project on bullying. The reasons and the effects of bullying are also explored through research. The intervention was conducted in a local high school. Students were given the opportunity to speak up about if they have been bullied, have witnessed someone else being bullied or taken part in bullying. Social work students negotiated with, mediated for and advocated for Yuma community students that were involved in bullying. The identity of students interviewed were kept confidential through blurred images and distorted voices. Social work students applied cultural and ethical competencies throughout the planned change process. As a result of this project, an anti-bullying video was produced of which will be shared with conference participants. 253SOCIOLOGY

SOCIOLOGY Lynda Dickson, University of Colorado Colorado Springs

Foster Amey, Middle Tennessee State University

Linxin Xie, Middle Tennessee State University

Ami R. Moore, University of North Texas

“Trends in Polygynous Marriages in West Africa: Cohort Differences and Education Effects in Ghana”

Polygyny has been described as a “common” feature of marital life in African societies with West Africa in particular reporting the highest levels of polygyny (Bove & Valeggia 2008). As an enduring system of social life, polygyny has also been shown to be “highly resistant to the competition of the imported ideology of monogamy and to the impacts of various structural changes” (Hayase & Liaw 1997). The phenomenon is deeply associated with low levels of education and rural life although it is recognized that well-educated urban dwellers are not completely uninvolved in the practice. Some researchers have surmised that the passage of time will reduce the incidence of polygyny in this region of the world given the expansions in education and increased urbanization. This expectation is based on the idea that increased educational attainment will create new opportunities for women outside the home and that urban life will impose constraints on the desire of men to take multiple wives. In this study, we analyze pooled data from six rounds of the Demographic and Health Surveys for Ghana to understand differences in levels of polygyny among respondents from different birth cohorts. We also examine the factors that influence these differences with special attention to educational attainment and rural-urban residence.

Berch Berberoglu, University of Nevada, Reno

“The Nature, Extent, and Sources of Income and Wealth Inequality in the United States”

This paper examines the nature, extent, and sources of inequality in the United States, focusing of the distribution of income and wealth over the past few decades. After an analysis of the maldistribution of income and wealth in American society, the paper argues that to understand the source(s) of wealth and income inequality, one must turn to an analysis of class relations in society, in particular relations between labor and capital under our current capitalist mode of production. And this would take us to the study of the labor theory of value. Focusing on the polarization of classes in the United States through the ever-widening gap in wealth and income, the paper argues that the private ownership of means of production and the accumulation of capital through the exploitation of wage labor, it has become possible for the owners (capitalists) to amass vast amounts of wealth, while the working class is barely able to hold on to their jobs and continue to generate high rates of surplus value (profits) for the capitalists. The resulting disparity in earnings and wealth has led to the uneven and unequal distribution income and wealth that has reached unprecedented levels in recent history. In addressing these issues, the paper provides a set of solutions to end inequality and to build an equitable and egalitarian society.

Ana Araceli Navarro Becerra, Universidad de Guadalajara

“Ser investigador hoy. El perfil de los Jovenes Investigadores del Conseio Nacional de Ciencia y Tecnologia en las Instituciones de Educacion Superior” 254SOCIOLOGY

The academic labor market has shown changes in relation to the admission of new members to the academic staff. Mexico is no exception, universities and some research centers have difficulties to integrate new members, including the reasons they are apparent freeze seats and low retirement of academics, caused in part by the worn pension system. Also, it is big number of graduates of doctoral programs seeking to join on Higher Education Institutions (HEI), ie, research centers or universities. This problem has transcended of the public policy. In Mexico acquired important in a context where it moves toward a society and a knowledge economy. Hence the call Chairs called Young Investigator by the National Council of Science and Technology (CONACYT acronym in Spanish). The dynamic is to summon academic groups to propose a research project and to researchers to develop it in conjunction with the group. The employer of young researchers is CONACYT and the workplace is the HEI. In this context, the paper develops the following thesis: young researchers of the need to adhere to organizational and institutional guidelines CONACYT and the HEI, are required to have high qualification, extensive capital and with the support of their trainers to meet with the activities imposed. The document is an ongoing investigation that aims to inquire into the practices of young researchers from the professional socialization in the process of inserting the HEI. It is a qualitative study. The data presented correspond to 12 in- depth interviews with young researchers.

Michael Briscoe, The University of Colorado Colorado Springs

“Microaggressions, Microinequities, and Vegetarians: A Quantitative Study”

Microaggressions and Microinequities are usually discussed when talking about race or gender issues, but they can be seen among any marginalized group. There are numerous qualitative studies discussing vegetarians’ experience with microaggressions and microinequities, but a quantitative analysis of the issue has not yet been conducted. The aim of this study was to understand quantitatively how frequently these microaggressions and microinequities among vegetarians occur. A survey of 34 questions was distributed by various vegetarian blog administrators, and taken by vegetarians. The overwhelming majority of respondents were white and female. More dogmatic vegetarians experienced higher rates of microaggressions and microinequities. Vegetarians with higher numbers of friends and family who were vegetarian experienced less microinequities, but similar levels of microaggressions. Vegetarians whose motivation to become vegetarian was health reasons experienced microaggressions much less frequently than vegetarians who became vegetarian for ethical reasons. More dogmatic vegetarians, and vegetarians who became vegetarian for ethical reasons may experience these higher levels of microaggression and microinequities because they may be more aggressive in their stance on vegetarianism. Vegetarians who became vegetarian for health reasons may be less concerned with others’ diet, and therefore engage in less altercations about vegetarianism.

Stefanie Cole, University of Missouri Kansas City

“Answering Economic Imperialism with Progressive Anthropology”

Methods of evolutionary analysis are applied to the problem of economic imperialism within the academy; a cause of much social harm. The setting for this examination focuses on research areas that succinctly illustrate the origin of economic imperialism, the extent of the problem, and the existing body of theory that is inherently opposed to such encroachment. This is accomplished by revealing the institutional overlaps between the physical sciences, anthropology, and economics. First, a terse explanation of the underlying social, political, cultural and scientific issues which shaped the rise of modern geosciences and social sciences. The paper begins with the world systems approach and shows how the emergence of the geosciences and archaeology are the outcome of the enlightenment project and the backlash against socialism in the academy. The narrative is followed-up by the story of how economic imperialism first dominated social sciences and eventually encroached into the physical sciences: the outcome of a dynamic struggle for ideological supremacy among conservatives, liberals, socialists and radicals with the academy. The progressive wing of Anthropology is both an existing theoretical counterpoint to the philosophical, moral, and logical basis of economic imperialism; and a source for allies in the ongoing struggle against it. 255SOCIOLOGY

Lynda Dickson, University of Colorado Colorado Springs

“Pro-Birth vs. Pro-Life?: Time to Flip the Switch on Labels and Their Meanings in the Abortion Debate, or Suffer the Consequences”

The commonly used label “Pro Life” movement has widespread, even growing appeal in 21st century America—to the extent that it is conceivable that Roe v Wade might be overturned. It might be argued that this seemingly increasing appeal stems from the apparent “battle” between unequally weighted opponents: the innocent life of the unborn (Pro-Life advocates) and adult women who want the right the ‘choose’ not the bear a child (Pro-Choice advocates). It seems important to flip the switch so that we are examining and labeling the two sides more accurately: those who advocate for the right of the fetus to be born and those who are more concerned about the potential quality of life of the unborn. Perhaps we need to move beyond the traditional terms of “pro Life” v “Pro Choice” to the more accurately termed “Pro-Birth” v “Pro-Life” -- This paper will also discuss the far larger context in which this “debate” is occurring.

Richard L Dukes, University of Colorado Colorado Springs

Shelby Shively, University of Colorado, Colorado Springs

“Gang Membership and Trouble with the Police”

Literature on gangs contains surprisingly little attention to trouble with police. We analyze data from the population of students in a Colorado School district (N = 2651) to examine whether police profile gang members (differential selection, a direct effect) or police react to delinquency of gang members (differential involvement, indirect effect). Results support the idea of indirect effects. Results are discussed using a framework of differential involvement.

Brielle Giesemann, Northern Arizona University

“Perceptions of Exported Race Identities of the United States and Understanding Their Macro-scale Consequences”

Perpetuated throughout history, the standard, patriotic narrative of racial and ethnic identity in the United States proudly boasts that we are a “melting pot nation”, a rainbow of diversity, and a peaceful co-existence amongst the myriad groups. At the same time, our media, political institutions, and culture, on the whole, deny the superficiality and insincerity of this tale; while they refuse to participate in anti-racist solutions to confront inequality, they simultaneously support the international exportation of a highly homogenized and inaccurately euro-centric image of the “average American”. By means of a survey, Colombians’ perceptions of racial and ethnic identities of the “average American” will be measured to piece together a reflection of the narrative that our media, government, and other institutions are constructing and exporting internationally, and how it consequently engenders and preserves a single-story of white supremacy on a macro and global scale.

“Investigating Student Opinions on Proposed Affirmative Consent Policies Regarding Sexual Relationships in Arizona Colleges” 256SOCIOLOGY

United States' universities have adopted a wide array of policies and programs aimed at reducing the prevalence of sexual assault victimization on college campuses. Some of the legalistic solutions have been focused on changing sexual consent policies to reflect the affirmative consent standard, but the voice and opinions of college students, regarding these changes, often goes unheard. The current study utilizes college student focus groups to explore what sexual consent means on college campuses. By analyzing college students' attitudes towards sexual consent, this paper hopes to discover how sexual consent is interpreted in the college setting. University policy implications and future directions for research are discussed.

Eugenia Kwon, Western University

“For Passion of for a Future Family?: Exploring Factors influencing career and Family Choices of Female Medical Students and Residents”

A significant change in the gender composition of medical school has been witnessed over the last decade, with more than 50% of applicants being female. However, although the number of women entering the medical profession has significantly increased, there is evidence that a gendered hierarchy still exists in the contemporary medical profession. Female medical students are more likely than their male colleagues to enter and practice in less prestigious medical specializations and are less likely to enter more prestigious fields such as in surgery. This study assesses competing explanations for female medical students’ and residents’ specialty choices. Do female students’ choices appear to reflect their preference for family and their gender role socialization, or rather do they reflect the structural barriers and constraints that women still experience in male- dominant organizations? This paper sheds more light on gender differences in specialty choices by drawing on qualitative data gathered from in-depth interviews collected from 15 female medical students and residents in Ontario, Canada. It explores whether female students anticipate having a difficult time combining career and family life; and how their expectations shape their plans concerning specialty choice and their anticipated family decision-making around marriage and children.

Scott David Parker, Sierra College

“It’s Not Society, It’s You: The Davis-Moore Hypothesis, The Bell curve, and Structural Functionalists Interpretations of Social Stratification”

Structuralist hypotheses are a useful heuristic for interpreting social phenomena. However, the twentieth century heyday of structural functionalism witnessed a reification of theory which served to justify social inequality. For although structural functionalism afforded a paradigm for identifying social problems and potential strategies for alleviation it often served as justification for inequality via coded victim blaming. This tendency is illustrated in two representative case studies: the Davis-Moore Hypothesis and the controversy surrounding the publication of The Bell Curve. The first addresses motivation as the main prerequisite for social mobility, while the second holds that social position is correlated with measured intelligence. In each instance structural functionalism serves as an ideological prism through which social inequality is justified as a necessary outcome of individual life. chances.

Joel Trujillo Pérez, Escuela Nacional de Antropología e Historia

“Between Opposition and the Right: An Anthropological Approach to the “highly demanding” Middle Classes and the National Action Party (PAN) in Mexico City”

The aim of this text is to present a different point of view on the cultural transformations faced by the right party, the National Action Party (Partido Acción Nacional/PAN), since its foundation and the middle classes of the capital of Mexico. In fact, both of them have changed their Political habits to give place to a further diversity, although within 257SOCIOLOGY the civil society it is easy to track authoritarian expressions coexisting in the capitalist democracy. This transformations are considered Institutional-only, excluding another possible explanations where the culture is the center of the Political practices. For that reason the Political field in the middle classes is linked in the history and the everyday practices with the right party in Mexico that is considered as opposition in Mexico City –governed by the Left party (PRD) since 1997 and it is also considered a territory of the Left in Mexico. We have such a minor middle class localized in a «blue lake» -as the colors of the PAN, and the party struggled by a series of corporative practices embedded in a Left Political culture. So, my questions are “How does the opposition work in the middle of a Leftist policy”; “How do People imagine the Political system in the capital from their right point of view?”; “Is the middle class opposition in the opposition, is there a Political culture of the opposition?”; Finally, “How do they face a corporative system from their relative well-off position inside Mexico City?”

Jebadiha E. Potter, Colorado State University

“CPS enforcement in an era of legalized marijuana”

In 2012 two states, Colorado and Washington, voted to legalize the recreational use of marijuana; Oregon and Alaska followed suit in 2014 and Nevada currently has a similar referendum on the ballot for 2016. While this new policy has created many new questions for various agencies in these states in adapting their procedures related to marijuana, one where this may be especially important is Child Protective Services (CPS). This paper addresses the question of whether policies regarding substance use and abuse followed by CPS in Colorado are in conflict with legalized marijuana. Further, I examine the extent to which CPS has adapted its enforcement procedures to reflect the change in legal status of marijuana.

David Throgmorton, Carbon County Higher Education Center

“Ballin’ the Jack: The Rise of Public Funding for Entrepreneurial Activity in the West”

The mythology of the west is replete with tales of entrepreneurs risking everything to bring their enterprise to life. More often than not, they lost everything but when they succeeded, they became the stuff of legends. “Ballin’ the Jack,” risking everything on one long-shot, was a significant player in the development of mines, ranches, early oil exploration and more. In the late 19th Century entrepreneurs began using other people’s money to finance high-risk enterprises and it wasn’t long before the “entrepreneur” had little of his own skin in the game. The risk was transferred to investors, many of who had been seduced to invest by the very mythology of the high-flying Western entrepreneur. By the late 20th Century, private money was replaced by public money with states and the federal government providing either direct funding or loan guarantees to support expensive projects that were deemed part of the “common good” or, more often, the “common defense.” Today, nearly every large-scale western development and an astonishing number of smaller, local developments 258SOCIOLOGY include significant public funding as part of the plan. In some cases, these developers have gained access to public monies and use it to leverage additional investments from private investors. This paper examines the transition from the use of personal resources to investor resources to public resources as the conventional model for project development. It looks at how the concept of “entrepreneur,” formerly reserved for people using their own resources to chase an economic dream, is used today to describe any developer, including those using other people’s money for their projects. Finally, it explores the implications of having most large scale projects (and many small-scale projects) rise or fall in step with access to public funding.

Maria de los Angeles Aguilera Velasco, Universidad de Guadalajara

“Educational Preparation of Older Adults and Their Families for Retirement”

The purpose of this qualitative case study, carried out in two phases, is to systematize the learning experiences and expectations of older adults and their families as they face approaching retirement, in Guadalajara, Mexico, 2012. The strategy implemented was an educational preparation for retirement. Six adults had already retired, two were soon to be retired and eight family members were chosen for this study. Data were collected using semi-structured interviews and a SQA-E format. The educational strategy was an interactive conference. A phenomenological analysis was made of the experiences recorded. The naturalistic criterial evaluation of learning experiences and expectations was applied before and after the educational intervention. Through this intervention, participants were made conscious of their problems, expressed the desire to improve certain aspects of their lives and continued educational preparation.

Audie Daniel Wood, Idaho State University

“Athletics Programs, Structure of Time & It’s Negative Effects on Football Players Social and Academic Lives”

In this study we utilized ten qualitative interviews of FCS football players to gain an understanding of what structural barriers prevented them from connecting to the non-football community, and how these structures affected their motivation to perform academically. How time was structured had a negative effect on their ability to connect to anyone outside of football, as well as affecting their academic motivations. The athletic programs main focus was on their football skills, and not whether or not they had time to prepare for academics. This football focused structure is what has led to the stereotypes of dumb jocks and having other negative labels placed on them. All of which negatively affected their motivation to connect to the community or focus on school. If universities care about collegiate football player’s lives post their football careers; then as academics we must begin to suggest change to the structure of athletic programs so that these young men are set up for success and not failure. 259URBAN STUDIES

URBAN STUDIES Thomas Sammons, University of Louisiana at Lafayette

M. Jean Edwards, University of Louisiana at Lafayette

“The Villa: Antithetical Response to Urbanism or a Treasury of Urban Values”

In his comprehensive study, The Villa: Form and Ideology of Country Houses, J. S. Ackerman states, “the image of a refuge in the country focuses not so much on the clearly defined rural functions as on a cornucopia of values absent or debased in the city. The city, as the locus of social interaction, is inevitably mundane and temporal, while the country, in exacting confrontations with the immanent brute forces and enchantments of nature, prompts inspired responses” (Ackerman, 1990, p. 286). This paper will examine two roughly contemporaneous villas, Palladio’s Villa Rotonda and Katsura Imperial Villa, in order to discover what, if anything they have to reveal about the urban condition of their respective cultures. Do they, as Ackerman suggests, reveal an emphasis on values absent in their urban cities, or rather do they celebrate in their individuality values that could only be established and cultivated in an urban condition?

Doug Graf, Ohio State University

“Common Roots...The Structure of the English Village and Its Influence on Post-Romantic Architecture”

This paper will attempt to relate two different issues: a) the structure of the English village up until around 1800, and b) the architecture of the last three centuries. While seemingly completely different- e.g., one is seemingly haphazard and unplanned, one is the focus of rational attentions- there are a number of ways in which they are related- the desire for an 'organic' composition, complexity, and especially in the last few decades, an increased interest in non-standard geometries. This paper will try to make the argument that the two are, in fact, strongly related in terms of formal devices and strategies and perhaps even in terms of influences and origins.

Nadya Kozinets, University of Louisiana at Lafayette

“Architecture and Domesticity in Soviet Union Post-Stalin Era”

The most lasting legacy of the Soviet experience was transformation from a rural country to an urban one. After WWII, the Soviet urbanity changed as countless rows of low-quality apartment blocks expressed a uniform socialist culture that had a profound and adverse effect on the psychology of Soviet citizens. This building culture operated in the Soviet Union for more than 70 years and in Eastern Europe for 40, but limited research has been done on how human beings have interacted with the built urban environment in the Soviet world. This paper attempts to analyze the changes in the Soviet urban fabric from late 1950s to 1980s and their effect on social and family life. The paper also examines architectural forms and principles of soviet architecture in order to draw an overview of Soviet architectural practice during these decades. The main objective was to understand how USSR’s socialist ideals served to reconfigure housing and urban typologies to reflect the sociocultural and ideological fabric of Soviet society. Another objective was to highlight the differences between Soviet-Style and Western architecture based on readings of Soviet books, a personal experience as well as review of literature.

Hector LaSala, University of Louisiana at Lafayette 260URBAN STUDIES

“Teach As If Beauty Matters the Most”

“Beauty will save the world” (Fyodor Dostoyevsky). Alberto Pérez-Gómez in his book Built Upon Love argues that at its primordial origin western architecture is intricately linked to Eros' creative and libidinal powers, with Daedalus the emblematic architect: the one who harnesses "the power of the poetic image to engage others in a communion with other worlds within our world." The import of these thoughts towards an assessment of what and how we teach our future architects, in particular at the embryonic stages of their development, goes without saying. If we concur that an enraptured, Eros-intoxicated imagination launched our discipline, we ought to then consider making the most important objective of our beginning studios to facilitate a deeper yet playful engagement between our students' creative capacities and the semantic impulses of germinal ideas and themes. My advocacy is for a more sustained encounter; one that is not compromised, truncated nor abridged due to other competing objectives and curricula constrains. For this encounter to be genuine and for its concurrent process to remain in flux, a tolerant and generous milieu needs to prevail.

Ashlie Latiolais, University of Louisiana at Lafayette

“Think-Collaborate-Implement: Reconnecting Historic St. Martinville”

The city of St. Martinville, Louisiana is a community rich in culture and heavily trusted unto tradition. Geographically, the small town is positioned along the navigable Bayou Teche and surrounded by rural farmland. The City of St. Martinville owns an undeveloped three-acre tract of land along the established waterway in the heart of the city’s downtown. This land became the catalyst for the architecture student and citizen to unite in a real-world public project and urban study. The relationship between the City and the Graduate Studio initiated a unique opportunity for both the pedagogy of the urban design project and student/client collaborations. Collaboration is the ‘thinking’ process that became the design agency of the students. The future of what this property could become developed into a series of ideas, discussions, and questions of larger inner-city connections amongst both members of the forum and St. Martinville citizens. This paper discusses a proposal that acknowledges and connects to local history while formally organizing everyday and specialized events along the bayou-front property. The studio began to use the idea of collaboration as a generator for the visionary products.

Andy Loewy, University of Louisiana at Lafayette

“The Automata: A Vehicle for Introducing Mechanization to the Industrial Design Studio”

Gears, cams, pulleys, levers, and crankshafts are all essential to mechanization and are the very cornerstone of the field of Industrial Design. Practitioners and students of Industrial Design are aware of mechanization conceptually but how many understand the workings of a machine in the comprehensive way that is essential to becoming a competent designer. Without a doubt students are entering our classrooms having spent much less time working with their hands than they did previously. As a consequence, our students often feel much more comfortable in front of a computer screen than working directly with materials. The understanding of how things work is acquired through what the author refers to as the “tinkering process” and requires an inquisitive, discovery oriented, and direct kinesthetic approach to using materials. To introduce mechanization to a second year Industrial Design class the author makes use of a particular type of machine known as “Automata”. The Automata has a rich design history and coupled with its inherent humor and often playful character its introduction makes for an ideal teaching tool.

Richard Lycan, Portland State University

“Developing Neighborhood Level Statistics from the American Community Survey” 261URBAN STUDIES

There is great interest in socioeconomic measures for neighborhoods on the part of planners and community organizations. Data from the American Community Survey (ACS) for census block groups can be aggregated into neighborhoods, but high measures of error render confusing results. The general public finds it confusing to be shown a value, say the poverty level for a neighborhood, and then be told that the value might be considerably higher or lower. I propose is an inversion where data for an expanded area in and around each neighborhood is summarized to stabilize the measure. In the resulting tables or maps the level of error is fixed, but the degree to which the neighborhood needs to be expanded varies and the extent of the inflation is shown to the viewer in lieu of a standard error. Users may have more tolerance for the inflation of the data than they do for uncertainty. An adapted grid is used to generalize data for the neighborhood, similar to applications in epidemiology. The paper will explain the methodology and illustrate the creation of neighborhood data tables and maps for ACS data relevant to older persons.

Jerome Malinowski, University of Louisiana at Lafayette

“Transit Design Metamorphosis in the 21st Century”

The Transit Design Studio continues in the design of diverse transport systems relative to the university environment. Discussions will encompass an elevated tram cable system, cycling infrastructure support, conceptualization of drone ambulances, off road fire and ambulance vehicles and way finding. Design criteria and local industry collaborates encourage the potential for local manufacturing.

Kiwana McClung, University of Louisiana at Lafayette

“Drowning Flags: Considering the Flood Resiliency Potential of Butte La Rose, LA and the Socio-Environmental Systems That Exacerbate Supremacy Culture, Preventing Tenable Architectural Strategies”

The implicit nature of resiliency is to return. Deliberation of a constructed environment’s resiliency potential, socio- environmental and ecological systems, when it reveals a social climate of transient pragmatism and racially intolerant cultural demonstration, unveils a state of in architectural impasse. In their working paper on The Long- Term Perspective on Resilience in Socio-natural systems, van der Leeuw and Aschan-Leygonie laude the essay of German philosopher Luhman in which he states “[…] society does not communicate with its environment, it communicates about its environment with itself […]” (van der Leeuw & Aschan-Leygonie, 2001), a statement that, in their view is indicative of the widening rift between nature and culture. The entitlement that allows the privileged to ignore broken, vulnerable systems parallels Leeuw and Aschan-Leygonie’s belief that the culture-nature disconnection leads to ideas about nature in which social dynamics are presumed dominant. This paper explores the socio-economic nuances which form Butte La Rose’s architectural typologies, the environmental conditions that threaten its continued existence and the cultural convictions which lead to effacement of viable resilient strategies.

Mark O'Bryan, University of Kentucky

“The Love Hotel”

Omnia Vincit Amor...Love Conquers All. The power of love is the most mysterious of all human emotions. It’s very elusive and mysterious nature compels our hearts and minds to exist in those “in between layers” of space and time. It is a place with and without boundaries, such as the conventions of architecture. It is place fueled by our inner artistic sensibilities, the memories, the imagery, and passion of the individual expression. When combined with the composites of another, whether through a physical embrace or desire-driven fantasies, the space of the love hotel becomes a collage of time and experience. The Love Hotel stirs our perceptions with rich visual imagery. It captivates our sense of reality and fantasy in mating ritual of art and architecture. As humans, we are drawn by the primitive forces of love and lust. We are motivated by our instincts and our biases of the real and the unreal. You 262URBAN STUDIES may find love in the Love Hotel, or you may find fantasy within its walls. But regardless, you will find magic lurking behind every door.

Thomas Sammons, University of Louisiana at Lafayette

“Processes of Community Design”

The I-49 Corridor Urban Design Project is a NAFTA highway connecting Winnipeg, Canada to New Orleans, Louisiana, and is designed to intersect close to the downtown area of Lafayette, Louisiana. This six-mile urban and neighborhood design project is funded by the Louisiana Department of Transportation and Development (DOTD) and by Lafayette Consolidated Government. While this interstate project brings opportunities for the region, it also poses a disruption to neighborhoods and the existing road infrastructure. This project provides an opportunity for the Graduate Studio in the School of Architecture and Design (SOAD) to engage the city and neighborhoods in public forums and charrettes. The Community Design Workshop, an institute in SOAD, was asked by Louisiana DOTD to integrate urban design, landscape design, housing and architectural design into the mechanics of road building. The project will utilize the School’s faculty and the School’s graduate students.

William E. Thoms, North Dakota State University

“Bus Rapid Transit-A Capital Idea”

Bus rapid transit is the use of buses on dedicated rights of way to increase access to downtowns or areas of high employment. The use of commercially available buses is considerably less expensive than building rail rapid transit systems, and still gives quick access to government or business locations from suburbs. State capitals in Connecticut, Massachusetts, Minnesota and Colorado are shown as examples. 263WOMEN’S AND GENDER STUDIES

WOMEN’S AND GENDER STUDIES Diane Calloway-Graham, Utah State University

Barbara Bonnekessen, New Mexico Tech

Nicholas Alozie, Arizona State University

“The Digital Gender Divide: Confronting Obstacles to Women's Development in Africa”

The African Union has declared 2010-2020 as the African Women’s Decade to accelerate African women’s development. However, to achieve the Decade’s goals, African countries must acknowledge the role of information and communication technologies (ICTs) in consolidating human capital. This research examines ICT usage in Sub- Saharan Africa and finds that men are more likely to own and use the technologies. Education, socioeconomic status, domesticity, and traditionalism are all linked to ICT use. However, the gender gap does not arise as a result of differential returns to these factors for men and women. Rather, they manifest when fewer women have the resources, or are more disadvantaged in accessing and using ICTs. The findings have implications for theory and policy.

Barbara Bonnekessen, Pittsburg State University

“The Past is Prologue: Are Today’s Welfare Regulations Contemporary Versions of Sumptuary Laws?”

Sumptuary laws have been documented in many stratified societies; in general, these are regulations imposed by the elite on its own consumption patterns. Throughout the European Middle Ages, they shift to become visible symbols of class differences and, slowly, become regulations that target the lower classes. Throughout this time, laws used to be applied to men and women; or, more specifically, to men and their wives. Sumptuary laws enter the colonial US, but disappear by the 19th century. They reappear in legislations against alcohol and, later, nicotine consumption. This paper argues that current welfare legislations that focus on permitted and forbidden foods are a resurgence of sumptuary laws as they focus on poor women and create a public symbol of poverty marking through nutritional enforcement.

Humberto de Luna Lopez, Ponente

“Mercados de Trabajo para Mujeres Campesinas en América Latina: Entre la Estadística y la Realidad”

El objetivo de este documento es exponer los principales mercados de trabajo dónde se encuentran las mujeres campesinas, que tienen como sustento las estadísticas y la evidencia empírica de investigaciones de caso. La pregunta guía del trabajo, es mostrar cuáles son los indicadores económicos que se toman en cuenta para incluir o excluir las actividades realizadas por este sector de población en la categoría mercados de trabajo y por las instituciones oficiales. Para ello, primero se exponen los elementos teóricos del concepto trabajo desdoblado en dos categorías. El primero conocido como trabajo clásico, en tanto se realiza en el espacio cerrado de la fábrica y el segundo, el no clásico, que se realiza en distintos espacios. Ambos trabajos pueden ser o no remunerados pero se consideran productivos por la generación de valores de uso y de cambio. En segundo lugar se expone el contexto socioeconómico latinoamericano caracterizado por una diversidad compleja y heterogénea en la cual se inscriben las actividades realizadas por estas mujeres. En tercer lugar, los datos oficiales sobre el trabajo de las mujeres campesinas y la evidencia empírica de investigaciones concretas sobre la misma temática. 264WOMEN’S AND GENDER STUDIES

“Margaret Mead and Global Environmental Consciousness”

American cultural anthropologist Margaret Mead, long associated with her work on the sexual practices of traditional South Pacific and Southeast Asian cultures, is not included in most historical discussions about the growing environmental movement of the 1970s. This oversight represents a microcosm of the gendered power struggles for influence over United Nations (UN) policy of the late 1960s and early 1970s. The increasingly male- dominated leaderships of the UN and the global environmental movement utilized her knowledge yet placed themselves in the public spotlight as figureheads. Mead not only contributed to the development of various UN conferences to discuss international environmental issues, but also led a counter-culture collective to protest hegemony in UN leadership. Mead inspired the public to claim their space in the dialogue over management of the earth. As a new era in environmental awareness dawned, she was on the front lines forging a path for global environmental justice.

Charisse South, Graduate Student

“The Taboo of Public Breastfeeding”

In recent decades there has developed a strong movement of women fighting for reproductive justice around the world. In a world that is increasingly lenient on modesty women are finding themselves being judged for choosing to breastfeed. Despite health professionals advocacy for women to breastfeed, there remains the issue of social support for the women. The practice of breastfeeding is not a new phenomenon, which means there is a point in time that can be explored when societal views shifted from being supportive to being critical of this action. According to Acker (2009) “many women do not breastfeed because of perceived social sanctions.” The aim of this study is to add to the body of knowledge about how views of breastfeeding affect a woman’s decision making process and other variables that may influence their decision.

Adetola Oyewo, University of Kwa Zulu Natal Duban

“Nigerian Post Graduate Female Students in South African Higher Institutions; to Stay or Return home?”

The number of migrants in search greener pastures outside their home country is increasing exponentially. Key factors influencing migrant’s decision to migrate ranges from postgraduate education, remunerated employment, research opportunities and chance to secure permanent residency. After completion of the program, most of these 265WOMEN’S AND GENDER STUDIES students become permanent residents thereby constituting those living in diaspora. Nigerian women are not immune from the concept of educational migration. Their presence are noticeable in South Africa as professionals, business women and international students. However, feminization scholars call to attention that there is paucity of discourse on women in theories of international migration, and gender-specific migration experiences, due to gender roles and emphasis on their dependence on men (Ruby,2007). Thomas and Logan (2012) corroborate this assumption that despite female importance in Africa immigration, the literature on female migration remains sketchy.With this background, the paper examines how certain forces in Nigeria in form of ‘push factor and pull’ factors in terms of attractions in South Africa influenced women’s decision to migrate. The questions that came to bare are what are the complexities involved in female students’ mobility? What factor influences females’ decisions, whether to stay in South Africa or return to Nigeria on completion of their studies? What challenges do they encounter in South Africa? Are these challenges compounded because of their gender; race, nationality, ethnicity and age? Based on qualitative research method, through interviews and focus group, data was gathered from 25 Nigerian postgraduate women at the University of KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa. The preliminary findings reveal that postgraduate women face challenges financing studies, accommodation, xenophobia and discrimination.

Earlene Smith, Northern Arizona University

“Health, Body Image, and Capitalism”

Health, particularly women’s health, body image, and beauty ideals dominate many aspects of society today. Images of thin, long-legged, perfect-skinned women permeate billboards, magazines, advertisements, and commercials for nearly every product on the market. These images have helped to inform a current definition of beauty that shapes how women view themselves and view their health. Through this theoretical assessment, I argue that standard perceptions of women’s health are shaped by the capitalistic economic structure and that understanding these influences is an important first step in promoting changes that support healthier and more realistic body ideals for women. By examining the influence of capitalism on social perceptions of women’s sexuality and body ideals, this paper calls for a new application of the theoretical critiques of Silvia Federici and Michel Foucault to help explain current trends in women’s health in the United States.

Lin Xing, University of Nevada Reno

“Predicament of Alternative Public Domain and Collective Action: A Study On China’s Exclusive Gay Social Media”

The estimated population of LGBT in China is nearly 50 million including confessed and not-coming-out ones. Although rights of homosexuality have not been legalized. The Chinese authorities don’t often intervene gay communities but endorse it relatively expansive freedom space. The tremendous amount of gay netizen (net-citizen, Intertnet users) and active gay groups contribute to the prosperity of gay social media. This research focuses on exclusive gay SNS website and social media app in China’s metropolitan. Through internet-based interview and online survey, the paper attempts to investigate the role of exclusive gay social media, to be detailed, whether it solidifies the gay identity and legal right petition, or degenerates to a platform of cyber-sex predators, porny self- presentation and lust imagine flaunting. The research finds that exclusive gay SNS and GPS-based social mobile apps render an advanced entertainment rather than politicization on LGBT issues. The result is political apathy and rights indifference in LGBT community. The current Chinese society treats LGBT sub-culture in the manner of entertainment. Hence, gay communities gain a comparatively free public domain but ignore pursuing the political rights. 266SPECIAL SESSIONS

SPECIAL SESSIONS All Sections

Thomas E. Drabek, University of Denver

“New Findings in Disaster Studies: Implication for Research and Practice”

In the Second Edition of The Human Side of Disaster (2013), Drabek integrated analyses of recent disaster events with his earlier summaries of the disaster research knowledgebase (2010, 1986). This process stimulated expanded analysis of the emerging emergency management profession and the interface with disaster and hazards research. Viewing disasters as nonroutine social problems can guide emergency managers toward a new vision of their profession, one reflecting a community change agent perspective. And it provides important guidance for future research. These themes are expanded through this paper which is organized around three topics: 1) use of fictional accounts; 2) summary of validated research findings; and 3) implications for future research priorities and the emerging profession of emergency management.

Kristan N. Russell, University of Nevada, Reno

“Attitudes Toward Rape in the Context of Schemas”

In the current study we examined the effect of information salience on perceptions of victim and defendant responsibility in the context of rape. We conceptualized information salience as the extent to which exposure to cross-examination has implications for judgments about the victim in a rape case. Information salience varied as a function of cross-examination of the victim (present v. absent). In addition, we investigated the victim’s relationship to the defendant (stranger v. acquaintance v. boyfriend v. spouse). Our findings revealed the poorest perceptions of the victim were reported in the absence of cross-examination and when the defendant was an acquaintance. Defendant responsibility was perceived as the greatest when the defendant was a stranger to the victim. Attitudes towards rape victims predicted participants’ attitudes towards the victim in the scenario. Finally, females reported more favorable attitudes towards rape victims compared to males.

Haley Whitcraft, Radford University

“The Epidemic of Veteran Suicide: How Does it Compare to Civilian Suicide?”

Suicide is a form of death that can be prevented, but sadly most everyone has been affected by suicide. Suicide can have far reaching effects, and has an impact on families and friends, as well as the overall community. Although it is not a comfortable subject, examining factors contributing to suicidal thoughts and effective treatment is imperative in order to decrease the number of deaths by suicide. Interestingly, a few specific populations are at significantly higher risk for death by suicide. One of the most notable of which is the veteran population. Veterans have higher than average rates of suicide, but why is this the case? This poster presents findings from a comparative literature review of civilian and veteran suicide rates. Risk factors, protective factors, demographics, and viable treatment solutions are compared between these two populations. These variables are important to compare, because veteran and civilian populations commonly have greatly varied histories and these differences affect warning signs that will allow earlier intervention and therefore more effective treatment, as well as provide guidelines for the most effective treatments for each population. This analysis seeks to help unravel the fundamental differences between these populations, uncovers risk factors that can help predict suicidal behavior, and examine how different treatment and therapy options work best for these two populations.